GR410 AACHPService

Service Instructions
ANX, SSX, ASX, GSX, DSX, ASXC, DSXC

Condensing Units,
ANZ, SSZ, ASZ, GSZ, DSZ, ASZC, DSZC, VSX, VSZ
Split System Heat Pumps
with R-410A Refrigerant
Blowers, Coils, & Accessories
This manual is to be used by qualified, professionally trained HVAC technicians only. Goodman
does not assume any responsibility for property damage or personal injury due to improper
service procedures or services performed by an unqualified person. RS6200006r61
January 2015
Copyright © 2006 - 2015 Goodman Manufacturing Company, L.P.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ............................................... 2 - 3 SYSTEM OPERATION ..................................................... 60 - 64
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION ............................................ 4 - 32 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART .............................................. 65
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION (LIGHT COMMERCIAL) ... 33 - 34 SERVICE TABLE OF CONTENTS ......................................... 66
ACCESSORIES (LIGHT COMMERCIAL) ............................... 35 SERVICING .................................................................. 66 - 168
ACCESSORIES ............................................................... 36 - 56 ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS ......................... 169- 179
PRODUCT DESIGN ........................................................ 57 - 59 WIRING DIAGRAMS..........................................................180 -321
Pride and workmanship go into every product to provide our customers with quality products. It is possible, however, that
during its lifetime a product may require service. Products should be serviced only by a qualified service technician who is
familiar with the safety procedures required in the repair and who is equipped with the proper tools, parts, testing instruments
and the appropriate service manual. REVIEW ALL SERVICE INFORMATION IN THE APPROPRIATE SERVICE MANUAL BEFORE
BEGINNING REPAIRS.
IMPORTANT NOTICES FOR CONSUMERS AND SERVICERS

RECOGNIZE SAFETY SYMBOLS, WORDS AND LABELS
WARNING
THIS UNIT SHOULD NOT BE CONNECTED TO. OR USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH, ANY DEVICES THAT ARE NOT DESIGN CERTIFIED FOR USE WITH THIS UNIT OR HAVE NOT BEEN
TESTED AND APPROVED BY GOODMAN. SERIOUS PROPERTY DAMAGE OR PERSONAL INJURY, REDUCED UNIT PERFORMANCE AND/OR HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS MAY RESULT
FROM THE USE OF DEVICES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR CERTIFED BY GOODMAN.
WARNING
TO PREVENT THE RISK OF PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY, OR DEATH,

DO NOT STORE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS OR USE GASOLINE OR OTHER
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS OR VAPORS IN THE VICINITY OF THIS APPLIANCE.
WARNING
G OODMA N W ILL NOT BE R ESPONSIBLE FOR A NY INJURY OR PROPERTY DAM AGE ARISING FROM IMPROPER SERVICE OR SERVICE PROCEDURES.
I F YOU INSTALL OR PERFORM SERVICE ON THIS UNIT, YOU A SSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE WHIC H
MAY RESU LT. M ANY JURISDICTIONS REQUIRE A LICENSE TO IN STALL OR SERVICE HEATING AND A IR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT.
To locate an authorized servicer, please consult your telephone book or the dealer from whom you purchased this product.
For further assistance, please contact:
CONSUMER INFORMATION LINE
®
GOODMAN BRAND PRODUCTS AMANA® BRAND PRODUCTS
TOLL FREE TOLL FREE
1-877-254-4729 (U.S. only) 1-877-254-4729 (U.S. only)
email us at: customerservice@goodmanmfg.com email us at: customerservice@goodmanmfg.com
fax us at: (713) 856-1821 fax us at: (713) 856-1821
(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.) (Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)
Outside the U.S., call 1-713-861-2500.

(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.) Your telephone company will bill you for the call.
is a registered trademark of Maytag Corporation or its related companies and is used under license to Goodman Company, L.P., Houston, TX. All rights reserved.
2
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
SAFE REFRIGERANT HANDLING
While these items will not cover every conceivable situation, they should serve as a useful guide.
WARNING WARNING
REFRIGERANTS ARE HEAVIER THAN AIR. THEY CAN "PUSH OUT" THE TO AVOID POSSIBLE EXPLOSION:
OXYGEN IN YOUR LUNGS OR IN ANY ENCLOSED SPACE. T O AVOID • NEVER APPLY FLAME OR STEAM TO A REFRIGERANT CYLINDER. IF YOU
POSSIBLE DIFFICULTY IN BREATHING OR DEATH: MUST HEAT A CYLINDER FOR FASTER CHARGING, PARTIALLY IMMERSE
•N EVER PURGE REFRIGERANT INTO AN ENCLOSED ROOM OR SPACE. BY IT IN WARM WATER.
LAW, ALL REFRIGERANTS MUST BE RECLAIMED. • NEVER FILL A CYLINDER MORE THAN 80% FULL OF LIQUID REFRIGERANT.
•IF AN INDOOR LEAK IS SUSPECTED, THOROUGHLY VENTILATE THE AREA • NEVER ADD ANYTHING OTHER THAN R-22 TO AN R-22 CYLINDER OR
BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. R-410 A TO AN R-410A CYLINDER. THE SERVICE EQUIPMENT USED MUST
•LIQUID REFRIGERANT CAN BE VERY COLD. TO AVOID POSSIBLE FROST- BE LISTED OR CERTIFIED FOR THE TYPE OF REFRIGERANT USED.
BITE OR BLINDNESS, AVOID CONTACT WITH REFRIGERANT AND WEAR • STORE CYLINDERS IN A COOL, DRY PLACE. NEVER USE A CYLINDER
GLOVES AND GOGGLES. IF LIQUID REFRIGERANT DOES CONTACT YOUR AS A PLATFORM OR A ROLLER.
SKIN OR EYES, SEEK MEDICAL HELP IMMEDIATELY.

•A LWAYS FOLLOW EPA REGULATIONS. NEVER BURN REFRIGERANT,
AS POISONOUS GAS WILL BE PRODUCED.
WARNING
TO AVOID POSSIBLE EXPLOSION, USE ONLY RETURNABLE (NOT DISPOSABLE)

SERVICE CYLINDERS WHEN REMOVING REFRIGERANT FROM A SYSTEM.
• ENSURE THE CYLINDER IS FREE OF DAMAGE WHICH COULD LEAD TO A
WARNING LEAK OR EXPLOSION.
• ENSURE THE HYDROSTATIC TEST DATE DOES NOT EXCEED 5 YEARS.
THE UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY ("EPA") • ENSURE THE PRESSURE RATING MEETS OR EXCEEDS 400 LBS.
HAS ISSUED VARIOUS REGULATIONS REGARDING THE INTRODUCTION AND
DISPOSAL OF REFRIGERANTS INTRODUCED INTO THIS UNIT. FAILURE TO WHEN IN DOUBT, DO NOT USE CYLINDER.
FOLLOW THESE REGULATIONS MAY HARM THE ENVIRONMENT AND CAN
LEAD TO THEH IMPOSITION OF SUBSTANTIAL FINES. THESE REGULATIONS
MAY VARY BY JURISDICTION. SHOULD QUESTIONS ARISE, CONTACT YOUR
LOCAL EPA OFFICE. WARNING
TO AVOID POSSIBLE INJURY, EXPLOSION OR DEATH, PRACTICE SAFE
HANDLING OF REFRIGERAN TS.
In either of these instances, an electrical short between the

WARNING
terminal and the compressor housing may result in the loss
SYSTEM CONTAMINANTS, IMPROPER SERVICE PROCEDURE AND/OR PHYSICAL of integrity between the terminal and its dielectric embed-
ABUSE AFFECTING HERMETIC COMPRESSOR ELECTRICAL TERMINALS MAY ment. This loss may cause the terminals to be expelled,
CAUSE DANGEROUS SYSTEM VENTING. thereby venting the vaporous and liquid contents of the
compressor housing and system.
The successful development of hermetically sealed refrigera- A venting compressor terminal normally presents no danger
tion compressors has completely sealed the compressor's to anyone, providing the terminal protective cover is properly
moving parts and electric motor inside a common housing, in place.
minimizing refrigerant leaks and the hazards sometimes
associated with moving belts, pulleys or couplings. If, however, the terminal protective cover is not properly in
place, a venting terminal may discharge a combination of
Fundamental to the design of hermetic compressors is a (a) hot lubricating oil and refrigerant
method whereby electrical current is transmitted to the
compressor motor through terminal conductors which pass (b) flammable mixture (if system is contaminated
through the compressor housing wall. These terminals are with air)
sealed in a dielectric material which insulates them from the in a stream of spray which may be dangerous to anyone in the
housing and maintains the pressure tight integrity of the vicinity. Death or serious bodily injury could occur.
hermetic compressor. The terminals and their dielectric
Under no circumstances is a hermetic compressor to be
embedment are strongly constructed, but are vulnerable to
electrically energized and/or operated without having the
careless compressor installation or maintenance proce-
terminal protective cover properly in place.
dures and equally vulnerable to internal electrical short
circuits caused by excessive system contaminants. See Service Section S-17 for proper servicing.
3
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Split System Heat Pumps R410A
Model # Description
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Initial release of Amana® Brand 13 SEER Heat
ASZ130**1AA
Pump R410A.
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new revisions with imporved circuiting
ASZ130**1AB
for effective defrost.
ASZ130[18, 36-60]1AB Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Introduces models containing crankcase heater,
ASZ130[24-30]1AC CCH switch and upgraded defrost control.
ASZ130[18, 36-60]1AC Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid line
ASZ130[24-30]1AD to suction line as a compressor safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
ASZ130[18, 36-60]1AD Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Initial release of models using single speed PSC
ASZ130[24-30]1AE motors; removal of low ambient temperature switch.
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Release of 2 Ton models, converting from 3/8" to
ASZ130241BA
5mm condenser coils
ASZ130181AF Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Current reversing valve change from Dunan to
ASZ130[24-30]1AG new SanHua reversing valve
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Current Ranco reversing valve 0151M00020
ASZ130481AF
replaced by SanHua 0151R00070 reversing valve
ASZ140**1AA
Pump R410A.
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new revisions have screw locations
ASZ140**1AB
moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
ASZ140**1AC Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. New revisions have horizontal style louvers.
ASZ140[18, 42-48]1AD Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Adds new steel muffler, and suction tubes
ASZ140[24-36, 60]1AE w/shock loop.
ASZ140361AF
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. New revisions replace TXV & compensator with
ASZ140421AD
flowrator & accumulator.
ASZ140[48-60]1AE
ASZ140[18, 30,36]1AF
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. New revisions will have Sanhua (RANCO)
ASZ140241AG
reversing valves.
ASZ14[42, 48, 60]1AE
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. AF revision has the smaller B1227315 reversing
ASZ140241AF
valve.
ASZ140[18,30,36]1AG
Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 14 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Amana 14 SEER
ASZ140241AH
heat pumps with accumulators, crankcase heaters, and upgraded defrost control.
ASZC160[42,48,60]1AF
ASZ140361BA
Pump R410A, with reduced chassis size from large to medium.
ASZ140[18, 30]1AH
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid line
ASZ140241AJ
to suction line as a compressor safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
ASZ140[42-60]1AG
ASZ140[18, 30]1AJ
ASZ140241AK
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units.
ASZ140[42-60]1AH
ASZ140361BB
ASZ140181AL
ASZ140241AM
ASZ140301AL
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Revision made for design improvement.
ASZ140361BC
ASZ140381AB
ASZ140[42-60]1AK
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. 35" chassis with 6-channel flowrator and ZP29K5
ASZ140381AA
compressor.
ASZ140[18-30]1BA Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Updating ratings and agency information.
4
Model # Description
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Initial release of Amana® Brand 16
ASZ160**1AA
SEER Heat Pump R410A.
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new revisions have screw
ASZ160**1AB
locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. New revisions have horizontal style
ASZ160**1AC
louvers.
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. New revisions added Muffler and
ASZ160**1AD
standardized TXV, Compensator using the ASZ18 Seer weldment.
ASZ160241AD Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Adds new steel muffler, and suction
ASZ160[36-60]AE tubes w/shock loop.
ASZ160[24, 36]1AF Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. New revisions will have Sanhua
ASZ160[48, 60]1AF (RANCO) reversing valves.
ASZ160[24,36,48,60]1KA Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units.
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 18 Seer heat pump units. Initial release of Amana® Brand 18
ASZ180**1AB
SEER Heat Pump R410A.
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 18 Seer heat pump units. New revisions will have Sanhua
ASZ180[36, 48, 60]1AC
(RANCO) reversing valves.

Model # Description
ANZ130[18-60]1AA
Amana® Brand Split System Base Heat Pump, 13 Seer R-410A units.
ANZ130[18/24/30]1AB Amana® Brand Split System Base Heat Pump, 13 Seer R-410A units. Current reversing valve change from
Dunan to new SanHua reversing valve
Amana® Brand Split System Base Heat Pump, 13 Seer R-410A units. Current Ranco reversing valve
ANZ130481AB
0151M00020 replaced by SanHua 0151R00070 reversing valve
5
Model # Descrip tion
Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Goodman 2-
ASZC160**1AA
stage 16 SEER heat pumps wi th R-410A, communicating models.
ASZC160[24, 36]1AB Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. New revisions will have
ASZC160[48, 60]1AB Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
ASZC160[24-48]1AC Amana® brand Split Z C ommunicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Amana 2-
ASZC 160601BA stage 16 SEER heat pumps wi th accumulators and crankcase heaters.
ASZC160[24-36]1AD
Amana® brand Split Z C ommunicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. Change motor to Nidec.
ASZC 160601BB
Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. INew revision replaces
ASZC160[24-36]1AE existing compressor ZPS20K4EPFV230 to ZPS20K5EPFV130 & existing compress or ZPS30K4EPFV230 to
ZPS30K5EPFV130.
ASZC 160481AE Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Ul tratech
ASZX180601BC 2.0®.
Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Goodman 2-
ASZC180**1AA
stage 16 SEER heat pumps wi th R-410A, communicating models.
Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Amana 2-
ASZC180[36, 48, 60]1AB
stage 16 SEER heat pumps wi th accumulators and crankcase heaters.
ASZC180[36-48]1AC Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units. New revisions will have
ASZC 180601BA Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units. New revisions will have
ASZC180361AD
Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
ASZC180481AD Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Ul tratech
ASZX180601BB 2.0®.
6
Model # Description
Deluxe Spl it Z Heat Pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER heat pumps with
DSZ160**1AA
R-410A.
DSZ160241AC Deluxe Spl it Z Heat Pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER heat pumps w ith R-410A.
DSZ16036, 48, 60]1AB New revisions will have Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
Deluxe Spl it Z Heat Pump 18 Seer heat pump units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage 18 SEER heat pumps with
DSZ180**1AA
R-410A.
Deluxe Spl it Z Heat Pump 18 Seer heat pump units. Goodman 2-stage 18 SEER heat pumps w ith R-410A.
DSZ180[36, 48, 60]1AB
New revisions will have Sanhua (RANCO) reversing valves.
Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16
DSZC16**1AA
SEER heat pumps with R-410A, communicating models.
Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER
DSZC160[24, 36]1AB
heat pumps with R-410A, communicating models. New revisions will have Sanhua (RANCO) reversing
DSZC160[48, 60]1AB
valves.
DSZC 160[24-48]1AC Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16
DSZC160601BA SEER heat pumps with accumulators and crankcase heaters.
DSZC 160[24-48]1AD Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Ultratech 2.0®
DSZC160601BB compressor changes.
Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. N ew revision repl aces existing
DSZC160[24-36]1AE compressor ZPS20K4EPFV230 to ZPS20K5EPFV130 & existing compressor ZPS30K4EPFV230 to
ZPS30K5EPFV130.
DSZC160481AE Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Ultratech 2.0®
DSZC160601BC compressor changes.
Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage 18
DSZC18**1AA
SEER heat pumps with R-410A, communicating models.
Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units. Goodman 2-stage 18 SEER
DSZC180[36, 48, 60]1AB heat pumps with R-410A, communicating models. New revisions will have Sanhua (RANCO) reversing
valves.
DSZC 180[36-48]1AC Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage 18
DSZC180601BA SEER heat pumps with accumulators and crankcase heaters.
Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units. N ew revision repl aces existing
DSZC180361AD compressor ZPS20K4EPFV230 to ZPS20K5EPFV130 & existing compressor ZPS30K4EPFV230 to
ZPS30K5EPFV130.
DSZC 160[24-48]1AD Deluxe Spl it Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Ultratech 2.0®
DSZC160601BB compressor changes.
7
Model # Description
GSZ13**1AA Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Initial release with Regal Beloit motor.
GSZ13**1AB
GSZ13**3AA Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Initial release with Broad Ocean motor.
GSZ13**4AA
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new revisions with improved
GSZ130[24 & 30]1AC
circuiting for effective defrost.
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Initial release of models with 5mm Smart
GSZ130[24 & 36]1BA
Coil™.
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Release of 2 Ton models with a
GSZ130241CA
compressor change from ZP21K5EPFV130 to ZP20K5EPFV130.
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. 2 Ton models changing from the current
GSZ130241CB four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and
29" chassis.
GSZ130[18, 42-60]1AC
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Introduces models containing crankcase
GSZ130301AD
heater, CCH switch and upgraded defrost control.
GSZ130361BB
GSZ130[18,42,48,60]1AD
GSZ130301AE Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Relocation of low pressure switch from
GSZ130[36,48,60{3,4]AB liquid line to suction line as a compressor safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
GSZ130[48,60{3,4]AB
GSZ130[18,42,48]1AF
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Changing from the current four piece louver
GSZ130301AG
assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSZ130[36,48]3AD
GSZ130484AC
GSZ130361BC Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Release of models with new 6 pole
GSZ130[42 & 48]1AE motor/fan combination.
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Models with new 6 pole motor/fan
combination. Changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner
GSZ130361BD
post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Release of two piece louver plus corner
GSZ130421AF
post on 26" and 29" chassis with compressor changing from ZP36K5EPFV130 to ZP34K5EPFV130.
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Release of 3 phase models with new 6
GSZ130[36 & 48]3AC
pole motor.
GSZ14**1AA Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Initial release of 14 SEER models.
GSZ130481AG
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Current Ranco reversing valve 0151M00020
GSZ130483AE
GSZ130484AD
8
Model # Description
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Initial release of Goodman 14 SEER Heat
SSZ140**1AA
Pump R410A.
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new revisions have screw
SSZ140**1AB
SSZ140**1AC Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Models contain Broad Ocean motors.
SSZ140181AC
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new revisions adding mufflers to
SSZ140241AF
the discharge line.
SSZ140301AD
SSZ140361AF
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. New revisions replace TXV & compensator
SSZ140421AD
with flowrator & accumulator; adds mufflers on SSZ14036`, 421, 481, 601.
SSZ140[48-60]1AD
SSZ140[18, 30, 42-60]1AE
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. New revisions will have Sanhua (RANCO)
SSZ140241AH
reversing valves.
SSZ14036]1AG
SSZ140[18,30,42-60]1AF
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Introduces models containing an
SSZ140241AJ
accumulator, crankcase heater, and upgraded defrost control.
SSZ160361AH
SSZ140[18 & 30]1AH
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Changing from the current four piece louver
SSZ140241AL
SSZ140361BB
SSZ140[18 & 30]1AJ
SSZ140[19,25,31,37]1AC
SSZ140241AM
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Revision made for design improvement.
SSZ140361BC
SSZ140381AB
SSZ140[42-60]1AH
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. AG revision has the smaller B1227315
SSZ140241AG
reversing valve.
SSZ140[18-60]1AD Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Relocation of low pressure switch from
liquid line to suction line as a compressor safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
SSZ140361AF
SSZ140421AD
Pump R410A, with reduced chassis size from large to medium.
SSZ140[48-60]1AD
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. 35" chassis with 6-channel flowrator and
SSZ140381AA
ZP29K5 compressor.
SSZ140[18-30]1BA Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Updating ratings and agency information.
SSZ160**1AA
Pump R410A.
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new revisions have screw
SSZ160**1AB
SSZ160[24-48]1AC Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new revisions adding mufflers to
SSZ160601AD the discharge line.
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units.Introduces models containing the Broad
SSZ160**1AC Ocean motor and added Muffler and standardized TXV, Compensator using the ASZ18 Seer weldment to the
SSZ160601AC.
SSZ160241AF
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units.New revisions will have Sanhua (RANCO)
SSZ160[36, 48]1AD
reversing valves.
SSZ160601AE
SSZ160241AG
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units.Introduces models containing an
SSZ160[36-48]1AE
accumulator, crankcase heater, and upgraded defrost control.
SSZ160601BA
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Changing from the current four piece louver
SSZ160241AH
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Introduces Ultratech® compressor
SSZ160601BB
changes.
9
Model # Description
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Value Line 13 SEER heat pumps
VSZ13**1AA
with R-410A.
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces new revisions with improved
VSZ130[24 & 30]1AB
circuiting for effective defrost.
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Initial release of models with 5mm Smart
VSZ130[24 & 36]1BA
Coil™.
VSZ130[18, 42, 48]1AB

Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces models containing crankcase heater,
VSZ130241BB
CCH switch and upgraded defrost control.
VSZ130301AC
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Changing from the current four piece louver
VSZ130181AE
VSZ130[24 & 36]1BC

Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Release of single phase models with new 6
VSZ130301AE
pole motor.
VSZ130[18, 42 & 48]1AD
VSZ130361BD Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Single phase models with new 6 pole motor.
VSZ130301AF Changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post on
VSZ130481AE Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
VSZ130[18, 42-60]1AC Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Relocation of low pressure switch from liquid
VSZ130301AD line to suction line as a compressor safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410 heat pump units. Release of two piece louver plus corner post on
VSZ130421AF
26" and 29" chassis with compressor changing from ZP36K5EPFV130 to ZP34K5EPFV130.
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Release of 2 Ton models with a compressor
VSZ130241CA
change from ZP21K5EPFV130 to ZP20K5EPFV130.
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. 2 Ton models changing from the current four
VSZ130241CB piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29"
chassis.
VSZ130181AF
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Current reversing valve change from Dunan to
VSZ130241BD
new SanHua reversing valve
VSZ130301AG
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Current Ranco reversing valve 0151M00020
VSZ130481AF
10
Split System Air Conditioners R410A
Model # Description
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 13 SEER R-

GSX130**1AA
410A Condensers with Regal Beloit motors
GSX13061[1/3/4]AA
410A Condensers that supplement our current 5 ton models.
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Condensers that supplement
GSX130363AB Goodman's current 5 ton models changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two
piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSX130**1AB
410A Condensers with Broad Ocean motors.
GSX130[42 & 48]1BB Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Release of models with new 6 pole
motor/fan combination.
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Changing from the current four piece
GSX130[42 & 48]1BC louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and
29" chassis.
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Release of 3 phase model with new 6
GSX130483AB
pole motor.
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. 3 phase model changing from the
GSX130483AC current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and
value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSX130181EA Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of 1.5 ton condenser with
GSX130181EB Rechi Compressor.
GSX130**1BA Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 13 SEER R-
GSX130**3AA 410A Condensers, using SmartCoil® coils. Units will have new louvers because units are
GSX130**4AA smaller. Piston size change. Other components unchanged.
GSX130484AB
GSX130601BB
410A Condensers, changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver
GSX130603AB
plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
GSX130604AB
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. 13 SEER R-410A Condensers:
GSX130301BB
replacing the fan motor to -294 and fan blade to -18 on GSX130301BA models.
11
Model # Description
GSX130301BC changing from the current four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post
on Goodman and value series 26" and 29" chassis.
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 1.5 ton 13
GSX130181CA
SEER R-410A Condensers with rotary compressor.
GSX130361CA
replacing current compressor with compressor ZP29K5EPFV130.
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 1.5 ton 13
GSX130[18-36]1DA
SEER R-410A Condensers conversion to 23" chassis for the 1.5 - 3 ton models.
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Rev ED. This involves
changing from 4 leg Rechi Compressor 50N382XV-ZAKM to 3 Leg Rechi Compressor
GSX130181ED 50N382XV-5AKM and change in Suction line Assy from 0210R01608 to 0210R01406. This
minor rev change also would include revising quantity of both Grommet (60140209) & Screw
(0163M00186) from 4 pcs to 3pcs.
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 2.5 ton units
GSX13031DB with improved coil circuit assembly for greater capacity/efficiency and the creation of a new
discharge tubing assembly.
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 3 ton
GSX130361EA
conversion from 29" chassis to 26".
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Changing from the current four piece
GSX130361EB louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value series 26" and
29" chassis.
Goodman Split X condensing units, 13 Seer R410A condensing units. Introduction of 2.5 13
GSX130371AA
SEER Condensers with improved decibel ratings for Canadian market.
Goodman Split X 14 Seer Condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 14 SEER R-410A
GSX14**1AA
models.
GSX140[18-19]1KA
GSX140[24-25]1KA
Goodman Split X 14 Seer Condensing units. Introducing the Goodman 14 SEER standard
GSX140[30-31]1KA
condenser 5mm architecture with updated scroll compressors.
GSX140[36-37]1KA
GSX140[42, 48, 60]1KA
Goodman Split X 15 Seer Condensing units. Initial release of models with coil and TVX.
GSX150[18-60]AA
Replacing the current ASX/SSX14 lineup.
Goodman Split X 16 Seer Condensing units. Initial release of the Goodman 15 SEER AC
GSX160**1FA
R410A Condensers.
Goodman Split X 16 Seer Condensing units. Set up of new high capacity 5 ton models that will
GSX160611FA
supplement the current GSX160601 models.
Goodman Split X 16 Seer Condensing units. Minor revision for GSX16s to include ball valves
GSX160[18-61]1FB
0151R00045 and 0151R00046.
12
Model # Description
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Initial release of Goodman
SSX140**1AA
14 SEER AC 410A.
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revisions have screw
SSX140**1AB
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revised condenser coils by
SSX14018, 241AC
removing [1] haripin.
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Model contains the Broad
SSX140301AC
Ocean motor 0131M00060
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Models contain the Broad
SSX14036-601AC
Ocean motor 0131M00061
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Introduces SSX140421A in
SSX140421AD
29" base pan
SSX140[18-24]1BA
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Converts 1.5 - 3.5 ton
SSX140[30-36]1BA
condenser coil tubes from 3/8" tube diameter to 5mm tube diameter.
SSX140421CA
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Changing from the current
SSX140[18-36]1BC
four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value
SSX140421CC
series 26" and 29" chassis.
SSX140[18-36]1BD
SSX140421CD Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revision made for design
SSX140481BB improvement.
SSX140601AG
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revision for SSZ140421B*
SSX140421BA in 29 base pan and it will the reduce the unit charge from 180 oz. to 170 oz. and replace the 1/4
hp outdoor unit motor with 1/6 hp motor.
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revised condenser coils by
SSX14030-421AE
removing [1] haripin.
SSX140[18-48]1BA Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 14
SSX14042-481CA SEER R-410A Condensers, using SmartCoil® Coils.
SSX140[18-36]1BB Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Relocation of low pressure
SSX140421CB switch from liquid line to suction line as a compressor safeguard to prevent low pressure from
SSX140601AF entering.
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Introduces Goodman 16
SSX160**1AA
SEER AC 410A
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. New revisions have screw
SSX160**1AB
SSX160**1AB Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. New revisions have screw
SSX160591AA locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
SSX160[24, 36, 48]1BA Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. New revisions have
SSX160[30 & 42]1AA SmartCoil® coils.
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Changing from the current
SSX160[24 & 36]1BC
four piece louver assembly, to a two piece louver plus a corner post on Goodman and value
SSX160[30 & 42]1AB
series 26" and 29" chassis.
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. New "BA" revision models
SSX160601BA
use ZPS49K compressor.
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Relocation of low pressure
SSX160[24,36,60]1BB switch from liquid line to suction line as a compressor safeguard to prevent low pressure from
entering.
13
Model # Description
Deluxe Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage, 16

DSX160**1AA
SEER condensing units with R-410A.
Deluxe Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Goodman 2-stage, 16 SEER

DSX160[24 & 36]1BA
condensing units with R-410A. Conversion of 2 & 3 ton models to SmartCoil® Coils.

DSX160241BC
condensing units with R-410A. Introduces Ultratech® 2.0 compressor changes.
Deluxe Split X Condenser 18 Seer condensing units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage, 18

DSX180**1AA
SEER condensing units with R-410A.
Deluxe Split X Communicating condensing units, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units.
DSXC16**1AA Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating
models.
DSXC160[24, 36]1AB
New revision updates wiring diagram with notes.
DSXC160[24, 36]1AC
Introduces Ultratech® 2.0 compressor changes.
DSXC160481BA
condensing units with R-410A, using SmartCoil® coils.
DSXC160601BA Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating
models. New "BA" revison models use ZPS49K compressor.
DSXC160[48-60]1BB Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating
models. Changes motor to Nidec.
DSXC160[48-60]1BC Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating
models. Introduces Ultratech 2.0 compressor.
Deluxe Split X Communicating condensing units, 18 Seer R410A condensing units.
DSXC18**1AA Introduces Goodman 2-stage 18 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating
models.
DSXC180[36, 48, 60]AB
DSXC18036AC New revision replaces existing compressor ZPS20K4EPFV230 to ZPS20K5EPFV130
& existing compressor ZPS30K4EPFV230 to ZPS30K5EPFV130.
DSXC180[48-60]AC
Introduces Ultratech 2.0.
14
Split System Air C on ditio ners R 410A
M ode l # De scription
V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units . Introduc es V alue
V SX130[18-48]1AA
Line 13 S E ER c ondens ing units with R-410A .
V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units . Supplem ents the 5
V SX130611AA
ton m odel G SX130611 to enhanc e perform anc e.
V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units : replacing the fan
V SX130301AB
m otor to -294 and fan blade to -18 on the V SX130301AA .
V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units : c hanging from the
V SX130301AC c urrent four piec e louver as s em bly , to a two piec e louver plus a corner pos t on
G oodm an and value s eries 26" and 29" c has s is .
V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units : replacing
V SX130[42-48]1AB
with 6-pole m otor and Copeland c om pres s or.
V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units : c hanging from the
V SX130[42-48]1AC c urrent four piec e louver as s em bly , to a two piec e louver plus a corner pos t on
V SX130181BA
Line 13 S E ER 1.5 ton c ondens ing units with R-410A, with rotary c om pres s ors
V SX130181EA V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units . Introduc tion of 1.5
V SX130181EB ton c ondens er with Rec hi Com pres s or.
V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units . Introduc tion of Rev
E D. This involves c hanging from 4 leg Rechi Com pres s or 50N382XV -ZA KM to 3 Leg
V SX130181ED Rec hi Com pres s or 50N382XV-5AK M and c hange in Suc tion line As s y from
0210R01608 to 0210R01406. This m inor rev c hange als o would inc lude revis ing
quantity of both G rom m et (60140209) & S c rew (0163M 00186) from 4pc s to 3pc s .
V SX130241BA Line 13 S E ER 2.0 ton c ondens ing units with R-410A, with alum inum c oils , alum inum
m anifolds w/ex is ting s c roll c om pres s or.
V alue Split X c ondens inb units 13 S eer R410A c ondens ing units . 13 SE E R R-410A
V SX130361BA
Condens ers : replac ing c urrent c om pres s or with c om pres s or ZP 29K5E P FV 130.
V alue Split X c ondens inb units 13 S eer R410A c ondens ing units . 13 SE E R R-410A
V SX130361EB Condens ers : c hanging from the c urrent four piec e louver as s em bly , to a two piec e
louver plus a c orner pos t on Goodm an and value series 26" and 29" c hass is .
V SX130601BA
Line 13 S E ER c ondens ing units with R-410A , us ing S m artCoil® c oils .
V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units . Changing from the
V SX130601BB c urrent four piec e louver as s em bly , to a two piec e louver plus a corner pos t on
V SX130421BA V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units . Introduc tion of Value
V SX130481BA Line 3.5 and 4 ton 13 S EE R c ondens ing units with rec iproc ating c om pres s or.
V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units . Introduc tion of Value
V SX130[18-36]1DA Line 3.5 and 4 ton 13 S EE R Condens ers c onvers ion to 23" c has s is for the 1.5 - 3 ton
m odels .
V SX130301DB Line 2.5 13 S EE R Condens ers with im proved c oil c irc uit as sem bly for greater
c apac ity /effic ienc y and the c reation of a new dis c harge tubing ass em bly .
V SX130301EA Line 3 Ton 13 S EE R Condens ers releas e of 3 ton m odels c onverting from 29" c has s is
to 26" c has s is .
V SX130241EA Line 2.0 Ton 13 S EE R Condens ers with Rec hi Com pres s or, c onverting 23" c has s is to
26" c has s is
V SX130371AA
Line 2.5 13 S EE R Condens ers with im proved dec ibel ratings for Canadian m ark et.
V alue Split X c ondens ing units , 13 S eer R410A c ondensing units . Change m ade due
V SX130241EB
to all 3 c om pres s or wires y ellow, red and blac k c hanging from 40" to 45".
15
Split System Air Conditioners R 410A
Mode l # De scription
VSX140[18-19]1AA
VSX140[24-25]1AA
Value Split X condensing units, 14 Seer R410A condensing units. Introducing the 14
VSX140[30-31]1AA
SEER standard condenser 5mm architecture with updated scroll compressors.
VSX140[36-37]1AA
VSX140[42, 48, 60]1AA
Split System Air C onditioners R410A
Model # Description
Amana® Brand Split S ystem Bas e Condenser. 13 S eer R-410A c ondensing unit. Launch of
A NX130[18-24]1A A theTier 1.5T & 2.0T models. To be launc hed with 26" chasis to accommodate horizontal s tyle
louvers.
A NX130[30-61]1A A Amana® Brand Split S ystem Bas e Condenser. 13 S eer R-410A c ondensing unit.

Model # Description
Amana® Brand Split System Base Condenser. 14 Seer R-410A condensing unit. Introducing the
ANX140[18-60]1AA ®
Amana Brand 14 SEER standard condenser 5mm architecture with updated scroll
compressors.
16
Model # Description
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Initial release new models of
ASX130**1AA
Amana® Brand Deluxe 13 SEER AC R410A conditioners.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Amana® brand 13
ASX130611AA
SEER R-410A Condensers that supplement our current 5 ton models.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Amana® Brand 13
ASX130**1BA SEER R-410A Condensers, using SmartCoil® coils. Units will have new louvers since units are
smaller. Piston size change; other components unchanged.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Relocation of low pressure switch
ASX130**1CB
from liquid line to suction line as a compressor safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
ASX130181DA Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Initial release of models going
ASX140181DA from 2-speed fan to new 266 fan motor; removal of low pressure switch.
ASX130181DB
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Changes include adding low
ASX130[24-48]1CD
pressure switch 013M00082, updating wiring diagram.
ASX130601CC
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Initial release of models using
ASX130[24-48]1CC
single speed PSC motors; removal of low pressure switch and low ambient temperature switch
ASX130601CB
and relay.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Release of 3 ton models
ASX130361DA
converting from 29" chassis to 26" chassis.
ASX140**1AA
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. New revisions have screw
ASX140**1AB
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. The new revisions have horizontal
ASX140**1AC
style louvers.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revised condenser coils by
ASX14018-361AD
removing (1) hairpin.Reduce R410A quantity by 6 ounces
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Introduces ASX140421A in 29"
ASX140421AD
base pan
ASX14018-361BA Amana® Brand Split Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Converts 1.5 - 3.5 ton condenser coil
ASX140[42-48]1CA tubes from 3/8" tube diameter to 5mm tube diameter.
ASX140[18-30]1BA Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Amana® Brand 14
ASX140[42-48]1CA SEER R-410A Condensers, using SmartCoil® coils..
ASX140[18-36]1CB
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Relocation of low pressure switch
ASX140421DB
from liquid line to suction line as a compressor safeguard to prevent low pressure from entering.
ASX140601BB
ASX140[24-36]1CC
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Initial release of models using
ASX140421DC
single speed PSC motors; removal of low pressure switch and low ambient temperature switch
ASX140481CB
and relay.
ASX140601BC
ASX140181DB
ASX140[24-36]1CD
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revision adds low pressure switch
ASX140421DD
into models.
ASX140481CC
ASX140601BD
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 15 Seer condensing units. Initial release of models with coil
ASX150[18-60]AA
and TVX. Replacing the current ASX/SSX14 lineup.
ASX140181DD
ASX140[24-36]1CE
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revision made for design
ASX140421DE
improvement.
ASX140481CE
ASX140601BE
ASX140[18-19]1KA
ASX140[24-25]1KA
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Introducing the Amana® Brand
ASX140[30-31]1KA
14 SEER standard condenser 5mm architecture with updated scroll compressors.
ASX140[36-37]1KA
ASX140[42, 48, 60]1KA
17
Model # Description
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. New revisions have screw locations
ASX160**1AB
moved in the top panel, base pans , louvers, and control box covers.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. The new revisions have horizontal
ASX160**1AC
style louvers.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. The new revision has single speed
ASX160**1FA
outdoor fan.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Set up of new high capacity 5 ton
ASX160611FA
models that will supplement the current ASX160601 models.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units.New revision updates wiring diagram
ASX160[24-60]1BA
with notes.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Introduction of 16 SEER R-410A
ASX160[24 & 36]1CA
Condensers. Conversion of 2 & 3 ton models to SmartCoil® coils .
ASX180**1AB

Model # Description
Amana brand Split X Communicating condensing units, 16 Seer R410A. Introduces Amana®
®
ASXC160**1AA
brand 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating models.
Amana® brand Split X Communicating condensing units, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units.
ASXC160601BA Introduces Amana® brand 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating
models. New "BA" revisions use ZPS49 compressor.
Amana® brand Split X Communicating condensing units, 16 Seer R410A condensing units.
ASXC160481BA Introduction of Amana® brand 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A. New revisions have
SmartCoil® coils
ASXC160[24, 36]1BB
ASXC160[48-60]1BB
Changes motor to Nidec.
ASXC160[24, 36]1BC Amana® brand Split X Communicating condensing units, 16 Seer R410A condensing units.
ASXC160[48-60]1BC Introduces Ultratech® 2.0 compressor changes.
ASXC18**1AA Introduces Amana® brand 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating
models.
ASXC180[36, 48, 60]1AB
ASXC180361AC
New revision replaces existing compressor ZPS20K4EPFV230 to ZPS20K5EPFV130 & existing
ASXC180[48-60]1AC
compressor ZPS30K4EPFV230 to ZPS30K5EPFV130.
ASXC180[48-60]1AC
Introduces Ultratech® 2.0 compressor changes.
18
Single Piece Air Handlers
Model # Description
A Single Piece Air Handler Ceiling Mount N Uncased Flowrater. Revision release all models
ACNF****1AA
of 13 SEER Dayton uncased air handlers.
A Single Piece Air Handler Ceiling Mount N Uncased Flowrater. Revision release all models
ACNF****16AA of 13 SEER Dayton uncased air handlers.All Models will be suitable for use w/R-22
& R-410A
ACNF****1AB A Single Piece Air Handler Ceiling Mount N Uncased Flowrater. Drain pan material change.
A Single Piece Air Handler Ceiling Mount N Uncased Flowrater. Revision replaces current
ACNF****1BA
wavey fin design with new louvered fin design
A Single Piece Air Handler Ceiling Mount N Uncased Flowrater. Conversion of existing
ACNF****16DA copper coils, manifolds, hairpins, flowrators, 90° flowrator stub to aluminum. Conversion of
copper 3/8" return bends to aluminum 5/16" return bends. All Models will be s
A Single Piece Downflow PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater. Introduction of new 13 SEER Air
ADPF****16AA
Handler Models. All Models will be suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A.
A Single Piece Downflow PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater. Revision replaces the current
ADPF364216AB spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80%
furnace line.
ADPF486016AB spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80%
furnace line.
ADPF304216AC spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80%
furnace line.
A Single Piece Downflow PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater Revision replaces all ARPFcoils
ADPF****1BA
using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
ADPF182416CA A Single Piece Downflow PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater. Revision replaces existing air
ADPF486016CA handler copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Introducation of new 13

AEPF****16AA
SEER Air Handler Models. All Models will be suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Revision introduces new

AEPF****16BA
models adding lower kw hit kits on the S&R plate
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Revision replaces the
AEPF****16BB current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the
80% furnace line.
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Revision replaces all

AEPF****16CA
ARPFcoils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator Introduction

AEPF****1BA
of R-22 Only Air Handlers.
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator (AEPF) and A Single
AEPF313716AA
Piece S Multi-Position EEM motor Painted Flowrator (ASPF). Introduction of 3-Ton Air
ASPF313716AA
Handler units with 3-row coil.
19
Model # Description
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater Introduction of new Air
ARUF172916AA
Handler Models with all aluminum evaporator coils. Conversion includes coils, manifold,
A24-00-2RCA
hairpin, flowrators, 3/8" return bend to 5/16" aluminum return bends.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater Introduction of new 13
ARUF****16AA
SEER Air Handler Models. All Models will be suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater.Revision replaces the

ARUF364216AB current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the
80% furnace line.

ARUF486016AB current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the
80% furnace line.
ARUF364216AC current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the
80% furnace line.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater. Revision replaces all
ARUF****16BA
ARUFcoils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater Introducation of R-22 Only
ARUF****1BA
Air Handlers.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater. Revision replaces
ARUF****16CA
existing air handler copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrator, R-410A only. Initial
ARUF***14AA
release of the redesigned air handlers.
ARUF***14AA A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrator, R-410A only. Initial
ARUF***14AB release of the redesigned air handlers manufactured at the Houston furnace facility.
ARUF18B14AB
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrator, R-410A only. 2 & 3 ton
ARUF24B14BA
coil replacement. 2 ton replaced w/3 row/16" tall; 3 ton replaced with 18" tall coil. 3.5 ton
ARUF36C14BA
model blower motor changes from 10X8 to 10X10.
ARUF42C14AB
ARUF24B14BB A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrator, R-410A only. Changing 16
Tall, 3 Row, 6 Cir Coil Assembly to 14 Tall, 3 Row , 6 Cir Coil Assembly.
ARUF24B14CA A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrator, R-410A only. Release
ARUF24B14 CA model to meet AHRI requirements
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrator, R-410A only. Converts the
ARUF30C14BA
existing ARUF30B, 17.5 inch wide models to an ARUF30C, 21 inch wide model.
ARUF36C14BB A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrator, R-410A only. The
ARUF42C14AC aluminum models changes the RBs, COs, and coil slabs to 9mm braze joints.
ARUF36C14BC
ARUF30B14AC
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrator, R-410A only. Revisions
ARUF30C14BB
are made due to changes made on serial plate.
ARUF42C14AD
ARUF[48-60]D14AC
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrater. Revision replaces the
ARPF364216AB current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the
80% furnace line.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrater. Revision replaces the
ARPF486016AB current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the
80% furnace line.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrater. Revision replaces all
ARPF****16BA
ARPFcoils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrater. Introducation of R-22 Only
ARPF****1BA
Air Handlers.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrater. Revision replaces existing
ARPF****16CA
air handler copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrator, TXV, R-410A only. Initial
ARPT***14AA
release of the new air handlers.
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrator, TXV, R-410A only. Initial
ARPT***14AB
release of the air handlers manufactured at the Houston furnace facility.
ARPT[18-36]B14AC A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrator, TXV, R-410A only.
ARPT[36-60]D14AC Revisions are made due to changes made on serial plate.
20
Sing le Pie ce Air H an d lers
M o de l # De scription
A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted F lowrator. Introduces new A S P F A ir

A S P F****16A A
Handlers
A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted F lowrator. Revis ion introduces m odified
A S P F****16B A A S P F control sc hem e, to ens ure blower operation during and after call for heat on units with
heat k its and replac ing wavy fin with louver enhanced fin on coil
A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted F lowrator. Revis ion replac es ex is ting
A S P F****16CA
air handler copper c oils and other ass oc iated parts with alum inum c om ponents.
A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted F lowrator. Revis ion introduces and
A S P F****16DA
replac es Regal-B eliot X-13 m otor with E m erson S elecTec h m otor.
A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted F lowrator. Revis ion replac es ex is ting
A S P F****16E A air handler copper c oils and other ass oc iated parts with alum inum c om ponents and
replac es Regal-B eliot X-13 m otor with E m erson S elecTec h m otor.
A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted tx v. Revision introduces new

A S P T[24/36/48/60]*14
generation A S P T air handlers.
A S P T36C14A B A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted tx v. Revision updates 9m m return bend
A S P T[48/60]D14A B c oil c hanges to the new generation of A S P T air handlers . These revisions c over the
A S P T48D14A C A S P T36C, A S P T48D, and A S P T60D m odels.
A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted tx v. P rogram m ed B road O c ean M otor.
A S P T24B 14A C
This revis ion will allow the supplier to program the m otor ins tead of furnace plant, thus
A S P T30C14A B
elim inating any program m ing installing iss ues. The program m ed label will be provided by
A S P T36C14A C
s upplier.
A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted tx v. Introduction with 2+ 2c oil s lab
A S P T[42-48]C14A A
ass y. Thes e m odels are required to m eet higher tonnage ratings in Cabinet.
A S P T42D14A B A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted tx v. Nidec P re-program m ed M otor. This
A S P T48D14A D revis ion will allow the Nidec m otor to be program m ed by the s upplier ins tead of
A S P T60D14A C program m ing at the furnace plant, thus elim inating any program m ing ins talling iss ues.
A S ingle P iece A ir Handler S E nergy E ffic ient M otor Unpainted Flowrator. Releas es
A S UF 29B 14A A A S UF29B 14 and A S UF39C14 to add to the m idd efficiency ranges that the produc t line
A S UF 39C14A A offers . Incorporates the s m art fram e chas is with E E M (X-13) sty le m otors and pis ton ty pe
flowrators .
A S UF 49C14A A A S ingle P iece A ir Handler S E nergy E ffic ient M otor Unpainted Flowrator. Introduces a
A S UF 59D14A A m id-range efficiency air handler with X-13 m otor & fix ed orifice flowrator.
A S ingle P iece A ir Handler S E nergy E ffic ient M otor Unpainted Flowrator. Revision updates
A S UF 49C14A B
the 9m m return bends in the coil tubing ass em bly on the A S UF air handlers. These
A S UF 59D14A B
revis ions cover the A S UF49C14 and A S UF 59D14.
A S ingle P iece A ir Handler S E nergy E ffic ient M otor Unpainted Flowrator. This revis ion
c reates a four row, pis ton, 9 m m return bend coil, which will c reate a new S & R plates and
A S UF 59D14A C
Travel label. It will also reduce poron gask et qty (pt # 0154A 00005) from 10 ft to 7 ft s im ilar
to all other D chas sis air handlers .
A S ingle P iece A ir Handler S E nergy E ffic ient M otor Unpainted Flowrator. Nidec P re-
program m ed M otor. This revis ion will allow the Nidec m otor to be program m ed by the
A S UF 59D14A D
s upplier instead of program m ing at the furnac e plant, thus elim inating any program m ing
ins talling iss ues.
A S ingle P iece A ir Handler S E nergy E ffic ient M otor Unpainted Flowrator. P rogram m ed
A S UF 29B 14A B
B road O c ean M otor. This revis ion will allow the supplier to program the m otor instead of
A S UF 39C14A B
furnac e plant, thus elim inating any program m ing ins talling iss ues. The program m ed label
A S UF 49C14A C
will be provided by s upplier.
21
Model # Description
AVPTC183014AA A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating

AVPTC313714AA ready w/4-wires. Introduction of new 13 SEER Air Handler Models with the new
AVPTC426014AA communicating control & serial communicating indoor blower motor.
AVPTC24B14AA
AVPTC30C14AA
A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating
AVPTC36C14AA
ready w/4-wires. Redesign of the current AVPTC models to new air handler cabinetry
AVPTC42D14AA
incoporating he new 4-way, multi-position painted body utilized on the ARPT/ASPT models.
AVPTC48D14AA
AVPTC60D14AA

AVPTC48C14AA
ready w/4-wires. Minor revision change to S&R labels and Travel labels.
AVPTC42D14AB A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating

AVPTC48D14AB ready w/4-wires. Redesign of the current AVPTC models to new air handler cabinetry
AVPTC60D14AB incoporating he new 4-way, multi-position painted body utilized on the ARPT/ASPT models.
AVPTC183014AB A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating

AVPTC313714AB ready w/4-wires. Introduces a new Communicating Air Handler Control Board (PCBJA103)
AVPTC426014AB which will be replacing the production PCBJA10.

AVPTC60D14AC
ready w/4-wires. Revisions are made due to changes made on serial plate.
AVPTC24B14AC A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating

AVPTC30C14AB ready w/4-wires. Revisions are made to update Heater kit airflow .
22
S ingle P iece Air H andlers
M od e l # De scription
A S ingle P iec e A ir Handler W all M ount Unpainted F lowrator. Introduc es 13 S E E R Day ton
A W UF ****16A A
wall m ount air handlers . A ll M odels will be s uitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
A S ingle P iec e A ir Handler W all M ount Unpainted F lowrator. Introduc es 13 S E E R Day ton
A W UF3005-101A A
wall m ount air handlers using a B urr Oak Louvered Fin c oil.
A S ingle P iec e A ir Handler W all M ount Unpainted F lowrator. Revis ion replac es c urrent
A W UF ****1B A
wavey fin des ign with new louvered fin des ign
A S ingle P iece A ir Handler W all M ount Unpainted F lowrator. Introduc tion of A W UF 37 A ir

A W UF370**16A A
Handlers for us e with R-22 and R410A .
A S ingle P iec e A ir Handler Ceiling M ount N Unc ased Flowrater. Revis ion has louver fins &
A W UF ****16B A
replac es copper tube hairpins with alum inum hairpins.
A W UF180316B A
A S ingle P iece A ir Handler W all M ount Unpainted F lowrator. A W UF 3K W Heater
A W UF240316B A
Introduc tion. Introduc tion of 3K W heater in the A W UF air handlers
A W UF300316B A
A W UF310516A A
A S ingle P iece A ir Handler W all M ount Unpainted F lowrator.
A W UF310816A A
Introduc tion of higher 14 S E E R A W UF s eries air-handlers
A W UF 321016A A
A W UF300316B B
A W UF300516B B
A W UF300816B B
A S ingle P iece A ir Handler W all M ount Unpainted F lowrator. The A W UF30/36 are c urrently
A W UF301016B B
16x 20x 1. This revision us es 18x 20x 1 filter.
A W UF360516B B
A W UF360816B B
A W UF361016B B
A W UF 18F(31,51,81)6A A
A W UF24F(11,31,51,81)6A A
A W UF 30F(11,51,81)6A A
A S ingle P iece A ir Handler W all M ount Unpainted F lowrator. A dding a drain pan water
A W UF 31F (51,81)6A A
sensor s witc h to all A W UF products.
A W UF32F116A A
A W UF 36F(11,51,81)6A A
A W UF 37(11,51,81)6A A
23
MBR/MBE Air Handlers
Model # Description
Modular Blower R Multi-Position PSC Motor. Introduces module blower with PSC blower
MBR****AA-1AA
motor.
Modular Blower R Multi-Position PSC Motor. Quality improvement to use 0.75" Quiet Flex
MBR****AA-1AB
Insulation.
Modular Blower E Multi-Position Variable-Speed. Introduces module blower with variable

MBE****AA-1AA
speed blower motor.
Modular Blower E Multi-Position Variable-Speed.Revision introduces new models adding lower

MBE****AA-1BA
kw hit kits on the S&R plate
MBVC1200AA1-AA Modular Blower V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Communicating ready w/4-wires. Introduction

MBVC1600AA1-AA of module blower with variable speed blower motor with the new communicating control &
MBVC2000AA1-AA serial communicating indoor blower motor.
Modular Blower V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Communicating ready w/4-wires.Module

MBVC1200AA1-AB
blower with variable speed blower motor with communicating control & serial communicating
MBVC1600AA1-AB
indoor blower motor. Replaces existing Emerson motors (013M00111 & 013M00112)
MBVC2000AA1-AB
MBVC1200AA1-AC Modular Blower V Multi-Position Variable-Speed C ommunicating ready w/4-wires.Module

MBVC1600AA1-AC blower with variable speed blower motor with communicating control & serial communicating
MBVC2000AA1-AC indoor blower motor. Quality improvement to use 0.75" Quiet Flex Insulation.
Modular Blower V Multi-Position Variable-Speed C ommunicating ready w/4-wires.Module
MBVC1200AA1-AD
blower with variable speed blower motor with communicating control & serial communicating
MBVC1600AA1-AD
indoor blower motor. Introduces a new Communicating Air Handler Control Board (PCBJA103)
MBVC2000AA1-AD
which will be replacing the production PCBJA101.
24
Model # Description
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow Uncased Flowrator. Introduces CAUF Dayton

CAUF*****6AA
Upflow/Downflow coils.
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow Uncased Flowrator. Revision releases Burr Oak Louvered
CAUF*****6BA
Fin in place of the W avy Fin currently in production.
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted or Uncased] Flowrator. Revision replaces existing
CAUF****6*DA
copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted or Uncased] Flowrator. Drain pan material
CAUF*****6DB
change.
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow Painted Flowrator. Introduces CAPF Dayton
CAPF*****6AA
Upflow/Downflow coils.
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow Painted Flowrator. Revision releases Burr Oak Louvered
CAPF*****6BA
Fin in place of the W avy Fin currently in production.
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted or Uncased] Flowrator. Revision redesigns for

CAPF/CAUF36***CA
performance improvement from 2 row to 3 row.
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted or Uncased] Flowrator. Revision replaces existing

CAPF*****6DA
copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted or Uncased] Flowrator. Drain pan material

CAPF*****6DB
change.
C Indoor Coil Horizontal A Coil Painted Flowrator. Release 13 SEER CHPF horizontal A
CHPF*****6AA
coil.
C Indoor Coil Horizontal A Coil Painted Flowrator. Release 13 SEER CHPF horizontal A
CHPF*****6BA coil. Revision releases Burr Oak Louvered Fin in place of the Wavy Fin currently in
production. The rows change by one, (i.e. 4 row to 3 row; 3 row to 2 row) where appli
CAPT3131B4BA C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted] TXV. Introduction of coils with factory installed,
CAPT3131C4BA non adjustable TXV. Development of single stage AHRI ratings for CAPT3131 NTC
combinations.
CAPT3743C4AA C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted] TXV. Development of single stage AHRI ratings
CAPT3743D4AA for CAPT3743, NTC combinations.
CAPT4961C4AA C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted] TXV. Development of single stage AHRI ratings
CAPT4961D4AA for CAPT4961C4, NTC combinations.
CHPF1824A6CB
CHPF2430B6CB
CHPF3636B6CB
C Indoor Coil Horizontal A Coil Painted Flowrator. 13 SEER CHPF horizontal A coil. Drain
CHPF3642C6CB
pan material change.
CHPF3642D6CB
CHPF3743C6BB
CHPF3743D6BB
CHPF4860D6DB
25
Evaporator Coils
Model # Description
C Indoor Coil S Horizontal Slab Coil C Upainted Flowrator. Release 13 SEER CSCF slab
CSCF*****6AA
horizontal coil.
C Indoor Coil S Horizontal Slab Coil C Upainted Flowrator. Revision releases Burr Oak
CSCF*****6BA Louvered Fin in place of the Wavy Fin currently in production. The rows change by one, (i.e. 4
row to 3 row; 3 row to 2 row) where applicable.
CSCF1824N6BB
CSCF3036N6BB
C Indoor Coil S Horizontal Slab Coil C Upainted Flowrator. Drain pan material change.
CSCF3642N6CB
CSCF4860N6CB
CSCF1824N6CA
CSCF3036N6CA C Indoor Coil S Horizontal Slab Coil C Upainted Flowrator. Release 13 SEER CSCF slab
CSCF3642N6CA horizontal coil. Converting copper coils, maifolds, haripins, flowrators to aluminum coils.
CSCF4860N6CA
CTPF*****6AA C Indoor Coil T Coated Painted Flowrator. Initial release of coated coils.
CTPF1824*6AB
CTPF3030*6AB
CTPF3131*6AB
C Indoor Coil T Coated Painted Flowrator. Drain pan material change.
CTPF3636*6AC
CTPF3642*6AB
CTPF4860*6AB
CTUF1824*6AA
CTUF3030*6AA
CTUF3131*6AA
C Indoor Coil T Coated U npainted F lowrator. Initial release.
CTUF3636*6AA
CTUF3642*6AA
CTUF4860*6AA
CTUF1824*6AB
CTUF3030*6AB
CTUF3131*6AB
C Indoor Coil T Coated U npainted F lowrator. Initial release.
CTUF3636*6AC
CTUF3642*6AB
CTUF4860*6AB
26
S S Z 14 36 1 A A
BRAND:
G: Goodman ®
(Standard MINOR
Feature Set) REVISION:
S: Goodman® SEER: A: Initial Release
(High SEER Rating
Feature Set)
A: Amana®
Brand MAJOR
Deluxe REVISION:
D: Deluxe NOMINAL
CAPACITY: A: Initial Release
Goodman®
V: Value Line 018: 1.5 Tons
024: 2 Tons
030: 2.5 Tons
036/8: 3 Tons
042: 3.5 Tons
PRODUCT
048: 4 Tons
FAMILY:
059: 5 Tons
S: S plit System
060: 5 Tons
PRODUCT
TYP E:
X: Condenser R-410A
Z: Heat Pump R-410A
ELECTRICAL:
1: 208-230 V, 1ph, 60Hz
2: 220-240 V, 1ph, 50Hz
3: 208-230 V, 3ph, 60Hz
4: 460 V, 3ph, 60Hz
5: 380-420 V, 3ph, 50 Hz
A N Z 13 18 1 A A
BRAND:
A: Amana®
MINOR
Brand
REVISION:
Deluxe SEER: A: Initial Release
SEER Rating
MAJOR
NOMINAL REVISION:
CAPACITY: A: Initial Rel ease
PRODUCT 018: 1.5 Tons
FAMILY: 024: 2 Tons
030: 2.5 Tons
N: Split System
036: 3 Tons
042: 3.5 Tons
048: 4 Tons
059: 5 Tons
060: 5 Tons
PRODUCT 061: 5 Tons
TYPE:
X: Condenser R-410A
Z: Heat Pump R-410A ELECTRICAL:
1: 208-230 V, 1ph, 60Hz
2: 220-240 V, 1ph, 50Hz
3: 208-230 V, 3ph, 60Hz
4: 460 V, 3ph, 60Hz
5: 380-420 V, 3ph, 50 Hz
27
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION ComfortNet™
A S X C 16 024 1 A A
BRAND: MINOR
A: Amana® REVISION:
Brand SEER: A: Initial Release
Deluxe SEER Rating
D: Deluxe
Goodman®
MAJOR
REVISION:
A: Initial Release
PRODUCT NOMINAL
COMMUNICATION
FAMILY: CAPACITY:
FEATURE:
S: Split System 024: 2 Tons
C: 4-wire
036: 3 Tons
Communication
Ready 048: 4 Tons
060: 5 Tons
PRODUCT TYPE:
C: Condenser R-22 ELECTRICAL:
H: Heat Pump R-22 1: 208-230V/1ph/60Hz
X: Condenser R-410A 3: 208-230v/3ph/60Hz
Z: Heat Pump R-410A 4: 460v/3ph/60Hz
28
C A P F 1824 A 6 A
EXPANSION REVISION
DEVICE: A: Revision
PRODUCT
TYPE: F: Flowrater REFRIGERANT
C: Indoor Coil CHARGE:
6: R-410A or R-22
CABINET FINISH:
2: R-22
U: Unpainted
4: R-410A
P: Painted
N: Unpainted Case NOMINAL WIDTH FOR GAS FURNACE
A: Fits 14" Furnace Cabinet
APPLICATION B: Fits 17 1/2" Furnace Cabinet
A: Upflow/Downflow Coil C: Fits 21" Furnace Cabinet
H: Horizontal A Coil D: Fits 24 1/2" Furnace Cabinet
S: Horizontal Slab Coil N: Does Not Apply (Horizontal Slab Coils)
T: Coated Coil
NOMINAL CAPACITY RANGE
@ 13 SEER
1824: 1 1/2 to 2 Tons 3743: 3 to 3 1/2 Tons
3030: 2 1/2 Tons 4860: 4 & 5 Tons
3636: 3 Tons 4961: 4 & 5 Tons
3642: 3 to 3 1/2 Tons
C A P T 3131 B 4 A
EXPANSION REVISION
PRODUCT DEVICE: A: Revision
TYPE: T: Factory installed
C: Indoor Coil non-adjustable REFRIGERANT
TXV CHARGE:
4: R-410A
CABINET FINISH:
P: Painted NOMINAL WIDTH FOR GAS FURNACE
B: Fits 17 1/2" Furnace Cabinet
C: Fits 21" Furnace Cabinet
APPLICATION D: Fits 24 1/2" Furnace Cabinet
A: Upflow/Downflow Coil
NOMINAL CAPACITY RANGE

@ 13 SEER
3131: 2 1/2 Tons
3743: 3 to 3 1/2 Tons
3743: 3 to 3 1/2 Tons
4961: 4 & 5 Tons
29
MB R 8 00 A A 1
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY:
DESIGN SERIES: 1: 208-230V/60hZ/1 ph
MB: Modular FACTORY HEAT
Blower 00: No Heat DESIGN SERIES
A: First Series
MOTOR TYPE:
R: Constant Speed
E: Variable Speed CIRCUIT BREAKER
A: No Circuit Breaker
B: Circuit Breaker
AIRFLOW DELIVERED
08: 800 CFM
12: 1200 CFM
16: 1600 CFM
20: 2000 CFM
ComfortNet™
MB V C 12 00 A A 1
DESIGN S ERIES: FACTORY HEAT: DES IGN SERIES :

MB : M odular B lower 00: No Heat A : First S eries
COM MUNICATION
FEATURE:
C: 4-wire
Comm unication
Ready CIRCUIT BREAKER:
A : No Circuit B reaker
B : Circuit Breaker
ELECTRICAL SUP PLY:
1: 208-230V/60HZ/1 phase
AIRLOW DELIV ERED:
M OTOR TYP E: 12: 1200 CFM
V : Variable S peed 16: 1600 CFM
20: 2000 CFM
30
A W U F 3642 1 6 A A
EXPANSION
MINOR
PRODUCT DEVICE:
REVISION*
TYPE: F: Flowrater
A: Air Handler T: TXV
(Expansion
Device)
MAJOR
REVISION*
CABINET FINISH:
U: Unpainted
P: Painted REFRIGERANT CHARGE:
N: Uncased No Digit: R-22 Only
6: R-410A or R-22
APPLICATION
C: Ceiling Mount PSC Motor ELECTRICAL:
D: Downflow PSC Motor 1: 208-240V/1ph/60Hz
E: Multi-Position Varible Speed Motor
S: Energy-Efficient Motor
R: Multi-Position PSC Motor
T: Coated Coils
W: Wall Mount PSC Motor
NOMINAL CAPACITY RANGE:

@ 13 SEER
Dedicated Application
3636: 3 Tons
Multi-Position & Downflow Applications

Ceiling Mount & Wall Mount Applications
3137: 3 Tons
(Nominal Cooling Capacity/Electric Heat kW)
3642: 3 - 3 1/2 Tons
1803: 1 1/2 Tons Cooling / 3 kW Electric Heat
1830: 1 1/2 - 3 1/2 Tons
1805: 1 1/2 Tons Cooling / 5 kW Electric Heat
@10 SEER
2405: 2 Tons Cooling / 5 kW Electric Heat
1729: 1 1/2 - 2 1/2 Tons (for export systems)
3105: 1.5 - 2.5 Tons Cooling / 5kW Electric Heat
3210: 2 - 2.5 Tons Cooling / 10kW Electric Heat
An "F" in the model number denotes a
Factory Installed Float Switch is present
All Airhandlers use DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS. Power supply is AC 208-240v, 60 hz, 1 phase.
31
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION ARUF**14** / ARPT**14**/
ASPT**14**
A R U F 18 B 1 4 A A
EXPANSION
MINOR
PRODUCT DEVICE:
REVISION*
TYPE: F: Flowrater
A: Air Handler T: TXV
(Expansion MAJOR
Device) REVISION*
CABINET REFRIGERANT
FINISH: CHARGE:
P: Painted 4: R-410A only
U: Unpainted
ELECTRICAL:
1: 208-230V/1ph/60Hz
APPLICATION:
R: Multi-Position PSC Motor
S: Energy Efficient Motor CABINET
WIDTH
B: 17.5"
C: 21"
D: 24.5"
NOMINAL CAPACITY
RANGE
18: 1-1/2 Tons
24: 2 Tons
30: 2-1/2 Tons
36: 3 Tons
42: 3-1/2 Tons
48: 4 Tons
60: 5 Tons
Airhandlers use DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS. Power supply is AC 208-230v, 60 hz, 1 phase.
32
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION ComfortNet™
A V P T C 18 B 1 4 AA
1 2 3 4 5 6,7 8 9 10 11,12
Brand Engineering*
A Single-Piece Major/Minor Revisions
Airhandler *Not used for inv entory management
Unit Application Refrigerant Charge

C Ceiling Mount PSC Motor 4=R-410a
D Downflow PSC Motor
E Multi Position Variable-Speed Motoe Electrical
R Multi Position PSC Motoe 1 208/240V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz
S Multi Position EEM Motor
W Wall Mount PSC/EEM Motor
V Multi Position Variable-Speed Motor-Commuminacating
Cabinet Finish Cabinet Width

1/2"
U Unpainted B 17
P Painted C 21"
1/2"
N Uncased D 24
Expansion Device Nominal Capacity @ 13SEER

1/2
F Flowrator 18 1 Tons 36 3 Tons
1/2
T Expansion Device 24 2 Tons 42 3 Tons
1/2
30 2 Tons 48 4 Tons
Communications 60 5 Tons
TM
C ComfortNet Compatible
All Airhandlers use DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS. Power supply is AC 208-230v, 60 hz, 1 phase.
33
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION LIGHT COMMERCIAL
Split System Air Conditioners R410A - LIGHT COMMERCIAL
Model # Description
GSX11090*AA Goodman Split X Condenser 11 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman Light
GSX11120*AA Commercial 11 SEER, R-410A Condensers.
GSX111203AB
GSX110903AB Goodman Split X Condenser 11 Seer, 208-230V and 460V 3 Phase condensing units with
GSX111204AB new ball valve/brackets, suction tube/assembly and panel w/offset.
GSX110904AB
Split System Heat Pumps R410A - LIGHT COMMERCIAL

Model # Description
GSZ11090*AA Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 11 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduction of
GSZ11120*AA Goodman Light Commercial 11 SEER, R-410A Heat Pumps.
GSZ110903AB
GSZ111203AB Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 11 Seer, 208-230V and 460V 3 Phase R410A heat
GSZ110904AB pump units with new ball valve/brackets, suction tube/assembly and panel w/offset.
GSZ111204AB
Single Piece Air Handlers - LIGHT COMMERCIAL

Model # Description
AR0904A A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor. Introducation of new 7.5 & 10 Ton Air Handler
AR1204A Models, for use with GSX11 and GSZ11 Light Commercial Models.
34
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION LIGHT COMMERCIAL
G S X 11 090 3 A A
BRAND:
®
G: Goodman MINOR
(Standard REVISION:
Feature Set) SEER: A: Initial Release
SEER Rating
PRODUCT
FAMILY: MAJOR
S: Split System NOMINAL REVISION:
CAPACITY: A: Initial Release
090: 7.5 Tons
120: 10 Tons
PRODUCT
TYPE:
X: Condenser R-410A ELECTRICAL:
Z: Heat Pump R-410A 3: 208-230v/3ph/60Hz
4: 460v/3ph/60Hz
GSX110903AA GSZ110903AA
AR Nominal Cooling Capacity
Model Series
AR
0904 - 90,000 Btuh (7 1/2 Tons)
1204 - 120,000 Btuh (10 Tons)
For use with GSX/GSZ11 Light Commercial models only.

35
ACCESSORIES LIGHT COMMERCIAL
GSX11
Model Description GSX110903 GSX110904 GSX111203 GSX111204
FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x x
ASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x x
LAKT-01 Low Ambient Kit x x x x
LSK03* Liquid Line Solenoid Kit x x x x
GSZ11
Model Description GSZ110903 GSZ110904 GSZ111203 GSZ111204
FSK01A* Freeze Protection Kit x x x x
ASC01 Anti Short Cycle Kit x x x x
OT-EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relay Kit --- --- --- ---
LAKT-01 Low Ambient Kit x x x x
LSK03* Liquid Line Solenoid Kit x x x x
ELECTRIC HEATER KITS

Max.
AHKD Nominal Electrical Weight
Stages Overcurrent
Model kW Characteristics (lbs.)
Protection
AHKD15-3 15 208-230/3/60 1 56 60
AHKD15-4 15 460/3/60 1 55 30
AHKD20-3 20 208-230/3/60 2 59 70
AHKD20-4 20 460/3/60 2 57 35
AHKD30-3 30 208-230/3/60 2 60 100
AHKD30-4 30 460/3/60 2 58 50
NOTES:
• AR Series Air Handlers do not have factory installed electric heat. Purchased as an accessory, these are the ONLY
heater kits that can be used with the AR Series.
• The electrical characteristics of the air handler, electric heater kits and building power supply must be compatible.
36
ACCESSORIES
ASX13
ASX13 ASX13 ASX13 ASX13 ASX13 ASX13 ASX13
Model Description
018* 024* 030* 036* 042* 048* 060*/061*
1
ABK-20 Anchor Bracket Kit X X X X X X X
ASC01 Anti-Short Cycle Kit X X X X X X X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X
2
FSK01A Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X X
LSK02A Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X X X X X
TX2N4A³ TXV Kit X X
3
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
3
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
G/VSX13
G/VSX13 G/VSX13 G/VSX13 G/VSX13 G/VSX13 G/VSX13 G/VSX13060*
Model Description
018* 024* 030* 036* 042* 048* GSX13061*
1
4
ABK-21 Anchor Bracket Kit X X X X
1
2
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
2
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
CSB-15 Sound Blanket Kit X X X
CSB-16 Sound Blanket Kit X X X X
GSX13 Three-phase models
GSX13 GSX13 GSX13 GSX130 GSX130
Model Description
0363* 0483* 0484* [60/61]3* [60/61]4* 1
Contains 20 brackets; four
1 brackets needed to anchor unit
ABK-20 Anchor Bracket Kit X X X X X to pad
ASC01 Anti-Short Cycle Kit X X X X X 2
Installed on indoor coil.
2
FSK01A Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X
LSK02A Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X X X
3
Field-installed, non-bleed, ex-
pansion valve kit - Condensing
3
TX3N4 TXV Kit X units and heat pumps with re-
ciprocating compressors re-
3
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X X quire the use of start-assist com-
ponents when used in conjuntion
CSB-15 Sound Blanket Kit X X X X with an indoor coil using a non-
bleed thermal expansion valve
CSB-16 Sound Blanket Kit X refrigerant.
LAKT01 Low Ambient Kit X X X X X
4
For use on the GSX13 & VSX13
0163R00002 Crankcase Heater Kit X 23" chassis only. Contains 20
0163R00003 Crankcase Heater Kit X X brackets; four brackets needed
to anchor unit to pad.
0163R00004 Crankcase Heater Kit X X
37
ACCESSORIES
ASX14
ASX14 ASX14 ASX14 ASX14 ASX14 ASX14 ASX14
Model Description
018 024 030 036 042 048 060
1
1
TX2N4A TXV Kit X X
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
GSX14
GSX14 GSX14 GSX14 GSX14 GSX14 GSX14 GSX14
Model Description
018 024 030 036 042 048 060
1
1
TX2N4A TXV Kit X X
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
CSB-14 Sound Blanket Kit X X
CSB-16 Sound Blanket Kit X X X X X
SSX14
SSX14 SSX14 SSX14 SSX14 SSX14 SSX14 SSX14
Model Description
018 024 030 036 042 048 060
1
1
TX2N4A TXV Kit X X
2
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
2
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
1 Installed on ind oor coil
2 Require for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidy.
38
ACCESSORIES
SSX16
SSX16 SSX16 SSX16 SSX16 SSX16 SSX16
M odel Description
024* 030* 036* 042* 048* 060*
1
ABK-20 Anc hor Bracket Kit X X X X X X
ASC01 Anti-Short Cycle Kit X X X X X X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X
1
FSK01A Freeze Protec tion Kit X X X X X X
LSK02A Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X X X X
TX2N4A TXV Kit X
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
1
I nstalled on indoor coil
2
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidy.
ASX16/DSX16
A/DSX16 A/DSX16 A/DSX16 A/DSX16 A/DSX16 A/DSX16
M odel Description
024* 030* 036* 042* 048* 060*
1
ABK-20 Anc hor Bracket Kit X X X X X X
ASC01 Anti-Short Cycle Kit X X X X X X
1
TX2N4A TXV Kit X
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
1
2
ASX/GSX16 (Rev F or Later)

A/GSX16 A/GSX16 A/GSX16 A/GSX16 A/GSX16 A/GSX16 A/GSX16 A/GSX16
M odel Description
018F* 024F* 030F* 036F* 042F* 048F* 060F* 061F*
ABK-20 Anc hor Bracket Kit X X X X X X X X
ASC01 Anti-Short Cycle Kit X X X X X X X X
FSK01A Freeze Protec tion Kit X X X X X X X X
LSK02A Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X X X X X X
TXV-30 Fixed TXV Kit X X X
TXV-42 Fixed TXV Kit X X
TXV-48 Fixed TXV Kit X
TXV-60 Fixed TXV Kit X X
1
2
39
ACCESSORIES
ASX/DSX18
A/DSX18 A/DSX18 /DSX18
Model Description
036* 048* 060*
ABK-201 Anchor Bracket Kit X X X

ASC01 Anti-Short Cycle Kit X X X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X

1
FSK01A Freeze Protection Kit X X X
LSK02A Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X
TX2N4A TXV Kit
TX3N4 TXV Kit X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X
1
Installed on indoor coil
2
40
ACCESSORIES ComfortNet™
ASXC/DSXC 16
ASXC/DSXC 18
ASXC16024 ASXC16036 ASXC16048 ASXC16060 ASXC18036 ASXC18048 ASXC18060
Model Description
DSXC16024 DSXC16036 DSXC16048 DSXC16060 DSXC18036 DSXC18048 DSXC18060
TX2N4A TXV Kit X
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X X
1
Liquid Line Solenoid
LSK02 X X X X X X X
Valve
3
B1141643 24V Transformer X X X X X X X
* Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad.

Installed on the indoor coil.
Available in 24V legacy mode only. This feature is integrated in the communicating mode.
This component is included in the CTK0*** communicating thermostat kit.
41
ACCESSORIES
ASZ13
ASZ13 ASZ13 ASZ13 ASZ13 ASZ13 ASZ13 ASZ13
Model Description
018 024 030 036 042 048 060
AFE18-60A All-Fuel Kit X X X X X X X
4
4
4
2
OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relay kit X X X X X X X
3
OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat w/Lockout Stat X X X X X X X
4
TX2N4A TXV Kit X X
4
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
4
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
GSZ13
G/VSZ13 G/VSZ13 G/VSZ13 G/VSZ13 G/VSZ13 G/VSZ13 G/VSZ13
Model Description
018 024 030 036 042 048 060
CSB-15 Sound Blanket X X X
CSB-16 Sound Blanket X X X X

4
4
4
2
OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relay kit X X X X X X X
3
OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat w/Lockout Stat X X X X X X X
5
TX2N4A TXV Kit X X
5
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
5
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
GSZ13 Three-phase models

GSZ13 GSZ13 GSZ13 GSZ13 GSZ13 1
Contains 20 brackets; four brackets
Model Description needed to anchor unit to pad
036* 048* 048* 060* 060*
AFE18-60A All-Fuel Kit X X X X X 2
Installed on indoor coil.
ASC01 Anti-Short Cycle Kit X X X X X 3

Required for heat pump applications
2 where ambient temperatures fall below
FSK01A Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X 0°F with 50% or higher relative humid-
ity.
LSK02A Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X X X
OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relay kit X X X X X 4
Condensing units & heat pumps with re-
3 ciprocating compressors require the use
OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat w/Lockout Stat X X X X X of start-assist components when used in
conjuntion with an indoor coil using a non-
5
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X bleed expansion valve refrigerant me-
tering device.
5
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
5
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion
CSB-15 Sound Blanket Kit X X X X valve kit - Condensing units and heat
pumps with reciprocating compressors
CSB-16 Sound Blanket Kit X require the use of start-assist compo-
nents when used in conjuntion with an
LAKT01 Low Ambient Kit X X X X X indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal ex-
pansion valve refrigerant.
42
ACCESSORIES
SSZ14
SSZ14 SSZ14 SSZ14 SSZ14 SSZ14 SSZ14 SSZ14 SSZ14
Model Description
018* 024* 030* 036* 038* 042* 048* 060*
AFE18-60A All-Fuel Kit X X X X X X X X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X X
1
FSK01A Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X X X
2
OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat X X X X X X X X
OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relat Kit X X X X X X X X
TX3N4³ TXV Kit X X X
ASZ14
ASZ14 ASZ14 ASZ14 ASZ14 ASZ14 ASZ14 ASZ14 ASZ14
Model Description
018* 024* 030* 036* 038* 042* 048* 060*
AFE18-60A All-Fuel Kit X X X X X X X X
CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X X X X X
1
FSK01A Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X X X
2
OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat X X X X X X X X
OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relat Kit X X X X X X X X
GSZ14
GSZ14 GSZ14 GSZ14 GSZ14 GSZ14 GSZ14 GSZ14
Model Description
018* 024* 030* 036* 042* 048* 060*
1
2
OT18-60A Outdoor Thermostat X X X X X X X
OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relat Kit X X X X X X X
TX3N4³ TXV Kit X X
CSB-15 Sound Blanket Kit X X X
CSB-16 Sound Blanket Kit X X X X
1
Installed on indoor coil
2
43
ACCESSORIES
ASZ16/DSZ16
A/DSZ16 A/DSZ16 A/DSZ16 A/DSZ16 A/DSZ16 A/DSZ16
M odel Description
024* 030* 036* 042* 048* 060*
AFE18-60A All-Fuel Kit X X X X X X
1
O T/EHR18-60 Emergenc y Heat Relay Kit X X X X X X
O T18-60A² O utdoor Thermostat w/ Loc kout Stat X X X X X X
TX2N4A TXV Kit X
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
1
2
Requir ed for heat pump applications wher e ambient temper atur es fall below 0°F with 50% or higher r elativ e humidy .
SSZ16
SSZ16 SSZ16 SSZ16 SSZ16 SSZ16 SSZ16
M odel Description
024* 030* 036* 042* 048* 060*
AFE18-60A All-Fuel Kit X X X X X X
1
O T/EHR18-60 Emergenc y Heat Relay Kit X X X X X X
O T18-60A² O utdoor Thermostat w/ Loc kout Stat X X X X X X
TX2N4A TXV Kit X
TX3N4 TXV Kit X X
TX5N4 TXV Kit X X X
1
2
Requir ed for heat pump applications wher e ambient temper atur es fall below 0°F with 50% or higher r elativ e humidy .
44
ACCESSORIES
ASZ/DSZ18
A/DSZ18 A/DSZ18 A/DSZ18
Model Description
036* 048* 060*
AFE18-60A All-Fuel Kit X X X
1
FSK01A Freeze Protection Kit X X X
LSK02A Liquid Line Solenoid Kit X X X
OT/EHR18-60 Emergency Heat Relay Kit X X X
OT18-60A² Outdoor Thermostat w/ Lockout Stat X X X
TX2N4A³ TXV Kit
TX3N4³ TXV Kit X
TX5N4³ TXV Kit X X
1 Installed on indoor coil
2 Require for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidy.
³ Field-installed , non-bleed, expansion valve kit — Condensing units and heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of
start-assist components when used in conjunction with an ind oor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve
refrigerant metering device.
45
ACCESSORIES ComfortNet™
ASZC/DSZC 16
ASZC/DSZC 18
ASZC16024 ASZC16036 ASZC16048 ASZC16060 ASZC18036 ASZC18048 ASZC18060
Model Description
DSZC16024 DSZC16036 DSZC16048 DSZC16060 DSZC18036 DSZC18048 DSZC18060
1
TX2N4 TXV Kit X
TX3N4 1 TXV Kit X X
TX5N4 1 TXV Kit X X X X
CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X X X X X X
FSK01A 2 Freeze Protection Kit X X X X X X X
Outdoor Thermostat/
OT18-60A 3 X X X X X X X
Lockout Thermostat
B1141643 4 24V Transformer X X X X X X X
* Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad

1
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit - Condensing units and heap pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use
of start-assist components when used in conjunction with an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant
2
Installed on the indoor coil
3 Available in 24V legacy mode only. This feature is integrated in the communicating mode. Required for heat pump applications
where ambient temperature fall below 0 °F with 50% or higher relative humidity.
4
This component is included in the CTK0*** communicating thermostat kit.
46
ACCESSORIES
EXPANSION VALVE KITS
For Applications requiring
1/4 FLARE CONNECTION
BULB TO BE LOCATED
AT 10 OR 2 O'CLOCK
a field installed access fitting
SUCTION LINE BULB
EVAPORATOR COIL
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT

PISTON TAILPIECE
EXPANSION VALVE DISTRIBUTOR SEAL

BODY
REMOVE BEFORE INSTALLING EXPANSION VALVE
3/8"-
SWEAT
7/8" NUT
1/4' FLARE For Applications not requiring

CONNECTION
a field installed access fitting
BULB TO BE LOCATED
AT 10 OR 2 O'CLOCK
BULB SUCTION LINE
PISTON TAILPIECE
EXPANSION VALVE
DISTRIBUTOR SEAL
EVAPORATOR COIL
BODY
3/8"-
SWEAT

REMOVE BEFORE
INSTALLING
EXPANSION VALVE
7/8" NUT
OT/EHR18-60
OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT &
EMERGENCY HEAT RELAY
OT18-60
Thermostat
Dial
315º
COLD (Turn Clockwise)
DEAD WARM (Turn Counterclockw ise)

DIAL
45º
Set Point
Adjustment
Set Point
Screw
Indicator
Mark
(Shown @ Oº F)
Not for use with
ComfortNet System
47
ACCESSORIES
FSK01A
FREEZE THERMOSTAT
KIT
Wire Nut
Y
Y
ck
Bla a ck
Bl
Wire Nut
Install Line
Install Line
Thermostat
Thermostat
Here
Here
Wire Nut
Bla
ck Y
Bla
ck
Y
Wire Nut
ASC01A Not for use with

ANTI-SHORT -CYCLE CONTROL KIT ComfortNet System
SHORT CYCLE
Y1 R1 PROTECTOR
Y2 R2
YELLOW 1
CONTACTOR
T2 T1
BLACK 1 Y
THERMOSTAT
L2 L1 WIRE
C
UNIT
BLACK 1 TERMINAL
BOARD
48
ACCESSORIES
COIL ACCESSORIES
TX2N4A TX3N4 TX5N4 FSK01A FREEZE
COIL MODEL
TXV KIT TXV KIT TXV KIT PROTECTION KIT
CA*F18246* X X
CA*F30306* X X
CA*F31316*
CA*F36366*
CA*F36426* X X X
CA*F37436*
CA*F48606*
CA*F49616*
CHPF18246* X X
CHPF24306*
CHPF36366* X X
CHPF36426* X X
CHPF37436*
CHPF48606*
CSCF1824N6* X X
CSCF3036N6* X X
CSCF3642N6* X X X
CSCF4860N6*
HK* SERIES ELETRIC HEAT KITS -

ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - MBR, MBE, MBVC
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT
^HKR3-20A
HKR-08(C)*
HKR-10(C)*
HKR05-(C)'
^HKR3-15*
HKA-15C*
HKA-20C*
NO HEAT
HKR-03*
HKR-06*
BLOWER
MBR0800AA-1AA - X X X X X - -
MBR1200AA-1AA - X X X X X X X X X
MBE1200AA-1AA - - - - X X - - - -
MBE1600AA-1AA - - - - - X - - - -
MBE2000AA-1AA - - - - - X - - - -
MBE1200AA-1BA - X X X X X - - - -
MBE1600AA-1BA - X X X X X - - - -
MBE2000AA-1AA - X X X X X - - - -
MBVC1200AA-1** - X X X X X X - - -
MBVC1600AA-1** - X X X X X X - - -
MBVC2000AA-1** - X X X X X - X - -
X = Allowable combinations ^ = Circuit 1: Single Phase for Air Handler Motor

- = Restricted combinations Circuit 2: 3-Phase for HKR3 Heater Kits
49
ACCESSORIES
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ARPF
ARPF1824 ARPF1931 ARPF3030 ARPF3642 ARPF3743 ARPF4860
1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
HKR-03* X X X X X X
HKR-05*, HKR-05C* X X X X X X
HKR-06* X X X X X X
1 1
1 1 1
HKA-15C* X2 X2 X2 X3 X3 X
2 3 3
HKA-20C* X X X X
2 3 3
^ HKR3-15* X X X X
^ HKR3-20* X2 X3 X3 X
* Revision level that may or may not be designated

C Circuit breaker option
^ Heat kit required three-phase power supply
1
Air handler must either be on medium or high speed
2
Air handler must be on high speed
3
For static pressure of 0.6 or higher, air handler must be on medium or high speed.
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ARUF

ARUF1729 ARUF1824 ARUF1931 ARUF3030 ARUF3642 ARUF3743 ARUF4860
1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
HKR-03* X X X X X X X
HKR-05*, HKR-05C* X X X X X X X
HKR-06* X X X X X X X
1 1 1
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 3 3
HKA-15C* X X X X X X X
2 3 3
HKA-20C* X X X X
2 3 3
^ HKR3-15* X X X X
2 3 3
^ HKR3-20* X X X X
* Revision level that may or may not be designated

C Circuit breaker option
^ Heat kit required three-phase power supply
1
Air handler must either be on medium or high speed
2
Air handler must be on high speed
3
For static pressure of 0.6 or higher, air handler must be on medium or high speed.
50
ACCESSORIES
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ADPF
ADPF182416 ADPF304216 ADPF486016 ADPF4486016
HKR-03* X X X X
HKR-05*, HKR-05C* X X X X
HKR-06* X X X X
1 1 1
HRK-08*, HKR-08C* X X X X
1 1 1
2 1
HKA-15C* X X X X
HKA-20C* - X 2
X
1
X
^HKR3-15* - X X X
^HKR3-20* - X X X
* 1
Revision level that may or may not be designated Air handler must be on speed tap 2, 3, 4 or 5
2
C Circuit Breaker option Air handler must be on speed tap 4 or 5
3
^ Heat kit requires 3-phase power supply Air handler must be on speed tap 3, 4 or 5
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - AEPF
AEPF183016 AEPF303616 AEPF313716 AEPF426016
HKR-05*, HKR-05C* X X
HRK-08*, HKR-08C X X X
1
HKR-10*, HKR-10C X X X X
1 1
HKA-15C* X X X
2
HKA-20C* X
*
Revision level that may or may not be designated
C Circuit Breaker option
1
This heater kit can be used ONLY for 1000 CFM or higher applications
2
This heater kit can be used ONLY for 1200 CFM or higher applications
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - AVPTC

HKR-10*/-10C*
HKR-05*/-05C*
HKR-08*/-08C*
HKA-15C*
HKA-20C*
HKR-03*
HKR-06*
MODELS
1 1
AVPTC183014A* X X X X X --- ---
1 X1 2
AVPTC313714A* X X X X X X
AVPTC426014A* X X X X X X X3
* Revision level that may or may not be designated. NOTE:
C Circuit breaker option. When 8kW and 10kW heat kits are used with an AVPTC1830 and AVPTC3137, matched with 2- ton outdoor unit, see Note 1 below.
1
Set Heater Kit dip switches 9, 10 and 11 to 6kW setting (9-ON, 10-OFF,11-ON) to obtain 840 CFM.
2
This heater kit can only be used for ‘1000 CFM or higher’ applications.
3
This heater kit can only be used for ‘1200 CFM or higher’ applications.
51
ACCESSORIES
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ASPF
ASPF183016 ASPF303616 ASPF313716 ASPF426016
HKR-03* X X X X
HKR-06* X X X X
HRK-08*, HKR-08C* X1 X1 X1 X
1 1 1
2 2 2 1
+HKR3-15* X X X X
+HKR3-20* X2 X2 X1
HKA-15C* X2 X2 X2 X1
2 2 1
HKA-20C* X X X
*
Revision level that may or may not be designated
C Circuit Breaker option
+ Heat kit requires 3-phase power supply
1
Air handler must be on speed tap 2, 3, 4 or 5
2
Air handler must be on speed tap 4 or 5
3
Air handler must be on speed tap 3, 4 or 5
DRAIN PAN INSULATION KITS - ARUF**14**, ARPT**14**, ASPT**14** & ASUF**14**

MODEL LIST FOR DOW NFLOW KITS
DFK-B DFK-C DFK-D
Dow nflow Kit Dow nflow Kit Dow nflow Kit
ARU F18B1 4** AR U F30 C1 4** AR U F4 8D 14**
ARU F24B1 4** AR U F36 C1 4** AR U F6 0D 14**
ARU F30B1 4** AR U F42 C1 4** AR PT3 6D 14**
ARPT18 B14 ** AR PT36C 14 ** AR PT4 2D 14**
ARPT24 B14 ** ASPT36C 14 ** AR PT4 8D 14**
ARPT30 B14 ** ASPT42C 14 ** AR PT6 0D 14**
ASPT24 B14 ** ASPT48C 14 ** ASPT48D 14 **
ASU F49C 14 ** ASPT60D 14 **
ASU F5 9D 14**
52
ACCESSORIES
ARPT**14**
Heat Kit Applications ARPT
Type / model 18B14-A* 24B14-A* 30B14-A* 36C14-A* 36D14-A* 42D14-A* 48D14-A* 60D14-A*
HKSX03XC* X X X X X X X X
HKSX15XF* X X X X X
HKSX20XF* X X X X X
HKSC05XC* X X X X X X X X
HKSC15XA* X X X X X X
HKSC15XB* X X X X X X
HKSC15XF* X X X X X
HKSC19CA* X
HKSC19CB* X
HKSC20DA* X X X X
HKSC20DB* X X X X
HKSC20XF* X X X X X
53
ACCESSORIES
ARUF**14**
Heat Kit Applications ARUF
Type / model 18B14-A* 24B14-B* 24B14-C* 30B14-A* 30C14-B* 36C14-B* 42C14-A* 48D14-A* 60D14-A*
HKSX03XC* X X X X X X X X X
HKSX15XF* X X X X X
HKSX20XF* X X X X X
HKSC05XC* X X X X X X X X X
HKSC15XF* X X X X X
HKSC19CA* X X X
HKSC19CB* X X X
HKSC20DA* X X
HKSC20DB* X X
HKSC20XF* X X X X X
HKSC25DC* X X X
* Revisio n level that may o r may no t be designated Refer to the minimum airflo w requirements fo r each o f the heat kits.
*ARUF HEATER (kW)

ARPT 3 5 6 8 10 15 19 20 25
18 715 715 715 715 950
24 715 715 715 715 950
30B 715 715 715 715 875 875
30C 1170 1170 1170 117 0 1345 1345
36 1170 1170 1170 117 0 1345 1345
42 1170 1170 1170 117 0 1345 1345
48 1590 1590 1590 159 0 1715 1715 1715
60 1590 1590 1590 159 0 1715 1715 1715
Minimum CFM required f or Heater Kits
54
ACCESSORIES
ASUF**14**
Heat Kit Applications ASUF
Type / model 29B14-A* 39C14-A* 49C14-A* 59D14-A*
HKSX03XC* X X X X
HKSX05XC* X X X X
HKSX06XC* X X X X
HKSX08XC* X X X X
HKSX10XC* X X X X
HKSX15XF* X X X
HKSX20XF* X X X
HKSC05XC* X X X X
HKSC08XC* X X X X
HKSC10XC* X X X X
HKSC15XA* X X X
HKSC15XB* X X X
HKSC15XF* X X X
HKSC19CA* X X
HKSC19CB* X X
HKSC20DA* X
HKSC20DB* X
HKSC20XF* X X X
HKSC25DC* X
* Revision level that may or may not be designated.
Refer to the minimum airflo w requirements fo r each of the heat kits.
HEATER (kW)
ASUF
3 5 6 8 10 15 19 20 25
29 715 715 715 715 875
39 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
49 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345
59 1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 1715 1715
Minimum CFM required f or Heater Kits
55
ACCESSORIES
ASPT**14**
Heat Kit Applications ASPT
Type / model 24B14-A* 30C14-A* 36C14-A* 42C14-A* 48C14-A* 42D14-A* 48D14-A* 60D14-A*
HKSX15XF* X X X X X X
HKSX20XF* X X X X X X
HKSC15XF* X X X X X X
HKSC19CA* X X X
HKSC19CB* X X X
HKSC20DA* X X X
HKSC20DB* X X X
HKSC20XF* X X X X X X
HKSC25DC* X X
* Rev is io n level that may o r m ay no t be designated.
Refer to the m inim um airflo w requirem ents fo r each o f the heat k its.
Heater (KW)
3 5 6 8 10 15 19 20 25
ASPT24B14 715 715 715 715 875 NR NR NR NR
ASPT30C14 730 715 715 715 950 NR NR NR NR
ASPT36C14 NR 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345 1345 NR
ASPT42C14 NR 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345 1345 NR
ASPT48C14 NR 1170 1170 1170 1170 1345 1345 1345 NR
ASPT42D1 NR 1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 NR 1715 NR
ASPT48D1 NR 1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 NR 1715 1715
ASPT60D1 NR 1590 1590 1590 1590 1715 NR 1715 1715
MINIMUM CFM REQUIRED FOR HEATER KITS
56
ACCESSORIES
AVPTC**14**
He at Kit A pplications AVP TC
† †† †††
Ty pe / M odel 24B14-A * 30C14-A * 36C14-A * 48C14-A * 42D 14-A * 48D 14-A * 60D 14-A *
H KS X03 XC X X X
H KS X05 XC X X X X X X X
H KS X15 XF* X X X X X
H KS X20 XF* X X X X X
H KS C05XC X X X X X X X
H KS C15XA X X X X X
H KS C15XB X X X X X
H KS C15 XF* X X X X X
H KS C1 9CA* X X
H KS C1 9CB* X X
H KS C20 DA X X X
H KS C20D B X X X
H KS C X20XF* X X X X X
H KS C2 5DC* X X
* R ev is io n lev el that m ay o r m ay no t be des ignated.
R ef er to the m inim um airflo w requirem ent s f o r eac h o f t he heat k its .
†For match up wi th a 2 ton outdoor uni t: He ater ki t appl i ca Ɵon s ha l l not exce ed 10 kW.
Ai rfl ow for 5 kW up to 10 kW hea ter ki ts s hal l be se t to 850 cfm s pee d ta p of ON-ON-ON.
††For match up wi th a 3 ton outdoor unit: Hea ter ki t appl i caƟon s ha l l not exce ed 15 kW.
Ai rfl ow for 5 kW up to 15 kW hea ter ki ts s hal l be se t to 1400 cfm s peed ta p of ON-ON-OFF.
†††For match up wi th a 3.5 ton outdoor uni t: He ater ki t appl i ca Ɵon s ha l l not e xce ed 20 kW.
Ai rfl ow for 5 kW up to 20 kW hea ter ki ts s hal l be s e t to 1620 cfm s peed tap of ON-ON-OFF
** 3 kW hea ter ki t i s not appl i ca bl e for thi s i ndoor appl i ca ti on.
He a te r ki t (Kw)
3 5 6 8 10 15 19 20 21 or 25
AVPTC24B14 550 650 700 800 850 NR NR NR NR
AVPTC30C14 600 700 750 875 950 NR NR NR NR
AVPTC36C14 NR 850 900 1000 1200 1440 1500 1500 NR
AVPTC48C14 NR 850 900 1000 1200 1440 1500 1500 NR
†
AVPTC42D14 850** 1250 1300 1500 1550 1720 NR 1800 NR
††
AVPTC48D14 NR 1250 1300 1500 1550 1720 NR 1815 1850
†††
AVPTC60D14 NR 1250 1300 1500 1550 1780 NR 1850 1850
MI NIMUM CFM REQUIRED FOR HEATER KITS, See note s be l ow
Note : Ai rfl ow da ta s hown a ppl i e s to the e l e ctri c he a t onl y i n ei the r l e ga cy mode or communi ca ti ng mode opera ti on
NR - Not ra te d
* Wi thi n thermos ta t us er me nu CTK0* communi ca ti ng thermos ta t wi l l di s pl a y 20KW for OFF- OFF- ON di p s wi tch s e l e cti on,
21kW for
†For ma tch up wi th a 2 ton outdoor uni t: Hea te r ki t a ppl i ca Ɵon s ha l l not e xce ed 10 kW.
Ai rfl ow for 5 kW up to 10 kW he a te r ki ts s ha l l be s et to 850 cfm s pee d ta p of ON-ON-ON.
††For ma tch up wi th a 3 ton outdoor uni t: He a te r ki t a ppl i ca Ɵon s ha l l not e xcee d 15 kW.
Ai rfl ow for 5 kW up to 15 kW he a te r ki ts s ha l l be s et to 1300 cfm s pe e d ta p of ON-OFF-ON.
†††For ma tch up wi th a 3.5 ton outdoor uni t: He a ter ki t a ppl i ca Ɵon s ha l l not e xce e d 20 kW.
Ai rfl ow for 5 kW up to 20 kW hea ter ki ts s ha l l be s e t to 1500 cfm s pe ed ta p of ON-OFF-OFF
57
PRODUCT DESIGN
This section gives a basic description of cooling unit opera- "Ultractech" Series scroll compressors will not have a dis-
tion, its various components and their basic operation. charge thermostat. Some of the early model scroll compres-
Ensure your system is properly sized for heat gain and loss sors required discharge thermostat.
according to methods of the Air Conditioning Contractors
"Ultratech" Series scroll compressors use "POE" or
Association (ACCA) or equivalent.
polyolester oil which is NOT compatible with mineral oil
based lubricants like 3GS. "POE" oil must be used if
CONDENSING UNIT additional oil is required.
The condenser air is pulled through the condenser coil by a
direct drive propeller fan. This condenser air is then dis-
COILS AND BLOWER COILS - LEGACY
charged out of the top of the cabinet. These units are
designed for free air discharge, so no additional resistance, MODELS
like duct work, shall be attached. MBR/MBE/MBVC blower cabinets are designed to be used
as a two-piece blower and coil combination. MBR/MBE/
The suction and liquid line connections on present models MBVC blower sections can be attached to cased evaporator
are of the sweat type for field piping with refrigerant type coil. This two-piece arrangement allows for a variety of mix-
copper. Front seating valves are factory installed to accept matching possibilities providing greater flexibility. The MBE/
the field run copper. The total refrigerant charge for a normal MBVC blower cabinets use a variable speed motor that
installation is factory installed in the condensing unit. maintains a constant airflow with a higher duct static.
GSX, GSZ, ASX, ASZ, SSX, SSZ, DSX, DSZ, VSX, and VSZ MBE/MBVC blower cabinests are approved for applications
models are available in 1 1/2 through 5 ton sizes and use R- with cooling coils of up to 0.8 inches W.C. external static
410A refrigerant. They are designed for 208/230 volt single pressure. The MBE models includes a feature that allows
phase applications. airflow to be changed by +10% or -15%. The MBVC models
GSX/GSZ *****2 models are available in 2 and 3 ton sizes and allow airflow trimming of +/-10%.
use R-410A refrigerant. They are designed for 220/240 volt The MBR blower cabinet uses a PSC motor. It is approved for
single phase applications. applications with cooling coils of up to 0.5 inches W.C.
GSX/GSZ *****3 models are available in 3, 4, and 5 ton sizes external static pressure.
and use R-410A refrigerant. They are designed for 208/230 The MBR/MBE/MBVC blower cabinets with proper coil
volt 3-phase applications. matches can be positioned for upflow, counterflow, horizontal
GSX/GSZ *****4 models are available in 3, 4, and 5 ton sizes right or horizontal left operation. All units are constructed with
and use R-410A refrigerant. They are designed for 380/420 R-4.2 insulation. In areas of extreme humidity (greater than
volt 3-phase applications. 80% consistently), insulate the exterior of the blower with
GSX/GSZ *****5 models are available in 3, 4, and 5 ton sizes insulation having a vapor barrier equivalent to ductwork
and use R-410A refrigerant. They are designed for 380/420 insulation, providing local codes permit.
volt 3-phase applications. The CAUF, CAPF and CAPT coils are designed for upflow and
ASX, ASZ, DSX and DSZ R-410A model units use the counterflow applications. The CACF and CHPF coils are
Copeland Scroll "Ultratech" Series compressors which are designed for horizontal applications.
specifically designed for R-410A refrigerant. These units also
have Copeland® ComfortAlert diagnostics. Communicating Unitary Control (UC) PCB
GSX, GSZ, SSX, SSZ, VSX, and VSZ R-410A model units, The Communicating System Unitary Control PCB is a micro-
except for GSX130181C*, VSX130181B*, VSX130241E*, processor-based control for heat pump and air conditioning
VSX130421B*, and VSX130481B*, use the Copeland Scroll condensing units with single-phase compressors up to 5 ton
"Ultratech" Series compressors which are specifically de- capacity operating on standard residential or Delta and Wye
signed for R-410A refrigerant. commercial power. The control incorporates the basic func-
ASXC, ASZC, DSXC, DSZC models are available in 2 tionality of existing defrost controls, outdoor thermostats,
through 5 ton sizes and use R-410A refrigerant. They are contactors, compressor staging controls, short cycle con-
designed for 208/230 volt single phase applications. trols, line voltage monitors, Comfort Alert™ or CoreSense
Module (dependent upon which module you are using), two
ASXC, ASZC, DSXC, DSZC R-410A model units use the
speed condenser fan relays and the Active Protection com-
Copeland Scroll "Ultratech" Series compressors which are
ponent of enabled thermostats. The control is designed to
specifically designed for R-410A refrigerant. These units also
work as part of a fully communicating HVAC system with 4
have Copeland® ComfortAlert diagnostics. The Copeland®
wires. The control also supports legacy 24VAC thermostat
ComfortAlert diagnostics are integrated into the unitary (UC)
control. These models are ComfortNetTM ready. inputs for Y1, Y2, O and 24VAC outputs for RVS, W1, and L
for non-communicating systems. Outputs include compres-
There are a number of design characteristics which are sor power, compressor stage select, and outdoor fan high
different from the traditional reciprocating and/or scroll com- and outdoor fan low speed. System inputs include high/low
pressors. pressure switches, as well as thermistor inputs for outdoor
coil temperature and outdoor air temperature.
58
PRODUCT DESIGN
The ASX & ASXC [16 & 18], ASZ & ASZC [16 & 18], DSX &
DSXC [16 & 18] and DSZ & DSZC [16 & 18] series split
system units use a two-stage scroll compressor. The two-
step modulator has an internal unloading mechanism that
opens a bypass port in the first compression pocket, effec-
tively reducing the displacement of the scroll. The opening
and closing of the bypass port is controlled by an internal
electrically operated solenoid.
As this motion occurs, the pockets between the two forms

are slowly pushed to the center of the two scrolls while
simultaneously being reduced in volume. When the pocket
reaches the center of the scroll form, the gas, which is now
at a high pressure, is discharged out of a port located at the
center.
During compression, several pockets are being compressed
simultaneously, resulting in a very smooth process. Both the
suction process (outer portion of the scroll members) and the
discharge process (inner portion) are continuous.
Some design characteristics of the Compliant Scroll com-
pressor are:
• Compliant Scroll compressors are more tolerant of liquid
The ZPS/ZRS two-step modulated scroll uses a single step
refrigerant.
of unloading to go from full capacity to approximately 67%
capacity. A single speed, high efficiency motor continues to NOTE: Even though the compressor section of a Scroll
run while the scroll modulates between the two capacity compressor is more tolerant of liquid refrigerant, contin-
steps. ued floodback or flooded start conditions may wash oil
from the bearing surfaces causing premature bearing
failure.
• "Ultratech" Series scroll compressors use "POE" or
polyolester oil which is NOT compatible with mineral oil
based lubricants like 3GS. "POE" oil must be used if
additional oil is required.
• Compliant scroll compressors perform "quiet" shutdowns
that allow the compressor to restart immediately without
the need for a time delay. This compressor will restart
even if the system has not equalized.
NOTE: Operating pressures and amp draws may differ
FIGURE A from standard reciprocating compressors. This informa-
tion can be found in the unit's Technical Information
Manual.
A scroll is an involute spiral which, when matched with a
mating scroll form as shown, generates a series of crescent
shaped gas pockets between the two members.
During compression, one scroll remains stationary (fixed
scroll) while the other form (orbiting scroll) is allowed to orbit
(but not rotate) around the first form.
59
PRODUCT DESIGN
CAPACITY CONTROL - LEGACY MODELS CAPACITY CONTROL - COMFORTNETTM
During the compression process, there are several pockets MODELS
within the scroll that are compressing gas. Modulation is During the compression process, there are several pockets
achieved by venting a portion of the gas in the first suction within the scroll that are compressing gas. Modulation is
pocket back to the low side of the compressor thereby achieved by venting a portion of the gas in the first suction
reducing the effective displacement of the compressor. See pocket back to the low side of the compressor thereby
Figure A. Full capacity is achieved by blocking these vents, reducing the effective displacement of the compressor. See
increasing the displacement to 100%. A solenoid in the Figure A. Full capacity is achieved by blocking these vents,
compressor, controlled by an external 24-volt ac signal, increasing the displacement to 100%. A solenoid in the
moves the slider ring that covers and uncovers these vents. compressor, controlled by an external 24-volt ac signal,
The vent covers are arranged in such a manner that the moves the slider ring that covers and uncovers these vents.
compressor operates somewhere around 67% capacity when The vent covers are arranged in such a manner that the
the solenoid is not energized and 100% capacity when the compressor operates somewhere around 67% capacity when
solenoid is energized. The loading and unloading of the two the solenoid is not energized and 100% capacity when the
step scroll is done “on the fly” without shutting off the motor solenoid is energized. The loading and unloading of the two
between steps. See Figure B below. The unloaded mode step scroll is done “on the fly” without shutting off the motor
default was chosen for two reasons: between steps. See Figure C below. The unloaded mode
default was chosen for two reasons:
Molded Plug*
Line
Run Capacitor
Line
Internal Unloader
Coil
24 VAC
*Rectifier is integrated on the UC PCB
FIGURE B FIGURE C
1. It is expected that the majority of run hours will be in the 1. It is expected that the majority of run hours will be in the
low capacity, unloaded mode. low capacity, unloaded mode.
2. It allows a simple two-stage thermostat to control capac- 2. It allows a simple two-stage thermostat to control capac-
ity through the second stage in both cooling and possibly ity through the second stage in both cooling and possibly
heating if desired. heating if desired.
UNLOADER SOLENOID UNLOADER SOLENOID
A nominal 24-volt direct current coil activates the internal A nominal 24-volt direct current coil activates the internal
unloader solenoid. The input control circuit voltage must be unloader solenoid. The input control circuit voltage must be
18 to 28 volt ac. The coil power requirement is 20 VA. The 18 to 28 volt ac. The coil power requirement is 20 VA. The
external electrical connection is made with a molded plug external electrical connection is made with a molded plug
assembly. This plug is connected to the Comfort Alert™ or assembly. This plug is connected to the Communicating
CoreSense™ Module (dependent upon which module you are Unitary Control PCB (UC PCB) which contains a full wave
using) which contains a full wave rectifier to supply direct rectifier to supply direct current to the unloader coil.
current to the unloader coil.
60
SYSTEM OPERATION
COOLING The check valve at the indoor coil will open by the flow of
The refrigerant used in the system is R-410A. It is a clear, refrigerant letting the now condensed liquid refrigerant by-
colorless, non-toxic and non-irritating liquid. R-410A is a pass the indoor expansion device. The check valve at the
50:50 blend of R-32 and R-125. The boiling point at atmo- outdoor coil will be forced closed by the refrigerant flow,
spheric pressure is -62.9°F. thereby utilizing the outdoor expansion device.
A few of the important principles that make the refrigeration The restrictor orifice used with the CA*F, CHPF and CH**FCB
cycle possible are: heat always flows from a warmer to a coils will be forced onto a seat when running in the cooling
cooler body. Under lower pressure, a refrigerant will absorb cycle, only allowing liquid refrigerant to pass through the
heat and vaporize at a low temperature. The vapors may be orifice opening. In the heating cycle, it will be forced off the
drawn off and condensed at a higher pressure and tempera- seat allowing liquid to flow around the restrictor. A check valve
ture to be used again. is not required in this circuit.
The indoor evaporator coil functions to cool and dehumidify COOLING CYCLE
the air conditioned spaces through the evaporative process For legacy room thermostat: When the room thermostat calls
taking place within the coil tubes. for cool, the contacts of the room thermostat close making
NOTE: The pressures and temperatures shown in the terminals R to Y1 & G (if thermostat calls for low stage cool),
refrigerant cycle illustrations on the following pages are for or R to Y1, Y2 & G (if thermostat calls for high stage cool),
demonstration purposes only. Actual temperatures and pres- the low voltage circuit of the transformer is completed.
sures are to be obtained from the "Expanded Performance Current now flows through the magnetic holding coils of the
Chart". compressor contactor (CC) and fan relay (RFC). If thermostat
Liquid refrigerant at condensing pressure and temperatures, calls for high stage cool, the microprocessor on the UC board
(270 psig and 122°F), leaves the outdoor condensing coil will also energize the compressor high stage solenoid to run
through the drier and is metered into the indoor coil through the compressor at full capacity.
the metering device. As the cool, low pressure, saturated This draws in the normally open contact CC, starting the
refrigerant enters the tubes of the indoor coil, a portion of the compressor and condenser fan motors in either low or high
liquid immediately vaporizes. It continues to soak up heat and stage depending on the thermostat’s demand. At the same
vaporizes as it proceeds through the coil, cooling the indoor time, contacts RFC close, starting the indoor fan motor.
coil down to about 48°F.
When the thermostat is satisfied, it opens its contacts,
Heat is continually being transferred to the cool fins and tubes breaking the low voltage circuit, causing the compressor
of the indoor evaporator coil by the warm system air. This
contactor and indoor fan relay to open, shutting down the
warming process causes the refrigerant to boil. The heat
system.
removed from the air is carried off by the vapor.
If the room thermostat fan selector switch should be set on
As the vapor passes through the last tubes of the coil, it
the “on” position, then the indoor blower would run continu-
becomes superheated. That is, it absorbs more heat than is
necessary to vaporize it. This is assurance that only dry gas ously rather than cycling with the compressor.
will reach the compressor. Liquid reaching the compressor GSZ, ASZ, SSZ, DSZ, and VSZ models energize the revers-
can weaken or break compressor valves. ing valve thorough the "O" circuit in the room thermostat.
The compressor increases the pressure of the gas, thus Therefore, the reversing valve remains energized as long as
adding more heat, and discharges hot, high pressure super- the thermostat subbase is in the cooling position. The only
heated gas into the outdoor condenser coil. exception to this is during defrost.
In the condenser coil, the hot refrigerant gas, being warmer For heat pumps, during cooling cycle the reversing valve is
than the outdoor air, first loses its superheat by heat trans- energized as the room thermostat closes “O” terminal to R
ferred from the gas through the tubes and fins of the coil. The and the microprocessor on the UC board responds to such a
refrigerant now becomes saturated, part liquid, part vapor and condition by energizing the solenoid coil on the reversing
then continues to give up heat until it condenses to a liquid valve.
alone. Once the vapor is fully liquefied, it continues to give up For communicating room thermostat: When the room ther-
heat which subcools the liquid, and it is ready to repeat the mostat calls for either low stage cool or high stage cool,
cycle. appropriate commands are sent via the data 1 and data 2 lines
HEATING to the outdoor unit's UC control. The UC control energizes the
The heating portion of the refrigeration cycle is similar to the on-board compressor relay and the on-board outdoor fan
cooling cycle. By energizing the reversing valve solenoid coil, relay. The compressor high stage solenoid is energized if it
the flow of the refrigerant is reversed. The indoor coil now is a high stage call.
becomes the condenser coil, and the outdoor coil becomes The UC control sends a fan command to the indoor unit (air
the evaporator coil. handler or furnace). The indoor unit operates the indoor
blower at the appropriate airflow level. The system operates
at the cooling level demanded by the thermostat.
61
SYSTEM OPERATION
When the thermostat is satisfied, appropriate commands are HEATING CYCLE
sent to the UC control. The compressor relay and outdoor
The reversing valve on the GSZ, SSZ, ASZ and DSZ models
fan relay is de-energized. The compressor high stage
is energized in the cooling cycle through the "O" terminal on
solenoid is de-energized if it was energized. The UC control
the room thermostat.
sends an appropriate command to the indoor unit to de-
energize the indoor blower motor. These models have a 24 volt reversing valve coil. When the
thermostat selector switch is set in the cooling position, the
If room thermostat fan status is set to be “on”, then indoor "O" terminal on the thermostat is energized all the time.
blower would run continuously rather than cycling with the
compressor. Care must be taken when selecting a room thermostat. Refer
to the installation instructions shipped with the product for
For heat pumps, the reversing valve is energized during a approved thermostats.
cooling a cycle. The call for cooling from the communicating
thermostat indicates to the control that the reversing valve is HEATING CYCLE
to be energized during cooling operation.
For legacy room thermostat: When the room thermostat
calls for heat, the contacts of the room thermostat close
DEFROST CYCLE - LEGACY MODELS
making terminals R to Y & G, the low voltage circuit of the
The defrosting of the outdoor coil is jointly controlled by the transformer is completed. Current now flows through the
defrost control board and the defrost thermostat. magnetic holding coils of the compressor contactor (CC) and
fan relay (RFC).
Solid State Defrost Control
This draws in the normally open contact CC, starting the
During operation the power to the circuit board is controlled compressor condenser fan motors. At the same time,
by a temperature sensor, which is clamped to a return bend contacts RFC close, starting the indoor fan motor.
(3/8" coils) or a feeder tube (5 mm coils) entering the outdoor
coil. Defrost timing periods of 30, 60, or 90 minutes may be When the thermostat is satisfied, it opens its contacts,
selected by connecting the circuit board jumper to 30, 60, or breaking the low voltage circuit, causing the compressor
90 respectively. Accumulation of time for the timing period contactor and indoor fan relay to open, shutting down the
selected starts when the sensor closes (approximately 31° system.
F), and when the room thermostat calls for heat. At the end If the room thermostat fan selector switch should be set to
of the timing period, the unit’s defrost cycle will be initiated the “on” position, then the indoor blower would run continu-
provided the sensor remains closed. When the sensor opens ously rather than cycling with the compressor.
(approximately 75° F), the defrost cycle is terminated and the
timing period is reset. If the defrost cycle is not terminated For communicating room thermostat: When the room ther-
due to the sensor temperature, a ten minute override inter- mostat calls for either low stage heat or high stage heat,
rupts the unit’s defrost period. The new upgraded defrost appropriate commands are sent via the data 1 and data 2
control has a 12 minute override interrupt. lines to the outdoor unit's UC control. The UC control
energizes the on-board compressor relay and the on-board
DEFROST CYCLE - COMFORTNETTM MODELS outdoor fan relay. The compressor high stage solenoid is
energized if it is a high stage call. The UC control sends a
The defrosting of the outdoor coil is jointly controlled by the fan command to the indoor unit (air handler or furnace). The
UC PCB and the outdoor coil temperature (OCT) sensor. indoor unit operates the indoor blower at the appropriate
The OCT sensor is clamped to a feeder tube entering the airflow level. The system operates at the cooling level
outdoor coil. Defrost timing periods of 30, 60, 90 or 120 demanded by the thermostat.
minutes may be selected via the dipswitch settings on the UC
PCB. In a communicating system, the defrost timing periods
can also be selected in the communicating thermostat user
menu. During operation the microprocessor on the UC checks
coil temperature via the OCT sensor every 30, 60, 90, or 120
minutes when there is a call for heating. If by the time the
microprocessor checks the coil temperature, and it's low
enough (approximately 31°F), and if there is a call for heat
from the thermostat, the PCB will initiate a defrost. When the
microprocessor detects the coil temperature to be high
enough (approximately 75 0F), or 10 minutes of maximum
defrost cycle time has elapsed, whichever occurs first, the
defrost cycle is terminated and the timing period is reset. The
field service personnel can also advance a heat pump to the
defrost cycle by simultaneously pressing the “TEST” button
and the “RECALL” button on the UC board.
62
SYSTEM OPERATION
COOLING CYCLE
Reversing Valve
(Energized)
Indoor Outdoor
Coil Coil
Accumulator
Thermostatic
Expansion
Valve
Bi-Flow
Filter Dryer
Check Valve
HEATING CYCLE
Reversing Valve
(De-Energized)
Indoor Outdoor
Coil Coil
Accumulator
Thermostatic
Expansion
Valve
Bi-Flow
Filter Dryer
Check Valve
63
SYSTEM OPERATION
EXPANSION VALVE/CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY EXPANSION VALVE/CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY

IN COOLING OPERATION IN HEATING OPERATION
Most expansion valves used in current Amana® Brand Heat Pump products
use an internally checked expansion valve.
This type of expansion valve does not require an external check valve as shown above.
However, the principle of operation is the same.
RESTRICTOR ORIFICE ASSEMBLY RESTRICTOR ORIFICE ASSEMBLY

IN COOLING OPERATION IN HEATING OPERATION
In the cooling mode, the orifice is pushed into its In the heating mode, the orifice moves back off its
seat, forcing refrigerant to flow through the metered seat, allowing refrigerant to flow unmetered around
hole in the center of the orifice. the outside of the orifice.
64
SYSTEM OPERATION
When the thermostat is satisfied, appropriate commands are operation below a specific ambient temperature setting, i.e.
sent to the UC control. The compressor relay and outdoor break even temperature during heating. When used in this
fan relay is de-energized. The compressor high stage manner, the “Y” heat demand is switched to the “W1” input
solenoid is de-energized if it was energized. The UC control to the furnace by the outdoor thermostat and the furnace is
sends an appropriate command to the indoor unit to de- used to satisfy the first stage “Y” heat demand. On some
energize the indoor blower motor. controls, if the outdoor thermostat fails closed in this position
during the heating season, it will turn on the furnace during
the cooling season on a “Y” cooling demand. In this
AFE18-60A CONTROL BOARD situation, the furnace produces heat and increases the
DESCRIPTION indoor temperature thereby never satisfying the cooling
demand. The furnace will continue to operate and can only
The AFE18 control is designed for use in heat pump applica-
be stopped by switching the thermostat to the off position or
tions where the indoor coil is located above/downstream of a
removing power to the unit and then replacing the outdoor
gas or fossil fuel furnace. It will operate with single and two
thermostat. When the AFE18 receives a “Y” and “O”
stage heat pumps and single and two stage furnaces. The
input from the indoor thermostat, it recognizes this as a
AFE18 control will turn the heat pump unit off when the
cooling demand in the cooling mode. If the outdoor thermo-
furnace is turned on. An anti-short cycle feature is also
stat is stuck in the closed position switching the “Y” demand
incorporated which initiates a 3 minute timed off delay when
to the “W1” furnace input during the cooling mode as
the compressor goes off. On initial power up or loss and
described above, the AFE18 won’t allow the furnace to
restoration of power, this 3 minute timed off delay will be
operate. The outdoor thermostat will have to be replaced to
initiated. The compressor won’t be allowed to restart until the
restore the unit to normal operation.
3 minute off delay has expired. Also included is a 5 second
de-bounce feature on the “Y, E, W1 and O” thermostat inputs.
These thermostat inputs must be present for 5 seconds
before the AFE18 control will respond to it. HIGH VOLTAGE!
An optional outdoor thermostat, OT18-60A, can be used with Disconnect ALL power before servicing
the AFE18 to switch from heat pump operation to furnace or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
65
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
C OOLING/H P ANALYSIS C HART
Sys te m
Uns atis factor y
Com plain t No Co oling Op e ratin g
Coo ling/He ating
Pr e s s ure s
System runs continuously - little cooling/htg
See Service Procedure Ref.

Compressor runs - goes off on overload
Certain areas too cool, others too warm
System runs - blows cold air in heating

Compressor will not start - fan runs
Comp. and Cond. Fan will not start

POSSIBLE CAUSE
SYMPTOM
Compressor cycles on overload
Not cool enough on warm days
Unit will not terminate defrost

Too cool and then too warm
Te st Me thod
Evaporator fan will not start
Condenser fan will not start

DOTS IN ANALYSIS
Re m e dy
GUIDE INDICATE
High suction pressure

Low suction pressure
Compressor is noisy
System will not start
High head pressure

Unit will not defrost
Low head pressure

"POSSIBLE CAUSE"
Pow er Failure • Test V oltage S-1

Blow n Fus e • • • Inspec t Fus e Siz e & Ty pe S-1
Unbalanc ed Pow er, 3PH • • • Test V oltage S-1
Loos e Connection • • • Inspec t Connec tion - Tighten S-2, S-3
Shorted or Broken Wires • • • • • • Test Circ uits With Ohmmeter S-2, S-3
Open Fan Ov erload • • Test Continuity of Overload S-17A
Faulty Thermos tat • • • • Test Continuity of Thermos tat & Wiring S-3
Faulty Trans f ormer • • Chec k Control Circ uit w ith Voltmeter S-4
Shorted or Open Capac itor • • • • • Test Capac itor S-15
Internal Compress or Ov erload Open • ♦ Test Continuity of Overload S-17A
Shorted or Grounded Compres s or • • Test Motor Windings S-17B
Compres s or Stuc k • • • ♦ Us e Tes t Cord S-17D
Faulty Compres s or Contac tor • • • Test Continuity of Coil & Contac ts S-7, S-8
Faulty Fan Relay • Test Continuity of Coil A nd Contac ts S-7
Open Control Circuit • Test Control Circ uit w ith V oltmeter S-4
Low V oltage • • • Test V oltage S-1
Faulty Ev ap. Fan Motor • • ♦ Repair or Replac e S-16
Shorted or Grounded Fan Motor • • Test Motor Windings S-16
Improper Cooling A ntic ipator • • Chec k Resis tanc e of A ntic ipator S-3B
Shortage of Ref rigerant • • ♦ • • Test For Leaks , Add Refrigerant S-101,103
Restricted Liquid Line • • • • • Remove Res tric tion, Replac e Res tric ted Part S-112
Open Element or Limit on Elec . Heater ♦ ♦ Test Heater Element and Controls S-26,S-27
Dirty A ir Filter • • • • ♦ Inspec t Filter-Clean or Replac e
Dirty Indoor Coil • • • • ♦ Inspec t Coil - Clean
Not enough air acros s Indoor Coil • • • • ♦ Chec k Blow er Speed, Duc t Static Pres s , Filter S-200
Too muc h air ac ros s Indoor Coil ♦ • Reduce Blow er Speed S-200
Ov erc harge of Ref rigerant • • • ♦ • • Rec over Part of Charge S-113
Dirty Outdoor Coil • • • ♦ • Inspec t Coil - Clean
Nonc ondens ibles • • ♦ • Rec over Charge, Ev ac uate, Rec harge S-114
Recirc ulation of Condensing A ir • • • Remove Obs truc tion to A ir Flow
Inf iltration of Outdoor A ir • • • Chec k Window s , Doors , V ent Fans , Etc .
Improperly Loc ated Thermos tat • • Reloc ate Thermos tat
A ir Flow Unbalanc ed • • Readjus t A ir V olume Dampers
Sy stem Unders iz ed • • Ref igure Cooling Load
Broken Internal Parts • ♦ Replace Compres s or S-115
Broken V alv es • • • • Test Compress or Ef f ic ienc y S-104
Inef f ic ient Compres s or • ♦ • • Test Compress or Ef f ic ienc y S-104
Wrong Ty pe Ex pans ion Valv e • • • • • • ♦ Replace Valv e S-110
Ex pansion Dev ic e Res tric ted • • • • • • • Remove Res tric tion or Replac e Ex pans ion Dev ic e S-110
Ov ers ized Ex pans ion V alv e • • Replace Valv e
Unders iz ed Expans ion Valv e • • • • • Replace Valv e
Ex pansion V alv e Bulb Loos e • • Tighten Bulb Brac ket S-105
Inoperativ e Expans ion Valv e • • • Chec k V alv e Operation S-110
Loos e Hold-dow n Bolts • Tighten Bolts
Faulty Revers ing V alv e • ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Replace Valv e or Solenoid S-21, 122
Faulty Def ros t Control • ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Test Control S-24
Faulty Def ros t Thermos tat ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ Test Def ros t Thermos tat S-25
Flow rator Not Seating Properly • • • Chec k Flow rator & Seat or Replac e Flow rator S-111
• Coo lin g o r He ating Cycle (He at Pu m p) ♦ He atin g Cycle Only (He at Pu m p)
66
SERVICING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S-1 CHECKING VOLTAGE ............................................. 67 S-17E CHECKING 3-PHASE SCROLL COMPRESSOR

S-2 CHECKING WIRING ............................................... 67 ROTATION .............................................................. 126
S-3 CHECKING THERMOSTAT, WIRING, S-18 TESTING CRANKCASE HEATER
AND ANTICIPATOR ................................................. 67 (OPTIONAL ITEM) ................................................. 126
S-3A THERMOSTAT AND WIRING .................................. 67 S-21 CHECKING REVERSING VALVE AND SOLENOID126
S-3B COOLING ANTICIPATOR ........................................ 68 S-24 TESTING DEFROST CONTROL .......................... 126
S-3C HEATING ANTICIPATOR ......................................... 68 S-25 TESTING DEFROST THERMOSTAT .................... 127
S-3E CTK0*** COMFORTNET™ THERMOSTAT ............ 68 S-26 TESTING TEMPERATURE SENSORS
S-4 CHECKING TRANSFORMER AND CONTROL (COMFORTNET READY MODELS ONLY) ........... 127
CIRCUIT .................................................................. 70 S-40 MBR/AR*F ELECTRONIC BLOWER
S-5 CHECKING CYCLE PROTECTOR ......................... 74 TIME DELAY RELAY .............................................. 127
S-6 CHECKING TIME DELAY RELAY ............................ 74 S-40A AVPTC/MBVC ELECTRONIC
S-7 CHECKING CONTACTOR AND/OR RELAYS ......... 74 BLOWER/HEATER CONTROL ............................. 128
S-8 CHECKING CONTACTOR CONTACTS .................. 74 S-50 CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S) ........... 142
S-8A CHECKING UNITARY (UC) CONTROL S-52 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS ........................ 142
COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR/RELAY S-60 ELECTRIC HEATER (OPTIONAL ITEM) ............... 143
CONTACTS ............................................................. 75 S-61A CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S) ........... 143
S-9 CHECKING FAN RELAY CONTACTS ..................... 75 S-61B CHECKING HEATER FUSE LINK
S-10 COPELAND COMFORT ALERT™ .......................... 76 (OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEATERS) ...................... 144
S-10A COPELAND CORESENSE™ S-62 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS ........................ 144
UNITARY (UC) CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS ........... 81 S-100 REFRIGERATION REPAIR PRACTICE ................ 144
S-10B COPELAND CORESENSE™ S-101 LEAK TESTING (NITROGEN
DIAGNOSTICS 3-WIRE OR NITROGEN-TRACED) .................................... 145
MODLE................................................................... ...... 95 S-102 EVACUATION ........................................................ 145
S-11 CHECKING LOSS OF CHARGE PROTECTOR ..... 99 S-103 CHARGING ........................................................... 146
S-12 CHECKING HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL ........... 99 S-104 CHECKING COMPRESSOR EFFICIENCY .......... 146
S-13 CHECKING LOW PRESSURE CONTROL ............ 99 S-105A PISTON CHART FOR
S-15 CHECKING CAPACITOR ........................................ 99 ASX13, ANX13, ANZ13, GSZ13, VSX13, SSX14,
S-15A RESISTANCE CHECK .......................................... 100 ASX14, GSX14, ASZ13, GSZ13, GSZ14, VSZ13,
S-15B CAPACITANCE CHECK ........................................ 100 SSZ14, ASX16, GSX16, ASZ16 UNITS .............. 147
S-16A CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR S-105B THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE .................... 155
WINDINGS (PSC MOTORS) ................................. 101 S-106 OVERFEEDING ..................................................... 155
S-16B CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR S-107 UNDERFEEDING ................................................. 155
(ECM MOTORS) .................................................... 101 S-108 SUPERHEAT ......................................................... 155
S-16C CHECKING ECM MOTOR WINDINGS ................. 104 S-109 CHECKING SUBCOOLING .................................. 158
S-16D ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS MBE / AEPF ............... 104 S-109A TWO SPEED APPLICATION ................................. 158
S-16F CHECKING HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTORS ........... 106 S-110 CHECKING EXPANSION VALVE OPERATION ..... 159
S-16E BLOWER PERFORMANCE DATA ......................... 106 S-111 FIXED ORIFICE RESTRICTOR DEVICES ........... 159
S-16G CHECKING EMERSON ULTRATECHTM S-112 CHECKING RESTRICTED LIQUID LINE ............. 159
ECM MOTORS ...................................................... 107 S-113 OVERCHARGE OF REFRIGERANT ..................... 159
S-16H ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS AVPTC/MBVC ............ 109 S-114 NON-CONDENSABLES ....................................... 160
S-17 CHECKING COMPRESSOR ................................ 124 S-115 COMPRESSOR BURNOUT ................................. 160
S-17A RESISTANCE TEST .............................................. 124 S-120 REFRIGERANT PIPING ........................................ 160
S-17B GROUND TEST ................................................... 124 S-202 DUCT STATIC PRESSURES AND/OR
S-17C UNLOADER TEST PROCEDURE ........................ 125 STATIC PRESSURE DROP ACROSS COILS ...... 167
S-17D OPERATION TEST ................................................ 125 S-203 AIR HANDLER EXTERNAL STATIC ...................... 167
S-204 COIL STATIC PRESSURE DROP ......................... 168
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing or installing. Multiple power sources may be present. Failure to
do so may cause property damage, personal injury or death.
67
SERVICING
S-1 CHECKING VOLTAGE NOTE: When operating electric heaters on voltages other
than 240 volts, refer to the System Operation section on
1. Remove outer case, control panel cover, etc., from unit electric heaters to calculate temperature rise and air flow.
being tested. Low voltage may cause insufficient heating.
With power ON:
S-2 CHECKING WIRING
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
HIGH VOLTAGE!
2. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage across terminals Disconnect ALL power before servicing
L1 and L2 of the contactor for the condensing unit or at the or installing. Multiple power sources
field connections for the air handler or heaters. may be present. Failure to do so may
ComfortNetTM Ready Condensing Units: Measure the or death.
voltage across the L1 and L2 lugs on the unitary (UC)
control.
1. Check wiring visually for signs of overheating, damaged
3. No reading - indicates open wiring, open fuse(s) no power insulation and loose connections.
or etc., from unit to fused disconnect service. Repair as
needed. 2. Use an ohmmeter to check continuity of any suspected
open wires.
4. With ample voltage at line voltage connectors, energize
3. If any wires must be replaced, replace with comparable
the unit.
gauge and insulation thickness.
5. Measure the voltage with the unit starting and operating,
and determine the unit Locked Rotor Voltage. NOTE: If S-3 CHECKING THERMOSTAT, WIRING, AND
checking heaters, be sure all heating elements are
ANTICIPATOR
energized.
Locked Rotor Voltage is the actual voltage available at THERMOSTAT WIRE SIZING CHART
the compressor during starting, locked rotor, or a stalled MIN. COPPER WIRE
LENGTH OF RUN
condition. Measured voltage should be above minimum GAUGE (AWG)
listed in chart below. 25 feet 18
To measure Locked Rotor Voltage attach a voltmeter to 50 feet 16
the run "R" and common "C" terminals of the compressor, 75 feet 14
or to the T1 and T2 terminals of the contactor. Start the unit 100 feet 14
and allow the compressor to run for several seconds, then 125 feet 12
shut down the unit. Immediately attempt to restart the 150 feet 12
unit while measuring the Locked Rotor Voltage.
ComfortNet Ready Models
ComfortNet Ready Condensing Units: To measure the
Locked Rotor Voltage, attach a voltmeter to the run "R" 1. Legacy Thermostat Wiring: The maximum wire length for
and common "C" terminals of the compressor or across 18 AWG thermostat wire is 100 feet.
the "R" and "C" lugs on the unitary (UC) control. Start the 2. Communicating Thermostat Wiring: The maximum wire
unit and allow the compressor to run for several seconds, length for 18 AWG thermostat wire is 100 feet.
then shut down the unit. Immediately attempt to restart
the unit while measuring the Locked Rotor Voltage. S-3A THERMOSTAT AND WIRING
6. Locked rotor voltage should read within the voltage tabu-
lation as shown. If the voltage falls below the minimum WARNING
voltage, check the line wire size. Long runs of undersized
wire can cause low voltage. If wire size is adequate, notify
the local power company in regard to either low or high
voltage. With power ON, thermostat calling for cooling
1. Use a voltmeter to check for 24 volts at thermostat wires
Unit Supply Voltage C and Y in the condensing unit control panel.
Voltage Min. Max
2. No voltage indicates trouble in the thermostat, wiring or
208/230 197 253 external transformer source.
460 414 506
3. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair
or replace as necessary.
68
SERVICING
Indoor Blower Motor systems and must be connected as a traditional (or legacy)
With power ON: system. The table below compares the valid CT systems.
WARNING CT compatible Air Handler or CT compatible Full CT system

Modular Blower Air Conditioner benefits & features
CT compatible Air Handler or CT compatible Full CT system
1. Set fan selector switch at thermostat to "ON" position. Modular Blower Heat Pump benefits & features
2. With voltmeter, check for 24 volts at wires C and G.
A ComfortNet heating/air conditioning system differs from a
3. No voltage indicates the trouble is in the thermostat or
legacy/traditional system in the manner in which the indoor
wiring.
unit, outdoor unit and thermostat interact with one another.
4. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair In a traditional system, the thermostat sends commands to
or replace as necessary. the indoor and outdoor units via analog 24 VAC signals. It
Resistance Heaters is a one-way communication path in that the indoor and
outdoor units typically do not return information to the
1. Set room thermostat to a higher setting than room thermostat.
temperature so both stages call for heat.
On the other hand, the indoor unit, outdoor unit, and thermo-
2. With voltmeter, check for 24 volts at each heater relay. stat comprising a ComfortNet system “communicate” digi-
Note: BBA/BBC heater relays are DC voltage. tally with one another. It is now a two-way communications
3. No voltage indicates the trouble is in the thermostat or path. The thermostat still sends commands to the indoor
wiring. and outdoor units. However, the thermostat may also
request and receive information from both the indoor and
4. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair
outdoor units. This information may be displayed on the CT
or replace as necessary.
thermostat. The indoor and outdoor units also interact with
NOTE: Consideration must be given to how the heaters are one another. The outdoor unit may send commands to or
wired (O.D.T. and etc.). Also safety devices must be checked request information from the indoor unit. This two-way digital
for continuity. communications between the thermostat and subsystems
(indoor/outdoor unit) and between subsystems is the key to
S-3B COOLING ANTICIPATOR unlocking the benefits and features of the ComfortNet sys-
The cooling anticipator is a small heater (resistor) in the tem.
thermostat. During the "off" cycle, it heats the bimetal Two-way digital communications is accomplished using
element helping the thermostat call for the next cooling cycle. only two wires. The thermostat and subsystem controls are
This prevents the room temperature from rising too high powered with 24 VAC Thus, a maximum of 4 wires between
before the system is restarted. A properly sized anticipator the equipment and thermostat is all that is required to
should maintain room temperature within 1 1/2 to 2 degree operate the system.
range.
The anticipator is supplied in the thermostat and is not to be CTK0* WIRING
replaced. If the anticipator should fail for any reason, the NOTE: A removable plug connector is provided with the
thermostat must be changed. control to make thermostat wire connections. This plug may
be removed, wire connections made to the plug, and replaced.
S-3C HEATING ANTICIPATOR It is strongly recommended that multiple wires into a single
The heating anticipator is a wire wound adjustable heater terminal be twisted together prior to inserting into the plug
which is energized during the "ON" cycle to help prevent connector. Failure to do so may result in intermittent
overheating of the conditioned space. operation.
Typical 18 AWG thermostat wire may be used to wire the
The anticipator is a part of the thermostat and if it should fail system components. However, communications reliability
for any reason, the thermostat must be replaced. See the may be improved by using a high quality, shielded, twisted
following tables for recommended heater anticipator setting pair cable for the data transmission lines. In either case, 100
in accordance to the number of electric heaters installed. feet is the maximum length of wire between indoor unit and
outdoor unit, or between indoor unit and thermostat.
S-3E CTK0*** COMFORTNETTM THERMOSTAT
FOUR-WIRE INDOOR AND OUTDOOR WIRING
OVERVIEW Typical wiring will consist of four wires between the indoor
The ComfortNet system (or CT system) is a system that
unit and outdoor unit and between the indoor unit and
includes a ComfortNet compatible modular blower and air
thermostat. The required wires are: (a) data lines, 1 and 2;
conditioner or heat pump with a CTK0* thermostat. Any other
(b) thermostat “R” (24 VAC hot) and “C” (24 VAC common).
system configurations are considered invalid ComfortNet
69
SERVICING
• Touch and hold the Installer Config key for approxi-
mately 3 seconds to enter the Thermostat Options
Configuration menu.
• Touch and hold the Installer Config key again for
1 C CTK0*
Thermostat approximately 3 seconds to enter the Advanced In-
2 R
staller Configuration menu.
CT™ Compatible
1 2 R C Modular Blower
Integrated Control Module
CT™ Compatible AC/HP

1 2 R C
System Wiring Using Four-Wires

TWO-WIRE OUTDOOR, FOUR-WIRE INDOOR WIRING
Two wires only may be utilized between the indoor and Clean Display Installer
Set Time
Set Run
Config Schedule Schedu le
outdoor units. For this wiring scheme, only the data lines, 1
and 2, are required between the indoor and outdoor units. A
40VA, 208/230 VAC to 24 VAC transformer must be installed
in the outdoor unit to provide 24 VAC power to the outdoor
unit’s electronic control. The transformer is included with the Upon entering the advanced menus, the Advanced Fault
CTK0* kit. See kit instructions for mounting and wiring Menu is displayed. The display will change to the Fault
instructions. Four wires are required between the indoor unit Screen and indicate any faults that may be present in the
and thermostat. indoor or outdoor equipment. If a fault is present, the Fault
Screen will show the equipment and an error code with a
_
description of the fault. Touch or + keys to view the fault
status of any remaining equipment. The text “NO FAULTS”
will be scrolled if no errors are present.
1 C CTK0*
2 R Thermostat
CT Compatible
1 2 R C Modular Blower
Call for Service Call for Service
40VA Transformer (included in
CTK0*** kit) CT Compatible
1 2 R C
AC/HP Integrated Advanced Advanced
Control Module
Menu Menu
Run Run
Schedule Schedule
208/230 VAC 24 VAC
Touch the or to step through the list of installed

_
+
equipment, including the thermostat. Touch the Installer

System Wiring using Two-Wires between Furnace and AC/ Config key to enter the submenus for the equipment dis-
HP and Four-Wires between Furnace and Thermostat played. The text “WORKING” will be displayed in the
scrolling display area while the data is being retrieved. The
COMFORTNET™ SYSTEM ADVANCED FEATURES first sub-menu is then displayed. See tables below for listing
The ComfortNet system permits access to additional system of modular blower submenus.
information, advanced setup features, and advanced diag-
Touch the or to step through the list of submenus and
_
+
nostic/troubleshooting features. These advanced features _

are organized into a menu structure. The menus are ac- view settings. If a setting can be adjusted, and + keys
_
cessed and navigated as described as follows. will appear. Use the or keys to adjust the setting to the
+
desired value. Touch the or to step to the next item. _

+
ACCESSING AND NAVIGATING THE ADVANCED FEATURES “WORKING” will appear as the settings are being updated.
MENUS “DONE” will appear to indicate the change was accepted. If
the change is not accepted, the display will show “FAIL”
The advanced system features are accessed using the then revert to the Fault Screen.
ComfortNet™ thermostat. These advanced features are
accessed as follows: Some parameters being displayed switch between the item
name and the item value. Touch the Hold key to momentarily
• On the CT thermostat Home Screen Display, touch the stop the display from switching.
Menu key to display additional key choices.
70
SERVICING
To exit an equipment submenu and revert back to the
equipment menus, touch the Menu key. Touch Menu again
to revert back to the Thermostat Options Menu. Touch the
Run Schedule key to step out of all menus and back to the
CT thermostat Home Screen Display.
S-4 CHECKING TRANSFORMER AND CON-

TROL CIRCUIT
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
or death.
A step-down transformer (208/240 volt primary to 24 volt

secondary) is provided with each indoor unit. This allows
ample capacity for use with resistance heaters. The out-
door sections do not contain a transformer (see note be-
low).
NOTE: ComfortNetTM ready condensing units may have
an optional 240VAC to 24VAC transformer installed. This
transformer provides 24VAC power to the unitary (UC) con-
trol in some communicating system installation scenarios.
WARNING
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Remove control panel cover, or etc., to gain access to

transformer.
With power ON:
WARNING
2. Using a voltmeter, check voltage across secondary

voltage side of transformer (R to C).
3. No voltage indicates faulty transformer, bad wiring, or
bad splices.
4. Check transformer primary voltage at incoming line
voltage connections and/or splices.
5 If line voltage available at primary voltage side of trans-
former and wiring and splices good, transformer is
inoperative. Replace.
71
SERVICING
AVPTC AND MBVC ADVANCED USER MENUS
CONFIGURATION
Subm e nu Item Indication (for Displa y Only; not User Modifiable )
Electric Heat Size (HTR KW ) Displays the size in kW of the s elected electric heaters.
Motor HP (1/2, 3/4, or 1 MTR HP) Displays the indoor blower motor horsepower.
Heat ON Delay (HT ON) Displays the electric heat indoor blower ON delay.
Heat OFF Delay (HT OFF) Displays the electric heat indoor blower OFF delay.
DIAGNOSTICS
Submenu Item Indication/User Modifiable Options Comments
Fault 1 (FAULT #1) Most recent fault For display only

Fault 2 (FAULT #2) Next most recent fault For display only
Fault 6 (FAULT #6) Least recent fault For display only
Clear Fault History (CLEAR) NO or YES Selecting “YES” clears the fault
history
NOTE: Consecutively repeated faults are shown a maximum of 3 times
IDENTIFICATION
Subm enu Ite m Indica tion (for Display Only; not User Modifiable )
Model Number (MOD NUM) Display s the model number
Serial Number (SER NUM) Display s the serial number (Optional)
Software (SOFTW ARE) Display s the application s oftware revision
SET-UP
Submenu Item User Modifiable Options Comments
Heat Airflow Trim (HT -10% to +10% in 2% increments, Trims the electric heating airflow by the
TRM) default is 0% selected amount.
STATUS
Submenu Item Indication (for Display Only; not User Modifiable)
Mode (MODE) Displays the current operating mode
CFM (CFM) Displays the airflow for the current operating mode
72
SERVICING
ASXC/ASZC AND DSXC/DSZC ADVANCED USER MENUS
CONFIGURATION
Number of AC Stages (CL STG) Displays the number of air conditioning stages; applies to AC and
Number of HP Stages (HT STG) Displays the number of heat pump stages; applies to HP only.
AC Tonnage (TONS) Displays the air conditioning tonnage; applies to AC and HP.
DIAGNOSTICS
Submenu Item Indication/User Modifiable Options Comments
Fault 1 (FAULT #1) Most recent AC/HP fault For display only
Fault 2 (FAULT #2) Next most recent AC/HP fault For display only
Fault 6 (FAULT #6) Least recent AC/HP fault For display only
Selecting “YES” clears the fault
Clear Fault History (CLEAR) NO or YES
history
NOTE: Consecutively repeated faults are shown a maximum of 3 times
IDENTIFICATION
Model Number (MOD NUM) Displays the air conditioner or heat pump model number
Serial Number (SER NUM) Displays the air conditioner or heat pump serial number (Optional)
Software (SOFTWARE) Displays the application software revision
SENSORS
Outdoor Air Temperature Displays the outdoor air Sensor may or may not be available on an
(AIR TMP) temperature air conditioner. Check air conditioner
instructions for details.
Outdoor Coil Temperature Displays the outdoor coil Required for heat pump operation.
(COIL TMP) temperature
73
SERVICING
ASXC/ASZC AND DSXC/DSZC ADVANCED USER MENUS, CONT'D
COOL SET-UP
Cool Airflow Trim -10% to +10% in 2% increments, Selects the airflow trim amount; applies to air
(CL TRM) default is 0% conditioner only.
Cool Airflow Profile A, B, C, or D, default is A Selects the airflow profile; applies to air
(CL PRFL) conditioner only.
Cool ON Delay 5, 10, 20, or 30 seconds, default is Selects the indoor blower ON delay; applies
(CL ON) 5 seconds to air conditioner only.
Cool OFF Delay 30, 60, 90, or 120 seconds, default Selects the indoor blower OFF delay; applies
(CL OFF) is 30 seconds to air conditioner only.
Dehumidification Select ON or OFF (default is OFF) Selecting "OFF" disables dehumidification;
(DEHUM) selecting "ON" enables dehumidification;
applies to air conditioner only.
STATUS
Mode (MODE) Displays the current air conditioner operating mode
CFM (CFM) Displays the airflow for the current operating mode
HEAT SET-UP
Heat Airflow Trim -10% to +10% in 2% increments, Selects the airflow trim amount; applies to
(HT TRM) default is 0% heat pump only.
Heat ON Delay 5, 10, or 15 seconds, default is 5 Selects the indoor blower heat ON delay;
(HT ON) seconds applies to heat pump only.
Heat OFF Delay 30, 50, 70, or 90 seconds, default Selects the indoor blower heat OFF delay;
(HT OFF) is 30 seconds applies to heat pump only.
Defrost Interval 30, 60, 90, or 120 minutes, default Selects the time interval between defrosts;
(DEFROST) is 30 minutes. applies to heat pump only.
Compressor Delay 0, 5, 15, or 30 seconds, default is 5 Selects the compressor off time after a
(CMP DLY) seconds reversing valve shift; applies to heat pump
only.
74
SERVICING
S-5 CHECKING CYCLE PROTECTOR
Some models feature a solid state, delay-on make after break
time delay relay installed in the low voltage circuit. This
control is used to prevent short cycling of the compressor
under certain operating conditions.
OHMMETER
The component is normally closed (R1 to Y1). A power
interruption will break circuit (R1 to Y1) for approximately three
minutes before resetting.
TESTING COIL CIRCUIT
1. Remove wire from Y1 terminal.
2. Wait for approximately four (4) minutes if machine was running.
With power ON:
S-7 CHECKING CONTACTOR AND/OR RELAYS
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE!
1. Apply 24 VAC to terminals R1 and R2. Disconnect ALL power before servicing
2. Should read 24 VAC at terminals Y1 and Y2. may be present. Failure to do so may
3. Remove 24 VAC at terminals R1 and R2. cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
4. Should read 0 VAC at Y1 and Y2.
5. Reapply 24 VAC to R1 and R2 - within approximately The compressor contactor and other relay holding coils are
three (3) to four (4) minutes should read 24 VAC at Y1 and wired into the low or line voltage circuits. When the control
Y2. circuit is energized, the coil pulls in the normally open
If not as above - replace relay. contacts or opens the normally closed contacts. When the
coil is de-energized, springs return the contacts to their
S-6 CHECKING TIME DELAY RELAY normal position.
Time delay relays are used in some of the blower cabinets to NOTE: Most single phase contactors break only one side of
improve efficiency by delaying the blower off time. Time the line (L1), leaving 115 volts to ground present at most
delays are also used in electric heaters to sequence in internal components.
multiple electric heaters.
NOTE: The compressor contactor/relay in ComfortNetTM
ready equipment is fully integrated into the unitary (UC)
WARNING control. The compressor contactor/relay coil on the UC
Disconnect ALL power before servicing. control is non-serviceable.
1. Remove the leads from the holding coil.
1. Tag and disconnect all wires from male spade connec-
tions of relay. 2. Using an ohmmeter, test across the coil terminals.
2. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance across If the coil does not test continuous, replace the relay or
terminals H1 and H2. Should read approximately 150 contactor.
ohms.
3. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity across termi-
S-8 CHECKING CONTACTOR CONTACTS
nals 3 and 1, and 4 and 5.
4. Apply 24 volts to terminals H1 and H2. Check for
WARNING
continuity across other terminals - should test continu- Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
ous. If not as above - replace.
SINGLE PHASE:
NOTE: The time delay for the contacts to make will be
approximately 20 to 50 seconds and to open after the coil is 1. Disconnect the wire leads from the terminal (T) side of the
de-energized is approximately 40 to 90 seconds. contactor.
2. With power ON, energize the contactor.
WARNING
75
SERVICING
3. Using a voltmeter, test across terminals.
A. L2 - T1 - No voltage indicates CC1 contacts open. WARNING
If a no voltage reading is obtained - replace the contactor. Line Voltage now present.
3. Measure voltage across on-board compressor contactor/

relay contacts.
T2 T1
A. No voltage indicates the contacts are closed and the
contactor/relay is functioning properly.
CC B. A reading of approximately half of the supply voltage
VOLT/OHM (example: 115VAC for 230VAC) indicates the relay is
METER open. Replace UC control if relay does not close.
L2 L1
NOTE: The unitary (UC) control has a built-in short cycle
delay. Ensure short cycle delay has elapsed before making
Ohmmeter for testing holding coil voltage measurements.
Voltmeter for testing contacts
TESTING COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR S-9 CHECKING FAN RELAY CONTACTS
(Single Phase)
THREE PHASE
Using a voltmeter, test across terminals: HIGH VOLTAGE!
A. L1-L2, L1-L3, and L2-L3 - If voltage is present, Disconnect ALL power before servicing
proceed to B. If voltage is not present, check breaker or installing. Multiple power sources
or fuses on main power supply.. may be present. Failure to do so may
B. T1-T2, T1-T3, and T2-T3 - If voltage readings are not or death.
the same as in "A", replace contactor.
T3 T2 T1 1. Disconnect wire leads from terminals 2 and 4 of Fan Relay

Cooling and 2 and 4, 5 and 6 of Fan Relay Heating.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test between 2 and 4 - should read
CC
open. Test between 5 and 6 - should read continuous.
VOLT/OHM
METER 3. With power ON, energize the relays.
L3 L2 L1
WARNING
Ohmmeter for testing holding coil Line Voltage now present.
Voltmeter for testing contacts
TESTING COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR

4
(Three-phase) 3
S-8A CHECKING UNITARY (UC) CONTROL

COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR/RELAY OHMMETER
2 5 1
CONTACTS
WARNING
TESTING FAN RELAY
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
4. Using an ohmmeter, test between 2 and 4 - should read
continuous . Test between 5 and 6 - should read open.
1. Connect voltmeter to lugs (L2) and (C).
5. If not as above, replace the relay.
2. With power ON, provide a call for cool or heat pump to
energize the on-board compressor contactor/relay.
FAN RELAY CONTACTS - UNITARY (UC) CONTROL
Applies to ASXC/ASZC and DSXC/DSZC Models
76
SERVICING
Condenser fan control for the ASXC/ASZC and DSXC/DSZC 2. Connect a voltmeter between circuit 6 and circuits 3 (low
models is fully integrated into the UC control. The control speed) or 1 (high speed).
supports one- or two-speed PSC condenser fan motors and NOTE: Circuit 6 is connected directly to 24VAC.
one- or two-speed ECM condenser fan motors.
3. Energize the system at low or high stage.
The fan motor is controlled by two on-board relays. Connec-
tion to the fan motor is via a 6-circuit plug connector. Wiring
to the connector is dependant upon the type of condenser fan WARNING
motor used. See unit wiring diagram for details. Line Voltage now present.
CHECKING RELAY CONTACTS - PSC FAN MOTOR
4. The measured voltage between circuit 6 and circuits 3 or
1 should be approximately 0VAC, which indicates the
relay contacts are closed. A voltage measurement of
HIGH VOLTAGE! approximately 24VAC indicates the relay is open. Re-
Disconnect ALL power before servicing place the control if the relay checks open when it should
or installing. Multiple power sources be closed. See notes and cautions below.
cause property damage, personal injury 5. Circuit 5 is connected to 24VAC common. The measured
or death. voltage between circuits 6 and 5 should be 24VAC.
NOTE: Ensure any ON delays have expired before making
voltage measurements
1. Disconnect the motor leads from 6-circuit fan motor wire
harness. CAUTION: Prolonged operation with the condenser fan
motor disconnected will cause the high pressure switch to
2. Connect a voltmeter between circuit 3 and circuits 2 (low trip.
speed) or 1 (high speed).
NOTE: Circuit 3 is connected directly to L2. S-10 COPELAND COMFORT ALERT™
3. Energize the system at low or high stage.
DIAGNOSTICS - 3-WIRE MODULE
Applies to ASX /ASZ and DSX/DSZ units
WARNING
4. The measured voltage between circuit 3 and circuits 2 or

1 should be approximately 0VAC, which indicates the
relay contacts are closed. A voltage measurement of
approximately 115VAC indicates the relay is open.
Replace the control if the relay checks open when it
should be closed. See notes and cautions below.
NOTE: Ensure any ON delays have expired before making Comfort Alert™ is self-contained with no required external
voltage measurements sensors and is designed to install directly into the electrical
CAUTION: Prolonged operation with the condenser fan box of any residential condensing unit that has a Copeland
motor disconnected will cause the high pressure switch to Scroll™ compressor inside.
trip. Once attached, Comfort Alert provides around-the-clock
monitoring for common electrical problems, compressor
CHECKING RELAY CONTACTS - ECM FAN MOTOR defects and broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, an
LED indicator flashes the proper alert codes to help you
quickly pinpoint the problem. See Diagnostic Table: 3-Wire
Comfort Alert Module on previous page.)
HIGH VOLTAGE!
or death.
1. Disconnect the motor leads from 6-circuit fan motor wire

harness.
77
SERVICING
Bold line shows field

installed wiring
CC
Dashed line shows thermostat
demand wiring in system without
HTCO, HPCO, CPCO, and ECB
ECB HTCO LPCO HPCO

Comfort Alert Y
Diagnostics Module C LOGIC
R
R C Y1
Schematic Abbreviation Descriptions

HTCO High Temperature Cut Out Switch CC Compressor Contactor
HPCO High Pressure Cut Out Switch ECB Electronic Control Board
LPCO Low Pressure Cut Out Switch (Defrost or Time Delay)
Wiring Schematic - 3-Wire Comfort Alert Module
78
SERVICING
DIAGNOSTICS TABLE: 3-WIRE COMFORT ALERT™ MODULE
Status LED Status LED Description Status LED Troubleshooting Information
Green “POWER” Module has power Supply voltage is present at module terminals
Red “TRIP” Thermostat demand signal 1. Compressor protector is open
Y1 is present, but the 2. Outdoor unit power disconnect is open
compressor is not 3. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
running 4. Broken wire or connector is not making contact
5. Low pressure switch open if present in system
6. Compressor contactor has failed open
Yellow “ALERT” Long Run Time 1. Low refrigerant charge
Flash Code 1 Compressor is 2. Evaporator blower is not running
running extremely 3. Evaporator coil is frozen
long run cycles 4. Faulty metering device
5. Condenser coil is dirty
6. Liquid line restriction (filter drier blocked if present in system)
7. Thermostat is malfunctioning
Yellow “ALERT” System Pressure Trip 1. High head pressure
Flash Code 2 Discharge or suction 2. Condenser coil poor air circulation (dirty, blocked, damaged)
pressure out of limits or 3. Condenser fan is not running
compressor overloaded 4. Return air duct has substantial leakage
5. If low pressure switch present in system,
check Flash Code 1 information
Yellow “ALERT” Short Cycling 1. Thermostat demand signal is intermittent
Flash Code 3 Compressor is running 2. Time delay relay or control board defective
only briefly 3. If high pressure switch present go to Flash Code 2 information
4. If low pressure switch present go to Flash Code 1 information
Yellow “ALERT” Locked Rotor 1. Run capacitor has failed
Flash Code 4 2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
3. Excessive liquid refrigerant in compressor
4. Compressor bearings are seized
Yellow “ALERT” Open Circuit 1. Outdoor unit power disconnect is open
Flash Code 5 2. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
4. High pressure switch is open and requires manual reset
5. Open circuit in compressor supply wiring or connections
6. Unusually long compressor protector reset time
due to extreme ambient temperature
7. Compressor windings are damaged
Yellow “ALERT” Open Start Circuit 1. Run capacitor has failed
Flash Code 6 Current only in run circuit 2. Open circuit in compressor start wiring or connections
3. Compressor start winding is damaged
Yellow “ALERT” Open Run Circuit 1. Open circuit in compressor run wiring or connections
Flash Code 7 Current only in start circuit 2. Compressor run winding is damaged
Yellow “ALERT” Welded Contactor 1. Compressor contactor has failed closed
Flash Code 8 Compressor always runs 2. Thermostat demand signal not connected to module
Yellow “ALERT” Low Voltage 1. Control circuit transformer is overloaded
Flash Code 9 Control circuit < 17VAC 2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
• Flash Code number corresponds to a number of LED flashes, followed by a pause and then repeated
• TRIP and ALERT LEDs flashing at same time means control circuit voltage is too low for operation.
• Reset ALERT Flash code by removing 24VAC power from module
• Last ALERT Flash code is displayed for 1 minute after module is powered on.
79
SERVICING
Applies to ASX130[18-60]CA, ASX140[18-36]1CA,
ASX140421DA, and ASX140[48-60]1BA units
Comfort Alert™ is self-contained with no required external

sensors and is designed to install directly into the electrical
box of any residential condensing unit that has a Copeland
Scroll™ compressor inside.
Once attached, Comfort Alert™ provides around-the-clock
defects and broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, an
Comfort Alert™ Module on previous page.)
NOTE: The 2-wire Comfort Alert™ module does not provide
a diagnostic code 8, Welded Contactor. Additionally, the
2-wire module does not require a manual reset to clear
alert codes.
Bold line shows field

installed wiring
CC
Dashed line shows thermostat
demand wiring in system without
HTCO, HPCO, CPCO, and ECB
ECB HTCO LPCO HPCO

Comfort Alert Y
Diagnostics Module C LOGIC
R C Y1

Wiring Schematic - 2-Wire Comfort Alert™ Module
80
SERVICING
DIAGNOSTICS TABLE: 2-WIRE COMFORT ALERT™ MODULE
Sta tus LED Sta tus LED De scription Sta tus LED Troubleshooting Informa tion
Gre e n “POW ER” Module ha s pow e r Supply voltage is present at module terminals
Red “TRIP” Thermostat demand signal 1. Compressor protector is open
Y1 is present, but the 2. Outdoor unit power disconnect is open
compressor is not 3. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
running 4. Broken wire or connector is not making contact
5. Low pressure switch open if present in system
Yellow “ALERT” Long Run Tim e 1. Low refrigerant charge
Fla sh Code 1 Compressor is 2. Evaporator blower is not running
running extremely 3. Evaporator coil is frozen
long run cycles 4. Faulty metering device
5. Condenser coil is dirty
6. Liquid line restriction (filter drier blocked if present in system)
7. Thermostat is malfunctioning
Yellow “ALERT” Syste m Pre ssure Trip 1. High head pressure
Fla sh Code 2 Discharge or suction 2. Condenser coil poor air circulation (dirty, blocked, damaged)
pressure out of limits or 3. Condenser fan is not running
compressor overloaded 4. Return air duct has substantial leakage
5. If low pressure switch present in system,
check Flash Code 1 information
Yellow “ALERT” Short Cycling 1. Thermostat demand signal is intermittent
Fla sh Code 3 Compressor is running 2. Time delay relay or control board defective
only briefly 3. If high pressure switch present go to Flash Code 2 information
4. If low pressure switch present go to Flash Code 1 information
Yellow “ALERT” Locke d Rotor 1. Run capacitor has failed
Fla sh Code 4 2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
3. Excessive liquid refrigerant in compressor
4. Compressor bearings are seized
Yellow “ALERT” Open Circuit 1. Outdoor unit power disconnect is open
Fla sh Code 5 2. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
4. High pressure switch is open and requires manual reset
5. Open circuit in compressor supply wiring or connections
6. Unusually long compressor protector reset time
due to extreme ambient temperature
7. Compressor windings are damaged
Yellow “ALERT” Open Sta rt Circuit 1. Run capacitor has failed
Fla sh Code 6 Current only in run circuit 2. Open circuit in compressor start wiring or connections
3. Compressor start winding is damaged
Yellow “ALERT” Open Run Circuit 1. Open circuit in compressor run wiring or connections
Fla sh Code 7 Current only in start circuit 2. Compressor run winding is damaged
Yellow “ALERT” Low Volta ge 1. Control circuit transformer is overloaded
Fla sh Code 9 Control circuit < 17VAC 2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
• Flash Code number corresponds to a number of LED flashes, followed by a pause and then repeated
• TRIP and ALERT LEDs flashing at same time means control circuit voltage is too low for operation.
• Last ALERT Flash code is displayed for 1 minute after module is powered on.
81
SERVICING
S-10A COPELAND COMFORT ALERTTM -
UNITARY (UC) CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS

Applies to ASXC, ASZC, DSXC, and DSZC models
HIGH VOLTAGE!
or death.
The Copeland Comfort AlertTM diagnostics are fully inte-

grated into the unitary (UC) control. The UC control and
integraged Comfort Alert™ diagnostics provide around-the-
clock monitoring for common electrical problems, compres-
sor defects and broad system faults. If a problem is detected,
LED indicators flash the proper alert codes to help you
quickly pinpoint the problem.
The diagnostic tables on following pages provide detailed
information regarding the system symptons, indicators (LED
and thermostat), potential problem(s), and corrective ac-
tions. The diagnostic information applies to systems wired
as 24VAC traditional (legacy) systems and systems wired as
communicating systems with the CTK0* communicating
thermostat.
82
ComfortNet™
Symptoms of Abnormal Operation Fault Corrective Actions Notes &Cautions
Diagnostic/Status LED Codes Possible Causes
(Legacy & ComfortNet™ Thermostat) Description Thermostat Only
Green Yellow Red Red Y1 Message Code
• Very long run time. OFF 1 Flash OFF ON if call • Low Side Fault. LOW SIDE 01 • Low refrigerant charge. • Verify refrigerant • Turn power OFF prior
• Four consecutive compressor protector present; FAULT • Restriction in liquid line. charge; adjust as to repair.
trips with average run time between OFF if no • Indoor blower motor needed. • Fault will clear after 30
trips greater than 3 hours. call failure. • Check for restricted consecutive normal
SERVICING
• Compressor operating at high speed • Indoor thermostat set liquid line; cycles.
and outdoor fan operating at low speed extremely low. repair/replace as • Fault may be cleared by
• Integrated control module needed. cycling 24VAC to
diagnostic/status LED’s display the • Check indoor blower control.
indicated code. motor; repair/replace • Replace with correct
as needed. replacement part(s).
• Check indoor
thermostat setting.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off. ON 1 Flash OFF ON if call • Low Pressure LPS OPEN 01 • Low refrigerant charge. • Verify refrigerant • Turn power OFF prior
• Thermostat demand is present. present; CO Trip. • Restriction in liquid line. charge; adjust as to repair.
• Integrated control module OFF if no • Indoor blower motor needed. • Replace with correct
diagnostic/status LED’s display the call failure. • Check for restricted replacement part(s).
indicated code. • Indoor thermostat set liquid line;
extremely low. repair/replace as
needed.
• Check indoor blower
motor; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check low pressure
switch; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check indoor
thermostat setting.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off. ON 1 Flash ON ON if call • LPCO Lockout LPS 01 • Low refrigerant charge. • Verify refrigerant • Turn power OFF prior
• Low pressure switch trip 3 times within present; (3 Trips). LOCKOUT • Restriction in liquid line. charge; adjust as to repair.
same thermostat demand. OFF if no • Indoor blower motor needed. • Must clear fault by
• Thermostat demand is present. call failure. • Check for restricted cycling 24VAC to
• Integrated control module • Indoor thermostat set liquid line; control.
diagnostic/status LED’s display the extremely low. repair/replace as • Replace with correct
indicated code. needed. replacement part(s).
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for • Check indoor blower
Service” icon illuminated. motor; repair/replace
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls as needed.
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check • Check low pressure
Heat Pump” message. switch; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check indoor
thermostat setting.
83
84
ComfortNet™
Symptoms of Abnormal Operation Diagnostic/Status LED Codes Fault Corrective Actions Notes & Cautions
Thermostat Only Possible Causes
(Legacy & ComfortNet™ Thermostat) Description
• Four consecutive compressor protector OFF 2 OFF ON if call • High Side Fault HIGH SIDE 02 • Blocked condenser coil. • Check and clean • Turn power OFF prior
trips with average run time between Flashes present; FAULT • Outdoor fan not running. condenser coil. to repair.
trips greater than 1 minute and less tha n OFF if no • Check outdoor fan • Fault will clear afte r 4
15 minutes. call motor; repair/replace consecutive normal
• Low pressure and high pressure as needed. cycles.
switc hes are closed. • Check outdoor fan • Fault may be cleared by
SERVICING
• Integrated control module motor wiring; cycling 24VAC to

diagnostic/status LED’s display the repair/replace as control.
indicated code. needed. • Replace with correct
• Check outdoor fan replacement part(s).
motor capacitor;
replace as needed.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off. ON 2 OFF ON if call • High Pressure HPS OPEN 02 • Blocked condenser coil. • Check and clean • Turn power OFF prior
• Thermostat dema nd is present. Flashes present; CO Trip • Outdoor fan not running. condenser coil. to repair.
• Integrated control module OFF if no • Check outdoor fan • Replace with correct
diagnostic/status LED’s display the call motor; repair/replace replacement part(s).
indicated code. as needed.
• Check outdoor fan
motor wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check outdoor fan
motor capacitor;
replace as needed.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off. ON 2 ON ON if call • HPCO Lockout HPS 02 • Blocked condenser coil. • Check and clean • Turn power OFF prior
• Low pressure switch trip 3 times within Flashes present; (3 Trips) LOCKOUT • Outdoor fan not running. condenser coil. to repair.
same thermostat demand. OFF if no • Check outdoor fan • Must clear fault by
• Thermostat dema nd is present. call motor; repair/replace cycling 24VAC to
• Integrated control module as needed. control.
diagnostic/status LED’s display the • Check outdoor fan • Replace with correct
indicated code. motor wiring; replacement part(s).
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for repair/replace as
Service” icon illuminated. needed.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls • Check outdoor fan
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check motor capacitor;
Heat Pump” message. replace as needed.
• Run time for last 4 cycles is less than 3 OFF 3 OFF ON if call • Short Cycling CMPR SHRT 03 • Intermittent thermostat • Check thermostat and • Turn power OFF prior
minutes each. Flashes present; CYCLE demand. thermostat wiring; to repair.
• Compressor protector has not tripped. OFF if no • Faulty compressor relay. repair/replace as • Fault will clear afte r 4
• Low pressure and high pressure call needed. consecutive normal
switc hes are closed. • Check compressor cycles.
• Integrated control module re lay operation; • Fault may be cleared by
diagnostic/status LED’s display the replace control as cycling 24VAC to
indicated code. needed. control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
ComfortNet™
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off. OFF 4 ON ON if call • Locked Rotor LOCKED 04 • Compressor bear ings are • Check compressor • Turn power OFF prior
• Compressor protector trips four Flashes present; ROTOR seized. operation; to repair.
consecutive times. OFF if no • Failed compressor r un repair/replace as • Must clear fault by
• Average run time between trips is less call capacitor. needed. cycling 24VAC to
than 15 seconds. • Faulty run capacitor • Check run capac itor; control.
• Integrated control module wiring. replace as needed. • Replace with correct
SERVICING
diagnostic/status LED’s display the • Low line voltage. • Check wiring; replacement part(s).
indicated code. repair/replace as
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for needed.
Service” icon illuminated. • Verify line voltage is
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls within range on rating
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check plate; contact local
Heat Pump” message. utility is out of range.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off for OFF 5 OFF ON if call • Open Circuit OPEN 05 • Power is disconnected. • Check circuit breakers • Turn power OFF prior
greater than 4 hours. Flashes present; CIRCUIT • Failed compressor and fuses. to repair.
• Low pressure and high pressure OFF if no protector. • Check wiring to unit; • Fault will clear after 1
switches are closed. call • Compressor not properly repair/replace as normal cycle.
• Integrated control module wired to control. needed. • Fault may be cleared by
diagnostic/status LED’s display the • Check compressor; cycling 24VAC to
indicated code. repair/replace as control.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for needed. • Replace with correct
Service” icon illuminated. • Check compressor replacement part(s).
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls wiring; repair/replace
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check as needed.
Heat Pump” message.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off. OFF 6 OFF ON if call • Open Start OPEN START 06 • Compressor start winding • Check compressor; • Turn power OFF prior
• Low pressure and high pressure Flashes present; Circuit is open. repair/replace as to repair.
switches are closed. OFF if no • Failed compressor r un needed. • Fault will clear after 1
• Integrated control module call capacitor. • Check run capac itor; normal cycle.
diagnostic/status LED’s display the • Faulty run capacitor replace as needed. • Fault may be cleared by
indicated code. wiring. • Check wiring; cycling 24VAC to
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for • Compressor not properly repair/replace as control.
Service” icon illuminated. wired to control. needed. • Replace with correct
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls • Faulty compressor wiring. replacement part(s).
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off. OFF 6 ON ON if call • Open Start OPEN START 06 • Compressor start winding • Check compressor; • Turn power OFF prior
• Low pressure and high pressure Flashes present; Circuit Lockout LOCK is open. repair/replace as to repair.
switches are closed. OFF if no • Failed compressor r un needed. • Must clear fault by
• Open start circuit has been detected 4 call capacitor. • Check run capac itor; cycling 24VAC to
times with 5 minute delay between each • Faulty run capacitor replace as needed. control.
detection. wiring. • Check wiring; • Replace with correct
• Integrated control module • Compressor not properly repair/replace as replacement part(s).
diagnostic/status LED’s display the wired to control. needed.
indicated code. • Faulty compressor wiring.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for
Service” icon illuminated.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls
85
ComfortNet™
86
Sympt oms of Abnormal Operation Diagnostic/Status LED Codes Fault Corrective Actions Notes & Cautions
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off. OFF 7 OFF ON if call • Open Run OPEN RUN 07 • Compressor run winding is • Check compressor; • Turn power OFF prior
• Low pressure and high pressure Flashes present; Circuit open. repair/replace as to repair.
switches are closed. OFF if no • Compressor not properly needed. • Fault will clear after 1
• Integrated control module call wired to control. • Check wiring; normal cycle.
diagnostic/status LED’s display the • Faulty compressor wiring. repair/replace as • Fault may be cleared by
indicated code. needed. cycling 24VAC to
SERVICING
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for control.

Service” icon illuminated. • Replace with correct
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls replacement part(s).
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off. OFF 7 ON ON if call • Open Run OPEN RUN 07 • Compressor run winding is • Check compressor; • Turn power OFF prior
• Low pressure and high pressure Flashes present; Circuit Lockout LOCK open. repair/replace as to repair.
switches are closed. OFF if no • Compressor not properly needed. • Must clear fault by
• Open run circuit has been detected 4 call wired to control. • Check wiring; cycling 24VAC to
times with 5 minute delay between each • Faulty compressor wiring. repair/replace as control.
detection. needed. • Replace with correct
• Integrated control module replacement part(s).
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for
Service” icon illuminated.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls
• Air conditioner/heat pump may appear OFF 8 OFF ON if call • Low Line LOW LINE 08 • Low line voltage. • Check circuit breakers • Turn power OFF prior
to be operating normally. Flashes present; Voltage VOLT and fuses. to repair.
• Compressor protector may be open OFF if no • Verify unit is • Control detects line
(compressor and outdoor fan off). call connected to power voltage less than 185
• Integrated control module supply as specified on VAC.
diagnostic/status LED’s display the rating plate.
indicated code. • Correct low line
voltage condition;
contact local utility if
needed.
• Air conditioner/heat pump may appear ON 8 OFF ON if call • High Line HIGH LINE 08 • High line voltage. • Correct high line • Turn power OFF prior
to be operating normally. Flashes present; Voltage VOLT voltage condition; to repair.
• Compressor protector may be open OFF if no contact local utility if • Control detects line
(compressor and outdoor fan off). call needed. voltage greater than 255
• Integrated control module • Verify unit is VAC.
diagnostic/status LED’s display the connected to power
indicated code. supply as specified on
rating plate.
• Correct low line
voltage condition;
contact local utility if
needed.
ComfortNet™
(Legacy & ComfortNet™Thermostat) Description
• Air conditioner/heat pump may appear OFF 9 OFF ON if call • Low Pilot LOW 09 • Control detects secondary • Check fuse. • Turnpower OFF prior
to be operating normally. Flashes present; Voltage SECOND voltage less than 18 VAC. • Correct lowsecondary to repair.
• Integrated control module OFF if no VOLT • Transformer overloaded. voltage condition. • Fault will clear if
diagnostic/status LED’s display the call • Low line voltage. • Check transformer; secondary voltage rises
SERVICING
indicated code. replace if needed. above 21VAC.

• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
• Compressor is off. OFF ON ON ON if call • CompProtector Not displayed Not • No current through run or • Check compressor; • Turnpower OFF prior
present; Open displayed start windings. repair/replace as to repair.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the OFF if no • Compressor run winding needed. • Fault will clear after 1
indicated code. call is open. • Check wiring; normal cycle.
• Compressor not properly repair/replace as • Fault may be cleared by
wired to control. needed. cycling 24VAC to
• Faultycompressor wiring. • Check run capacitor; control.
• Failed compressor run replace as needed. • Replace with correct
capacitor. replacement part(s).
• Faultyruncapacitor
wiring.
87
SERVICING PCBHR104
3934%- 42/5",%3(//4).'
5.)4!29 $)!'./34)# #/$%3
3YMPTOMS OF $IAGNOSTIC3TATUS #OMFORT.ET4-
!BNORMAL /PERATION ,%$ $ISPLAY #ODES &AULT 4HERMOSTAT /NLY 0OSSIBLE #ORRECTIVE .OTES
,EGACY #OMFORT.ET $ESCRIPTION #AUSES !CTIONS #AUTIONS
4HERMOSTAT $IGIT $IGIT $IGIT -ESSAGE #ODE
s Integrated control ",!.+ A 2 s Outdoor air AIR A2 s Shorted sensor. s Check sensor s Turn power OFF prior
module diagnostic/status temp sensor 3%.3/2 s Open sensor. connection. to repair.
LED display shows the fault FLT s Sensor s Replace open/ s Replace with correct
indicated code. disconnected. shorted sensor. replacement part.
s #OMFORT.ET THERMOSTAT s Sensor out of
displays ‘---‘ in the range.
temperature display area.
s Heat pump fails to operate ",!.+ A 3 s Outdoor coil COIL A3 s Shorted sensor s Check sensor s Turn power OFF prior
in heating mode. temp sensor 3%.3/2 s Open sensor. connection. to repair.
s Integrated control fault FLT s Sensor. s Replace open/ s Replace with correct
module diagnostic/status disconnected. shorted sensor. replacement part.
LED display shows the s Sensor out of
indicated code. range.
s #OMFORT.ET THERMOSTAT
displays error message.
s Air conditioner/heat pump ",!.+ E 5 s Open fuse ",/7. E5 s Short in low s Locate and s Turn power OFF prior
fails to operate. FUSE voltage wiring. correct short to repair.
s Integrated control in low voltage s Replace fuse with
module diagnostic/status wiring. 3-amp automotive type.
LED display shows the
indicated code.
s Air conditioner/heat pump ",!.+ E E s Board mis- ).4%2.!, EE s Compressor s Replace control. s Turn power OFF prior
fails to operate. operation FAULT relay contacts to repair
s Integrated control welded. s Replace with correct
module diagnostic/status replacement part.
indicated code.
s Air conditioner/heat pump ",!.+ b 0 s Circulator MOTOR b0 s Indoor blower s Check indoor s Turn power OFF prior
fails to operate. blower motor ./4 25. motor problem. blower motor. to repair.
s Integrated control is not running s Communications s Check indoor s Applies only to fully
module diagnostic/status when it error between blower motor communicating system
LED display shows the should be indoor and wiring. USING #OMFORT.ET
indicated code. running. outdoor unit. s Check indoor unit thermostat.
s #OMFORT.ET THERMOSTAT control. s Replace with correct
displays error message. s Repair/ replace replacement part.
any faulty wiring.
s Repair/ replace
indoor blower
motor or control.
s Air conditioner/heat ",!.+ b 9 s Airflow is LOW ID b9 s Indoor blower s Check indoor s Turn power OFF prior
pump operates at reduced lower than AIRFLOW motor problem blower motor. to repair.
performance. demanded s Blocked filters. s Check filters; s Applies only to fully
s Air conditioner/heat pump s Restrictive/ clean/replace as communicating system
operating at low stage undersized needed. USING #OMFORT.ET
when expected to operate ductwork s Check ductwork; thermostat.
at high stage. s Indoor/ outdoor resize as needed. s Replace with correct
s Integrated control unit miss-match. s Verify indoor and replacement part. See
module diagnostic/status outdoor units are specification sheet(s)
LED display shows the properly matched. for airflow requirements
indicated code. and maximum external
static pressure.
s See specification
sheets for approved
system matches.
88
SERVICING PCBHR104
5.)4!29 $)!'./34)# #/$%3
$IGIT $IGIT $IGIT -ESSAGE #ODE
4HERMOSTAT
s Air conditioner/heat pump ",!.+ d 0 s Data not yet ./ .%4 d0 s Air conditioner/ s Verify s Turn power OFF prior
fails to operate. ON .ETWORK DATA heat pump is system type to repair.
s Integrated control wired as part of (communicating s Use memory card for
module diagnostic/status a communicating or legacy) your specific model.
LED display shows the system and s Populate shared s Insert memory card
indicated code. integrated control data using BEFORE turning power
s #OMFORT.ET THERMOSTAT module does memory card /. -EMORY CARD MAY
displays error message. not contain any s Wire system as be removed after data
shared data. legacy system is loaded. Turn power
OFF before removing
memory card.
s Error code will
be cleared once
data is loaded.
Applies only to fully
communicating system
USING #OMFORT.ET
thermostat.
s Air conditioner/heat pump ",!.+ d 1 s Invalid Data ).6!,)$ d1 s Air conditioner/ s Verify s Turn power OFF prior
fails to operate. ON .ETWORK DATA heat pump is system type to repair.
s Integrated control wired as part of (communicating s Use memory card for
module diagnostic/status a communicating or legacy). your specific model.
LED display shows the system and s Populate correct s Insert memory card
indicated code. integrated control shared data using BEFORE turning power
s #OMFORT.ET THERMOSTAT module contains memory card. /. -EMORY CARD MAY
displays error message. invalid shared s Wire system as be removed after data
data or network legacy system. is loaded. Turn power
data is invalid for OFF before removing
the integrated memory card.
control module. s Error code will
be cleared once
data is loaded.
USING #OMFORT.ET
thermostat.
s Air conditioner/heat pump ",!.+ d 2 s System ).6!,)$ d2 s Air conditioner/ s Verify system type s Turn power OFF prior
fails to operate. Mis-Match SYSTEM heat pump is (communicating to repair.
s Air conditioner/heat pump wired as part of or legacy). s Use memory card for
operating at reduced a communicating s Verify shared your specific model.
performance. system and data is correct s Insert memory card
s Air conditioner/heat pump outdoor unit for your specific BEFORE turning power
operating at low stage requires airflow model; re- /. -EMORY CARD MAY
when expected to operate greater than populate data if be removed after data
at high stage. indoor unit’s required. is loaded. Turn power
s Integrated control airflow capability. s Wire system as OFF before removing
module diagnostic/status s Shared data is legacy system. memory card.
LED display shows the incompatible s Error code will
indicated code. with the system be cleared once
s #OMFORT.ET THERMOSTAT or missing data is loaded.
displays error message. parameters. Applies only to fully
USING #OMFORT.ET
thermostat.
89
SERVICING PCBHR104
5.)4!29 $)!'./34)# #/$%3
$IGIT $IGIT $IGIT -ESSAGE #ODE
4HERMOSTAT
s Air conditioner/heat pump ",!.+ d 3 s Configuration ).6!,)$ d3 s Shared data sent s Verify s Turn power OFF prior
fails to operate. Mis-match #/.&)' to integrated system type to repair.
s Integrated control module control module (communicating s Use memory card for
diagnostic/status LED does not match or legacy). your specific model.
display shows the indicated hardware s Verify shared s Insert memory card
code. configuration. data is correct BEFORE turning power
s #OMFORT.ET THERMOSTAT for your specific /. -EMORY CARD MAY
displays error message. model; re- be removed after data
populate data if is loaded. Turn power
required. OFF before removing
s Wire system as memory card.
legacy system. s Error code will
be cleared once
data is loaded.
USING #OMFORT.ET
thermostat.
s Air conditioner/heat pump ",!.+ d 4 s Invalid ).6!,)$ d4 s Shared data on s Verify s Turn power OFF prior
fails to operate. Memory MC DATA memory card has system type to repair.
s Integrated control Card Data been rejected. (communicating s Use memory card for
module diagnostic/status or legacy). your specific model.
LED display shows the s Verify shared s Insert memory card
indicated code. data is correct BEFORE turning power
s #OMFORT.ET THERMOSTAT for your specific /. -EMORY CARD MAY
displays error message. model; re- be removed after data
populate data if is loaded. Turn power
required. OFF before removing
s Wire system as memory card.
legacy system. s Error code will be
cleared once data is
loaded.
s Very long run time. ",!.+ 0 1 s Low Side LOW SIDE 01 s Low refrigerant s Verify refrigerant s Turn power OFF prior
s Four consecutive Fault FAULT charge. charge; adjust as to repair.
compressor protector s Restriction in needed. s Fault will clear after 30
trips with average run liquid line. s Check for consecutive normal
time between trips greater s Indoor blower restricted liquid cycles.
than 3 hours. motor failure. line; repair/ s Fault may be cleared
s Compressor operating at s Indoor replace as by cycling 24VAC to
high speed and outdoor fan thermostat set needed. control.
operating at low speed extremely low. s Check indoor s Replace with correct
s Integrated control blower motor; replacement part(s).
module diagnostic/status repair/replace as
LED display shows the needed.
indicated code. s Check indoor
thermostat setting.
s Compressor and outdoor ",!.+ 0 1 s Low Pressure ,03 /0%. 01 s Low refrigerant s Verify refrigerant s Turn power OFF prior
fan are off. Cut Out Trip charge. charge; adjust as to repair.
s Thermostat demand is s Restriction in needed. s Replace with correct
present. liquid line. s Check for replacement part(s).
s Integrated control s Indoor blower restricted liquid
module diagnostic/status motor failure. line; repair/
LED display shows the s Indoor replace as
indicated code. thermostat set needed.
extremely low. s Check indoor
blower motor;
repair/replace as
needed.
s Check low
pressure switch;
repair/replace as
needed.
s Check indoor
thermostat setting.
90
SERVICING PCBHR104
Digit 3 Digit 2 Digit 1
Compressor and outdoor L 1 Low Pressure LPS 01 Low refrigerant Verify refrigerant Turn power OFF prior
f . Cut Out charge. charge; adjust as to repair.
Low pressure switch Lockout Restriction in needed. Must clear fault by
trip 3 times within same (3 Trips) liquid line. Check for cycling 24VAC to
thermostat demand. Indoor blower restricted liquid control.
Thermostat demand is motor failure. line; repair/replace Replace with correct
present. Indoor as needed. replacement part(s).
Integrated control thermostat set Check indoor
module diagnostic/status extremely low. blower motor;
LED display shows the repair/replace as
indicated code. needed.
Check low
displays error message. pressure switch;
repair/replace as
needed.
Check indoor
thermostat setting.
Four consecutive 0 2 High Side HIGH SIDE 02 Blocked Check and clean Turn power OFF prior
compressor protector trips Fault FAULT condenser coil. condenser coil. to repair.
with average run time Outdoor fan not Check outdoor Fault will clear after 4
between trips greater than running. fan motor; repair/ consecutive normal
1 minute and less than 15 replace as cycles.
minutes. needed. Fault may be cleared
Low pressure and high Check outdoor by cycling 24VAC to
pressure switches are fan motor wiring; control.
closed. repair/replace as Replace with correct
Integrated control needed. replacement part(s).
module diagnostic/status Check outdoor
LED display shows the fan motor
indicated code. capacitor; replace
as needed.
Compressor and outdoor 0 2 High 02 Blocked Check and clean Turn power OFF prior
f . Pressure condenser coil. condenser coil. to repair.
Thermostat demand is Cut Out Outdoor fan not Check outdoor Replace with correct
present. Trip running. fan motor; repair/ replacement part(s).
Integrated control replace as
module diagnostic/status needed.
LED display shows the Check outdoor
indicated code. fan motor wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
Check outdoor
fan motor
capacitor; replace
as needed.
Compressor and outdoor L 2 High HPS 02 Blocked Check and clean Turn power OFF prior
f . Pressure condenser coil. condenser coil. to repair.
Low pressure switch Cut Out Outdoor fan not Check outdoor Must clear fault by
trip 3 times within same Lockout running. fan motor; repair/ cycling 24VAC to
thermostat demand. (3 Trips) replace as control.
Thermostat demand is needed. Replace with correct
present. Check outdoor replacement part(s).
Integrated control fan motor wiring;
module diagnostic/status repair/replace as
LED display shows the needed.
indicated code. Check outdoor
fan motor
displays error message. capacitor; replace
as needed.
91
SERVICING PCBHR104
Run time for last 4 cycles 0 3 Short Cycling CMPR 03 Intermittent Check thermostat Turn power OFF prior
is less than 3 minutes SHRT thermostat and thermostat to repair.
each. CYCLE demand. wiring; repair/ Fault will clear after 4
Compressor protector has Faulty replace as consecutive normal
not tripped. compressor needed. cycles.
Low pressure and high relay. Check Fault may be cleared
pressure switches are compressor by cycling 24VAC to
closed. relay operation; control.
Integrated control replace control as Replace with correct
module diagnostic/status needed. replacement part(s).
LED display shows the Minimum compressor
indicated code. runt time is changed
from 30 seconds to 3
minutes.
Compressor and outdoor 0 4 Locked Rotor 04 Compressor Check Turn power OFF prior
f . ROTOR bearings are compressor to repair.
Compressor protector trips seized. operation; repair/ Must clear fault by
four consecutive times. Failed replace as cycling 24VAC to
Average run time between compressor run needed. control.
trips is less than 15 capacitor. Check run Replace with correct
seconds. Faulty run capacitor; replace replacement part(s).
Integrated control capacitor wiring. as needed.
module diagnostic/status Low line voltage. Check wiring;
LED display shows the repair/replace as
indicated code. needed.
Verify line voltage
displays error message. is within range
on rating plate;
contact local
utility is out of
range.
Compressor and outdoor 0 5 Open Circuit 05 Power is Check circuit Turn power OFF prior
f or greater than CIRCUIT disconnected. breakers and to repair.
4 hours. Failed fuses. Fault will clear after 1
Low pressure and high compressor Check wiring normal cycle.
pressure switches are protector. to unit; repair/ Fault may be cleared
closed. Compressor not replace as by cycling 24VAC to
Integrated control properly wired to needed. control.
module diagnostic/status control. Check Replace with correct
LED display shows the compressor; replacement part(s).
indicated code. repair/replace as
needed
displays error message. Check
compressor
wiring; repair/
replace as
needed.
Compressor and outdoor 0 6 Open Start 06 Compressor start Check Turn power OFF prior
f . Circuit START winding is open. compressor; to repair.
Low pressure and high Failed repair/replace as Fault will clear after 1
pressure switches are compressor run needed. normal cycle.
closed. capacitor. Check run Fault may be cleared
Integrated control Faulty run capacitor; replace by cycling 24VAC to
module diagnostic/status capacitor wiring. as needed. control.
LED display shows the Compressor not Check wiring; Replace will correct
indicated code. properly wired to repair/replace as replacement part(s).
control. needed.
displays error message. Faulty
compressor
wiring.
92
SERVICING PCBHR104
Compressor and outdoor L 6 Open Start 06 Compressor start Check Turn power OFF prior
f . Circuit START winding is open. compressor; to repair
Low pressure and high Lockout Failed repair/replace as Must clear fault by
pressure switches are compressor run needed. cycling 24VAC to
closed. capacitor. Check run control.
Open start circuit has been Faulty run capacitor; replace Replace with correct
detected 4 times with 5 capacitor wiring. as needed. replacement part(s).
minute delay between each Compressor not Check wiring
detection. properly wired repair/replaced
Integrated control to control. as needed.
module diagnostic/status Faulty
LED display shows the compressor
indicated code. wiring.

Compressor and outdoor 0 7 Open Run 07 Compressor run Check Turn power OFF prior
f . Circuit winding is open. compressor; to repair.
Low pressure and high Compressor not repair/replace as Fault will clear after 1
pressure switches are properly wired needed. normal cycle.
closed. to control. Check wiring; Fault may be cycling
Integrated control Faulty repair/replace as 24VAC to control.
module diagnostic/status compressor needed. Replace with correct
LED display shows the wiring. replacement part(s).
indicated code.

Compressor and outdoor L 7 Open Run 07 Compressor run Check compres- Turn power OFF prior
f . Circuit winding is open. sor; repair/re- to repair.
Low pressure and high Lockout Compressor not place as needed. Must clear fault by cy-
pressure switches are properly wired Check wiring; cling 24VAC to control.
closed. to control. repair/replace as Replace with correct
Open run circuit has been Faulty needed. replacement part(s).
detected 4 times with 5 compressor
minute delay between wiring.
each detection.
Integrated control
module diagnostic/status
indicated code.

Air conditioner/heat L 8 Low Line 08 Low line voltage. Check circuit Turn power OFF prior
pump may appear to be Voltage VOLT breakers and to repair.
operating normally. fuses. Control detects line
Compressor protector may Verify unit is voltage less than
be open (compressor and connected to 185 VAC.
outdoor f power supply Fault will clear if line
Integrated control voltage increases
module diagnostic/status rating plate. above 185 VAC.
LED display shows the Correct low line
indicated code. voltage condition;
contact local
utility if needed.
93
SERVICING PCBHR104
Air conditioner/heat H 8 High Line 08 High line Correct high line Turn power OFF prior
pump may appear to be Voltage VOLT voltage voltage condition; to repair.
operating normally. contact local utility Control detects line
Compressor protector if needed. voltage greater than
may be open (compressor Verify unit is 255 VAC.
and outdoor f connected to power Fault will clear if line
Integrated control voltage decreases
module diagnostic/status on rating plate. below 255 VAC.
indicated code.
Air conditioner/heat 0 9 Low Pilot LOW 09 Control detects Check fuse. Turn power OFF prior to
pump may appear to be Voltage secondary Correct low second- repair.
operating normally. VOLT voltage less ary voltage condition. Fault will clear if
Integrated control than 18 VAC. Check transformer; secondary voltage rises
module diagnostic/status Transformer replace if needed. above 21VAC.
LED display shows the overloaded. Replace with correct
indicated code. Low line voltage. replacement part(s).
. P 0 Comp Check compressor; Turn power OFF prior
Integrated control Protector displayed displayed through run or repair/replace as to repair.
module diagnostic/status Open start windings. needed. Fault will clear after 1
LED display shows the Compressor Check wiring; repair/ normal cycle.
indicated code. run winding is replace as needed. Fault may be cleared
open. Check run ca- by cycling 24VAC to
Compressor not pacitor; replace as control.
properly wired to needed. Replace with correct
control. replacement part(s).
Faulty
compressor
wiring.
Failed
compressor run
capacitor.
Faulty run
capacitor wiring.
Air conditioner/heat 0 8 08 Check circuit Turn power OFF prior
pump may appear to be VOLTAGE breaker and fuses. to repair.
operating normally. Verify unit is con- Control detects line
Compressor protector nected to power voltage less than
may be open (compressor 185 VAC.
and outdoor f on rating plate. Fault will clear if line
Integrated control voltage increases
module diagnostic/status above 185 VAC.
indicated code.
94
SERVICING PCBHR104
7 SEGMENT LED 7 SEGMENT LED

DESCRIPTION OF CONDITION
(DS2) (DS1)
0 n Standby
0 1 Low Pressure CO Trip
0 1 Low Side Fault
0 2 High Pressure CO Trip
0 2 High Side Fault
0 3 Short Cy cling
0 4 Locked Rotor
0 5 Open Circuit
0 6 Open Start Circuit
0 7 Open Run Circuit
0 8 No Line Voltage
0 9 Low Pilot Voltage
8 8 Pow er Up
A 2 Outdoor Air Temp Sensor Fault
A 3 Outdoor Coil Temp Sensor Fault *
b 0 No Indoor Airflow
b 9 Inadequate Airf low
C 3 Cool Mode Short Cycle Timer
C 1 Low Cool
C 2 High Cool
d F Def rost *
d t Max Defrost Time *
d E Forced Defrost *
d 0 Data not yet on Netw ork
d 1 Invalid Data on Netw ork
d 2 System Mis-Match
d 3 Conf iguration Mis-Match
d 4 Invalid Memory Card Data
E E Board Misoperation
E 5 Open Fus e
F t Field Test Mode
H 8 High Line Voltage
L 1 LPCO Lockout (3 Trips)
L 2 HPCO Lockout (3 Trips)
L 6 Open Start Circuit Lockout
L 7 Open Run Circuit Lockout
L 8 Low Line Voltage
P 3 Heat Mode Short Cycle Timer *
P 1 Low Heat *
P 2 High Heat *
P 0 Comp Protector Open
P d Pump Dow n
* CODE USED ON HEAT PUMP MODELS ONLY

NOTE 1: DS1, DS2 AND DS3 ARE LABELED ON THE CONTROL ABOVE EACH 7
SEGMENT LED DISPLAY
NOTE 2: 7 SEGMENT LED DISPLAY DS3 IS NOT USED
0140M00407-A
95
SERVICING
S-10B COPELAND CORESENSE™ Wiring Schematic - 3-Wire CoreSense™ Alert Module

Applies to ASX /ASZ and DSX/DSZ units
Reset
Switch One
Current
Sensor
Run/Alert
LED
Trip/Lock-Out
Red LED
The CoreSense™ module is self-contained with no required
external sensors and works with any residential condensing Protection
unit that has a Copeland Scroll™ compressor inside. Output Data Port
Once attached, CoreSense provides around-the-clock moni-
toring for common electrical problems, compressor defects
and broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, an LED DIAGNOSTICS - 2-WIRE MODULE
indicator flashes the proper alert codes to help you quickly Applies to ASX130[18-60]CA, ASX140[18-
pinpoint the problem. See Diagnostic Table: 3-Wire 36]1CA, ASX140421DA, and ASX140[48-60]1BA
CoreSense™ Module on following pages.) units
The CoreSense™ module is self-contained with no required

external sensors and works with any residential condensing
unit that has a Copeland Scroll™ compressor inside.
Once attached, CoreSense™ provides around-the-clock
Indoor C
Y defects and broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, an
Unit
Comfort Alert™ Module on following pages.)

Wiring Schematic - 2-Wire CoreSense™ Module
96
SERVICING
DIAGNOSTICS TABLE: CORESENSE™ MODULE
Flash code number corresponds to the number of LED flashes, followed by a pause and then repeated.
TRIP and ALERT LEDs flashing at the same time mean control circuit voltage is too low for operation.
97
SERVICING
DIAGNOSTICS TABLE: CORESENSE™ MODULE (cont.)
Flash code number corresponds to the number of LED flashes, followed by a pause and then repeated.
TRIP and ALERT LEDs flashing at the same time mean control circuit voltage is too low for operation.
98
SERVICING
Table 1 - Quick Reference Table
99
SERVICING
S-11 CHECKING LOSS OF CHARGE PROTEC- S-13 CHECKING LOW PRESSURE CONTROL
TOR The low pressure control senses the pressure in the suction
(Heat Pump Models) line and will open its contacts on a drop in pressure. The low
pressure control will automatically reset itself with a rise in
The loss of charge protectors senses the pressure in the
pressure.
liquid line and will open its contacts on a drop in pressure. the
low pressure control will automatically reset itself with a rise The low pressure control is designed to cut-out (open) at
in pressure. approximately 21 PSIG for heat pumps and 55 PSIG for air
conditioners. It will automatically cut-in (close) at approxi-
The low pressure control is designed to cut-out (open) at
mately 50 PSIG for heat pumps and 95 PSIG for air
approximately 21 PSIG. It will automatically cut-in (close) at
conditioners.
approximately 50 PSIG.Test for continuity using a VOM and
if not as above, replace the control. Test for continuity using a VOM and if not as above, replace
the control.
S-12 CHECKING HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL
S-15 CHECKING CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR, RUN
A run capacitor is wired across the auxiliary and main
HIGH VOLTAGE! windings of a single phase permanent split capacitor motor.
Disconnect ALL power before servicing The capacitors primary function is to reduce the line current
or installing. Multiple power sources while greatly improving the torque characteristics of a motor.
may be present. Failure to do so may This is accomplished by using the 90° phase relationship
between the capacitor current and voltage in conjunction
or death.
with the motor windings, so that the motor will give two phase
operation when connected to a single phase circuit. The
The high pressure control capillary senses the pressure in the capacitor also reduces the line current to the motor by
compressor discharge line. If abnormally high condensing improving the power factor.
pressures develop, the contacts of the control open, breaking The line side of this capacitor is marked with "COM" and is
the control circuit before the compressor motor overloads. wired to the line side of the circuit.
This control is automatically reset.
CAPACITOR, START
1. Using an ohmmeter, check across terminals of high
pressure control, with wire removed. If not continuous, SCROLL COMPRESSOR MODELS
the contacts are open. In most cases hard start components are not required on
2. Attach a gauge to the dill valve port on the base valve. Scroll compressor equipped units due to a non-replaceable
check valve located in the discharge line of the compressor.
With power ON: However, in installations that encounter low lock rotor volt-
age, a hard start kit can improve starting characteristics and
WARNING reduce light dimming within the home. Only hard start kits
approved by Amana® brand or Copeland should be used.
"Kick Start" and/or "Super Boost" kits are not approved start
assist devices.
3. Start the system and place a piece of cardboard in front
of the condenser coil, raising the condensing pressure. The discharge check valve closes off high side pressure to
the compressor after shut down allowing equalization through
4. Check pressure at which the high pressure control cuts- the scroll flanks. Equalization requires only about 1/2 sec-
out. If it cuts-out at 610 PSIG ± 10 PSIG, it is operating ond.
normally (See causes for high head pressure in Service
Problem Analysis Guide). If it cuts out below this pressure To prevent the compressor from short cycling, a Time Delay
range, replace the control. Relay (Cycle Protector) has been added to the low voltabe
circuit.
100
SERVICING
RELAY, START
A potential or voltage type relay is used ot take the start
capacitor out of the circuit once the motor comes up to
speed. This type of relay is position sensitive. The normally
closed contacts are wired in series with the start capacitor OHMMETER
and the relay holding coil is wired parallel with the start
winding. As the motor starts and comes up to speed, the
increase in voltage across the start winding will energize the
start relay holding coil and open the contacts to the start
capacitor. CAPACITOR
Two quick ways to test a capacitor are a resistance and a
capacitance check. TESTING CAPACITOR RESISTANCE
2. Set an ohmmeter on its highest ohm scale and connect
the leads to the capacitor -
A. Good Condition - indicator swings to zero and slowly
returns to infinity. (Start capacitor with bleed resistor will
not return to infinity. It will still read the resistance of the
resistor).
VIOLET 20 B. Shorted - indicator swings to zero and stops there -
YELLOW 12 replace.
C. Open - no reading - replace. (Start capacitor would
read resistor resistance.)
S-15B CAPACITANCE CHECK

HERM
COM
FAN
T2 T1 Using a hookup as shown below, take the amperage and

voltage readings and use them in the formula:
L2 L1
Capacitance (MFD) = 2650 X Amperage

Voltage
HARD START KIT WIRING
S-15A RESISTANCE CHECK

WARNING
Discharge capacitor through a 20 to 30 OHM
resistor before handling.
HIGH VOLTAGE!
or death.
VOLTMETER
1. Discharge capacitor and remove wire leads.
15 AMP
FUSE
Discharge capacitor through a 20 to 30 OHM AMMETER

resistor before handling.
CAPACITOR
TESTING CAPACITANCE
101
SERVICING
S-16A CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR 6. Check for signal (24 volts) at the transformer.
WINDINGS (PSC MOTORS) 7. Check for signal (24 volts) from the thermostat to the "G"
The auto reset fan motor overload is designed to protect the terminal at the 16-pin connector.
motor against high temperature and high amperage condi- 8. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity from the #1 &
tions by breaking the common circuit within the motor, #3 (common pins) to the transformer neutral or "C"
similar to the compressor internal overload. However, heat thermostat terminal. If you do not have continuity, the
generated within the motor is faster to dissipate than the motor may function erratically. Trace the common cir-
compressor, allow at least 45 minutes for the overload to cuits, locate and repair the open neutral.
reset, then retest. 9. Set the thermostat to "Fan-On". Using a voltmeter, check
for 24 volts between pin # 15 (G) and common.
10. Disconnect power to compressor. Set thermostat to
call for cooling. Using a voltmeter, check for 24 volts at
HIGH VOLTAGE!
pin # 6 and/or #14.
or installing. Multiple power sources 11. Set the thermostat to a call for heating. Using a
may be present. Failure to do so may voltmeter, check for 24 volts at pin #2 and/or #11.
or death.
1. Remove the motor leads from its respective connection

points and capacitor (if applicable).
2. Check the continuity between each of the motor leads.
1
2 } Lines 1 and 2 will be connected

for 12OVAC Power Connector
applications only
3. Touch one probe of the ohmmeter to the motor frame 3 Gnd

(ground) and the other probe in turn to each lead.
4 AC Line Connection
If the windings do not test continuous or a reading is obtained
from lead to ground, replace the motor. 5 AC Line Connection
S-16B CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR

(ECM MOTORS)
An ECM is an Electronically Commutated Motor which OUT - 8 16 OUT +
offers many significant advantages over PSC motors. The
ECM has near zero rotor loss, synchronous machine ADJUST +/- 7 15 G (FAN)
operation, variable speed, low noise, and programmable air
flow. Because of the sophisticated electronics within the Y1 6 14 Y/Y2
ECM motor, some technicians are intimated by the ECM
motor; however, these fears are unfounded. GE offers two COOL 5 13 EM Ht/W2
ECM motor testers, and with a VOM meter, one can easily
perform basic troubleshooting on ECM motors. An ECM 24 Vac (R)
DELAY 4 12
motor requires power (line voltage) and a signal (24 volts) to
operate. The ECM motor stator contains permanent magnet.
COMMON2 3 11 HEAT
As a result, the shaft feels "rough" when turned by hand. This
is a characteristic of the motor, not an indication of defective
bearings. W/W1 2 10 BK/PWM (SPEED)
COMMON1 1 9 O (REV VALVE)

WARNING
Line Voltage now present. 16-PIN ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
If you do not read voltage and continuity as described, the
1. Disconnect the 5-pin connector from the motor. problem is in the control or interface board, but not the motor.
2. Using a volt meter, check for line voltage at terminals #4 If you register voltage as described , the ECM power head
& #5 at the power connector. If no voltage is present: is defective and must be replaced.
3. Check the unit for incoming power See section S-1.
4. Check the control board, See section S-40.
5. If line voltage is present, reinsert the 5-pin connector and
remove the 16-pin connector.
102
Troubleshooting Chart for GE/R egal-Beloit ECM Variable Speed Air Circulator B lower Motors
Sym ptom Fault De s cr iption(s ) Pos s ible Caus e s Cor r e ctive Action Cautions and Note s
- Motor roc ks
- This is normal s tart-up f or
s lightly ---- ---- ----
variable s peed motor.
w hen starting.
- Manual disc onnec t s w itc h of f or - Chec k 230 V ac pow er at motor.
door s w itch open. - Chec k low v oltage (24 V ac R to C) at motor.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- Blow n f use or c ircuit breaker. - Chec k low v oltage c onnections
Wait 5 minutes af ter
SERVICING
- 24 V ac w ires mis w ired. (G, Y , W, R, C) at motor.

- No mov ement. disc onnecting pow er bef ore
- Uns eated pins in w iring - Chec k f or unseated pins in c onnec tors
opening motor.
harness c onnec tors . on motor harnes s .
- Motor w on't - Handle elec tronic motor/c ontrol w ith care.
- Bad motor/c ontrol module. - Tes t w ith a temporary jumper betw een R - G.
s tart. - Mois ture pres ent in motor or c ontrol module. -
- Chec k f or loose motor mount.
- Loos e motor mount. Wait 5 minutes af ter
- Motor rocks , - Make sure blow er w heel is tight on s haf t.
- Blow er w heel not tight on motor shaf t. disc onnecting pow er bef ore
but w on't s tart. - Perf orm motor/c ontrol replac ement c hec k,
- Bad motor/c ontrol module. opening motor.
ECM motors only .
- Handle elec tronic motor/c ontrol w ith care.
- Motor
os cillates up & - It is normal f or motor to
dow n w hile os c illate w ith ---- ---- ----
being tes ted no load on s haf t.
of f of blow er.
- V ariation in 230 V ac to motor. - Chec k line v oltage f or v ariation or "s ag".

- Uns eated pins in w iring harness - Chec k low v oltage c onnections
c onnectors. (G, Y , W, R, C) at
- V aries up and dow n
- Erratic CFM c ommand f rom motor, unseated pins in motor - Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
or intermittent.
"BK" terminal. harness connec tors .
- Motor starts, - Improper thermos tat c onnec tion or s etting. - Chec k-out s y stem c ontrols - Thermostat.
but runs - Mois ture pres ent in motor/control module. - Perf orm Mois ture Chec k.*
erratic ally .
- Does remov ing panel or f ilter
- Incorrec t or dirty f ilter(s ). reduc e "puf f ing"?
- "Hunts " or "puf f s" at
- Incorrec t supply or return duc tw ork. - Chec k/replac e f ilter. - Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
high CFM (s peed).
- Incorrec t blow er speed s etting. - Chec k/c orrec t duct res trictions .
- A djus t to correc t blow er speed s etting.
*Moisture Check
- Connectors are oriented "down" (or as recommended by equipment manufacturer). - Arrange harnesses with "drip loop" under motor.
- Is condensate drain plugged? - Check for low airflow (too much latent capacity).
- Check for undercharged condition. - Check and plug leaks in return ducts, cabinet.
Note: You must use the correct replacement control/motor module since they are factory programmed for specific operating modes. Even though they look alike, different modules may have completely different
functionality. The ECM variable speed motors are c
Important Note: Using the wrong motor/control module voids all product warranties and may produce unexpected results.
CHART CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
103
CHART CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE.
104
Troubleshooting Chart for GE/Regal-Beloit ECM Variable Speed Air C irculator B lower Motors
Sym ptom Fault De s cription(s ) Pos s ible Caus e s Cor re ctive Action Cautions and Note s
- Chec k low v oltage (Thermostat) - Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.

w ires and connec tions . Wait 5 minutes af ter
- Stay s at low CFM des pite - 24 V ac w ires mis w ired or loos e.
- V erif y f an is not in delay mode - dis connec ting pow er bef ore
s y stem c all f or cool - "R" mis sing/not connec ted at motor.
w ait until delay c omplete. opening motor.
SERVICING
or heat CFM. - Fan in delay mode.

- Perf orm motor/control replacement - Handle elec tronic motor/control
c hec k, ECM motors only . w ith c are.
- Motor s tarts , - Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.

but runs - Is fan in delay mode? - w ait until delay time Wait 5 minutes af ter
erratic ally . - "R" mis sing/not connec ted at motor. complete. dis connec ting pow er bef ore
- Stay s at high CFM.
- Fan in delay mode. - Perf orm motor/control replacement c hec k, ECM opening motor.
motors only . - Handle elec tronic motor/control
w ith c are.
- Current leakage f rom c ontrols - Chec k f or Triac s w itc hed t'stat

- Blow er w on't s hut of f . - Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
into G, Y , or W. or solid s tate relay .
- High s tatic creating high blow er speed.

- Chec k/replac e filter.
- Inc orrect s upply or return ductw ork.
- A ir noise. - Chec k/c orrec t duc t res tric tions . - Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- Inc orrect or dirty f ilter(s ).
- A djus t to c orrect blow er s peed setting.
- Inc orrect blow er s peed setting.
- Loos e blow er hous ing, panels , etc . - Chec k f or loos e blow er housing,
- High s tatic creating high blow er panels , etc .
- Ex c es s ive - Nois y blow er or c abinet. s peed. - Chec k f or air w his tling thru seams in - Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
noise. - A ir leaks in duc tw ork, c abinets , ducts , cabinets or panels .
or panels . - Chec k f or cabinet/duc t def ormation.
- Does removing panel or f ilter

- High s tatic creating high blow er speed.
reduc e "puff ing"?
- "Hunts " or "puf f s" at - Inc orrect or dirty f ilter(s ).
- Chec k/replac e filter. - Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
high CFM (speed). - Inc orrect s upply or return ductw ork.
- Chec k/c orrec t duc t res tric tions .
- Inc orrect blow er s peed setting.
- A djus t to c orrect blow er s peed setting.

- Motor f ailure or Wait 5 minutes af ter
- Ev idenc e of malf unction has - Replace motor and perf orm dis connec ting pow er bef ore
- Moisture in motor/c ontrol module.
Moisture. oc curred and mois ture Mois ture Chec k.* opening motor.
is pres ent. - Handle elec tronic motor/control
w ith c are.
*Moisture Check
- Connectors are oriented "down" (or as recommended by equipment manufacturer). - Arrange harnesses with "drip loop" under motor.
- Is condensate drain plugged? - Check for low airflow (too much latent capacity).
- Check for undercharged condition. - Check and plug leaks in return ducts, cabinet.
Note: You must use the correct replacement control/motor module since they are factory programmed for specific operating modes. Even though they look alike, different modules may have completely different
functionality. The ECM variable speed motors are c
Important Note: Using the wrong motor/control module voids all product warranties and may produce unexpected results.
SERVICING
S-16C CHECKING ECM MOTOR WINDINGS The MBE/AEPF products use a General Electric ECMTM
motor. This motor provides many features not available on the
traditional PSC motor. These features include:
• Improved Efficiency
HIGH VOLTAGE! • Constant CFM
or installing. Multiple power sources • Soft Start and Stop
may be present. Failure to do so may • Improved Humidity Control
cause property damage, personal injury MOTOR SPEED ADJUSTMENT
or death. Each ECM™ blower motor has been preprogrammed for
operation at 4 distinct airflow levels when operating in Cool-
1. Disconnect the 5-pin and the 16-pin connectors from the ing/Heat Pump mode or Electric Heat mode. These 4 distinct
ECM power head. levels may also be adjusted slightly lower or higher if desired.
The adjustment between levels and the trim adjustments are
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the ECM power head and
made by changing the dipswitch(s) either to an "OFF" or "ON"
separate it from the motor.
position.
3. Disconnect the 3-pin motor connector from the power
head and lay it aside. DIPSWITCH FUNCTIONS
The MBE / AEPF air handler motors have an electronic
4. Using an ohmmeter, check the motor windings for control that contains an eight (8) position dip switch. The
continuity to ground (pins to motor shell). If the ohmme- function of these dipswitches are shown in Table 1.
ter indicates continuity to ground, the motor is defective
and must be replaced. Dipsw itch N umber Function
5. Using an ohmmeter, check the windings for continuity 1
Electric Heat
2
(pin to pin). If no continuity is indicated, the thermal limit 3 N /A
(over load) device may be open. Allow motor to cool and 4 Indoor Therm ostat
retest. 5 C ooling & H eat P um p C FM
6
retest. 7 CFM Trim A djust
8
3-pin motor Table 1

connector
CFM DELIVERY
Tables 2, 3, 5 and 6 show the CFM output for dipswitch
combinations 1-2, and 5-6.
16-pin
connector
Electric Heat Operation

5-pin
connector Model Switch 1 Switch 2 CFM
OFF OFF 1,200
ON OFF 1,000
MBE1200
OFF ON 800
S-16D ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS MBE / AEPF ON ON 600
MBE MOTOR OFF OFF 1,600
This section references the operation characteristics of the MBE1600
ON OFF 1,400
MBE/AEPF models motor only. The ECM control board is OFF ON 1,200
factory set with the dipswitch #4 in the “ON” position and all ON ON 1,000
other dipswitches are factory set in the “OFF” position. OFF OFF 2,000
When MBE/AEPF are used with 2-stage cooling units, ON OFF 1,800
dipswitch #4 should be in the "OFF" position. MBE2000
OFF ON 1,600
For most applications, the settings are to be changed ON ON 1,200
according to the electric heat size and the outdoor unit
selection.
Table 2
105
SERVICING
Cooling/Heat Pump Operation If the compressor terminal PROTECTIVE COVER and gas-
Model Switch 5 Switch 6 CFM ket (if required) are not properly in place and secured, there
OFF OFF 1,200 is a remote possibility if a terminal vents, that the vaporous
ON OFF 1,000 and liquid discharge can be ignited, spouting flames several
MBE1200
OFF ON 800 feet, causing potentially severe or fatal injury to anyone in its
ON ON 600 path.
OFF OFF 1,600 This discharge can be ignited external to the compressor if
ON OFF 1,400 the terminal cover is not properly in place and if the discharge
MBE1600
OFF ON 1,200 impinges on a sufficient heat source.
ON ON 1,000 Ignition of the discharge can also occur at the venting
OFF OFF 2,000 terminal or inside the compressor, if there is sufficient
ON OFF 1,800 contaminant air present in the system and an electrical arc
MBE2000
OFF ON 1,600 occurs as the terminal vents.
ON ON 1,200 Ignition cannot occur at the venting terminal without the
presence of contaminant air, and cannot occur externally
from the venting terminal without the presence of an external
ignition source.
Table 3
Therefore, proper evacuation of a hermetic system is
THERMOSTAT “FAN ONLY” MODE essential at the time of manufacture and during servicing.
During Fan Only Operations, the CFM output is 30% of the To reduce the possibility of external ignition, all open flame,
cooling setting. electrical power, and other heat sources should be extin-
guished or turned off prior to servicing a system.
WARNING If the following test indicates shorted, grounded or open
windings, see procedures S-19 for the next steps to be
Hermetic compressor electrical terminal venting can
taken.
be dangerous. When insulating material which
supports a hermetic compressor or electrical terminal
suddenly disintegrates due to physical abuse or as a
result of an electrical short between the terminal and
the compressor housing, the terminal may be
expelled, venting the vapor and liquid contents of the
106
SERVICING
S-16E BLOWER PERFORMANCE DATA
MBR800**-* MBR1200**-* MBR1600**-* MBR2000**-*

SPEED STATIC
SCFM SCFM SCFM SCFM
0.1 1,240 1,500 1,800 2,160

0.2 1,170 1,460 1,740 2,080
0.3 1,120 1,360 1,680 1,990
HIGH
0.4 1,060 1,280 1,610 1,890
0.5 980 1,200 1,520 1,790
0.6 900 1,110 1,430 1,690
0.1 900 1,380 1,540 1,730
0.2 850 1,320 1,490 1,670
0.3 790 1,270 1,450 1,590
MEDIUM
0.4 740 1,200 1,400 1,520
0.5 680 1,140 13,560 1,420
0.6 605 1,040 1,280 1,320
0.1 650 1,170 1,130 1,520
0.2 590 1,130 1,100 1,450
0.3 540 1,080 1,070 1,360
LOW
0.4 500 1,020 1,030 1,290
0.5 430 950 990 1,200
0.6 330 830 930 1,090
NOTE: External static is for blower @ 230 Volts. It does not include Coil, Air Filter or Electric Heaters.
S-16F CHECKING HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTORS

The motor is a one piece, fully encapsulated, 3 phase High Voltage
brushless DC (single phase AC input) motor with ball bearing
construction.
Connections
3/16"
1. Using a voltmeter, check for 230 volts to the motor
connections L and N. If 230 volts is present, proceed to
step 2. If 230 volts is not present, check the line voltage
C L G N
circuit to the motor.
2. Using a voltmeter, check for 24 volts from terminal C to
either terminal 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, depending on which tap is
being used, at the motor. If voltage present, proceed
tostep 3. If no voltage, check 24 volt circuit to motor.
3. If voltage was present in steps 1 and 2, the motor has
failed and will need to be replaced.
1 2 3 4 5
Note: When replacing motor, ensure the belly band is
between the vents on the motor and the wiring has the
proper drip loop to prevent condensate from entering the
motor.
Low Voltage Connections

1/4”
MOTOR CONNECTIONS
107
SERVICING
S-16G CHECKING EMERSON ULTRATECHTM ECM To use the diagnostic tool, perform the following steps:
MOTORS 1. Disconnect power to the air handler.
DESCRIPTION 2. Disconnect the 4-circuit control harness from the motor.
The AVPTC and MBVC models utilize an Emerson, 4-wire 3. Plug the 4-circuit connector from the diagnostic tool into
variable speed ECM blower motor. The ECM blower motor the motor control connector.
provides constant CFM.
4. Connect one alligator clip from the diagnostic tool to a
The motor is a serially communicating variable speed motor. ground source.
Only four wires are required to control the motor: +Vdc, 5. Connect the other alligator clip to a 24VAC source.
Common, Receive, and Transmit.
NOTE: The alligator clips are NOT polarized.
The +Vdc and Common wires provide power to the motor's
low voltage control circuits. Typical supply voltage is 9-15 NOTE: The UltraCheck-EZTM diagnostic tool is equipped
volts DC. with a nonreplaceable fuse. Connecting the tool to a source
other than 24VAC could damage the tool and cause the fuse
to open. Doing so will render the diagnostic tool inoperable.
GENERAL CHECKS/CONSIDERATIONS 6. Turn on power to air handler or modular blower.
1. Check power supply to the air handler or modular blower.
Ensure power supply is within the range specified on
rating plate. See section S-1.
WARNING
2. Check motor power harness. Ensure wires are continu-
ous and make good contact when seated in the connec-
tors. Repair or replace as needed.
3. Check motor control harness. Ensure wires are continu- 7. Depress the orange power button on the diagnostic tool
ous and make good contact when seated in the connec- to send a run signal to the motor. Allow up to 5 seconds
tors. Repair or replace as needed. for the motor to start.
4. Check thermostat and thermostat wiring. Ensure thermo- NOTE: If the orange power button does not illuminate when
stat is providing proper cooling/heating/continuous fan depressed, the tool either has an open fuse or is not properly
demands. Repair or replace as needed. connected to a 24VAC source.
5. Check blower wheel. Confirm wheel is properly seated on 8. The green LED on the diagnostic tool will blink indicating
motor shaft. Set screw must be on shaft flat and torqued communications between the tool and motor. See table
to 165 in-lbs minimum. Confirm wheel has no broken or below for indications of tool indicators and motor actions.
loose blades. Repair or replace as needed. Replace or repair as needed.
6. Ensure motor and wheel turn freely. Check for interfer-
ence between wheel and housing or wheel and motor.
Repair or replace as needed. Pow e r G re e n M oto r
Ind ica tio n (s)
7. Check housing for cracks and/or corrosion. Repair or Bu tto n L ED Actio n
replace as needed. Confirm 24V A C to
UltraChec k -E ZTM tool.
8. Check motor mounting bracket. Ensure mouting bracket Not
OFF OFF If 24V A C is c onfirm ed,
is tightly secured to the housing. Ensure bracket is not Rotating
diagnos tic tool is
cracked or broken.
inoperable.
M otor and c ontrol/end
ON B link ing Rotating bell are func tioning
Emerson UltraCheck-EZTM Diagnostic Tool
properly .
The Emerson UltraCheck-EZTM diaganostic tool may be used Replac e m otor
ON OFF Rotating
to diagnose the ECM motor. c ontrol/end bell.
Not Chec k m otor (s ee
ON B link ing
Rotating Motor Chec k s below).
Replac e m otor
Not c ontrol/end bell; verify
HIGH VOLTAGE! ON OFF
Rotating m otor (s ee Motor
Chec k s below).
or death. 9. Depress the orange power button to turn off motor.
10. Disconnect power. Disconnect diagnostic tool.
108
SERVICING
11. Reconnect the 4-wire harness from control board to 2. Check voltage between pins 1 and 4 on the 4-wire motor
motor. control harness between the motor and control board.
Voltage should be between 9 and 15 VDC.
Electrical Checks - High Voltage Power Circuits 3. If no voltage is present, check control board. See section
S-40A.
Motor Control/End Bell Checks

HIGH VOLTAGE!
may be present. Failure to do so may HIGH VOLTAGE!
cause property damage, personal injury Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or death. or installing. Multiple power sources
1. Disconnect power to air handler or modular blower. cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
2. Disconnect the 5-circuit power connector to the ECM
motor.
3. Turn on power to air handler or modular. 1. Disconnect power to air handler or modular blower.
NOTE: Motor contains capacitors that can hold a charge for
several minutes after disconnecting power. Wait 5 minutes
WARNING after removing power to allow capacitors to discharge.
2. Disconnect the motor control harness and motor power
harness.
4. Measure voltage between pins 4 and 5 on the 5-circuit 3. Remove the blower assembly from the air handler or
connector. Measured voltage should be the same as the modular blower.
supply voltage to the air handler or modular.
4. Remove the (3) screws securing the control/end bell to
the motor. Separate the control/end bell. Disconnect
the 3-circuit harness from the control/end bell to remove
1
2 } Lines 1 and 2 will be connected
for 12OVAC Power Connector
applications only
the control/end bell from the motor.
5. Inspect the NTC thermistor inside the control/end bell
(see figure below). Replace control/end bell if thermistor
3 Gnd is cracked or broken.
5. Measure voltage between pins 4 and 3. Voltage should

be approximately half of the voltage measured in step 4.
6. Measure voltage between pins 5 and 3. Voltage should
be approximately half of the voltage measured in step 4.
7. If no voltage is present, check supply voltage to air handler
or modular blower. See section S-1.
8. Disconnect power to air handler or modular blower.
Reconnect the 5-circuit power harness disconnected in
step 2.
Electrical Checks - Low Voltage Control Circuits 6. Inspect the large capacitors inside the control/end bell
1. Turn on power to air handler or modular. (see figure below). Replace the control/end bell if any of
the capacitors are bulging or swollen.
WARNING
109
SERVICING
S-16H ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS AVPTC/MBVC
This section references the operation characteristics of the
MBVC models. The MBVC models utilize an integrated air
handler control. The air handler control provides ECM
blower motor control and includes all dipswitches neces-
sary to set up the cooling, heat pump and electric airflow
characteristics.
The control has three banks of dipswitches: a bank for
cooling airflow and trim adjustment, a bank for selecting one
of (4) enhancement profiles and enabling dehumidification,
and a bank for selecting the installed electric heater kit size.
Adjustments are made by selecting the appropriate ON/
7. Locate the 3-circuit connector in the control/end bell. OFF combinations of the dipswitches. The dipswitches
Using an ohmmeter, check the resistance between each along with their functions are shown in the figures below.
terminal in the connector. If the resistance is 100kW or
Cooling Airflow Dipswitches - Used to set the desired
greater, the control/end bell is functioning properly. Re-
cooling airflow
place the control/end bell if the resistance is lower than
100kW.
Tap A Tap B Tap C Tap D*
8. Reassemble motor and control/end bell in reverse of
disassembly. Replace blower assembly into air handler OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
or modular blower. 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
Motor Checks
Cooling Airflow Speed Tap (* indicates factory setting)

HIGH VOLTAGE!
or installing. Multiple power sources Airflow Adjust Dipswitches - Used to adjust the airflow +/
may be present. Failure to do so may -10%
or death. Normal* +10% -10% Normal
OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
1. Disconnect power to air handler or modular blower.
NOTE: Motor contains capacitors that can hold a charge for
several minutes after disconnecting power. Wait 5 minutes 3 3 3 3
after removing power to allow capacitors to discharge. 4 4 4 4
2. Disassemble motor as described in steps 2 through 4

above. Airflow Adjust Taps (* indicates factory sett ing)
3. Locate the 3-circuit harness from the motor. Using an

Ramping Profile Dipswitches - Used to select a comfort
ohmmeter, measure the resistance between each motor
profile for the cooling mode.
phase winding. The resistance levels should be equal.
Replace the motor if the resistance levels are unequal,
open circuited or short circuited. Tap A* Tap B Tap C Tap D
4. Measure the resistance between each motor phase OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
winding and the motor shell. Replace the motor if any 5 5 5 5
phase winding is short circuited to the motor shell. 6 6 6 6
5. Reassemble motor and control/end bell in reverse of

disassembly. Replace blower assembly into air handler
or modular blower.
Cooling Airflow Ramping Profiles (* indicates factory
setting)
110
SERVICING
Dehumidification Disable/Enable Dipswitch - Reduces Electric Heater Airflow - Airflow for installed electric heaters
cooling airflow by ~ 15% when enabled AND when used with is set by adjusting the dipswitches to the appropriate heater
a humidistat (such as DEHUM1). Airflow is reduced when size.
a call for cooling is present and the humidistat is open.
21 kW* 20 kW 15 kW 10 kW
OFF ON
9 9 9 9
DEHUM 10 10 10 10
7 Move to the ON position to
8 Unused enable dehumidification 11 11 11 11
Electric Heating Airflow (* indicates factory setting)
8 kW 6 kW 5 kW 3 kW
9 9 9 9
10 10 10 10
11 11 11 11
Electric Heating Airflow (* indicates factory setting)
The table below indicates the airflow that corresponds to the

available dipswitch settings.
MBVC Airflow Table
Speed Selection Dip Switches Htr Kw 9 10 11 MBVC1200* MBVC16000* MBVC2000*

3 ON ON ON 600 800 800
Cool Adjust Profile
Selection Selection Selection 5 ON ON OFF 600 800 800
Switches Switches Switches
6 ON OFF ON 635 800 800
TAP 1 2 3 4 5 6
8 ON OFF OFF 740 1000 1000
A OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
10 OFF ON ON 1000 1000 1200
B ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
15 OFF ON OFF 1400 1500 1500
C OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
20 OFF OFF ON NR NR 2000
D ON ON ON ON ON ON
Profiles Pre-Run Short-Run OFF Delay
Model Tap Low Stage High Stage
A ------- -------- 60 sec/100% Cool Cool
B ------- 30 sec/50% 60 sec/100%
A 400 600
C ------- 7.5 min/82% 60 sec/100%
B 540 800
MBVC1200 * C 670 1000
D 30 sec/50% 7.5 min/82% 30 sec/50%
D 800 1200
To set airflow: (1) Select model and desired
high stage cooling airflow. Determine the cooresponding tap A 670 1000
( A, B, C, or D ). Set dip switches 1 and 2 to the appropriate
ON / OFF positions. (2) Select model and installed electric MBVC1600 * B 800 1200
heater size. Set switches 9, 10, and 11 to the appropriate C 940 1400
ON/OFF positions. (3) Select the airflow adjustment factor tap D 1070 1600
A and D are 0%; Tap B is +10%; Tap C -10%. Set dip switches 3
and 4 to the appropriate ON / OFF positions. A 800 1200
MBVC2000 * B 1070 1600
To set Comfort Mode: Select desired Comfort Mode profile
(see profiles above). Set switches 5 and 6 to the approriate
C 1200 1800
ON / OFF positions. 0140A00045 D 1340 2000
111
SERVICING
AVPTC Airflow Table
Cooling/Heat Pump Airflow Table
Low High
S p ee d S ele cti on D ip S witch es Model Tap Stage Stage
C oo l Ad ju s t
Cool Cool
S ele c tion S el ec tio n A 420 630
S witch es S w it che s AVPTC183014* B 560 840
T ap 1 2 T R IM 3 4 C 700 1040
A O FF O FF 0% O FF OF F A 410 610
B ON O FF + 1 0% ON OF F B 560 830
C O FF ON - 10 % O FF ON AVPTC313714*
C 700 1040
D ON ON 0% ON ON
D 830 1240
TO SET A IRF L OW : A 810 1210
1.Sel ect ap pr opr ia te m od el fr om C ooling /H ea t P um p Airflo w T a ble.
Bas ed on d es ire d Airflo w f or y ou r ap plication se lect c orres po ndi ng ta p B 940 1410
AVPTC426014*
(A ,B,C or D). Set d ip s witches 1 & 2 to the a ppr opriate ON /O FF C 1050 1560
p ositio ns.
2. Se lect a ppr opr iate Air flow a djustm e nt fa ctor for app li ca tion D 1210 1800
(0 % . + 10% , -10% ) . Set d ip sw itc h es 3 & 4 to the a p prop ria te ON /OF F
p ositio ns. NOTE: Airflow data shown applies to non-communicating mode operation only. For a fully
3. If in stalled w it h He ater K it: communicating system, please see the outdoor unit's install ation instructions for cooling and heat
U sing Ele ctric H eat Airflow T able , set d ip sw it ch es 9, 10 and 11 t o the pump airflow data. See ComfortNet™ System - Airflow Consideration section for details.
app rop riate O N/O FF pos itions b a se d on H eater k it insta lled.
If ins ta lled w ith ou t H ea ter Kit:
Ens ure d ip s witches 9, 1 0 an d 1 1 a re s et to a v a lid he ater kit se lectio n. Electr ic Heat Airflow Table
Exam p le : T he o nly valid hea t er k its for AVPT C 1 830 14* app lic ation s
a re 3, 5 , 6, 8 an d 1 0 kW .
AVPTC AVPTC AVPTC
Fa ilu re to do so w ill r es u lt in a H eater Kit e rr or c ode . Htr kW 9 10 11
183014* 313714* 426014*
TO SET C OM F OR T M OD E: 3 ON ON ON 630 610 600
Sele ct des ir ed C om fort M od e p rofile (s e e pr ofile s abo ve) . Set s witch es
5 a nd 6 to the app rop riate ON /OF F po si tion s. 5 ON ON OFF 730 710 680
6 ON OFF ON 840 840 790
Profile
Selection 8 ON OFF OFF 1080 1060 990
Switches 10 OFF ON ON 1270 1260 1190
Pre-Run Short-Run Off Delay 15 OFF ON OFF NR 1470 1390
Profiles 5 6
20 OFF OFF ON NR NR 1580
A ------- ------- 60 sec/100% OFF OFF
21 OFF OFF OFF NR NR 1580
B ------- 30 sec/50% 60 sec/100% ON OFF
NOTE: Airflow data shown applies to the emergency heat mode (electric heat only) in either non-
C ------- 7.5 mins/82% 60 sec/100% OFF ON
communicating mode operation or fully communicating mode operation.
D 30 sec/50% 7.5 mins/82% 30 sec/50% ON ON
NOTE: When 8kW and 10kW heat kits are used with an
AVPTC1830 and AVPTC313, matched with 2-ton outdoor
unit, see Note 1below.
1 Set Heater Kit dip switches 9, 10 and 11 to 6kW setting
(9-ON, 10-OFF, 11-ON) to obtain 840 CFM.
112
SERVICING
2
24VAC TR
C W2 W1 TH
COM
Auxiliary
ST1 ST3
FUSE
Alarms
3A
CAS
DE
HUM
O
Seven Segment
Y2
LED
Y1
W2
W1
G
Green CFM LED C
R
2
3 1
C
2
1
R
ST2
ST4
Dip Switches
Communicating Board
2. Determine the proper air flow for the cooling system.

CIRCULATOR BLOWER Most cooling systems are designed to work with air flows
This air handler is equipped with a multi-speed circulator between 350 and 450 CFM per ton. Most manufacturers
blower. This blower provides ease in adjusting blower recommend an air flow of about 400 CFM per ton.
speeds. The Specification Sheet applicable to your model Example: 2.5 tons X 400 CFM per ton = 1000 CFM
provides an airflow table, showing the relationship between
airflow (CFM) and external static pressure (E.S.P.), for the The cooling system manufacturer’s instructions must be
proper selection of heating and cooling speeds. The heating checked for required air flow. Any electronic air cleaners or
blower speed is shipped set at 21kW or 25kW, and the other devices may require a specific airflow; consult instal-
cooling blower speed is set at “D”. These blower speeds lation instructions of those devices for requirements.
should be adjusted by the installer to match the installation 3. Knowing the air handler model, locate the high stage
requirements so as to provide the correct electric heating cooling air flow charts in the Specification Sheet appli-
CFM and correct cooling CFM. cable to your model. Look up the cooling air flow
Use the CFM LED (green) to obtain an approximate airflow determined in step 2 and find the required cooling speed
quantity. The green CFM LED blinks once for each 100 CFM and adjustment setting.
of airflow. Example: An AVPTC30C14 air handler installed with
1. Determine the tonnage of the cooling system installed a 2.5 ton air conditioning system. The air flow needed
with the air handler. If the cooling capacity is in BTU/hr is 1000 CFM. Looking at the cooling speed chart for
divide it by 12,000 to convert capacity to TONs. AVPTC30C14, find the air flow closest to 1000 CFM. A
cooling airflow of 1000 CFM can be attained by setting
Example: Cooling Capacity of 30,000 BTU/hr. the cooling speed to “C” and the adjustment to “0” (no
30,000/12,000 = 2.5 Tons adjustment).
113
SERVICING
4. Locate the blower speed selection DIP switches on the 5. Continuous fan speeds that provide 25, 50, 75, and 100%
integrated control module. Select the desired “cooling” of the furnace’s maximum airflow capability are select-
speed tap by positioning switches 1 and 2 appropri- able via dip switches S12 and S13.
ately. If airflow adjustment is required, set dip switch
S8 (trim enable) to ON (trim enable default is off). Then If the furnace’s maximum airflow capability is 2000 CFM
select the desired “adjust” tap by positioning switches and 25% continuous fan speed is selected, the continu-
ous fan speed will be 0.25 x 2000 CFM = 500 CFM.
S3 and S4 appropriately. Refer to the following
Dipswitches - Cooling Airflow and Airflow Adjust Taps
figure for switch positions and their corresponding
taps. Verify CFM by counting the number of times the 25% 50%* 75% 100%
green CFM LED blinks. OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
12 12 12 12
Tap A Tap B Tap C Tap D* 13 13 13 13

Fan Only Selection (*indicates factory setting)
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
6. The multi-speed circulator blower also offers several
custom ON/OFF ramping profiles. These profiles may be
used to enhance cooling performance and increase
comfort level. The ramping profiles are selected using
Cooling Air flow Speed Tap (*indicates factory setting) DIP switches 5 and 6. Refer to the following Dipswitches
- Cooling Airflow Ramping Profiles figure for switch
positions and their corresponding taps. Refer to the bullet
points below for a description of each ramping profile.
Verify profile selection by counting the green CFM LED
blinks and timing each step of the ramping profile.
+5% -5% +10% -10%
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
Air flow Adjust Taps (*indicates factory setting)
Dip Switches - Cooling Airflow and Airflow

Adjust Taps
NOTE: Upon start up in communicating mode the circuit board may display an “Ec” error. This is an indication that the
dip switches on the control board need to be configured in accordance with the Electric Heating Airflow Table. Configuring
the dip switches and resetting power to the unit will clear the error code.
Within the thermostat user menu, CTK0* communicating thermostat will display 20 kW for OFF-OFF-ON dip switch selection
and 21 kW for OFF-OFF-OFF dip switch selection.
114
SERVICING
• Profile A provides only an OFF delay of one (1) minute 7. If an electric heater kit has been installed, determine the
at 100% of the cooling demand airflow. heater kilowatt (kW) rating. Find the heater size in the
table below. Set dip switches 9, 10, and 11 for the
installed heater as shown in the Dipswitches - Electric
100% CFM 100% CFM Heat Airflow table on the previous page. The adjust
OFF OFF setting (already established by the cooling speed selec-
1 min
tion) also applies to the electric heater kit airflow. Thus,
the electric heater airflow is adjusted by the same
• Profile B ramps up to full cooling demand airflow by first amount. Verify selected CFM by counting the green
stepping up to 50% of the full demand for 30 seconds. CFM LED blinks.
The motor then ramps to 100% of the required airflow. If an electric heater kit has not been installed, set dip
A one (1) minute OFF delay at 100% of the cooling switches 9, 10, and 11 to any valid heater kit setting (see
airflow. ariflow table for valid settings). This will prevent an Ec
Error code from being displayed.
100% CFM 100% CFM NOTE: For installations not indicated in the preceding
50% CFM OFF
OFF Temperature Rise Tables, the following formula is to be
1/2 min 1 min used:
TR = (kW x 3412) x (Voltage Correction) x (1.08 x CFM)
Where: TR = Temperature Rise
• Profile C ramps up to 82% of the full cooling demand
airflow and operates there for approximately 7 1/2 kW = Heater Kit Actual kW
minutes. The motor then steps up to the full demand 3412 = Btu per kW
airflow. Profile C also has a one (1) minute 100% OFF
delay. Voltage Correction =.96 (230 Supply Volts)
=.92 (220 Supply Volts)
OFF
100% CFM
OFF
=.87 (208 Supply Volts)
1.08 = Constant
CFM = Measured Airflow
• Profile D ramps up to 50% of the demand for 1/2 minute,
then ramps to 82% of the full cooling demand airflow and
operates there for approximately 7 1/2 minutes. The NOTE: The Temperature Rise Tables can also be used to
motor then steps up to the full demand airflow. Profile determine the air handler airflow delivery. When using these
D has a 1/2 minute at 50% airflow OFF delay. tables for this purpose set the room thermostat to maximum
heat and allow the system to reach steady state conditions.
Insert two thermometers, one in the return air and one in the
supply air. The temperature rise is the supply air temperature
OFF OFF
minus the room air temperature.
Use HKR specification sheets to determine the HKR available
for a given air handler.
Tap A* Tap B Tap C Tap D

S5 S5 S5 S5
S6 S6 S6 S6
Dipswitches - Cooling Airflow Ramping

Profiles
115
SERVICING
Speed Selection Dip Switches Cooling/Heat Pump Airflow Table
Cool Adjust Profile

Low stage High stage
Continuous Model Speed tap
Selection Selection Selection Fan (CFM) (CFM)
Switches Switches Switches Speed A 410 610
TAP S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S12 S13 B 565 835
AVPTC24B14**
C 660 970
A OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
D 765 1125
B ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF A 440 610
C OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON B 605 835
AVPTC30C14**
C 740 1020
D ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
D 885 1225
Profiles Pre-Run Short-Run OFF Delay A 500 725
A ------- -------- 60 sec/100% B 700 1000
AVPTC36C14**
B ------- 30 sec/50% 60 sec/100% C 930 1330
D 1120 1600
C ------- 7.5 min/82% 60 sec/100%
A 500 725
D 30 sec/50% 7.5 min/82% 30 sec/50% B 700 1000
AVPTC48C14**
To set Airflow: (1) Select model and desired High Stage Cooling
C 930 1330
Airflow. Determine the corresponding tap (A, B, C, D). Set dip D 1120 1600
switches S1 and S2 to the appropriate ON / OFF positions.
(2) Select model and installed electric heater size. Set dip A 560 800
switches S9, S10, and S11 to the appropriate ON / OFF positions. B 763 1090
(3) If airflow adjustment is required set Trim Enable Switch S8 to AVPTC42D14**
ON (OFF = 0% Trim) and set S3 and S4 to appropriate ON / OFF C 994 1420
positions. Tap A is +5%,Tap B is -5%, Tap C is +10%, Tap D is D 1225 1750
-10%.
To Set Comfort mode: Select desired Comfort Mode Profile (see A 900 1350
profiles above). Set dip switches S5 and S6 to appropriate ON / B 1035 1550
OFF positions. AVPTC48D14**
C 1140 1700
Dehumidification: To enable, set dip switch S7 to ON. Cooling
airflow will be reduced to 85% of nominal value during cool call D 1200 1800
when Dehum command is present. To disable, set S7 to OFF.
A 1210 1610
Continuous Fan Speed: Use dip switches S12 and S13 to select
one of 4 continuous fan speeds, Tap A is 25%. Tap B is 50%, Tap B 1365 1815
AVPTC60D14**
C is 75%, Tap D is 100%. C 1450 1920
Notes:
1. Airflow data shown applies to legacy mode operation only. D 1525 2025
For a fully communicating system, please see the outdoor
unit's installation instructions for cooling and heat pump
airflow data. See ComfortNet System-Airflow Consideration NOTE: Airflow blink codes are approximations of actual airflow. Airflows
section for details. provided are at 0.3 static.
2. Airflow blink codes are approximations of actual airflow.
116
SERVICING
ELECTRIC HEAT AIRFLOW TABLE
Htr kW 9 10 11 AVPTC24B14A* AVPTC30C14A* AVPTC36C14A* AVPTC48C14* AVPTC42D14A*+ AVPTC48D14A* ++ AVPTC60D14A*+++

3 ON ON ON 550 600 NR NR 850** NR NR
5 ON ON OFF 650 700 850 850 1250 1250 1250
6 ON OFF ON 700 750 900 900 1300 1300 1300
8 ON OFF OFF 800 875 1000 1000 1500 1500 1500
10 OFF ON ON 850 950 1200 1200 1550 1550 1550
15 OFF ON OFF NR NR 1440 1440 1720 1720 1780
19* NR NR 1500 1500 NR NR NR
OFF OFF ON
20 NR NR 1500 1500 1800 1815 1850
21 or 25* OFF OFF OFF NR NR NR NR NR 1850 1850
NOTE: Airflow data shown applies to the electric heat only in either legacy mode or communicating mode operation.
* Within thermostat user menu, CTK0* communicating thermostat will display 20 kW for OFF-OFF-ON dip switch selection and
21 kW for OFF- OFF-OFF dip switch selection.
NR- Not rated
+
For match up with a 2 ton outdoor unit: Heater kit application shall not exceed 10 kW.
Airflow for 5 kW up to 10 kW heater kits shall be set to 850 cfm speed tap of ON-ON-ON.
++
For match up with a 3 ton outdoor unit: Heater kit application shall not exceed 15 kW.
Airflow for 5 kW up to 15 kW heater kits shall be set to 1300 cfm speed tap of ON-OFF-ON.
+++
For match up with a 3.5 ton outdoor unit: Heater kit application shall not exceed 20 kW.
Airflow for 5 kW up to 20 kW heater kits shall be set to 1500 cfm speed tap of ON-OFF-OFF
** 3 kW heater kit is not applicable for this indoor application.
Heat Kit Selection

HKSX15XF*
HKSX20XF*
HKSC20XF*
HKSC20DB
HKSC15XB
HKSC19CA
HKSC19CB
HKSC20DA
HKSC25DC
HKSX03XC
HKSX05XC
HKSX06XC
HKSX08XC
HKSX10XC
HKSC05XC
HKSC08XC
HKSC10XC
HKSC15XA
HKSC15XF
HKSC25XF
Mode ls
AVPTC24B14A* X X X X X X X X
AVPTC30C14A* X X X X X X X X
AVPTC36C14A* X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AVPTC48C14A* X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AVPTC42D14A* X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AVPTC48D14A* X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
AVPTC60D14A* X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
* Revision level that may or may not be designated.

C Circuit breaker option.
NOTE: Airflow selection should meet the minimum requirements as mentioned in Table 5.
117
SERVICING
TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSTIC CHART
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) PRECATIONS
WARNING
NOTE: Discharge body's static electricity before touching
unit. An electrstaic can adversly affect electrical compo- HIGH VOLTAGE!
nents. T O AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH DUE TO
ELECTRICAL SHOCK, DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL POWER
Use the following precautions during air handler installation
and servicing to protect the integrated control module from BEFORE PERFORMING ANY SERVICE OR MAINTENANCE.
damage. By putting the air handler, the control, and ther
person at the same electrostatic potentential, these steps Refer to the Troubleshooting Chart at the end of this manual
will help avoid exposing the integrated control module to for assistance in determining the source of unit operational
electrostatic discharge. This procedure is applicable to problems. The 7 segment LED display will provide any active
both installed and uninstalled (ungrounded) blowers. fault codes. An arrow printed next to the display indicates
proper orientation (arrow points to top of display). See
1. Disconnect all power to the blower. Do not touch the following image.
integrated control module or any wire connected to the
control prior to discharging your body’s electrostatic
charge to ground. 7 Segment
2. Firmly touch a clean, unpainted, metal surface of the Diagnostic
air handler blower near the control. Any tools held in Display
a person’s hand during grounding will be discharged.
3. Service integrated control module or connecting wiring
following the discharge process in step 2. Use caution
not to recharge your body with static electricity; (i.e.,
do not move or shuffle your feet, do not touch un-
grounded objects, etc.). If you come in contact with an
ungrounded object, repeat step 2 before touching
control or wires.
4. Discharge your body to ground before removing a new
control from its container. Follow steps 1 through 3 if
installing the control on a blower. Return any old or new
controls to their containers before touching any un-
grounded object.
118
SERVICING
COMMUNICATIONS TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
LED LED Indication Possible Causes Corrective Action(s) Notes & Cautions
Status
Off x Normal condition x None x None x None
1 Flash x Communications x Communications x Depress Learn Button x Depress once
Failure Failure x Verify that bus BIAS quickly for a power-
and TERM up reset
Red
dipswitches are in the x Depress and hold
Communications
ON position. for 2 seconds for
LED
an out-of-box reset
2 Flashes x Out-of-box reset x Control power up x None x None
x Learn button
depressed
Off x No power x No power to air x Check fuses and x Turn power OFF
x Communications handler circuit breakers; prior to repair
error x Open fuse replace/reset
x Communications error x Replace blown fuse
x Check for shorts in
low voltage wiring in
air handler/system
x Reset network by
depressing learn
button
x Check data 1/ data 2
voltages
1 Steady x No network found x Broken/ disconnected x Check x Turn power OFF
Flash data wire(s) communications prior to repair
x Air handler is installed wiring (data 1/ data 2 x Verify wires at
as a non- wires) terminal blocks are
communicating/ x Check wire securely twisted
traditional system connections at together prior to
terminal block inserting into
Green Receive x Verify air handler terminal block
LED installation type (non- x Verify data1 and
communicating/ data voltages as
traditional or described above
communicating)
x Check data 1/ data 2
voltages
Rapid x Normal network x Control is “talking” on x None x None
Flashing traffic network as expected
On Solid x Data 1/ Data 2 x Data 1 and data 2 x Check x Turn power OFF
miss-wire wires reversed at air communications prior to repair
handler, thermostat, wiring (data 1/ data 2 x Verify wires at
or ComfortNet™ wires) terminal blocks are
compatible outdoor x Check wire securely twisted
AC/HP connections at together prior to
x Short between data 1 terminal block inserting into
and data 2 wires x Check data 1/ data 2 terminal block
x Short between data 1 voltages x Verify data1 and
or data 2 wires and R data voltages as
(24VAC) or C (24VAC described above
common)
119
SERVICING
DIAGNOSTIC CODES for PCBJA103 Board
7 SEGMENT LED
DES CRIPTION OF CONDITION
(characters will alternate)
(no display) INTERNAL CONTROL FAULT / NO POWER

On STANDBY, WAITING FOR INPUTS
Ec HEATER KIT TOO LARGE, TOO SMALL, OR NO MATCH
E5 FUSE OPEN
EF AUXILIARY SWITCH OPEN
d0 DATA NOT ON NETWORK
d1 INVALID DATA ON NETWORK
d4 INVALID MEMORY CARD DATA
b0 BLOWER MOTOR NOT RUNNING
b1 BLOWER MOTOR COMMUNICATION ERROR
b2 BLOWER MOTOR HP MISMATCH
BLOWER MOTOR OPERATING IN POWER, TEMP., OR SPEED
b3
LIMIT
b4 BLOWER MOTOR CURRENT TRIP OR LOST ROTOR
b5 BLOWER MOTOR ROTOR LOCKED
b6 OVER/UNDER VOLTAGE TRIP OR OVER TEMPERATURE TRIP
b7 INCOMPLETE PARAMETER SENT TO MOTOR
b9 LOW INDOOR AIRFLOW
C1 LOW STAGE COOL - LEGACY MODE ONLY
C2 HIGH STAGE COOL - LEGACY MODE ONLY
P1 LOW STAGE HEAT PUMP HEAT - LEGACY MODE ONLY
P2 HIGH STAGE HEAT PUMP HEAT - LEGACY MODE ONLY
h1 EMERGENCY HEAT LOW - COMMUNICATING MODE ONLY
h2 EMERGENCY HEAT HIGH - COMMUNICATING MODE ONLY
FC FAN COOL - COMMUNICATING MODE ONLY
FH FAN HEAT - COMMUNICATING MODE ONLY
F FAN ONLY
H1 ELECTRIC HEAT LOW
H2 ELECTRIC HEAT HIGH
DEFROST - COMMUNICATING MODE ONLY
dF
(Note: defrost is displayed as H1 in a legacy setup)
GREEN CFM LED - EACH FLASH REP RESENTS 100CFM (USE FOR AIRFLOW APPROXIMATION
ONLY) - EXAMPLE: 8 FLASHES = 800CFM
0140A00070-A
120
SERVICING
121
SERVICING
122
SERVICING
123
SERVICING
124
SERVICING
S-17 CHECKING COMPRESSOR
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WARNING Disconnect ALL power before servicing
Hermetic compressor electrical terminal venting can or installing. Multiple power sources
be dangerous. When insulating material which may be present. Failure to do so may
supports a hermetic compressor or electrical terminal cause property damage, personal injury
suddenly disintegrates due to physical abuse or as a or death.
result of an electrical short between the terminal and
the compressor housing, the terminal may be
expelled, venting the vapor and liquid contents of the 1. Remove the leads from the compressor terminals.
If the compressor terminal PROTECTIVE COVER and See warnings S-17 before removing compressor
gasket (if required) are not properly in place and se- terminal cover.
cured, there is a remote possibility if a terminal vents, that
the vaporous and liquid discharge can be ignited, spout- 2. Using an ohmmeter, test continuity between terminals S-
ing flames several feet, causing potentially severe or fatal R, C-R, and C-S, on single phase units or terminals T2,
injury to anyone in its path. T2 and T3, on 3 phase units.
This discharge can be ignited external to the compressor
if the terminal cover is not properly in place and if the
discharge impinges on a sufficient heat source.
Ignition of the discharge can also occur at the venting
terminal or inside the compressor, if there is sufficient C
contaminant air present in the system and an electrical OHMMETER S R
arc occurs as the terminal vents.
COMP
Ignition cannot occur at the venting terminal without the
presence of contaminant air, and cannot occur externally
TESTING COMPRESSOR WINDINGS
from the venting terminal without the presence of an
external ignition source. If either winding does not test continuous, replace the
compressor.
Therefore, proper evacuation of a hermetic system is
essential at the time of manufacture and during servicing. NOTE: If an open compressor is indicated, allow ample time
for the internal overload to reset before replacing compres-
To reduce the possibility of external ignition, all open
sor.
flame, electrical power, and other heat sources should be
extinguished or turned off prior to servicing a system.
S-17B GROUND TEST
If the following test indicates shorted, grounded or open
If fuse, circuit breaker, ground fault protective device, etc.,
windings, see procedures S-19 for the next steps to be
has tripped, this is a strong indication that an electrical
taken.
problem exists and must be found and corrected. The circuit
protective device rating must be checked, and its maximum
S-17A RESISTANCE TEST rating should coincide with that marked on the equipment
Each compressor is equipped with an internal overload. nameplate.
The line break internal overload senses both motor With the terminal protective cover in place, it is acceptable
amperage and winding temperature. High motor tem- to replace the fuse or reset the circuit breaker ONE TIME
perature or amperage heats the disc causing it to open, ONLY to see if it was just a nuisance opening. If it opens
breaking the common circuit within the compressor on again, DO NOT continue to reset.
single phase units.
Disconnect all power to unit, making sure that all power
Heat generated within the compressor shell, usually due legs are open.
to recycling of the motor, high amperage or insufficient
1. DO NOT remove protective terminal cover. Disconnect
gas to cool the motor, is slow to dissipate. Allow at least
the three leads going to the compressor terminals at the
three to four hours for it to cool and reset, then retest.
nearest point to the compressor.
Fuse, circuit breaker, ground fault protective device, etc.
2. Identify the leads and using an ohmmeter on the R x
has not tripped -
10,000 scale or the highest resistance scale on your
ohmmeter check the resistance between each of the
three leads separately to ground (such as an unpainted
tube on the compressor).
125
SERVICING
3. If a ground is indicated, then carefully remove the 1. Operate the system and measure compressor current.
compressor terminal protective cover and inspect for Cycle the unloader ON and OFF at 10 second intervals.
loose leads or insulation breaks in the lead wires. The compressor amperage should go up or down at least
25 percent.
4. If no visual problems indicated, carefully remove the leads
at the compressor terminals. 2. If step one does not give the expected results, shut unit
off. Apply 18 to 28 volt ac to the unloader molded plug
5. Carefully retest for ground, directly between compressor
leads and listen for a click as the solenoid pulls in.
terminals and ground.
Remove power and listen for another click as the
6. If ground is indicated, replace the compressor. The unloader returns to its original position.
resistance reading should be infinity. If there is any
3. If clicks can’t be heard, shut off power and remove the
reading on meter, there is some continuity to ground and
control circuit molded plug from the compressor and
compressor should be considered defective.
measure the unloader coil resistance. The resistance
should be 32 to 60 ohms, depending on compressor
temperature.
4. Next check the molded plug.
A. Voltage check: Apply control voltage to the plug
wires (18 to 28 volt ac). The measured dc voltage
OHMMETER at the female connectors in the plug should be
around 15 to 27 vdc.
B. Resistance check: Measure the resistance from
the end of one molded plug lead to either of the two
female connectors in the plug. One of the connec-
WARNING tors should read close to zero ohms while the other
should read infinity. Repeat with other wire. The
Damage can occur to the glass embedded terminals if
same female connector as before should read
the leads are not properly removed. This can result in
zero while the other connector again reads infin-
terminal and hot oil discharging.
ity. Reverse polarity on the ohmmeter leads and
repeat. The female connector that read infinity
S-17C UNLOADER TEST PROCEDURE previously should now read close to zero ohms.
A nominal 24-volt direct current coil activates the internal C. Replace plug if either of these test methods
unloader solenoid. The input control circuit voltage must be doesn’t show the desired results.
18 to 28 volt ac. The coil power requirement is 20 VA. The
external electrical connection is made with a molded plug S-17D OPERATION TEST
assembly. This plug contains a full wave rectifier to supply If the voltage, capacitor, overload and motor winding test fail
direct current to the unloader coil. to show the cause for failure:
HIGH VOLTAGE!
or death.
1. Remove unit wiring from disconnect switch and wire a

test cord to the disconnect switch.
NOTE: The wire size of the test cord must equal the line wire
size and the fuse must be of the proper size and type.
UNLOADER SOLENOID 2. With the protective terminal cover in place, use the three
(Molded Plug) leads to the compressor terminals that were discon-
nected at the nearest point to the compressor and
Unloader Test Procedure
connect the common, start and run clips to the respective
If it is suspected that the unloader is not working, the following leads.
methods may be used to verify operation. 3. Connect good capacitors of the right MFD and voltage
rating into the circuit as shown.
126
SERVICING
4. With power ON, close the switch.
WARNING
WARNING Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Disconnect the heater lead in wires.
A. If the compressor starts and continues to run, the cause 2. Using an ohmmeter, check heater continuity - should
for failure is somewhere else in the system. test continuous. If not, replace.
B. If the compressor fails to start - replace. NOTE: The positive temperature coefficient crankcase
heater is a 40 watt 265 voltage heater. The cool resistance
of the heater will be approximately 1800 ohms. The
COPELAND COMPRESSOR resistance will become greater as the temperature of the
compressor shell increases.
03 A 12345 L
S-21 CHECKING REVERSING VALVE AND
SOLENOID
YEA R MONTH SER IAL PLANT Occasionally the reversing valve may stick in the heating or
NUMBER cooling position or in the mid-position.
When stuck in the mid-position, part of the discharge gas
from the compressor is directed back to the suction side,
S-17E CHECKING 3-PHASE SCROLL resulting in excessively high suction pressure. An increase
COMPRESSOR ROTATION in the suction line temperature through the reversing valve
Verify the proper rotation of Copeland scroll compressors as can also be measured. Check operation of the valve by
follows: starting the system and switching the operation from COOL-
NOTE: The compressor may run backwards (noisy opera- ING to HEATING cycle.
tion) for 1 or 2 seconds at shutdown. This is normal and does If the valve fails to change its position, test the voltage (24V)
not harm the compressor. at the valve coil terminals, while the system is on the
1. Install gauges and verify that the suction pressure drops COOLING cycle.
while the discharge pressure increases. All heat pumps and ComfortNetTM heat pumps wired in
2. Listen for normal compressor sound levels. Reverse legacy - If no voltage is registered at the coil terminals,
rotation results in elevated or unusual sound levels. check the operation of the thermostat and the continuity of
the connecting wiring from the "O" terminal of the thermostat
3. Reverse rotation will result in substantially reduced amp to the unit.
draw from tabulated values.
ComfortNet heat pumps only - Check voltage (24VAC) at
To correct improper rotation, switch any two power supply the non-insulated terminal E22 on the UC control board
leads at the outdoor unit contactor. (RVS on silkscreen) and "C" terminal on the 7-pin or 4-pin
The 3-phase scroll compressors are direction of rotation connector on the UC control
sensitive. They will rotate in either direction depending on the If voltage is registered at the coil, tap the valve body lightly
phasing of the power. There is no negative impact on while switching the system from HEATING to COOLING, etc.
durability caused by operating 3-phase compressors in If this fails to cause the valve to switch positions, remove the
reversed rotation. The compressor's internal protector will coil connector cap and test the continuity of the reversing
trip, de-energizing the compressor. Continued operation of valve solenoid coil. If the coil does not test continuous -
3-phase scroll compressors with the rotation reversed will replace it.
contribute to compressor failure. All 3-phase scroll compres- If the coil test continuous and 24 volts is present at the coil
sors should be checked for correct phase rotation. terminals, the valve is inoperative - replace it.
S-18 TESTING CRANKCASE HEATER (OPTIONAL
ITEM) S-24 TESTING DEFROST CONTROL
LEGACY MODELS:
The crankcase heater must be energized a minimum of four
(4) hours before the condensing unit is operated. To check the defrost control for proper sequencing, pro-
ceed as follows: With power ON; unit not running.
Crankcase heaters are used to prevent migration or accumu-
lation of refrigerant in the compressor crankcase during the 1. Jumper defrost thermostat by placing a jumper wire
off cycles and prevents liquid slugging or oil pumping on start across the terminals "DFT" and "R"/"R-DFT" at defrost
up. control board.
A crankcase heater will not prevent compressor damage 2. Connect jumper across test pins on defrost control
due to a floodback or over charge condition. board.
127
SERVICING
3. Set thermostat to call for heating. System should go into B1370803 which is used on 3 thru 5 ton units should open
defrost within 21 seconds. at 75°F ± 6°F.
4. Immediately remove jumper from test pins. 5. Check the temperature at which the control opens its
5. Using VOM check for voltage across terminals "C & O". contacts by raising the temperature of the control. Part
Meter should read 24 volts. # 0130M00085, which is used on units with 5 mm coils,
should open at 60°F ± 5°F.
6. Using VOM check for voltage across fan terminals DF1
and DF2 on the board. You should read line voltage (208- 6. If not as above, replace control.
230 VAC) indicating the relay is open in the defrost mode.
S-26 TESTING TEMPERATURE SENSORS
7. Using VOM check for voltage across "W"/"W2" & "C"
terminals on the board. You should read 24 volts. (COMFORTNET READY MODELS ONLY)
The ASXC and DSXC ComfortNet ready air conditioner
8. If not as above, replace control board.
models are factory equipped with an outdoor air tempera-
9. Set thermostat to off position and disconnect power ture (OAT) sensor. The OAT sensor allows the outdoor air
before removing any jumpers or wires. temperature to be displayed on the CTK0* thermostat when
NOTE: Remove jumper across defrost thermostat before used with the ASXC and DSXC models.
returning system to service. The ASZC and DSZC ComfortNet ready heat pump models
COMFORTNET TM
UNITS: are equipped with both an outdoor air temperature (OAT)
sensor and an outdoor coil temperature (OCT) sensor. The
To check the defrost control for proper sequencing, proceed
OAT provides the balance point temperature in heat pump
as follows: With power ON; unit not running.
systems (air handler w/electric heat + heat pump) and dual
1. Set thermostat to call for heating. fuel systems. The OCT sensor is provides the outdoor coil
2. Press TEST and RECALL buttons simultaneously for temperature and is used in determining defrost cycles.
approximately 3 seconds, then release them. System To check either the outdoor air or outdoor coil temperature
should go into defrost immediately. sensors:
3. Using VOM check for voltage across terminals "C & O".
Meter should read 24 volts (skip this step if system a fully
communicating system)
4. Visually inspect to see that the frost is gradually melting HIGH VOLTAGE!
on the coil and the compressor is running. Disconnect ALL power before servicing
5. Using VOM check for voltage across "W2 & C" terminals may be present. Failure to do so may
on the board. You should read 24 volts. cause property damage, personal injury
6. If not as above, replace control board. or death.
7. Set thermostat to off position and disconnect power
before removing any jumpers or wires. 1. Disconnect power to the air conditioner or heat pump.
2. Disconnect the sensor from the unitary (UC) control.
S-25 TESTING DEFROST THERMOSTAT
3. Connect an ohmmeter across the sensor terminals. The
LEGACY MODELS ONLY:
ohmmeter should read be 10kΩ, +/-10%, at 75°F. Re-
1. Install a thermocouple type temperature test lead on the place the sensor if the sensor is open, shorted, or outside
tube adjacent to the defrost control. Insulate the lead the valid resistance range.
point of contact.
2. Check the temperature at which the control closes its Ohm Reading of Communicating Outdoor Unit Sensors
contacts by lowering the temperature of the control. Part T, °F RW@T T, °F RW@T T, °F RW@T T, °F RW@T T, °F RW@T
# 0130M00009P which is used on 2 and 2.5 ton units -40 336,000 5 72,940 50 19,903 95 6,530 140 2,488
-31 242,700 14 55,319 59 15,714 104 5,327 149 2,083
should close at 34°F ± 5°F. Part # 0130M00001P or
-22 177,000 23 42,324 68 12,493 113 4,370 158 1,752
B1370803 which is used on 3 thru 5 ton units should close
-13 130,400 32 32,654 77 10,000 122 3,603 167 1,480
at 31°F ± 3°F. -4 97,060 41 25,396 86 8,056 134 2,986 176 1,255
3. Check the temperature at which the control closes its
contacts by lowering the temperature of the control. Part
# 0130M00085, which is used onunits with 5 mm coils, S-40 MBR/AR*F ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
should close at 30°F ± 5°F. DELAY RELAY
4. Check the temperature at which the control opens its The MBR/AR*F contains an Electronic Blower Time Delay
contacts by raising the temperature of the control. Part Relay board, B1370735. This board provides on/off time
#0130M00009P which is used on 2 and 2.5 ton units delays for the blower motor in cooling and heat pump heating
should open at 60°F ± 5°F. Part # 0130M00001P or demands when “G” is energized.
128
SERVICING
During a cooling or heat pump heating demand, 24Vac is The AVPTC/MBVC air handlers may be used in a fully
supplied to terminal “G” of the EBTDR to turn on the blower communicating ComfortNet system when matched with a
motor. The EBTDR initiates a 7 second delay on and then compatiable outdoor unit and the CTK0* thermostat. A fully
energizes it’s onboard relay. The relay on the EBTDR board communicating system offers advanced setup and diagnos-
closes it’s normally open contacts and supplies power to the tic features.
blower motor. When the “G” input is removed, the EBTDR Basic Operation
initiates a 65 second delay off. When the 65 seconds delay
The air handler control receives thermostat inputs either from
expires the onboard relay is de-energized and it’s contacts a standard 24VAC thermostat or the CTK0* ComfortNet
open and remove power from the blower motor. thermostat. For cooling and heat pump operation, the control
During an electric heat only demand, “W1” is energized but operates the variable speed blower motor at the demand as
“G” is not. The blower motor is connected to the normally determined from the thermostat input(s). If a demand for
closed contacts of the relay on the EBTDR board. The other electric heat is received, the control will provide a 24VAC
side of this set of contacts is connected to the heat sequencer output for up to two electric heat sequencers.
on the heater assembly that provides power to the first heater Troubleshooting
element. When “W1” is energized, the sequencer will close
Motor Control Circuits
it’s contacts within 10 to 20 seconds to supply power to the
first heater element and to the blower motor through the
normally closed contacts on the relay on the EBTDR. When
the “W1” demand is removed, the sequencer opens it
HIGH VOLTAGE!
contacts within 30 to 70 seconds and removes power from
the heater element and the blower motor. or installing. Multiple power sources
The EBTDR also contains a speedup terminal to reduce the may be present. Failure to do so may
delays during troubleshooting of the unit. When this terminal cause property damage, personal injury
is shorted to the common terminal, “C”, on the EBTDR board, or death.
the delay ON time is reduced to 3 seconds and the delay OFF
time is reduced to 5 second. 1. Turn on power to air handler or modular.
Two additional terminals, M1 and M2, are on the EBTDR
board. These terminals are used to connect the unused leads WARNING
from the blower motor and have no affect on the board’s
operation.
S-40A AVPTC/MBVC ELECTRONIC BLOWER/ 2. Check voltage between pins 1 and 4 at the 4-wire motor
HEATER CONTROL connector on the control board. Voltage should be
between 9 and 15 VDC. Replace control if voltage is not
Description
as specified.
The AVPTC and MBVC models utilize an electronic control
Electric Heat Sequencer Outputs
that provides ECM blower motor control and control of up to
two electric heat sequencers. The control has thermostat
inputs for up to two stages of cooling, two stages of electric
heat, reversing valve, and dehumidification. Control input is
24VAC. HIGH VOLTAGE!
All dipswitches necessary to setup cooling, heat pump, and or installing. Multiple power sources
electric heat airflow are fully integrated into the control. may be present. Failure to do so may
Dehumidification is enabled/disabled via an on-board cause property damage, personal injury
dipswitch. or death.
Features
The new air handler control includes advanced diagnostic 1. Turn on power to air handler or modular blower.
features with fault recall, estimated CFM display via on-board
LED, and ComfortNetTM ready. Diagnostics includes heater
kit selection diagnostics, open fuse, internal control fault, WARNING
data errors, and blower motor faults. Data errors are not Line Voltage now present.
included in the fault recall list. Diagnostic error codes are
displayed on a single red LED. 2. Disconnect the 4-circuit harness connecting the control
The estimated CFM is displayed on an on-board green LED. to the electric heater kit.
The LED flashes once for each 100 CFM.
129
SERVICING
3. Provide a thermostat demand for low stage auxiliary heat
(W1). Measure the voltage between circuits 1 and 3 at WARNING
the on-board electric heat connector. Voltage should Line Voltage now present.
measure 24VAC. Replace control if no voltage is
present.
1. With power on to the unit, measure voltage between
NOTE: Allow for any built-in time delays before making terminal "1" and terminal "C" on control board's ther-
voltage measurements. Any electric heater faults that are mostat connector. Voltage should be as noted in the
present may prevent the heater output from energizing. table below.
Verify that no heater faults are present before making
voltage measurements. 2. Measure voltage between terminals "2" and "C".
4. Provide a thermostat demand for high stage auxiliary 3. Measure voltage between terminals "1" and "2".
heat (W1 + W2). Measure the voltage between circuits 4. If voltages are different than stated in the table below,
1 and 3 at the on-board electric heat connector. Mea- check thermostat wiring for opens/shorts. Confirm
sure the voltage between circuits 2 and 3 at the on-board that the BIAS and TERM dipswitches are in the ON
electric heat connector. Voltage should measure 24VAC. position.
Replace control if no voltage is present. 5. The network troubleshooting chart on the next page
Communications (Applies only to Systems with Compat- provides additonal communications troubleshooting
ible ComfortNetTM Outdoor Unit and CTK0*Thermostat) information.
The integrated air handler control has some on-board tools
that may be used to troubleshoot the network. These tools Nonima l dc
are: red communications LED, green receive (Rx) LED, Te rm ina ls
Volta ge s
and learn button. These are described below
1 to C > 2.5 Vdc
a. Red communications LED – Indicates the status of the 2 to C < 2.5 Vdc
network. Refer to the Network Troubleshooting Chart for 1 to 2 > 0.2 Vdc
the LED status and the corresponding potential problem.
b. Green receive LED – Indicates network traffic. Refer to
the Network Troubleshooting Chart for the LED status
and the corresponding potential problem.
c. Learn button – Used to reset the network. Depress the
button for approximately 2 seconds to reset the network.
Voltages between the two data lines and between each data
line and common may be used to determine if the network
is operating properly.
Do the following to measure the voltages on the communi-
cations data lines.
130
SERVICING
NETWORK TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
P o s s i b le C o rr e c ti v e N o te s &
L ED L E D S t a tu s In d ic a t i o n
C au ses A c t io n ( s ) C a u t io n s
O ff • N orm al • N o ne • N on e • N one
c o n d i t io n
1 F la s h • C o m m u n ic a t io n • C o m m u n ic a tio n • D e p r e ss L e a r n • D e p r e s s o n ce
F a ilu re F a i lu re B u t to n q u ic k ly f o r a p o w e r -
up res et
Red • D e p re s s a n d h o ld
C o m m u n i ca ti o n s fo r 2
L ED s e c o n d s fo r a n o u t -
o f -b o x r e s e t
2 F la sh e s • O u t -o f - b o x r e s e t • C o n tr o l p o w e r u p • N one • No ne
• L e a r n b u tto n
d e pres s ed
O ff • N o po w er • N o p o w e r to • C h e c k fu s e s a n d • T urn po w e r O F F
m o d u l a r b lo w e r c i r c u it b r e a k e rs ; p r i o r t o r e p a ir
r e p l a c e /r e s e t
• C o m m u n ic a t io n • O p e n fu se • R e p la c e b l o w n
e rr o r fuse
• C o m m u n ic a tio n • C h e c k fo r s h o r t s
e rror i n lo w v o lt a g e
w i r in g i n m o d u l a r
b lo w e r /s y s t e m
• R e s e t n e tw o r k b y
d e p re ss i n g le a r n
b u tt o n
• C h e ck d a ta 1 /
d a t a 2 vo lt a g e s
1 S te a d y F l a s h • N o n e tw o r k fo u n d • B ro ke n / • C hec k • T urn po w e r O F F
d isc o n n e ct e d d a ta c o m m u n i c a ti o n s p r i o r t o r e p a ir
w ir e (s ) w i r in g ( d a ta 1 / d a ta
2 w i re s )
• M o d u l a r b lo w e r is • C hec k w ire • V e r if y w i r e s a t
in s t a l le d a s a c o n n e ct io n s a t t e rm in a l b l o c k s a r e
le g a c y / t r a d it io n a l t e r m i n a l b lo c k s e c u r e l y tw i s t e d
s y s te m t o g e t h e r p ri o r t o
i n s e r t i n g in t o
t e rm in a l b l o c k
• V e r ify m o d u la r
G re e n R e c e ive b lo w e r i n s ta l la t i o n
L ED t y p e ( le g a c y /
t ra d i tio n a l o r
c o m m u n i c a ti n g )
• C h e c k d a ta 1 /
d a t a 2 v o l ta g e s
R a p id F la s h i n g • N o r m a l n e tw o rk • C o n t r o l is • N one • No ne
t r a f fic “ ta l k i n g ” o n
n e tw o r k a s
e x p e c te d
O n S o lid • D a ta 1 / D a ta 2 • D a t a 1 a n d d a ta 2 • C h e c k • T u rn p o w e r O F F
m is s - w ir e w ir e s r e ve rs e d a t c o m m u n i c a ti o n s p r io r to
m o d u l a r b lo w e r w i r in g ( d a ta 1 / d a ta r e p a ir
t h e rm o s t a t, o r 2 w i re s )
C T ™ c o m p a t i b le
o u td o o r A C /H P
• S h o r t b e tw e e n • C hec k w ire • V e r if y w i r e s a t
d a ta 1 a n d d a t a 2 c o n n e ct io n s a t t e rm in a l b l o c k s a r e
w ir e s t e r m i n a l b lo c k s e c u r e l y tw i s t e d
t o g e t h e r p ri o r t o
i n s e r t i n g in t o
t e rm in a l b l o c k
• S h o r t b e tw e e n • C h e c k d a ta 1 /
d a ta 1 o r d a t a 2 d a t a 2 v o l ta g e s
w ir e s a n d R ( 2 4
V A C ) or C (24 V A C
c om m on )
131
SERVICING
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION MBR/AR*F WITH SINGLE STAGE HEAT PUMPS
This document covers the basic sequence of operation for a 3.0 Cooling Operation
typical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When a On heat pump units, when the room thermostat set to the
digital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of the cooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to “O” which energizes the
auxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the installation instruc- reversing valve. As long as the thermostat is set for cooling,
tions and wiring diagrams provided with the MBR/AR*F the reversing valve will be in the energized position for
for specific wiring connections and system configura- cooling.
tion.
3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
MBR/AR*F WITH SINGLE STAGE CONDENSERS “G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “Y” at the heat
1.0 Cooling Operation pump and the “G” terminal on the EBTDR board.
1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes 3.2 The heat pump turned on in the cooling mode and after
“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “Y” at the a 7 second on delay, the relay on the EBTDR board is
condensing unit and the “G” terminal on the EBTDR energized and the blower motor starts.
board. 3.3 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermo-
1.2 The compressor and condenser fan are turned on and stat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”.
after a 7 second on delay, the relay on the EBTDR board 3.4 The heat pump is turned off and after a 65 second delay
is energized and the blower motor starts. off, the relay on the EBTDR board is de-energized and
1.3 When the cooling demand “Y” is satisfied, the room the blower motor is turned off.
thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”. 4.0 Heating Operation
1.4 The compressor and condenser fan are turned off and On heat pump units, when the room thermostat set to the
after a 65 second delay off, the relay on the EBTDR board heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long
is de-energized and the blower is turned off. as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will
2.0 Heating Operation be in the de-energized position for heating except during a
2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes defrost cycle. Some installations may use one or more
“W1” and 24Vac is supplied to heat sequencer, HR1, on outdoor thermostats to restrict the amount of electric heat
the heater assembly. that is available above a preset ambient temperature. Use
of optional controls such as these can change the operation
2.2 The contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20 of the electric heaters during the heating mode. This
seconds and turn on heater element #1. The normally
sequenceof operation does not cover those applications.
closed contacts on the EBTDR are also connected to
terminal M1. When M1 and M2 close, the blower motor 4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units,
will be energized thru the normally closed contacts on the the room thermostat energizes “G” and “Y” and 24Vac
EBTDR board. At the same time, if the heater assembly is supplied to “Y” at the heat pump unit and the “G”
contains a second heater element, HR1 will contain a terminal on the EBTDR board. The heat pump is turned
second set of contacts, M3 and M4, which will close to on in the heating mode and the blower motor starts after
turn on heater element #2. a 7 second on delay.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater 4.2 If the first stage heat demand cannot be satisfied by the
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,which heat pump, the temperature indoors will continue to
will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available. If the drop. The room thermostat will then energize terminal
first stage heat demand, “W1” cannot be satisfied by the heat “W2’ for second stage heat and 24Vac will be supplied
pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop. The to heat sequencer HR1 on the heater assembly.
room thermostat will then energize “W2” and 24Vac will be 4.3 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close will close within 10
supplied to HR2 on the heater assembly. When the “W2” to 20 seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the
demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the same time, if the heater assembly contains a second
24Vac from HR2. The contacts on HR2 will open between heater element, HR1 will contain a second set of
30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will be turned contacts, M3 and M4, which will close and turn on heater
off. On most digital/electronic thermostats, “W2” will element #2. The blower motor is already on as a result
remain energized until the first stage demand “W1” is of terminal “G” on the EBTDR board being energized for
satisfied and then the “W1” and “W2” demands will be the first stage heat demand.
removed. Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the room assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from HR1. Both set of which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available.
contacts on the relay opens within 30 to 70 seconds and If the second stage heat demand, “W2” cannot be satisfied
turn off the heater element(s) and the blower motor. by the heat pump, the temperature indoors will continue to
drop. The room thermostat will then energize “W3” and
24Vac will be supplied to HR2 on the heater assembly. When
132
SERVICING
the “W3” demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will 5.6 When the defrost cycle is terminated, the contacts of the
remove the 24Vac from HR2. The contacts on HR2 will open HVDR relay will close to start the outdoor fan and the
between 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 contacts of the LVDR relay will open and turn off the
will be turned off. On most digital/electronic thermostats, reversing valve and electric heater(s). The unit will now be
“W3” will remain energized until the first stage heat back in a normal heating mode with a heat pump demand
demand “Y” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y”, “W2” for heating as described in the Heating Operation in section
and “W3” demands will be removed. 4. See section 5.4a.
4.4 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point MBE/AEPF WITH GSX, SSX, ASX, DSX, VSX
where the second stage heat demand, “W2”, is satis-
MBE ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME DELAY RELAY
fied. When this happens, the room thermostat will
remove the 24Vac from the coil of HR1. The contacts AEPF AIR HANDLER
on HR1 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off
both heater element(s). The heat pump remains on SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
along with the blower motor because the “Y” demand for This document covers the basic sequence of operation for a
first stage heat will still be present. typical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When a
4.5 When the first stage heat demand “Y” is satisfied, the digital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of the
room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”. auxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the installation instruc-
The heat pump is turned off and the blower motor turns tions and wiring diagrams provided with the MBE/AEPF
off after a 65 second off delay. for specific wiring connections, dip switch settings and
5.0 Defrost Operation system configuration.
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the MBE/AEPF WITH SINGLE STAGE GSX, ASX, SSX, and
heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long as VSX CONDENSERS
the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will be in When used with a single stage GSX, SSX, ASX, and VSX
the de-energized position for heating except during a defrost condensers, dip switch #4 must be set to the on position on
cycle.
the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF. The “Y” output from the
5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating mode indoor thermostat must be connected to the yellow wire
as described the Heating Operation in section 4. labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle marked “Thermostat”
5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to seeif and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle
a defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heat pump marked “Outdoor Unit” must be connected to “Y” at the
operation depending on the selectable setting by monitor- condenser. The orange jumper wire from terminal “Y1”
ing the state of the defrost thermostat attached to the to terminal“O” on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must
outdoor coil. remain connected.
5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough to cause 1.0 Cooling Operation
the defrost thermostat to be closed when the defrost board
checks it, the board will initiate a defrost cycle. 1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of the HVDR “G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Y/Y2” of the
relay on the defrost board open and turns off the outdoor MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF will turnon
fan. The contacts of the LVDR relay on the defrost board the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to the speed
closes and supplies 24Vac to “O” and “W2”. The reversing programmed in the motor based on the settings for dip switch
valve is energized and the contactson HR1 close and turns 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the condenser
on the electric heater(s). The unit will continue to run in this and the compressor and condenser are turned on.
mode until the defrost cycle is completed.
1.2 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermo-
a.For models with defrost control PCBDM133 or stat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”. The MBE/
PCBDM160, a 30 second compressor delay at defrost AEPF removes the 24Vac from “Y’ at the condenser and
initiation/termination is optional. As shipped from the the compressor and condenser fan are turned off. The
factory, the control is set for the delay (“DLY”), which will blower motor will ramp down to a complete stop based on
turn the compressor off for 30 seconds while the revers- the time and rate programmed in the motor.
ing valve shifts to/from the cooling mode position. To
bypass the delay, which typically reduces sound levels 2.0 Heating Operation
during defrost mode, change the pin settings from “DLY” 2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes
to “NORM”. “W1” and 24Vac is supplied to terminal “E/W1” of the
5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises high enough VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will turn on
to causes the defrost thermostat to open, the defrost cycle the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to the speed
will be terminated. If at the end of the programmed 10 programmed in the motor based on the settings for dip
minute override time the defrost thermostat is still closed, switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heat
the defrost board will automatically terminate the defrost sequencer HR1 on the electric heater assembly.
cycle. 2.2 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20
seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the same
133
SERVICING
time, if the heater assembly contains a second heater 3.2 The heat pump is turned on in the cooling mode.
element, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3 3.3 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermo-
and M4, which will close and turn on heater element #2. stat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE/
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater AEPF and the VSTB removes the 24Vac from “Y” at the
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2, heat pump. The heat pump is turned off and the blower
which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available. motor will ramp down to a complete stop based on the
For the 3rd and 4th heater elements to operate on a time and rate programmed in the motor.
second stage heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on the 4.0 Heating Operation
VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must be cut. With the PJ4 On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to
jumper cut, the VSTB will run the blower motor on low the heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized.
speed on a “W1” only demand. If the first stage heat As long as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing
demand, “W1” cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, the valve will be in the de-energized position for heating
temperature indoors will continue to drop. The room except during a defrost cycle. Some installations may
thermostat will then energize “W2” and 24Vac will be use one or more outdoor thermostats to restrict the
supplied to HR2 on the heater assembly and the blower amount of electric heat that is available above a preset
motor will change to high speed. When the “W2” demand ambient temperature. Use of optional controls such as
is satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac these can change the operation of the electric heaters
from “W2” and the VSTB will remove the 24Vac from HR2. during the heating mode. This sequence of operation
The contacts on HR2 will open between 30 to 70 seconds does not cover those applications.
and heater elements #3 and #4 will be turned off and the 4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units,
blower motor will change to low speed. On most digital/ the room thermostat energizes “Y” and “G” and 24Vac is
electronic thermostats, “W2” will remain energized supplied to “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB
until the first stage demand “W1” is satisfied and then will turn on the blower motor and the motor will ramp up
the “W1” and “W2” demands will be removed. to the speed programmed in the motor based on the
2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the room settings of dip switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “E/W1” and the 24Vac to “Y” at the heat pump and the heat pump is turned
VSTB removes the 24Vac from HR1. The contacts on on in the heating mode.
HR1 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off 4.2 If the first stage heat demand cannot be satisfied by the
the heater element(s) and the blower motor ramps heat pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop.
down to a complete stop. The room thermostat will then energize terminal “W2” for
MBE/AEPF WITH SINGLE STAGE second stage heat and 24Vac will be supplied to “E/W1”
of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heat
GSZ, SSZ, ASZ, and VSZ HEAT PUMPS sequencer, HR1, on the electric heater assembly.
When used with a single stage GSZ, SSZ, ASZ, or VSZ heat 4.3 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20
pumps, dip switch #4 must be set to the ON position on the seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the same time,
VSTB inside the MBE. The “Y” output from the indoor if the heater assembly contains a second heater element,
thermostat must be connected to the yellow wire labeled “Y/ HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3 and M4,
Y2” inside the wire bundle marked “Thermostat” and the which will close to turn on heater element #2.
yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle marked
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
“Outdoor Unit” must be connected to “Y” at the heat pump.
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,
The orange jumper wire from terminal “Y1” to terminal
which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available.
“O” on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must be
For the 3rd and 4th heater elements to operate on a third
removed.
stage heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on the VSTB inside
3.0 COOLING OPERATION the MBE/AEPF must be cut. If the second stage heat
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the demand, “W2”, cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, the
cooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to terminal “O” of the temperature indoors will continue to drop. The room thermo-
VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will supply stat will then energize “W3” and 24Vac will be supplied to “W/
24Vac to “O” at the heat pump to energize the reversing W2” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to HR2
valve. As long as the thermostat is set for cooling, the on the electric heater assembly. When the “W3” demand is
reversing valve will be in the energized position for cooling. satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “W/
W2” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on HR2 will open
3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat ener-
between 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will
gizes “G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to terminals
be turned off. On most digital/electronic thermostats,
“G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will
“W3” will remain energized until the first stage demand
turn on the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to
the speed programmed in the motor based on the “Y” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y”, “W2” and “W3”
settings of dip switch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply demands will be removed.
24Vac to “Y” at the heat pump.
134
SERVICING
4.4 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point outdoor fan and the contacts of the LVDR relay will open
where the second stage heat demand, “W2”, is satisfied. and turn off the reversing valve and electric heater(s). The
When this happens, the room thermostat will remove the unit will now be back in a normal heating mode with a heat
24Vac from “E/W1” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on pump demand for heating as described in the Heating
HR1 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off both Operation in section 4. See section 5.4a.
heater element(s). The heat pump remains on along with
the blower motor because the “Y” demand for first stage SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
heat will still be present. This document covers the basic sequence of operation for a
typical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When a
4.5 When the first stage heat demand “Y” is satisfied, the
digital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of the
room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Y/
Y2” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB removes the 24Vac outdoor unit and auxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the
from “Y” at the heat pump and the heat pump is turned installation instructions and wiring diagrams provided with the
off. The blower motor will ramp down to a complete stop MBE for specific wiring connections, dip switch settings and
based on the time and rate programmed in the motor system configuration.
control. MBE/AEPF WITH TWO STAGE ASX & DSX CONDENS-
ERS
5.0 DEFROST OPERATION
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the 1.0 COOLING OPERATION
heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long When used with the ASX & DSX two stage condens-
as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will be ers, dip switch #4 must be set to the OFF position on
in the de-energized position for heating except during a the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF. The “Y1” output
defrost cycle. from the indoor thermostat must be connected to the
purple wire labeled “Ylow/Y1” inside the wire bundle
5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating
marked “Thermostat” and the purple wire labeled “Ylow/
mode as described the Heating Operation in section 4.
Y1” inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must
5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to see be connected to “Ylow/Y1” at the condenser. The “Y2”
if a defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heat output from the indoor thermostat must be connected to
pump operation depending on the selectable setting by the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle
monitoring the state of the defrost thermostat attached to marked “Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2”
the outdoor coil. inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be
5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough to connected to “Y/Y2” at the condenser. The orange
cause the defrost thermostat to be closed when the jumper wire from terminal “Y1” to terminal “O” on
defrost board checks it, the board will initiate a defrost the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must remain con-
cycle. nected.
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of the 1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
HVDR relay on the defrost board open and turns off the “G” and “Y1” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Ylow/Y1”
outdoor fan. The contacts of the LVDR relay on the of the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF
defrost board closes and supplies 24Vac to “O” and will turn on the blower motor and the motor will ramp up
“W2”. The reversing valve is energized and the contacts to 60% of the speed programmed in the motor based on
on HR1 close and turns on the electric heater(s). The unit the settings for dip switch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply
will continue to run in this mode until the defrost cycle is 24Vac to “Ylow/Y1” at the condenser and the compres-
completed. sor and condenser fan starts in low speed operation.
a. For models with defrost control PCBDM133 or 1.2 If first stage cooling cannot satisfy the demand, the room
PCBDM160, a 30 second compressor delay at defrost thermostat will energize “Y2” and supply 24Vac to the
initiation/termination is optional. As shipped from the MBE/AEPF unit. The blower motor will change to the cfm
factory, the control is set for the delay (“DLY”), which for high speed operation and the VSTB will supply 24Vac
will turn the compressor off for 30 seconds while the to “Y/Y2” at the condenser and the compressor and
reversing valve shifts to/from the cooling mode posi- condenser fan will change to high speed operation.
tion. To bypass the delay, which typically reduces When the “Y2” demand is satisfied, the thermostat will
sound levels during defrost mode, change the pin remove the “Y2” demand and the VSTB will remove the
settings from “DLY” to “NORM”. 24Vac from “Y/Y2” at the condenser. The blower will drop
5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises high to 60% of the programmed cfm and the compressor and
enough to causes the defrost thermostat to open, the condenser fan will change to low speed. On most digital/
defrost cycle will be terminated. If at the end of the electronic thermostats, “Y2” will remain energized
programmed 10 minute override time the defrost thermo- until the first stage cooling demand “Y1” is satisfied
stat is still closed, the defrost board will automatically and then the “G”, “Y1” and “Y2” demands will be
terminate the defrost cycle. removed.
5.6 When the defrost cycle is terminated, the contacts of the 1.3 When the first stage cooling demand, “Y1”, is satisfied,
HVDR relay on the defrost board will close to start the the room thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and
135
SERVICING
“Y1”. The MBE/AEPF removes the 24Vac from “Ylow/ from the indoor thermostat must be connected to the
Y1’ at the condenser and the compressor and condenser yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle marked
fan are turned off. The blower motor will ramp down to “Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside
a complete stop based on the time and rate programmed the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be con-
in the motor. nected to “Y/Y2” at the heat pump. The orange jumper
2.0 Heating Operation wire from terminal “Y1” to terminal “O” on the VSTB
inside the MBE/AEPF must be removed.
2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes
“W1” and 24Vac is supplied to terminal “E/W1” of the On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to
VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will turn on the cooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to terminal “O” of the
the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to the speed VSTB inside the MBE unit. The VSTB will supply 24Vac
programmed in the motor based on the settings for dip to “O” at the heat pump to energize the reversing valve.
switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heat As long as the thermostat is set for cooling, the reversing
sequencer HR1 on the electric heater assembly. valve will be in the energized position for cooling.
2.2 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20 3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the same time, “G” and “Y1” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Ylow/Y1”
if the heater assembly contains a second heater element, of the MBE unit. The VSTB inside the MBE will turn on
HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3 and M4, the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to 60% of the
which will close and turn on heater element #2. speed programmed in the motor based on the settings for
dip switch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y”
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater at the heat pump and the compressor and outdoor fan
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2, starts in low speed operation.
which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available.
For the 3rd and 4th heater elements to operate on a second 3.2 If first stage cooling cannot satisfy the demand, the room
stage heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on the VSTB inside thermostat will energize “Y2” and supply 24Vac to “Y/
the MBE/AEPF must be cut. With the PJ4 jumper cut, the Y2”of the MBE unit. The blower motor will change to the
cfm for high speed operation and the VSTB will supply
VSTB will run the blower motor on low speed on a “W1” only
24Vac to “Y2” at the heat pump. The compressor and
demand. If the first stage heat demand, “W1” cannot be
outdoor fan will change to high speed operation. When
satisfied by the heat pump, the temperature indoors will
the “Y2” demand is satisfied, the thermostat will remove
continue to drop. The room thermostat will then energize the “Y2” demand and the VSTB will remove the 24Vac
“W2” and 24Vac will be supplied to HR2 on the heater from “Y2” at the heat pump. The blower will drop to 60%
assembly and the blower motor will change to high speed. of the programmed cfm and the compressor and outdoor
When the “W2” demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will fan will change to low speed operation. On most digital/
remove the 24Vac from “W2” and the VSTB will remove the electronic thermostats, “Y2” will remain energized
24Vac from HR2. The contacts on HR2 will open between 30 until the first stage cooling demand “Y1” is satisfied
to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will be turned and then the “G”, “Y1” and “Y2” demands will be
off and the blower motor will change to low speed. On most removed.
digital/electronic thermostats, “W2” will remain ener-
3.3 When the first stage cooling demand, “Y1”, is satisfied,
gized until the first stage demand “W1” is satisfied and the room thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and
then the “W1” and “W2” demands will be removed. “Y1”. The VSTB removes the 24Vac from “Y’ at the heat
2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the room pump and the compressor and outdoor fan are turned off.
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “E/W1” and the The blower motor will ramp down to a complete stop
VSTB removes the 24Vac from HR1. The contacts on based on the time and rate programmed in the motor.
HR1 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off the 4.0 Heating Operation
heater element(s) and the blower motor ramps down to
a complete stop. On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to
the heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized.
MBE/AEPF WITH TWO STAGE ASZ & DSZ HEAT PUMP As long as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing
UNITS valve will be in the de-energized position for heating
except during a defrost cycle. Some installations may
3.0 Cooling Operation use one or more outdoor thermostats to restrict the
When used with the ASZ & DSZ two stage heat amount of electric heat that is available above a preset
pumps, dip switch #4 must be set to the OFF position ambient temperature. Use of optional controls such as
on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF. The “Y1” output these can change the operation of the electric heaters
from the indoor thermostat must be connected to the during the heating mode. This sequence of operation
purple wire labeled “Ylow/Y1” inside the wire bundle does not cover those applications.
marked “Thermostat” and the purple wire labeled “Ylow/ 4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units,
Y1” inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must the room thermostat energizes “G” and “Y1” and 24Vac
be connected to “Y” at the heat pump. The “Y2” output is supplied to “G” and “Ylo/Y1” of the MBE/AEPF. The
136
SERVICING
VSTB will turn on the blower motor and the motor will between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off the 1st and 2nd
ramp up to 60% of the speed programmed in the motor heater elements. If the “Y2” demand is present and
based on the settings of dip switch 1 and 2. The VSTB becomes satisfied the room thermostat will remove the
will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the heat pump. The com- 24Vac from “Y/Y2” of the MBE and the blower motor will
pressor will start on low stage and outdoor fan will change to 60% of the programmed cfm. The VSTB will
start on low speed on a “Y1” heating demand but remove the 24Vac from “Y/Y2” at the heat pump and the
the blower motor will deliver only 60% of the pro- outdoor fan will change to low speed operation. The heat
grammed cfm for high speed heating operation. pump remains on along with the blower motor because
4.2 If a thermostat that provides a “Y2” demand in heating is the “Y1” demand for first stage heat will still be present.
used and first stage heating cannot satisfy the demand, 4.6 When the first stage heat demand “Y1” is satisfied, the
the room thermostat will energize “Y2” and supply 24Vac room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Ylo/
to “Y/Y2” of the MBE unit. The blower motor will change Y1” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB removes the 24Vac
to the cfm for high speed heating operation and the VSTB from “Ylo/Y1” at the heat pump and the compressor and
will supply 24Vac to “Y/Y2” at the heat pump. The outdoor fan are turned off. The blower motor will ramp
outdoor fan will change to high speed operation and down to a complete stop based on the time and rate
compressor will shift to high stage. If the “Y2” demand programmed in the motor control.
is present and becomes satisfied, the thermostat will 5.0 Defrost Operation
remove the “Y2” demand and the VSTB will remove the
24Vac from “Y/Y2” at the heat pump. The blower will drop On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to
to 60% of the programmed cfm and the outdoor fan will the heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized.
change to low speed. On most digital/electronic thermo- As long as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing
stats, “Y2” will remain energized until the first stage valve will be in the de-energized position for heating
heating demand “Y1” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y1” except during a defrost cycle.
and “Y2” demands will be removed. 5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating
4.3 If the heat pump operation cannot satisfy the demand, the mode as described the Heating Operation in section 4.
room thermostat energizes “W2/W3” and 24Vac is 5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to see
supplied to terminal “E/W1” of the VSTB inside the MBE/ if a defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heat
AEPF unit. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heat pump operation depending on the selectable setting by
sequencer HR1 on the electric heater assembly. monitoring the state of the defrost thermostat attached to
4.4 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20 the outdoor coil.
seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the same 5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough to
time, if the heater assembly contains a second heater cause the defrost thermostat to be closed when the
element, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, defrost board checks it, the board will initiate a defrost
M3and M4, which will close and turn on heater element cycle.
#2.
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater theHVDR relay on the defrost board open and turns off the
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2, outdoor fan. The contacts of the LVDR relay on the
which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available. defrost board closes and supplies 24Vac to “O” and
For the 3rd and 4th heater elements to operate on a “W2”. The reversing valve is energized and the contacts
second stage auxiliary heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on on HR1 close and turns on the electric heater(s). The unit
the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must be cut. If the “W2/ will continue to run in this mode until the defrost cycle is
W3” demand cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, the completed.
temperature indoors will continue to drop. The room thermo- a. For models with defrost control PCBDM133 or
stat will then energize “W3/W4” and 24Vac will be supplied PCBDM160, a 30 second compressor delay at defrost
to “W/W2” of the MBE. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to HR2 initiation/termination is optional. As shipped from the
on the electric heater assembly. When the “W3/W4” demand factory, the control is set for the delay (“DLY”), which
is satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from will turn the compressor off for 30 seconds while the
“W/W2” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on HR2 will open reversing valve shifts to/from the cooling mode posi-
between 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will tion. To bypass the delay, which typically reduces
sound levels during defrost mode, change the pin
be turned off. On most digital/electronic thermostats,
settings from “DLY” to “NORM”.
“W3/W4” will remain energized until the first stage
demand “Y1” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y1”, “Y2” 5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises high
“W2/W3” and “W3/W4” demands will be removed. enough to causes the defrost thermostat to open, the
defrost cycle will be terminated. If at the end of the
4.5 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point programmed 10 minute override time the defrost thermo-
where the “W2/W3” demand is satisfied. When this stat is still closed, the defrost board will automatically
happens, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from terminate the defrost cycle.
“E/W1” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on HR1 will open
137
SERVICING DELETED 5.6 - 12/16/14
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 3.0 Continuous Fan Operation

AVPTC/MBVC with Single Stage Condensers (24VAC
3.1 On a demand for continuous fan operation, the thermo-
Legacy Wired Systems)
stat closes the "G" contacts providing 24VAC to the "G"
1.0 Cooling Operation terminal at the integrated air handler control. The control
1.1 On a demand for single stage cooling operation, the energizes the variavble speed ECM motor at 30% of the
thermostat closes the "G" and "Y" contacts providing air handler's maximum airflow capability.
24VAC to the "G", "Y1", and "Y2" terminals at the 3.2 Removing the thermostat demand for continuous fan
integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control opens the "G" contacts, removing 24VAC from the
initiates the selected cooling ramping profile after any integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control
blower ON delays have expired. After completing any immediately de-energizes the ECM blower motor.
blower ON delays and ramping profile, the control
AVPTC/MBVC with Single Stage Heat Pumps (24VAC
operates the variavble speed ECM motor at the de-
Legacy Wired Systems)
manded airflow.
1.0 Cooling Operation
1.2 The compressor and condensor fan motor is energized
by the closing of the thermostat "Y" contacts. 1.1 On a demand for single stage cooling operation, the
thermostat closes the "G", "O", and "Y" contacts provid-
1.3 The system operates at single stage cooling.
ing 24VAC to the "G", "O", "Y1", and "Y2" terminals atthe
1.4 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G" and "Y" thermo- integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control
stat contacts open, removing 24VAC from the both the initiates the selected cooling ramping profile after any
outdoor condensor and integrated air handler control. blower ON delays have expired. After completing any
The compressor and condensor fan motor are both de- blower ON delays and ramping profile, the control oper-
energized immediately. The integrated AH control con- ates the variavble speed ECM motor at the demanded
tinues to operate the ECM blower motor for an OFF delay airflow.
period, then applies the off portion of the selected
1.2 The compressor and condensor fan motor is energized
ramping profile. The ECM blower motor is then de-
by the closing of the thermostat "Y" contacts. The
energized.
reveersing valve is energized by the closing of the
2.0 Heating Operation thermostat "O" contacts.
2.1 On a demand for auxiliary heat operation, the thermostat 1.3 The system operates at single stage cooling.
closes the "W1" contacts providing 24VAC to the "W1"
1.4 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G", "O", and "Y"
terminal at the integrated air handler control. The
thermostat contacts open, removing 24VAC from the
integrated AH control initiates the heating ramping profile
both the outdoor condensor and integrated air handler
after any blower ON delays have expired. After complet-
control. The compressor, condensor fan motor, and
ing any blower ON delays and ramping profile, the control
reversing valve are de-energized immediately. The
operates the variavble speed ECM motor at the de-
integrated AH control continues to operate the ECM
manded airflow.
blower motor for an OFF delay period, then applies the
2.2 The system operates at low stage auxiliary heat. off portion of the selected ramping profile. The ECM
2.3 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on low stage blower motor is then de-energized.
auxiliary heat, the thermostat will close the "W2" con- 2.0 Heating Operation
tacts, providing 24VAC to the "W2" terminal at the
2.1 On a demand for heat pump heating, the room thermostat
integrated AH control. Thermostat "W1" contacts remain
closes the "G" and "Y" contacts, providing 24VAC to the
closed.
"G" and "Y" terminals at the integrated air handler control.
2.4 Upon receiving the high stage auxiliary heat demand, the The integrated AH control initiates the heat pump heating
control operates the ECM blower motor at the demanded ramping profile after any blower ON delays have expired.
airflow. After completing any blower ON delays and ramping
2.5 The system operates at high stage auxiliary heat as profile, the control operates the variavble speed ECM
demanded by the thermostat. motor at the demanded airflow.
2.6 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "W1" thermostat 2.2 The compressor and condensor fan motor are energized
contacts (or "W1" and "W2" contacts) open, removing by the closing of the thermostat "Y" contacts.
24VAC from the integrated air handler control. The 2.3 The system operates at single stage heat pump heat.
2.4 If the thermostat demand cannot be met with heat pump
blower motor for an OFF delay period, then applies the off
heating, the thermostat will close the "W1/W2" contacts,
portion of the heating ramping profile. The ECM blower
providing 24VAC to the "W1" or "W1" and "W2" terminals
motor is then de-energized.
at the integrated AH control. Thermostat "G" and "Y"
contacts remain closed.
138
SERVICING
2.5 Upon receiving a demand for auxiliary heat, the control blower motor for an OFF delay period, then applies the off
determines the appropriate airflow demand for heat portion of the heating ramping profile. The ECM blower
pump + auxiliary heat operation and operates the ECM motor is then de-energized.
blower motor at that airflow demand. The control AVPTC/MBVC with 2-Stage Condensers (24VAC Legacy
determines which airflow demand is greatest and ap- Wired Systems)
plies that demand when operating the ECM blower
motor. 1.0 Cooling Operation
2.6 The system operates at single stage heat pump heating 1.1 On a demand for low stage cooling operation, the
plus auxiliary heat. thermostat closes the "G" and "Y1" contacts providing
24VAC to the "G" and "Y1" terminals at the integrated air
2.5 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G" and "Y" thermo- handler control. The integrated AH control initiates the
stat contacts (or "G", "Y" and "W1/W2" contacts) open, selected cooling ramping profile after any blower ON
removing 24VAC from the integrated air handler control. delays have expired. After completing any blower ON
The integrated AH control continues to operate the ECM delays and ramping profile, the control operates the
blower motor for an OFF delay period, then applies the variavble speed ECM motor at the demanded airflow.
off portion of the heat pump heating ramping profile. The
ECM blower motor is then de-energized. 1.2 The compressor and condensor fan motor are energized
by the closing of the thermostat "Y1" contacts.
3.0 Continuous Fan Operation
1.3 The system operates at low stage cooling.
stat closes the "G" contacts providing 24VAC to the "G" 1.4 If the thermostat demand cannot be met with low stage
terminal at the integrated air handler control. The control cooling, the thermostat closes the "Y2" contacts, provid-
energizes the variavble speed ECM motor at 30% of the ing 24VAC to the "Y2" terminal at the AH control. The
air handler's maximum airflow capability. integrated AH control operates the ECM blower motor at
the high stage cooling airflow demand. Thermostat "G"
3.2 Removing the thermostat demand for continuous fan and Y1" contacts remain closed.
opens the "G" contacts, removing 24VAC from the
integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control 1.5 The compressor and condensor fan motor high stage
immediately de-energizes the ECM blower motor. speeds are energized by the closing of the thermostat
"Y2" contacts.
4.0 Defrost Operation
1.6 The system operates at high stage cooling.
4.1 The control in the outdoor unit determines when a defrost
cycle is needed. Upon determing that a defrost cycle is 1.7 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G", "Y1" and "Y2"
needed, the outdoor control de-energizes the condensor thermostat contacts open, removing 24VAC from the
fan motor and energizes the reversing valve. A "W1" both the outdoor condensor and integrated air handler
signal is sent from the outdoor unit control to the control. The compressor and condensor fan motor are
integrated air handler control. both de-energized immediately. The integrated AH
control continues to operate the ECM blower motor for an
4.2 The air handler control energizes the eletric heat OFF delay period, then applies the off portion of the
sequencer output to turn on the electric heaters. The selected ramping profile. The ECM blower motor is then
appropriate airflow demand is provided to the motor de-energized.
(greater of heat pump or auxiliary heat).
2.0 Heating Operation
4.3 At the conclusion of the defrost cycle, the outdoor unit
control removes the "W1" output to the integrated air 2.1 On a demand for auxiliary heat operation, the thermostat
handler control, de-energizes the reversing valve and closes the "W1" contacts providing 24VAC to the "W1"
re-energizes the condensor fan motor. terminal at the integrated air handler control. The
integrated AH control initiates the heating ramping profile
5.0 Emergency Heat Operation after any blower ON delays have expired. After complet-
5.1 On a demand for emergency heat operation, the ing any blower ON delays and ramping profile, the control
thermostat closes the "W1/W2" contacts providing operates the variavble speed ECM motor at the de-
24VAC to the "W1" terminal at the integrated air handler manded airflow.
control. The integrated AH control initiates the heating 2.2 The system operates at low stage auxiliary heat.
ramping profile after any blower ON delays have ex-
pired. After completing any blower ON delays and 2.3 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on low stage
ramping profile, the control operates the variavble speed auxiliary heat, the thermostat will close the "W2" con-
ECM motor at the demanded airflow. tacts, providing 24VAC to the "W2" terminal at theintegrated
AH control. Thermostat "W1" contacts remain closed.
5.2 The system operates at emergency heat.
2.4 The system operates on high stage auxiliary heat.
5.3 Upon satisfying the thermostat emergnecy heat de-
mand, the "W1" thermostat contacts open, removing
24VAC from the integrated air handler control. The
139
SERVICING
2.5 Upon receiving the high stage auxiliary heat demand, the continues to operate the ECM blower motor for an OFF
control operates the ECM blower motor at the high stage delay period, then applies the off portion of the selected
auxiliary heat airflow. ramping profile. The ECM blower motor is then de-
energized.
2.6 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "W1" thermostat
contacts (or "W1" and "W2" contacts) open, removing 2.0 Heating Operation
24VAC from the integrated air handler control and 2.1 On a demand for low stage heat pump heating, the room
outdoor unit. The compressor and condensor fan motor thermostat closes the "G" and "Y1" contacts, providing
are immediately de-enerized. The integrated AH control 24VAC to the"G" and "Y1" terminals at the integrated air
continues to operate the ECM blower motor for an OFF handler control. The integrated AH control initiates the
delay period, then applies the off portion of the heating heat pump heating ramping profile after any blower ON
ramping profile. The ECM blower motor is then de- delays have expired. After completing any blower ON
energized. delays and ramping profile, the control operates the
3.0 Continuous Fan Operation variavble speed ECM motor at the low stage heat pump
airflow.
stat closes the "G" contacts providing 24VAC to the "G" 2.2 The low stage compressor and condensor fan motor
terminal at the integrated air handler control. The control speeds are energized by the closing of the thermostat
energizes the variavble speed ECM motor at 30% of the "Y1" contacts.
air handler's maximum airflow capability. 2.3 The system operates at low stage heat pump heating.
3.2 Removing the thermostat demand for continuous fan 2.4 If the thermostat demand cannot be met with low stage
opens the "G" contacts, removing 24VAC from the heat pump heating, the thermostat will close the "Y2"
integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control contacts, providing 24VAC to the "Y2" terminals at the
immediately de-energizes the ECM blower motor. integrated AH control and heat pump. Thermostat "G"
AVPTC/MBVC with 2-Stage Heat Pumps (24VAC Legacy and "Y1" contacts remain closed. The air handler control
Wired Systems) operates the ECM blower motor at the high stage heat
pump heating airflow.
1.0 Cooling Operation
2.5 The system operates at high stage heat pump heating.
1.1 On a demand for low stage cooling operation, the
thermostat closes the "G", "O", and "Y1" contacts 2.6 If the thermostat demand cannot be met with high stage
providing 24VAC to the "G", "O", and "Y1" terminals at heat pump heating, the thermostat will close the "W1/W2"
the integrated air handler control. The integrated AH contacts, providing 24VAC to the "W1" or "W1" and "W2"
control initiates the selected cooling ramping profile terminals at the integrated AH control. Thermostat "G",
after any blower ON delays have expired. After complet- "Y1", and "Y2" contacts remain closed.
ing any blower ON delays and ramping profile, the 2.7 Upon receiving a demand for auxiliary heat, the control
control operates the variavble speed ECM motor at the determines the appropriate airflow demand for high
low stage cooling airflow. stage heat pump + auxiliary heat operation and operates
1.2 The low stage compressor and condensor fan motor the ECM blower motor at that airflow demand. The control
speeds are energized by the closing of the thermostat determines which airflow demand is greatest and applies
"Y1" contacts. The reversing valve is energized with the that demand when operating the ECM blower motor.
closing of the thermostat "O" contacts. 2.8 The system operates at high stage heat pump heating
1.3 The system operates at low stage cooling. plus auxiliary heat.
1.4 If the thermostat demand cannot be met with low stage 2.9 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G" and "Y1" thermo-
cooling, the thermostat closes the "Y2" contacts, provid- stat contacts (or "G", "Y1", "Y2" and "W1/W2" contacts)
ing 24VAC to the "Y2" terminal at the AH control. The open, removing 24VAC from the integrated air handler
integrated AH control operates the ECM blower motor at control. The compressor and condensor fan motor are
the high stage cooling airflow demand. Thermostat "G", de-energized immediately. The integrated AH control
"O", and Y1" contacts remain closed. continues to operate the ECM blower motor for an OFF
delay period, then applies the off portion of the heat pump
1.5 The compressor and condensor fan motor high stage
heating ramping profile. The ECM blower motor is then
speeds are energized by the closing of the thermostat
de-energized.
"Y2" contacts.
1.6 The system operates at high stage cooling.
1.7 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G", "O", and "Y1"
stat closes the "G" contacts providing 24VAC to the "G"
(or "Y1" and "Y2") thermostat contacts open, removing
terminal at the integrated air handler control. The control
24VAC from the both the outdoor condensor and
energizes the variavble speed ECM motor at 30% of the
integrated air handler control. The compressor,
air handler's maximum airflow capability.
condensor fan motor, and reverving valve are all de-
energized immediately. The integrated AH control
140
SERVICING
3.2 Removing the thermostat demand for continuous fan in the condenser. The UC control receives the command
opens the "G" contacts, removing 24VAC from the and processes any compressor and fan delays.
integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control 1.2 The UC control sends a request for low stage fan speed
immediately de-energizes the ECM blower motor. to the air handler/modular blower. The blower energizes
4.0 Defrost Operation the ECM blower motor at the appropriate speed.
4.1 The control in the outdoor unit determines when a defrost 1.3 The condenser energizes the compressor and con-
cycle is needed. Upon determing that a defrost cycle is denser fan motor at the appropriate low stage speeds.
needed, the outdoor control de-energizes the condensor 1.4 The system operates at low stage cooling.
fan motor and energizes the reversing valve. A "W1"
signal is sent from the outdoor unit control to the 1.5 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on low stage
integrated air handler control. cooling, the CTK0* thermostat sends a request for high
stage cooling to the condenser. The condenser in turn
4.2 The air handler control energizes the eletric heat sends a request for high stage fan speed to the air
sequencer output to turn on the electric heaters. The handler/modular blower. The blower increases the
appropriate airflow demand is provided to the motor blower speed to the high stage cooling speed.
(greater of heat pump or auxiliary heat).
1.6 The condenser's unitary control energizes the high stage
4.3 At the conclusion of the defrost cycle, the outdoor unit compressor solenoid and switches the condenser fan
control removes the "W1" output to the integrated air motor to high speed.
handler control, de-energizes the reversing valve and re-
energizes the condensor fan motor. 1.7 The system operates at high stage cooling.
5.0 Emergency Heat Operation 1.8 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK0*
thermostat commands the UC control to end cooling
5.1 On a demand for emergency heat operation, the thermo- operation. The condenser de-energizes the
stat closes the "W1/W2" contacts providing 24VAC to the compressorand condenser fan motor. The UC control
"W1" terminal at the integrated air handler control. The continues providing a fan request until any cooling blower
integrated AH control initiates the heating ramping profile OFF delays have expired.
after any blower ON delays have expired. After complet-
ing any blower ON delays and ramping profile, the control 2.0 Heating Operation - Auxiliary/Emergency Heat
operates the variavble speed ECM motor at the emer- 2.1 The CTK0* thermostat sends a request for emergency
gency heat airflow. heat to the air handler/modular blower.
5.2 The system operates at emergency heat. 2.2 The air handler control energizes the ECM blower motor
5.3 Upon satisfying the thermostat emergnecy heat demand, at the emergency heat speed. The electric heat se-
the "W1" thermostat contacts open, removing 24VAC quencer outputs are also energized, thus energizing the
from the integrated air handler control. The integrated AH electric heaters.
control continues to operate the ECM blower motor for an 2.3 The system operates at emergency heat.
OFF delay period, then applies the off portion of the 2.4 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK0*
heating ramping profile. The ECM blower motor is then thermostat commands the air handler/modular blower to
de-energized end emergency heat operation. The air handler control
AVPTC/MBVC with ASXC/DSXC Condenser and CTK0* de-energizes the electric heat sequencer outputs. The
Communicating Themostat ECM blower motor remains energized until any blower
The AVPTC or MBVC air handle/modular blower matched OFF delay timing has expired.
with an ASXC or DSXC condensing unit and CTK0* commu- 3.0 Continuous Fan Operation
nicating thermostat constitute a network. The three compo- 3.1 With a demand for continuous fan operation, the CTK0*
nents, or subsystems, making up the system communicate thermostat sends a fan request to the integrated air
with one another with information passed between all three handler control along with a fan demand. The control
components. This leads to a somewhat non-traditional energizes the variavble speed ECM motor at fan demand
manner in which the system components receive commands provided by the thermostat. The fan demand provided by
for system operation. All system commands are routed from the thermostat will be 30%, 50%,or 70% of the air
the component through the network to the appropriate des- handler's maximum airflow capability. The continuous
tination component. fan demand is set from the thermostat as low, medium,
NOTE: The individual subsystems will cease operation if the or high.
request for operation is NOT refreshed after 5 minutes. This 3.2 If the thermostat demand for continuous fan is removed,
is a built-in safe guard to prevent the possibility of runaway the CTK0* thermostat commands the integrated air
operation. handler control to end continuous fan operation. The
1.0 Cooling Operation - Low and High Stage Cool integrated AH control immediately de-energizes the
1.1 The CTK0* thermostat sends a request for low stage ECM blower motor.
cooling through the network to the unitary (UC) control
141
SERVICING
AVPTC/MBVC with ASZC/DSZC Heat Pump and CTK0* 1.7 The system operates at high stage cooling.
Communicating Themostat 1.8 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK0*
The AVPTC or MBVC air handle/modular blower matched thermostat commands the UC control to end cooling
with an ASZC or DSZC condensing unit and CTK0* commu- operation. The heat pump de-energizes the compressor,
nicating thermostat constitute a network. The three compo- condenser fan motor, and reversing valve. The UC control
nents, or subsystems, making up the system communicate continues providing a fan request until any cooling blower
with one another with information passed between all three OFF delays have expired.
components. This leads to a somewhat non-traditional 2.0 Heating Operation
manner in which the system components receive commands
for system operation. All system commands are routed from Outdoor Temperature Above the Heat Pump Balance
the component through the network to the appropriate des- Point
tination component. 2.1 The CTK0* thermostat sends a request for the outdoor air
NOTE: Communicating heat pump systems are designed to temperature to the heat pump. The heat pump returns an
utilize a balance point temperature. The balance point outdoor air temperature that is above the balance point
temperature in part controls heat pump operation. If the temperature. Heat pump heating is enabled.
outdoor temperature is below the balance point, the heat 2.2 The CTK0* thermostat sends a request for low stage heat
pump is disable and only electric heat is available for heating. pump heating to the unitary (UC) control in the heat
The balance point temperature is set via the CTK0* thermo- pump. The UC control receives the command and
stat in the advanced installer's configuration menu. processes any compressor and fan delays.
The CTK0* thermostat also allows the user to disable the 2.3 The UC control sends a request for low stage fan speed
electric heaters in the air handler/modular blower depending to the air handler/modular blower. The blower energizes
on the outdoor temperature. The electric heaters are dis- the ECM blower motor at the appropriate speed.
abled If the outdoor temperature is above the set point. All
2.4 The condenser energizes the compressor and con-
heating is supplied by the heat pump. denser fan motor at the appropriate low stage speeds.
The outdoor air temperature is aquired from the outdoor air 2.5 The system operates at low stage heat pump heating.
temperature (OAT) sensor included with the ASZC/DSZC
heat pump models. Faults with the sensor will affect heating 2.6 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on low stage
operation. heat pump heating, the CTK0* thermostat sends a
request for high stage heat pump heating to the heat
NOTE: The individual subsystems will cease operation if the
pump. The heat pump in turn sends a request for high
request for operation is NOT refreshed after 5 minutes. This
stage fan speed to the air handler/modular blower. The
is a built-in safe guard to prevent the possibility of runaway
AH control increases the blower speed to the high stage
operation.
heat pump heating speed.
1.0 Cooling Operation - Low and High Stage Cool
2.7 The heat pump's unitary control energizes the high stage
1.1 The CTK0* thermostat sends a request for low stage compressor solenoid and switches the condenser fan
cooling through the network to the unitary (UC) control motor to high speed.
in the heat pump. The UC control receives the command
2.8 The system operates at high stage heat pump heating.
and processes any compressor and fan delays.
2.9 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on high stage
1.2 The UC control sends a request for low stage fan speed
heat pump heating, the CTK0* thermostat sends a
to the air handler/modular blower. The blower energizes
request for auxiliary heat to the air handler/modular
the ECM blower motor at the appropriate speed.
blower.
1.3 The heat pump energizes the compressor and con-
2.10 Upon receiving a demand for auxiliary heat, the air
denser fan motor at the appropriate low stage speeds.
handler control determines the appropriate airflow for
The reversing valve is also energized.
high stage heat pump + auxiliary heat operation and
1.4 The system operates at low stage cooling. operates the ECM blower motor at that airflow demand.
1.5 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on low stage The air handler control determines which airflow demand
cooling, the CTK0* thermostat sends a request for high is greatest and applies that demand when operating the
stage cooling to the heat pump. The heat pump in turn ECM blower motor.
sends a request for high stage fan speed to the air 2.11 The system operates at high stage heat pump heating
handler/modular blower. The AH control increases the plus auxiliary heat.
blower speed to the high stage cooling speed.
2.12 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK0*
1.6 The heat pump's unitary control energizes the high stage thermostat commands the heat pump to end heat pump
compressor solenoid and switches the condenser fan heating operation. The compressor and outdoor fan
motor to high speed. The reversing valve remains motor are de-energized.
energized.
142
SERVICING
The air handler/modular blower is commanded to end 4.4 Once the defrost cycle is terminated, the heat pump
auxiliary heat operation. The air handler control de- commands the air handler/modular blower to end defrost
energizes the electric heat sequencer outputs. The operation.
ECM blower motor remains energized until any blower
4.5 The system returns to heat pump heating operation that
OFF delay timing has expired.
was in effect prior to the defrost cycle.
Outdoor Temperature Below the Heat Pump Balance
5.0 Emergency Heat Operation
Point
5.1 The CTK0* thermostat sends a request for emergency
2.1 The CTK0*** thermostat sends a request for the outdoor
heat to the air handler/modular blower.
air temperature to the heat pump. The heat pump returns
an outdoor air temperature that is below the balance 5.2 The air handler control energizes the ECM blower motor
point temperature. Heat pump heating is disabled. at the emergency heat speed. The electric heat se-
quencer outputs are also energized, thus energizing the
2.2 The CTK0*** thermostat sends a request for auxiliary
electric heaters.
heat to the air handler/modular blower.
5.3 The system operates at emergency heat.
2.2 The air handler control energizes the ECM blower motor
at the auxiliary heat speed. The electric heat sequencer 5.4 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK0*
outputs are also energized, thus energizing the electric thermostat commands the air handler/modular blower to
heaters. end emergency heat operation. The air handler control
de-energizes the electric heat sequencer outputs. The
2.3 The system operates at auxiliary heat.
ECM blower motor remains energized until any blower
2.4 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK0* OFF delay timing has expired. energizes the variavble
thermostat commands the air handler/modular blower to speed ECM motor at fan demand provided by the thermo-
end auxiliary heat operation. The air handler control de- stat. The fan demand provided by the thermostat will be
energizes the electric heat sequencer outputs. The 30%, 50%,or 70% of the air handler's maximum airflow
ECM blower motor remains energized until any blower capability. The continuous fan demand is set from the
OFF delay timing has expired. thermostat as low, medium, or high.
S-50 CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S)
3.1 With a demand for continuous fan operation, the CTK0*
thermostat sends a fan request to the integrated air (OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEATERS)
handler control along with a fan demand. The Each individual heater element is protected with an automatic
controladjustable via the CTK0* thermostat. The com- rest limit control connected in series with each element to
pressor delay is intended to eliminate compressor noise prevent overheating of components in case of low airflow.
during the reversing valve shift.) The compressor will This limit control will open its circuit at approximately 150°F.
energized (or re-energized) at high stage. to 160°F and close at approximately 110°F.
3.2 If the thermostat demand for continuous fan is removed,
the CTK0* thermostat commands the integrated air WARNING
handler control to end continuous fan operation. The Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
integrated AH control immediately de-energizes the
ECM blower motor. 1. Remove the wiring from the control terminals.
4.0 Defrost Operation 2. Using an ohmmeter test for continuity across the normally
4.1 While the system is operating in heat pump heating (see closed contacts. No reading indicates the control is open
2.0 Heating Operation), the control in the outdoor unit - replace if necessary. Make sure the limits are cool
may determines that a defrost cycle is needed. Upon before testing.
determing that a defrost cycle is needed, the UC control IF FOUND OPEN - REPLACE - DO NOT WIRE AROUND.
de-energizes the condensor fan motor and energizes the
reversing valve.
S-52 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS
4.2 The compressor may be de-energized for a short delay Optional electric heaters may be added, in the quantities
during the reversing valve shift. (The delay period is shown in the spec sheet for each model unit, to provide
adjustable via the CTK0* thermostat. The compressor electric resistance heating. Under no condition shall more
delay is intended to eliminate compressor noise during heaters than the quantity shown be installed.
the reversing valve shift.) The compressor will energize
(or re-energize) at high stage.
4.3 The UC control sends a request for defrost operation to
the integrated air handler control. The air handler control
energizes the electric heat sequencer outputs and
operates the ECM blower model at the electric heat
speed.
143
SERVICING
NOTE: The temperature rise table is for sea level installa-
tions. The temperature rise at a particular KW and CFM will
HIGH VOLTAGE! be greater at high altitudes, while the external static pres-
Disconnect ALL power before servicing sure at a particular CFM will be less.
or death. TEMPERATURE RISE (°F) @ 240V
3.0 4.8 7.2 9.6 14.4 19.2 24.0 28.8
CFM
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
1. Disassemble and remove the heating element(s). 600 16 25 38 51 - - - -
700 14 22 33 43 - - - -
2. Visually inspect the heater assembly for any breaks in
800 12 19 29 38 57 - - -
the wire or broken insulators.
900 11 17 26 34 51 - - -
3. Using an ohmmeter, test the element for continuity - no 1000 10 15 23 30 46 - - -
reading indicates the element is open. Replace as 1100 9 14 21 27 41 55 - -
necessary.
1200 8 13 19 25 38 50 - -
1300 7 12 18 23 35 46 - -
S-60 ELECTRIC HEATER (OPTIONAL ITEM)
1400 7 11 16 22 32 43 54 65
Optional electric heaters may be added, in the quantities 1500 6 10 15 20 30 40 50 60
shown in the specifications section, to provide electric 1600 6 9 14 19 28 38 47 57
resistance heating. Under no condition shall more heaters
1700 6 9 14 18 27 36 44 53
than the quantity shown be installed.
1800 5 8 13 17 25 34 42 50
The low voltage circuit in the air handler is factory wired and 1900 5 8 12 16 24 32 40 48
terminates at the location provided for the electric heater(s). 2000 5 8 12 15 23 30 38 45
A minimum of field wiring is required to complete the 2100 5 7 11 14 22 29 36 43
installation.
2200 4 7 11 14 21 27 34 41
Other components such as a Heating/Cooling Thermostat 2300 4 7 10 13 20 26 33 39
and Outdoor Thermostats are available to complete the
installation.
The system CFM can be determined by measuring the static
pressure external to the unit. The installation manual supplied
ELECTRIC HEATER CAPACITY BTUH
with the blower coil, or the blower performance table in the
service manual, shows the CFM for the static measured. HTR 3.0 4.7 6.0 7.0 9.5 14.2 19.5 21.0
KW KW KW KW KW KW KW KW KW
Alternately, the system CFM can be determined by operating
the electric heaters and indoor blower WITHOUT having the BTUH 10200 16200 20400 23800 32400 48600 66500 71600
compressor in operation. Measure the temperature rise as
close to the blower inlet and outlet as possible. FORMULAS:
Heating Output = KW x 3413 x Corr. Factor
If other than a 240V power supply is used, refer to the BTUH
CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTOR chart below.
Actual CFM = CFM (from table) x Corr. Factor
BTUH CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTOR
BTUH = KW x 3413
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 250 230 220 208
MULTIPLICATION FACTOR 1.08 .92 .84 .75 BTUH = CFM x 1.08 x Temperature Rise (T)
EXAMPLE: Five (5) heaters provide 24.0 KW at the rated CFM = KW x 3413
240V. Our actual measured voltage is 220V, and our 1.08 x T
measured temperature rise is 42°F. Find the actual CFM:
Answer: 24.0KW, 42°F Rise, 240 V = 1800 CFM from the T = BTUH
TEMPERATURE RISE chart on the right. CFM x 1.08
Heating output at 220 V = 24.0KW x 3.413 x .84 = 68.8
S-61A CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S)
MBH.
Each individual heater element is protected with a limit
Actual CFM = 1800 x .84 Corr. Factor = 1400 CFM. control device connected in series with each element to
prevent overheating of components in case of low airflow.
This limit control will open its circuit at approximately 150°F.
144
SERVICING
S-100 REFRIGERATION REPAIR PRACTICE
HIGH VOLTAGE! DANGER

or installing. Multiple power sources Always remove the refrigerant charge in a proper
may be present. Failure to do so may manner before applying heat to the system.
or death. When repairing the refrigeration system:
1. Remove the wiring from the control terminals.

2. Using an ohmmeter, test for continuity across the nor-
mally closed contacts. No reading indicates the control HIGH VOLTAGE!
is open - replace if necessary. Disconnect ALL power before servicing
IF FOUND OPEN - REPLACE - DO NOT WIRE AROUND. may be present. Failure to do so may
or death.
S-61B CHECKING HEATER FUSE LINK
1. Never open a system that is under vacuum. Air and
(OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEATERS)
moisture will be drawn in.
Each individual heater element is protected with a one time 2. Plug or cap all openings.
fuse link which is connected in series with the element. The 3. Remove all burrs and clean the brazing surfaces of the
fuse link will open at approximately 333°. tubing with sand cloth or paper. Brazing materials do
not flow well on oxidized or oily surfaces.
WARNING 4. Clean the inside of all new tubing to remove oils and pipe
Disconnect ALL power before servicing. chips.
5. When brazing, sweep the tubing with dry nitrogen to
1. Remove heater element assembly so as to expose fuse prevent the formation of oxides on the inside surfaces.
link. 6. Complete any repair by replacing the liquid line drier in
2. Using an ohmmeter, test across the fuse link for continuity the system, evacuate and charge.
- no reading indicates the link is open. Replace as BRAZING MATERIALS
necessary.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Torch heat required to braze tubes
NOTE: The link is designed to open at approximately 333°F. of various sizes is proportional to the size of the tube. Tubes
DO NOT WIRE AROUND - determine reason for failure. of smaller size require less heat to bring the tube to brazing
temperature before adding brazing alloy. Applying too
S-62 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS much heat to any tube can melt the tube. Service personnel
must use the appropriate heat level for the size of the tube
WARNING being brazed.
Disconnect ALL power before servicing. NOTE: The use of a heat shield when brazing is
recommended to avoid burning the serial plate or the finish
1. Disassemble and remove the heating element. on the unit. Heat trap or wet rags should be used to protect
heat sensitive components such as service valves and TXV
2. Visually inspect the heater assembly for any breaks in the
wire or broken insulators. valves.
Copper to Copper Joints - Sil-Fos used without flux (alloy
3. Using an ohmmeter, test the element for continuity - no of 15% silver, 80% copper, and 5% phosphorous). Rec-
reading indicates the element is open. Replace as ommended heat 1400°F.
necessary.
Copper to Steel Joints - Silver Solder used without a flux
(alloy of 30% silver, 38% copper, 32% zinc). Recom-
mended heat - 1200°F.
145
SERVICING
S-101 LEAK TESTING (NITROGEN OR NITRO-
GEN-TRACED) WARNING
Do not front seat the service valve(s) with the
WARNING compressor open, with the suction line of the
comprssor closed or severely restricted.
To avoid the risk of fire or explosion, never use
oxygen, high pressure air or flammable gases for leak 1. Connect the vacuum pump, vacuum tight manifold set
testing of a refrigeration system. with high vacuum hoses, thermocouple vacuum gauge
and charging cylinder as shown.
2. Start the vacuum pump and open the shut off valve to the
high vacuum gauge manifold only. After the compound
WARNING gauge (low side) has dropped to approximately 29 inches
To avoid possible explosion, the line from the of vacuum, open the valve to the vacuum thermocouple
nitrogen cylinder must include a pressure regulator gauge. See that the vacuum pump will blank-off to a
and a pressure relief valve. The pressure relief valve maximum of 25 microns. A high vacuum pump can only
must be set to open at no more than 150 psig. produce a good vacuum if its oil is non-contaminated.
Pressure test the system using dry nitrogen and soapy water
to locate leaks. If you wish to use a leak detector, charge the
system to 10 psi using the appropriate refrigerant then use
nitrogen to finish charging the system to working pressure, LOW SIDE HIGH SIDE
then apply the detector to suspect areas. If leaks are found, GAUGE GAUGE
AND VALVE AND VALVE
repair them. After repair, repeat the pressure test. If no leaks
exist, proceed to system evacuation.
800 PSI
S-102 EVACUATION RATED
HOSES
WARNING CHARGING
CYLINDER
AND SCALE
REFRIGERANT UNDER PRESSURE!
Failure to follow proper procedures may cause
property damage, personal injury or death.
VACUUM PUMP
TO ADAPTER
IMPORTANT NOTE: Because of the potential damage to UNIT SERVICE
VALVE PORTS
compressors, do not allow suction pressure at service valve
to drop below 20 PSIG when pumping unit system down for
repair. Outdoor section, depending on line set length and VACUUM PUMP
amount of charge in system, may not be able to hold the
entire system charge.
This is the most important part of the entire service procedure.
The life and efficiency of the equipment is dependent upon
EVACUATION
the thoroughness exercised by the serviceman when evacu-
ating air (non-condensables) and moisture from the system.
3. If the vacuum pump is working properly, close the valve
Air in a system causes high condensing temperature and to the vacuum thermocouple gauge and open the high and
pressure, resulting in increased power input and reduced low side valves to the high vacuum manifold set. With the
performance. valve on the charging cylinder closed, open the manifold
Moisture chemically reacts with the refrigerant oil to form valve to the cylinder.
corrosive acids. These acids attack motor windings and 4. Evacuate the system to at least 29 inches gauge before
parts, causing breakdown. opening valve to thermocouple vacuum gauge.
The equipment required to thoroughly evacuate the system is 5. Continue to evacuate to a maximum of 250 microns.
a high vacuum pump, capable of producing a vacuum Close valve to vacuum pump and watch rate of rise. If
equivalent to 25 microns absolute and a thermocouple vacuum vacuum does not rise above 1500 microns in three to five
gauge to give a true reading of the vacuum in the system minutes, system can be considered properly evacuated.
NOTE: Never use the system compressor as a vacuum pump 6. If thermocouple vacuum gauge continues to rise and
or run when under a high vacuum. Motor damage could levels off at about 5000 microns, moisture and non-
occur. condensables are still present. If gauge continues to rise
a leak is present. Repair and re-evacuate.
146
SERVICING
7. Close valve to thermocouple vacuum gauge and vacuum Final Charge Adjustment
pump. Shut off pump and prepare to charge.
The outdoor temperature must be 60°F or higher. Set the
S-103 CHARGING room thermostat to COOL, fan switch to AUTO, and set the
temperature control well below room temperature.
After system has stabilized per startup instructions, compare
WARNING the operating pressures and outdoor unit amp draw to the
REFRIGERANT UNDER PRESSURE! numbers listed on the performance label on the outdoor unit.
* Do not overcharge system with refrigerant. If pressures and amp draw are too low, add charge. If
* Do not operate unit in a vacuum or at negative pressures and amp draw are too high, remove charge.
pressure. Check subcooling and superheat as detailed in the following
Failure to follow proper procedures may cause section.
property damage, personal injury or death. 5. With the system still running, remove hose and reinstall
both valve caps.
6. Check system for leaks.
CAUTION Do not charge a remote condensing unit with a non-matching
Use refrigerant certified to AHRI standards. Used evaporator coil, or a system where the charge quantity is
refrigerant may cause compressor damage and will unknown. Do not install or charge R410A condensers
void the warranty. Most portable machines cannot matched with coils having capillary tubes or flow control
clean used refrigerant to meet AHRI standards. restrictors. AHRI rated Coil combinations with thermostatic
expansion valves (TEV's) should be charged by subcooling.
See "Checking Subcooling and Superheat" sections in this
manual. Subcooling values for "Ultron" system are found in
CAUTION the Technical Information manuals for "Ultron" outdoor units.
Operating the compressor with the suction valve Due to their design, Scroll compressors are inherently more
closed will void the warranty and cause serious tolerant of liquid refrigerant.
compressor damage.
NOTE: Even though the compressor section of a Scroll
Charge the system with the exact amount of refrigerant. compressor is more tolerant of liquid refrigerant, continued
floodback or flooded start conditions may wash oil from the
Refer to the specification section or check the unit name- bearing surfaces causing premature bearing failure.
plates for the correct refrigerant charge.
An inaccurately charged system will cause future prob- S-104 CHECKING COMPRESSOR EFFICIENCY
lems. The reason for compressor inefficiency is broken or dam-
1. When using an ambient compensated calibrated charg- aged scroll flanks on Scroll compressors, reducing the ability
ing cylinder, allow liquid refrigerant only to enter the high of the compressor to pump refrigerant vapor.
side. The condition of the scroll flanks is checked in the following
2. After the system will take all it will take, close the valve on manner.
the high side of the charging manifold. 1. Attach gauges to the high and low side of the system.
3. Start the system and charge the balance of the refrigerant 2. Start the system and run a "Cooling Performance Test.
through the low side.
If the test shows:
NOTE: R410A should be drawn out of the storage container
or drum in liquid form due to its fractionation properties, but a. Below normal high side pressure.
should be "Flashed" to its gas state before entering the b. Above normal low side pressure.
system. There are commercially available restriction devices c. Low temperature difference across coil.
that fit into the system charging hose set to accomplish this.
DO NOT charge liquid R410A into the compressor. d. Low amp draw at compressor.
4. With the system still running, close the valve on the And the charge is correct. The compressor is faulty - replace
charging cylinder. At this time, you may still have some the compressor.
liquid refrigerant in the charging cylinder hose and will
definitely have liquid in the liquid hose. Reseat the liquid
line core. Slowly open the high side manifold valve and
transfer the liquid refrigerant from the liquid line hose and
charging cylinder hose into the suction service valve port.
CAREFUL: Watch so that liquid refrigerant does not
enter the compressor.
147
IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNITS BE PROPERLY MATCHED. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS OR TO
PISTON KIT CHART WARNING PROPERLY MATCH EVAPORATORS AND CONDENSERS CAN RESULT IN UNIT DAMAGE, PROPERTY DAMAGE AND /OR PERSONAL INJURY .
148
NO WARRANTY CLAIM WILL BE HONORED FOR MIX-MATCHED SYSTEMS THAT FAIL TO ADHERE TO THE SPECIFIED PISTON SIZE.
Indoor Piston Piston Kit

Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit Note
Size P/N
GSX130181(B,C,D,E)* VSX130181(A,B,D,E)* ASX130181(B,C,D)* WAC4318AC* WGAC4318AC* All AHRI Matches 0.051 B1789851 1
SERVICING
GSX130181 ANX130181A* 0.051 B1789851 1

GSX130241(B,C,D)* VSX130241(A,B,D)* ASX130241(B,C)* WAC4324AB* WGAC4324AB* All AHRI Matches 0.057 B1789857 1
VSX130241E* All AHRI Matches 0.055 B1789855 1
GSX130241 ANX130241A* 0.057 B1789857 1
GSX130242A* A24-00-2R* 0.055 B1789855 1
S-105A PISTON CHART FOR
GSX130301(B,D)* VSX130301(A,D)* ASX130301(B,C)* WAC4330AB* WGAC4330AB* All AHRI Matches 0.061 B1789861 1
GSX130301 ANX130301A* 0.061 B1789861 1
GSX130361(B,E)* VSX130361(A,E)* ASX130361(B,C,D)* WAC4336AB* WGAC4336AB* All AHRI Matches 0.070 B1789870 1
GSX130361 ANX130361A* 0.070 B1789870 1
GSX130361D* VSX130361D* All AHRI Matches 0.067 B1789867 1
GSX130362A* A36-00-2R* 0.065 B1789865 1
GSX130363A* All AHRI Matches 0.070 B1789870 1
GSX130365A* A36-00-2R* 0.065 B1789865 1
GSX130421B* VSX130421(A,B)* ASX130421(B,C)* WAC4342AB* WGAC4342AB* All AHRI Matches 0.076 B1789876 1
GSX130421 ANX130421A* 0.076 B1789876 1
GSX130481B* VSX130481A* ASX130481(B,C)* WAC4348AB* WGAC4348AB* All AHRI Matches 0.080 B1789880 1
VSX130481A* All AHRI Matches 0.080 B1789880 1
GSX130481 ANX130481A* 0.080 B1789880 1
GSX130485A* A48-00-2R* 0.076 B1789876 1

A50-00-2R
GSX130601B* VSX130601B* ASX130601(B,C)* WAC4360AB* WGAC4360AB* All AHRI Matches 0.086 B1789886 1
GSX130601 ANX130601A* 0.086 B1789886 1
ASUF49C14 0.082 B1789882 2
GSX130611A* VSX130611A* ASX130611A*
All AHRI Matches 0.086 B1789886 1
GSX130611 ANX130611A* 0.086 B1789886 1
ASUF49C14 0.082 B1789882 2
GSX130613A*
GSX130605A* A60-00-2R* 0.082 B1789882 1
ASUF49C14 0.082 B1789882 2
GSX130614A*
(*) SIGNIFIES UNIT REVISION. (2) CORRECT PISTON IS SUPPLIED IN THE HIGHEST SALES VOLUME TESTED COMBINATION INDOOR
ASX13, ANX13, ANZ13, GSX13, VSX13, SSX14, ASX14, GSX14, ASZ13, GSZ13, GSZ14, VSZ13, SSZ14, ASX16, GSX16, ASZ16 UNITS
(1) CORRECT PISTON IS SUPPLIED WITH THE OUTDOOR UNIT. UNIT. FOR ALL OTHER INDOOR COMBINATIONS, PISTON MUST BE PURCHASED FROM DISTRIBUTOR.
(3) TXV MUST BE PURCHASED SEPARATELY.
PISTON KIT CHART IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNITS BE PROPERLY MATCHED. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS OR TO
WARNING PROPERLY MATCH EVAPORATORS AND CONDENSERS CAN RESULT IN UNIT DAMAGE, PROPERTY DAMAGE AND /OR PERSONAL INJURY .

Size P/N
AWUF31 & 32 0.051 B1789851 2
GSX140181A* SSX140181B* ASX140181(B,C,D)* WAC4418AB* WGAC4418AB*
All other AHRI Matches 0.052 B1789852 1
SERVICING
AWUF 31 0.057 B1789857 2

GSX140241A* SSX140241B* ASX140241(B,C)* WAC4424AB* WGAC4424AB*
All Other AHRI Matches 0.055 B1789855 1
AWUF 31 & 32 0.061 B1789861 2
GSX140301A* SSX140301B* ASX140301(B,C)* WAC4430AB* WGAC4430AB*
GSX140361A* SSX140361B* ASX140361(B,C)* WAC4436AB* WGAC4436AB* All AHRI Matches 0.068 B1789868 1
GSX140421A* SSX140421C* ASX140421(C,D)* WAC4442AC* WGAC4442AC* All AHRI Matches 0.070 B1789870 1
GSX140481A* SSX140481B* ASX140481C* WAC4448AB* WGAC4448AB* All AHRI Matches 0.078 B1789878 1
SSX140481A* ASX140481B* WAC4448AA* WGAC4448AA* All AHRI Matches 0.079 B1789879 1
GSX140601A* SSX140601A* ASX140601(A,B)* WAC4460AA* WGAC4460AA* All AHRI Matches 0.088 B1789888 1
AWUF 31 &32 0.051 B1789851 2
GSX140181K* VSX140181A* ASX140181K*
ANX140181A* AWUF 31 &32 0.051 B1789851 2

AWUF 31 & 32 0.051 B1789851 2
GSX140191K* VSX140191A* ASX140191K*
AWUF 31 & 32 0.051 B1789851 2
ANX140191A*
GSX140241K* VSX140241A* ASX140241K* All AHRI Matches 0.057 B1789857 1
ANX140241A* All AHRI Matches 0.057 B1789857 1
AWUF 31 & 32 0.061 B1789861 2
GSX140301K* VSX140301A* ASX140301K*
AWUF 31 & 32 0.061 B1789861 2
ANX140301A*
AWUF 31 & 32 0.061 B1789861 2
GSX140311K* VSX140311A* ASX140311K*
AWUF 31 & 32 0.061 B1789861 2
ANX140311A*
149
WARNING PROPERLY MATCH EVAPORATORS AND CONDENSERS CAN RESULT IN UNIT DAMAGE , PROPERTY DAMAGE AND /OR PERSONAL INJURY .
150

Size P/N
GSX160181F* ASX160181** All AHRI Matches TXV only TXV-30 3
SERVICING

GSX160181F* ASX160181F* All AHRI Matches 0.049 B1789849 1
GSX160611F* ASX160611F* All AHRI Matches TXV only TXV-60 3
SSX160241B* WAC4624AB* WGAC4624AB* All AHRI Matches 0.055 B1789855 1
SSX160301A* WAC4630AA* All AHRI Matches 0.062 B1789862 1
SSX160361(A,B)* WAC4636AB* WGAC4636AB* All AHRI Matches 0.068 B1789868 1
SSX160421A* WAC4642AA* All AHRI Matches 0.070 B1789870 1
SSX160481(A,B)* WAC4648A(A,B)* WGAC4648A(A,B)* All AHRI Matches 0.078 B1789878 1
SSX160591A* WAC4659AA* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
SSX160601(A,B)* WGAC4660A* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
DSXC160241A* ASXC160241B* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX2N4A 3
DSXC160361A* ASXC160361B* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX3N4 3
DSXC160481(A,B)* ASXC160481(A,B)* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
DSXC160601(A,B)* ASXC160601(A,B)* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
DSXC180361A* ASXC180361A* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX3N4 3

Size P/N
GSC130181(B,D,F,G)* All AHRI Matches 0.055 B1789855 1
GSC130241(D,E)* All AHRI Matches 0.059 B1789859 1
SERVICING
GSC130241F* All AHRI Matches 0.061 B1789861 1

GSC130301E* All AHRI Matches 0.065 B1789865 1
GSC130361(A*-F*/G*) All AHRI Matches 0.074 B1789874 1
GSC130363(A*, BA, BB) All AHRI Matches 0.074 B1789874 1
GSC130363B* All AHRI Matches 0.071 B1789871 1
GSC130423(BA, BB) All AHRI Matches 0.084 B1789884 1
GSC130421C* All AHRI Matches 0.076 B1789876 1
GSC130484A* All AHRI Matches 0.082 B1789882 1
GSC130484(BA, BB) All AHRI Matches 0.088 B1789888 1
GSC130601D* All AHRI Matches 0.090 B1789890 1
GSC130603C All AHRI Matches 0.090 B1789890 1
GSC130604 All AHRI Matches 0.093 B1789893 1
GSZ130181A* VSZ130181A* ASZ130181A* WHP4318AA* WGHP4318AA* All AHRI Matches 0.049 B1789849 4
GSZ130181A* VSZ130181A* ASZ130181A* All AHRI Matches 0.051 B1789851 1
GSZ130181 ANZ130181A* 0.051 B1789851 1
GSZ130241(A,B)* VSZ130241B* ASZ130241(A,B)* WHP43241A WGHP4324AA All AHRI Matches 0.057 B1789857 1
GSZ130241 ANZ130241A* 0.057 B1789857 1
GSZ130301A* VSZ130301A* ASZ130301A* WHP43301A* WGHP4330AA* All AHRI Matches 0.065 B1789865 1
GSZ130301AE VSZ130301AD All AHRI Matches 0.065 B1789865 1
GSZ130301 ANZ130301A* 0.065 B1789865 1
ARUF36C 0.071 B1789871 2
GSZ130361B* VSZ130361B*
ARUF36C 0.071 B1789871 2
GSZ130361A* ASZ130361A* WHP43361A* WGHP4336AA* AR*F3636 0.070 B1789870 2
ARUF36C 0.071 B1789871 2

GSZ130361 ANZ130361A* AR*F3636 0.070 B1789870 2
151
152
WARNING PROPERLY MATCH EVAPORATORS AND CONDENSERS CAN RESULT IN UNIT DAMAGE , PROPERTY DAMAGE AND /OR PERSONAL INJURY .

Size P/N
AR*F3636 0.070 B1789870 2
GSZ130363A*
SERVICING

GSZ130421A* VSZ130421A* ASZ130421A* All AHRI Matches 0.072 B1789872 1
GSZ130421 ANZ130421A* 0.072 B1789872 1
GSZ130481 ANZ130481A* 0.078 B1789878 1
GSZ130483A* All AHRI Matches 0.078 B1789878 1
GSZ130484A* All AHRI Matches 0.078 B1789878 1
CHPF4860D6D* 0.086 B1789886
GSZ130601A* VSZ130601A* ASZ130601A* WHP43601A* WGHP4360AA* 1
All Other AHRI Matches 0.088 B1789888
GSZ130601 ANZ130601A* 0.088 B178988 1
ASUF49 0.082 B1789882 2
GSZ130603A* CHPF4860D6D* 0.086 B1789886 1
ASUF49 0.082 B1789882 2
GSZ130604A* CHPF4860D6D* 0.086 B1789886 1
GSH130181(B,C)* All AHRI Matches 0.055 B1789855 1
GSH130361(A, B)* All AHRI Matches 0.073 B1789873 1
GSH130361(CA/CB) All AHRI Matches 0.073 B1789873 1
GSH130361C* All AHRI Matches 0.071 B1789871 1
GSH130363(AA-AE) All AHRI Matches 0.073 B1789873 1
GSH130363A* All AHRI Matches 0.071 B1789871 1
GSH130421B* All AHRI Matches 0.080 B1789880 1

Size P/N
AWUF31 0.051 B1789851 2

GSZ140181A* ASZ140181A* WHP4418AA* WGHP4418AA* ARUF30B14 0.052 B1789852 2
SERVICING
All AHRI Matches TXV only TX2N4A 3

AWUF31 & 32 0.057 B1789857 2
GSZ140241A* ASZ140241A* WHP4424AA* WGHP4424AA*
AWUF31 & 32 0.065 B1789865 2
GSZ140301A* ASZ140301A* WHP4430AA* WGHP4430AA* ARUF30B14 0.065 B1789865 2
All AHRI Matches TXV only TX3N4 3
GSZ140361A* WHP4436A(A,B)* All AHRI Matches 0.071 B1789871 1
GSZ140421A* WHP4442AA* All AHRI Matches 0.076 B1789876 1
ASZ140361(A,B)* WGHP4436A(A,B)* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX3N4 3
ASZ140421A* WGHP4442AA* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
ASZ140481A* WGHP4448AA* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
ASUF59 0.088 B1789888 2
ASZ140601A* WGHP4460AA*
All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
AWUF31 0.051 B1789851 2
SSZ140181A*
AWUF 31 & 32 0.057 B1789857 2
SSZ140241A*
All Other AHRI Matches TXV only TX2N4A 3
AWUF 31 & 32 0.065 B1789865 2
SSZ140301A*
All Other AHRI Matches TXV only TX3N4 3
SSZ140361(A,B)* All AHRI Matches 0.071 B1789871 2
SSZ140381A* All AHRI Matches 0.070 B178970 1
SSZ140381A* ASZ140381A* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX3N4 3
SSZ160241A* ASZ160241(A,K)* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX2N4A 3
SSZ160361A* ASZ160361(A,K)* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX3N4 3
SSZ160481A* ASZ160481(A,K)* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
SSZ160601(A,B)* ASZ160601(A,K)* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
DSZC160241A* ASZC160241A* WGHP4624AA* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX2N4A 3
DSZC160361A* ASZC160361A* WGHP4636AA* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX3N4 3
DSZC160601(A,B)* ASZC160601(A,B)* WGHP4660AB* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
DSZC180601(A,B)* ASZC180601(A,B)* WGHP4860AB* All AHRI Matches TXV only TX5N4 3
153
154

Size P/N
CKL36-1P* All AHRI Matches 0.071 B1789871 1
SERVICING

CK60-3P* All AHRI Matches 0.093 B1789893 1
CKF36-2P* All AHRI Matches 0.068 B1789868 1
CPKF36-2P* All AHRI Matches 0.073 B1789873 1
CPKF60-5N* All AHRI Matches 0.093 B1789893 1
CPKF61-5N* All AHRI Matches 0.093 B1789893 1
SERVICING
S-105B THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE S-107 UNDERFEEDING
The expansion valve is designed to control the rate of liquid Underfeeding by the expansion valve results in low system
refrigerant flow into an evaporator coil in exact proportion to capacity and low suction pressures.
the rate of evaporation of the refrigerant in the coil. The If these symptoms are observed:
amount of refrigerant entering the coil is regulated since the
valve responds to temperature of the refrigerant gas leaving 1. Check for a restricted liquid line or drier. A restriction will
the coil (feeler bulb contact) and the pressure of the refrigerant be indicated by a temperature drop across the drier.
in the coil. This regulation of the flow prevents the return of 2. Check the operation of the power element of the valve as
liquid refrigerant to the compressor. described in S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation.
The illustration below shows typical heatpump TXV/check
valve operation in the heating and cooling modes. S-108 SUPERHEAT
The expansion valves are factory adjusted to maintain 8 to 12
degrees superheat of the suction gas. Before checking the
superheat or replacing the valve, perform all the procedures
outlined under Air Flow, Refrigerant Charge, Expansion Valve
- Overfeeding, Underfeeding. These are the most common
causes for evaporator malfunction.
COOLING HEATING
CHECKING SUPERHEAT
TXV VALVES
Refrigerant gas is considered superheated when its tempera-
Some TXV valves contain an internal check valve thus
ture is higher than the saturation temperature corresponding
eliminating the need for an external check valve and bypass
to its pressure. The degree of superheat equals the degrees
loop. The three forces which govern the operation of the valve
of temperature increase above the saturation temperature at
are: (1) the pressure created in the power assembly by the
existing pressure. See Temperature - Pressure Chart on
feeler bulb, (2) evaporator pressure, and (3) the equivalent
following pages.
pressure of the superheat spring in the valve.
0% bleed type expansion valves are used on indoor and
outdoor coils. The 0% bleed valve will not allow the system CAUTION
pressures (High and Low side) to equalize during the shut To prevent personal injury, carefully connect and
down period. The valve will shut off completely at approxi- disconnect manifold gauge hoses. Escaping liquid
mately 100 PSIG. refrigerant can cause burns. Do not vent refrigerant
30% bleed valves used on some other models will continue to atmosphere. Recover during system repair
to allow some equalization even though the valve has shut-off or final unit disposal.
completely because of the bleed holes within the valve. This
type of valve should not be used as a replacement for a 0% 1. Run system at least 10 minutes to allow pressure to
bleed valve, due to the resulting drop in performance. stabilize.
The bulb must be securely fastened with two straps to a clean 2. For best results, temporarily install a thermometer on the
straight section of the suction line. Application of the bulb to liquid line at the liquid line service valve and 4-6" from the
a horizontal run of line is preferred. If a vertical installation compressor on the suction line. Ensure the thermometer
cannot be avoided, the bulb must be mounted so that the makes adequate contact and is insulated for best pos-
capillary tubing comes out at the top. sible readings. Use liquid line temperature to determine
THE VALVES PROVIDED BY GOODMAN ARE DESIGNED sub-cooling and vapor temperature to determine super-
TO MEET THE SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR heat.
OPTIMUM PRODUCT OPERATION. DO NOT USE SUB- NOTE: An optional method is to locate the thermometer
STITUTES. at the suction line service valve. Ensure the thermometer
makes adequate contact and is insulated for best
S-106 OVERFEEDING possible readings.
Overfeeding by the expansion valve results in high suction
3. Refer to the superheat table provided for proper system
pressure, cold suction line, and possible liquid slugging of the
superheat. Add charge to lower superheat or recover
compressor.
charge to raise superheat.
If these symptoms are observed:
Superheat Formula = Suct. Line Temp. - Sat. Suct. Temp.
1. Check for an overcharged unit by referring to the cooling
performance charts in the servicing section. EXAMPLE:
2. Check the operation of the power element in the valve as a. Suction Pressure = 143
explained in S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation. b. Corresponding Temp. °F. = 50
3. Check for restricted or plugged equalizer tube. c. Thermometer on Suction Line = 61°F.
155
SERVICING
Pressure vs. Temperature Chart
R-410A
PSIG °F PSIG °F PSIG °F PSIG °F PSIG °F PSIG °F
12 -37.7 114.0 37.8 216.0 74.3 318.0 100.2 420.0 120.7 522.0 137.6
14 -34.7 116.0 38.7 218.0 74.9 320.0 100.7 422.0 121.0 524.0 137.9
16 -32.0 118.0 39.5 220.0 75.5 322.0 101.1 424.0 121.4 526.0 138.3
18 -29.4 120.0 40.5 222.0 76.1 324.0 101.6 426.0 121.7 528.0 138.6
20 -36.9 122.0 41.3 224.0 76.7 326.0 102.0 428.0 122.1 530.0 138.9
22 -24.5 124.0 42.2 226.0 77.2 328.0 102.4 430.0 122.5 532.0 139.2
24 -22.2 126.0 43.0 228.0 77.8 330.0 102.9 432.0 122.8 534.0 139.5
26 -20.0 128.0 43.8 230.0 78.4 332.0 103.3 434.0 123.2 536.0 139.8
28 -17.9 130.0 44.7 232.0 78.9 334.0 103.7 436.0 123.5 538.0 140.1
30 -15.8 132.0 45.5 234.0 79.5 336.0 104.2 438.0 123.9 540.0 140.4
32 -13.8 134.0 46.3 236.0 80.0 338.0 104.6 440.0 124.2 544.0 141.0
34 -11.9 136.0 47.1 238.0 80.6 340.0 105.1 442.0 124.6 548.0 141.6
36 -10.1 138.0 47.9 240.0 81.1 342.0 105.4 444.0 124.9 552.0 142.1
38 -8.3 140.0 48.7 242.0 81.6 344.0 105.8 446.0 125.3 556.0 142.7
40 -6.5 142.0 49.5 244.0 82.2 346.0 106.3 448.0 125.6 560.0 143.3
42 -4.5 144.0 50.3 246.0 82.7 348.0 106.6 450.0 126.0 564.0 143.9
44 -3.2 146.0 51.1 248.0 83.3 350.0 107.1 452.0 126.3 568.0 144.5
46 -1.6 148.0 51.8 250.0 83.8 352.0 107.5 454.0 126.6 572.0 145.0
48 0.0 150.0 52.5 252.0 84.3 354.0 107.9 456.0 127.0 576.0 145.6
50 1.5 152.0 53.3 254.0 84.8 356.0 108.3 458.0 127.3 580.0 146.2
52 3.0 154.0 54.0 256.0 85.4 358.0 108.8 460.0 127.7 584.0 146.7
54 4.5 156.0 54.8 258.0 85.9 360.0 109.2 462.0 128.0 588.0 147.3
56 5.9 158.0 55.5 260.0 86.4 362.0 109.6 464.0 128.3 592.0 147.9
58 7.3 160.0 56.2 262.0 86.9 364.0 110.0 466.0 128.7 596.0 148.4
60 8.6 162.0 57.0 264.0 87.4 366.0 110.4 468.0 129.0 600.0 149.0
62 10.0 164.0 57.7 266.0 87.9 368.0 110.8 470.0 129.3 604.0 149.5
64 11.3 166.0 58.4 268.0 88.4 370.0 111.2 472.0 129.7 608.0 150.1
66 12.6 168.0 59.0 270.0 88.9 372.0 111.6 474.0 130.0 612.0 150.6
68 13.8 170.0 59.8 272.0 89.4 374.0 112.0 476.0 130.3 616.0 151.2
70 15.1 172.0 60.5 274.0 89.9 376.0 112.4 478.0 130.7 620.0 151.7
72 16.3 174.0 61.1 276.0 90.4 378.0 112.6 480.0 131.0 624.0 152.3
74 17.5 176.0 61.8 278.0 90.9 380.0 113.1 482.0 131.3 628.0 152.8
76 18.7 178.0 62.5 280.0 91.4 382.0 113.5 484.0 131.6 632.0 153.4
78 19.8 180.0 63.1 282.0 91.9 384.0 113.9 486.0 132.0 636.0 153.9
80 21.0 182.0 63.8 284.0 92.4 386.0 114.3 488.0 132.3 640.0 154.5
82 22.1 184.0 64.5 286.0 92.8 388.0 114.7 490.0 132.6 644.0 155.0
84 23.2 186.0 65.1 288.0 93.3 390.0 115.0 492.0 132.9 648.0 155.5
86 24.3 188.0 65.8 290.0 93.8 392.0 115.5 494.0 133.3 652.0 156.1
88 25.4 190.0 66.4 292.0 94.3 394.0 115.8 496.0 133.6 656.0 156.6
90 26.4 192.0 67.0 294.0 94.8 396.0 116.2 498.0 133.9 660.0 157.1
92 27.4 194.0 67.7 296.0 95.2 398.0 116.6 500.0 134.0 664.0 157.7
94 28.5 196.0 68.3 298.0 95.7 400.0 117.0 502.0 134.5 668.0 158.2
96 29.5 198.0 68.9 300.0 96.2 402.0 117.3 504.0 134.8 672.0 158.7
98 30.5 200.0 69.5 302.0 96.6 404.0 117.7 506.0 135.2 676.0 159.2
100 31.2 202.0 70.1 304.0 97.1 406.0 118.1 508.0 135.5 680.0 159.8
102 32.2 204.0 70.7 306.0 97.5 408.0 118.5 510.0 135.8 684.0 160.3
104 33.2 206.0 71.4 308.0 98.0 410.0 118.8 512.0 136.1 688.0 160.8
106 34.1 208.0 72.0 310.0 98.4 412.0 119.2 514.0 136.4 692.0 161.3
108 35.1 210.0 72.6 312.0 98.9 414.0 119.6 516.0 136.7 696.0 161.8
110 35.5 212.0 73.2 314.0 99.3 416.0 119.9 518.0 137.0
112 36.9 214.0 73.8 316.0 99.7 418.0 120.3 520.0 137.3
*Based on ALLIED SIGNAL Data
156
SERVICING
REQUIRED LIQUID LINE TEMPERATURE
LIQUID PRESSURE REQUIRED SUBCOOLING TEMPERATURE (°F)
AT SERVICE VALVE (PSIG) 8 10 12 14 16 18
189 58 56 54 52 50 48
195 60 58 56 54 52 50
202 62 60 58 56 54 52
208 64 62 60 58 56 54
215 66 64 62 60 58 56
222 68 66 64 62 60 58
229 70 68 66 64 62 60
236 72 70 68 66 64 62
243 74 72 70 68 66 64
251 76 74 72 70 68 66
259 78 76 74 72 70 68
266 80 78 76 74 72 70
274 82 80 78 76 74 72
283 84 82 80 78 76 74
291 86 84 82 80 78 76
299 88 86 84 82 80 78
308 90 88 86 84 82 80
317 92 90 88 86 84 82
326 94 92 90 88 86 84
335 96 94 92 90 88 86
345 98 96 94 92 90 88
354 100 98 96 94 92 90
364 102 100 98 96 94 92
374 104 102 100 98 96 94
384 106 104 102 100 98 96
395 108 106 104 102 100 98
406 110 108 106 104 102 100
416 112 110 108 106 104 102
427 114 112 110 108 106 104
439 116 114 112 110 108 106
450 118 116 114 112 110 108
462 120 118 116 114 112 110
474 122 120 118 116 114 112
486 124 122 120 118 116 114
499 126 124 122 120 118 116
511 128 126 124 122 120 118
157
SERVICING
To obtain the degrees temperature of superheat, subtract 1. Attach an accurate thermometer or preferably a thermo-
50.0 from 61.0°F. couple type temperature tester to the liquid line as it
leaves the condensing unit.
The difference is 11° Superheat. The 11° Superheat would fall
in the ± range of allowable superheat. 2. Install a high side pressure gauge on the high side (liquid)
service valve at the front of the unit.
SUPERHEAT AND SUBCOOLING ADJUSTMENT ON TXV
APPLICATIONS 3. Record the gauge pressure and the temperature of the
line.
NOTE: Units mached with indoor coils equipped with
4. Review the technical information manual or specification
nonadjustable TXV should be charged by subcooling only.
sheet for the model being serviced to obtain the design
subcooling.
1. Run system at least 10 minutes to allow pressure to 5. Compare the hi-pressure reading to the "Required Liquid
stabilize. Line Temperature" chart (page 108). Find the hi-pres-
2. For best results, temporarily install a thermometer on the sure value on the left column. Follow that line right to the
liquid line at the liquid line service valve and 4-6" from the column under the design subcooling value. Where the
compressor on the suction line. Ensure the thermometer two intersect is the required liquid line temperature.
makes adequate contact and is insulated for best pos- Alternately you can convert the liquid line pressure gauge
sible readings. Use liquid line temperature to determine reading to temperature by finding the gauge reading in
sub-cooling and vapor temperature to determine super- Temperature - Pressure Chart and reading to the left, find
heat. the temperature in the °F. Column.
NOTE: An optional method is to locate the thermometer 6. The difference between the thermometer reading and
at the suction line service valve. Ensure the thermometer pressure to temperature conversion is the amount of
makes adequate contact and is insulated for best pos- subcooling.
sible readings. Add charge to raise subcooling. Recover charge to lower
3. Check subcooling and superheat. Systems with TXV subcooling.
application should have a subcooling of 7 to 9 ºF and Subcooling Formula = Sat. Liquid Temp. - Liquid Line
superheat of 7 to 9 ºF. Temp.
a. If subcooling and superheat are low, adjust TXV EXAMPLE:
to 7 to 9 ºF superheat, then check subcooling.
a. Liquid Line Pressure = 417
NOTE: To adjust superheat, turn the valve stem b. Corresponding Temp. °F. = 120°
clockwise to increase and counter clockwise to c. Thermometer on Liquid line = 109°F.
decrease. To obtain the amount of subcooling subtract 109°F from
120°F.
b. If subcooling is low and superheat is high, add
charge to raise subcooling to 7 to 9 ºF then check The difference is 11° subcooling. See the specification sheet
superheat. or technical information manual for the design subcooling
range for your unit.
c. If subcooling and superheat are high, adjust TXV
valve to 7 to 9 ºF superheat, then check subcooling.
S-109A TWO SPEED APPLICATION
d. If subcooling is high and superheat is low, adjust
Run the remote on low stage cooling for 10 minutes until
TXV valve to 7 to 9 ºF superheat and remove
refrigerant pressures stabilize. Follow the guidelines and
charge to lower the subcooling to 7 to 9 ºF.
methods below to check unit operation and ensure that the
The TXV should NOT be adjusted at light load conditions refrigerant charge is within limits. Charge the unit on low
55º to 60ºF, under such conditions only the subcooling stage.
can be evaluated. This is because suction pressure is
dependent on the indoor coil match, indoor airflow, and 1. Purge gauge lines. Connect service gauge manifold to
wet bulb temperature. NOTE: Do NOT adjust charge base-valve service ports. Run system at least 10 minutes
based on suction pressure unless there is a gross to allow pressure to stabilize.
undercharge. 2. For best results, temporarily install a thermometer on the
4. Disconnect manifold set. Installation is complete. liquid line at the liquid line service valve and 4-6" from the
compressor on the suction line. Ensure the thermometer
S-109 CHECKING SUBCOOLING makes adequate contact and is insulated for best
possible readings. Use liquid line temperature to deter-
Refrigerant liquid is considered subcooled when its temperature is mine sub-cooling and vapor temperature to determine
lower than the saturation temperature corresponding to its pressure. superheat.
The degree of subcooling equals the degrees of temperature
decrease below the saturation temperature at the existing pressure.
158
SERVICING
NOTE: An optional method is to locate the thermometer at the cooling load on the indoor coil increases, causing the low
the suction line service valve. Ensure the thermometer side pressure to rise, but at a slower rate.
makes adequate contact and is insulated for best possible Since the high side pressure rises faster when the tempera-
readings. ture increases, more refrigerant flows to the evaporator,
3. Check subcooling and superheat. Systems with TXV increasing the cooling capacity of the system.
application should have a subcooling of 7 to 9 ºF and When the outdoor temperature falls, the reverse takes place.
superheat of 7 to 9 ºF. The condensing pressure falls, and the cooling loads on the
a. If subcooling and superheat are low, adjust TXV indoor coil decreases, causing less refrigerant flow.
to 7 to 9 ºF superheat, then check subcooling. A strainer is placed on the entering side of the tube to prevent
NOTE: To adjust superheat, turn the valve stem any foreign material from becoming lodged inside the fixed
clockwise to increase and counter clockwise to orifice restriction device.
decrease. If a restriction should become evident, proceed as follows:
b. If subcooling is low and superheat is high, add 1. Recover refrigerant charge.
charge to raise subcooling to 7 to 9 ºF then check 2. Remove the orifice or tube strainer assembly and re-
superheat. place.
c. If subcooling and superheat are high, adjust TXV 3. Replace liquid line drier, evacuate and recharge.
valve to 7 to 9 ºF superheat, then check subcool-
ing. CHECKING EQUALIZATION TIME
d. If subcooling is high and superheat is low, adjust During the "OFF" cycle, the high side pressure bleeds to the
TXV valve to 7 to 9 ºF superheat and remove low side through the fixed orifice restriction device. Check
charge to lower the subcooling to 7 to 9 ºF. equalization time as follows:
NOTE: Do NOT adjust the charge based on suction 1. Attach a gauge manifold to the suction and liquid line dill
pressure unless there is a gross undercharge. valves.
4. Disconnect manifold set, installation is complete. 2. Start the system and allow the pressures to stabilize.
Subcooling Formula = Sat. Liquid Temp. - Liquid Line Temp. 3. Stop the system and check the time it takes for the high
and low pressure gauge readings to equalize.
S-110 CHECKING EXPANSION VALVE OPERA- If it takes more than seven (7) minutes to equalize, the
TION restrictor device is inoperative. Replace, install a liquid line
1. Remove the remote bulb of the expansion valve from the drier, evacuate and recharge.
suction line.
S-112 CHECKING RESTRICTED LIQUID LINE
2. Start the system and cool the bulb in a container of ice
water, closing the valve. As you cool the bulb, the suction When the system is operating, the liquid line is warm to the
pressure should fall and the suction temperature will rise. touch. If the liquid line is restricted, a definite temperature
drop will be noticed at the point of restriction. In severe
3. Next warm the bulb in your hand. As you warm the bulb, cases, frost will form at the restriction and extend down the
the suction pressure should rise and the suction tempera- line in the direction of the flow.
ture will fall.
Discharge and suction pressures will be low, giving the
4. If a temperature or pressure change is noticed, the appearance of an undercharged unit. However, the unit will
expansion valve is operating. If no change is noticed, the have normal to high subcooling.
valve is restricted, the power element is faulty, or the
equalizer tube is plugged. Locate the restriction, replace the restricted part, replace
drier, evacuate and recharge.
5. Capture the charge, replace the valve and drier, evacuate
and recharge. S-113 OVERCHARGE OF REFRIGERANT
S-111 FIXED ORIFICE RESTRICTOR DEVICES An overcharge of refrigerant is normally indicated by an
excessively high head pressure.
The fixed orifice restrictor device (flowrator) used in conjunc-
tion with the indoor coil is a predetermined bore (I.D.). An evaporator coil, using an expansion valve metering device,
will basically modulate and control a flooded evaporator and
It is designed to control the rate of liquid refrigerant flow into prevent liquid return to the compressor.
an evaporator coil.
An evaporator coil, using a capillary tube metering device,
The amount of refrigerant that flows through the fixed orifice could allow refrigerant to return to the compressor under
restrictor device is regulated by the pressure difference extreme overcharge conditions. Also with a capillary tube
between the high and low sides of the system. metering device, extreme cases of insufficient indoor air can
In the cooling cycle when the outdoor air temperature rises, cause icing of the indoor coil and liquid return to the
the high side condensing pressure rises. At the same time, compressor, but the head pressure would be lower.
159
SERVICING
There are other causes for high head pressure which may be Suction Line Drier Clean-Up Method
found in the "Service Problem Analysis Guide."
The POE oils used with R410A refrigerant is an excellent
If other causes check out normal, an overcharge or a system solvent. In the case of a burnout, the POE oils will remove any
containing non-condensables would be indicated. burnout residue left in the system. If not captured by the
If this system is observed: refrigerant filter, they will collect in the compressor or other
system components, causing a failure of the replacement
1. Start the system. compressor and/or spread contaminants throughout the
2. Remove and capture small quantities of gas from the system, damaging additional components.
suction line dill valve until the head pressure is reduced Install a field supplied suction line drier. This drier should be
to normal. installed as close to the compressor suction fitting as
3. Observe the system while running a cooling performance possible. The filter must be accessible and be rechecked for
test. If a shortage of refrigerant is indicated, then the pressure drop after the system has operated for a time. It may
system contains non-condensables. be necessary to use new tubing and form as required.
NOTE: At least twelve (12) inches of the suction line
S-114 NON-CONDENSABLES immediately out of the compressor stub must be discarded
If non-condensables are suspected, shut down the system due to burned residue and contaminates.
and allow the pressures to equalize. Wait at least 15 1. Remove compressor discharge line strainer.
minutes. Compare the pressure to the temperature of the
coldest coil since this is where most of the refrigerant will be. 2. Remove the liquid line drier and expansion valve.
If the pressure indicates a higher temperature than that of the 3 Purge all remaining components with dry nitrogen or
coil temperature, non-condensables are present. carbon dioxide until clean.
Non-condensables are removed from the system by first 4. Install new components including liquid line drier.
removing the refrigerant charge, replacing and/or installing 5. Braze all joints, leak test, evacuate, and recharge sys-
liquid line drier, evacuating and recharging. tem.
S-115 COMPRESSOR BURNOUT 6. Start up the unit and record the pressure drop across the
drier.
When a compressor burns out, high temperature develops
causing the refrigerant, oil and motor insulation to decom- 7. Continue to run the system for a minimum of twelve (12)
pose forming acids and sludge. hours and recheck the pressure drop across the drier.
Pressure drop should not exceed 6 PSIG.
If a compressor is suspected of being burned-out, attach a
refrigerant hose to the liquid line dill valve and properly remove 8. Continue to run the system for several days, repeatedly
and dispose of the refrigerant. checking pressure drop across the suction line drier. If
the pressure drop never exceeds the 6 PSIG, the drier has
trapped the contaminants. Remove the suction line drier
NOTICE from the system.
Violation of EPA regulations may result in fines 9. If the pressure drop becomes greater, then it must be
or other penalties. replaced and steps 5 through 9 repeated until it does not
exceed 6 PSIG.
Now determine if a burn out has actually occurred. Confirm NOTICE: Regardless, the cause for burnout must be deter-
by analyzing an oil sample using a Sporlan Acid Test Kit, AK- mined and corrected before the new compressor is started.
3 or its equivalent.
Remove the compressor and obtain an oil sample from the S-120 REFRIGERANT PIPING
suction stub. If the oil is not acidic, either a burnout has not The piping of a refrigeration system is very important in
occurred or the burnout is so mild that a complete clean-up relation to system capacity, proper oil return to compressor,
is not necessary. pumping rate of compressor and cooling performance of the
If acid level is unacceptable, the system must be cleaned by evaporator.
using the clean-up drier method. POE oils maintain a consistent viscosity over a large tem-
perature range which aids in the oil return to the compressor;
CAUTION however, there will be some installations which require oil
return traps. These installations should be avoided whenever
Do not allow the sludge or oil to contact the skin.
possible, as adding oil traps to the refrigerant lines also
Severe burns may result.
increases the opportunity for debris and moisture to be
introduced into the system. Avoid long running traps in
NOTE: The Flushing Method using R-11 refrigerant is no horizontal suction line.
longer approved by Amana® Brand Heating-Cooling.
160
SERVICING
LONG LINE SET APPLICATION R-410A
This long line set application guideline applies to all AHRI listed R-410A air conditioner and heat pump split system
matches of nominal capacity 18,000 to 60,000 Btuh. This guideline will cover installation requirements and additional
accessories needed for split system installations where the line set exceeds 80 feet in actual length. The long line sets can
have three different configurations (1) Outdoor unit and Indoor unit are at the same level, (2) Outdoor unit is above the Indoor
unit coil, (3) Outdoor unit is below the Indoor unit.
This guideline is meant to provide installation instructions based on most common long line set applications. Installation
variables may affect the system operation.
SECTION 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL LONG LINE SET APPLICATIONS

1. Equivalent length must be used to determine acceptability of any long line set application. See Section 5 for equivalent
length calculations.
2. For any residential split system installed with a long line set, 3/8” liquid line size must be used.
Limiting the liquid line size to 3/8” is critical since an increased refrigerant charge level from having a larger liquid line
could possibly shorten a compressor’s life-span.
a. Exceptions for air conditioning (cooling only) applications, 1/4" liquid line may be used in:
i. 1.5 ton applications for up to 100 equivalent feet with maximum 40’ vertical lift
ii. 2.0 ton applications for up to 75 equivalent feet with maximum 20’ vertical lift
b. Exceptions for air conditioning (cooling only) applications, 5/16" liquid line may be used in:
i. 1.5 ton applications for up to 250 equivalent feet with maximum 60’ vertical lift
ii. 2.0 ton applications for up to 200 equivalent feet with maximum 40’ vertical lift
iii. 2.5 ton applications for up to 175 equivalent feet with maximum 30’ vertical lift
3. Most refrigerant tubing kits are supplied with 3/8” thick insulation on the suction line. For long line installations over 80
feet, if the line set passes through a high ambient temperature zone, 1/2” thick suction line insulation is required to
reduce loss of capacity. The liquid line must be insulated if more than 50 feet of liquid line will pass through an area that
might reach temperatures of 30°F or higher than outdoor ambient. Never attach a liquid line to any uninsulated portion
of the suction line.
4. A crankcase heater must be installed on any compressor (if crankcase heater is not already factory installed).
5. Hard start assist kit is required.
6. Use of a thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) is required in all long line set applications. Unit must be charged to 7 to 9ºF
subcooling at the indoor unit.
7. Maximum equivalent length of line set is:
a. 250 feet for single stage units with scroll or reciprocating compressors.
b. 150 feet for single stage units with rotary compressors.
c. 150 feet for two stage units.
8. Maximum linear length of line set is:
a. 200 feet for single stage units with scroll or reciprocating compressors.
b. 150 feet for single stage units with rotary compressors.
9. Low voltage wiring. Verify low voltage wire gauge is adequate for the length used due to increased line set application.
10. Vibration and Noise: In long line applications, refrigerant tubing is highly prone to transmit noise and vibration to the
adjoining structure. Use adequate vibration-isolating hardware when mounting line set to structural members. See Figures
1-1, 1-2 and 1-3 for example of proper mounting.
161
SERVICING
Hanger
Wall Liquid Line

Stud Strapped to
Suction Line
Liquid Line
Metal
Sleeve Suction Line
®
Wrapped in Armaflex
Figure 1-1.
Installation of Refrigeration Piping From Vertical to Horizontal
IMPORTANT - Refrigerant lines must not touch wall.
Suction Line Liquid Line

Outside Wall
Wood Block
Between Studs
Wire Tie
Inside Wall
Strap
Sleeve
®
Armaflex Wood Wire Tie
Wrapped Block
Suction Line
Outside Wall
Liquid
Line
Caulk
Strap
PVC Pipe
Fiberglass Insulation
IMPORTANT: Sleeve
Refrigerant lines must NOT
come into contact with structure.
Figure 1-2. Installation of Refrigerant Piping (Vertical)

New construction shown
NOTE: If line set is installed on the exterior of an outside wall, similar installation practices are to be used.
162
SERVICING
If hanging line set from a joist or rafter,

use metal strapping Wire Tie
or heavy nylon wire tires (around suction line only)
that are securely anchored.
8’
Floor Joist or Tape or Wire Tie

Roof Rafter
8’
Floor Joist or Roof Rafter
Metal Sleeve
Strapping placed
around the suction line only
After the suction line has been strapped to the joist or rafter at 8’ intervals,
Tape or Wire Tie strap the liquid line to the suction line.
Figure 1-3. Installation of Refrigerant Piping (Horizontal)
11. Heat Pump Application Only. Liquid line solenoid must be installed less than 2 feet from the outdoor unit following
the solenoid supplier information for installation.
12. Heat Pump Application Only. Heating piston change (in the outdoor unit) is not required.
13. Final Charge Adjustment. All units must have refrigerant charge verified by proper adjustment of subcooling at the
indoor unit after initial charge adjustment per Section 5. Proper adjustment means pressure and temperature of the liquid
line at the indoor unit must be measured to calculate subcooling at the indoor unit. If subcooling at the indoor unit is
less than 5°F, then additional refrigerant must be added until this subcooling level is achieved. If subcooling at the indoor
unit is more than 7°F, then refrigerant must be removed until this subcooling level is achieved.
SECTION 2. OUTDOOR UNIT AND INDOOR UNIT ARE AT THE SAME ELEVATION
Accessory Air Conditioner (AC) Heat Pump (HP)
Crankcase Heater (40 watts minimum) Yes Yes

Yes Yes
Hard Start Assist
(See manual for each product) (See manual for each product)
TXV (Indoor) Yes Yes
Liquid Line Solenoid at Outdoor No Yes
Inverted Refrigerant Trap at Indoor No No

Oil Trap at Indoor No No
1. In a completely horizontal installation with a long line set where the indoor unit is at the same altitude as (or slightly
below) the outdoor unit, the line set should be sloped continuously towards the indoor unit. This helps reduce
refrigerant migration to the outdoor unit during a system’s off-cycle.
2. The maximum elevation (vertical) difference for this section to be applicable is 10 feet separation between outdoor
unit and indoor unit. If outdoor unit is more than 10 feet above indoor unit use Section 3. If outdoor unit is more than
10 feet below indoor unit use Section 4.
3. Inverted suction loop is not required at either unit.
4. An accumulator is not required for air conditioners (accumulators are factory installed on heat pumps).
5. An oil trap at the indoor unit is not required.
163
SERVICING
SECTION 3. OUTDOOR UNIT IS ABOVE THE INDOOR UNIT

Yes Yes
Hard Start Assist
Liquid Line Solenoid at Outdoor No Yes
Inverted Refrigerant Trap at Indoor No No
Oil Trap at Indoor Yes** Yes**

**An oil trap at the indoor unit is required if the elevation difference exceeds 80'.
The trap can be constructed of standard refrigerant fitting (See Figure 3-1.)
1. Suction line must be sloped continuously towards the indoor unit.

2. The maximum elevation (vertical) difference between the outdoor unit and indoor unit is:
a. not restricted in this configuration for single stage air conditioning units (must adhere to
maximum equivalent length).
b. 80 feet for single stage heat pump units.
3. Inverted suction loop is not required at either unit.
4. An accumulator is not required for air conditioners (accumulators are factory installed on heat pumps).
Long Radius Street Ell
45°
Ell
45°
Street Ell
Short Radius
Street Ell
Figure 3-1. Oil Trap
SECTION 4. OUTDOOR UNIT IS BELOW THE INDOOR UNIT

Yes Yes
Hard Start Assist
Liquid Line Solenoid at Outdoor Yes Yes
Inverted Refrigerant Trap at Indoor Yes Yes

Oil Trap at Indoor No No
1. The maximum elevation (vertical) difference between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit is 80 feet.
2. Suction line must be installed in a manner to prevent liquid migration to the outdoor unit from the
indoor unit (see following note 3).
164
SERVICING
3. An inverted suction line trap must be installed on the suction line just before the inlet to the indoor unit (see Figure
4-1). The top of the inverted loop must be slightly above the top of the indoor unit coil and can be created simply by brazing
two 90° long radius elbows together if a bending tool is unavailable. Properly support and secure the inverted loop to
the nearest point on the indoor unit or adjacent structure.
4. An accumulator is required to be added (external to the outdoor unit, within 2 linear feet of the outdoor unit) for air
conditioning installations. See Table 4-1 for accumulator selection. Adapter fittings at the accumulator connection may
be required. Do NOT install an accumulator in the suction line set in heat pump applications.
L H
L = Length of trap must be more than Indoor Unit Height (H)
Figure 4-1. Indoor Unit with Inverted Suction

Total System Refrigerant Goodman Accumulator
Charge Preferred Minimum
oz. lb. Part Number Connection Part Number Connection
112 7 0151R00004P 3/4" 0151R00004P 3/4"
144 9 B1226206 3/4" 0151R00004P 3/4"
176 11 B1226207 7/8" B1226206 3/4"
208 13 0151L00008 7/8" B1226206 3/4"
240 15 0151L00009 7/8" B1226207 7/8"
288 18 0151L00001 1 1/8" 0151L00008 7/8"
352 22 0151L00010 7/8" 0151L00001 1 1/8"
480 30 0151L00010 7/8" 0151L00010 7/8"
Table 4-1. Accumulator Size
SECTION 5. CALCULATIONS - TUBING EQUIVALENT LENGTH, TUBE SIZE AND REFRIGERANT

1. In long line applications the “equivalent line length” is the sum of the straight length portions of the suction line plus
losses (in equivalent length) from 45 and 90 degree bends. Add the total straight (lineal) length of tubing to the
equivalent length of elbows and bends to get total equivalent length.
Equivalent length = LengthHorizontal + LengthVertical + Losses from bends (see Table 5-1)
2. Table 5-1 lists the equivalent length gained from adding bends to the suction line. Properly size the suction line to
minimize capacity loss.
Type of Inside Diameter (inches)

Elbow Fitting 3/4 7/8 1 1/8
90° short radius 1.7 2 2.3
90° long radius 1.5 1.7 1.6
45° 0.7 0.8 1
Table 5-1. Losses from suction line elbows (equivalent length, ft.)
EXAMPLE: 3/4” suction line using 3/4” elbows

150 feet of straight tubing + (four short radius elbows x1.7) + (2 long radius elbows x1.5) =
150 + 3.4 + 3 = 156.4 equivalent feet
165
SERVICING
3. Table 5-2 lists multiplier values to recalculate system cooling capacity as a function of a system’s equivalent line
length (as calculated from the suction line) and the selected suction tube size.
NOTE: Select the proper suction tube size based on equivalent length of the suction line
(see Tables 5-1 and 5-2) and recalculated system capacity.
Unit Suction Capacity Multiplier for Given Length (ft)1

(Btu) Dia. (in) 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
1/2 0.99 0.97 0.96 0.94 0.94 0.93 0.93 0.92 0.91 0.89
18000 5/8 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.97
3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99
5/8 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.96 0.95 0.95
24000 3/4 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.97 0.97
7/8 2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99
5/8 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.94 0.93 0.92
30000 3/4 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.88 0.98 0.98 0.97
7/8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99
5/8 0.99 0.98 0.96 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.91 0.90 0.88
36000 3/4 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.97 0.96 0.96
7/8 3 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.98
3/4 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.97 0.96 0.96 0.95 0.94
42000 7/8 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.97
1 1/8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
3/4 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.96 0.95 0.95 0.94 0.93
48000 7/8 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.97
4
1 1/8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99
3/4 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.94 0.93 0.93 0.91 0.90 0.89
60000 7/8 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.98 0.97 0.97 0.96 0.94 0.95 0.95
1 1/8 4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99
Table 5-2. Capacity Multipliers
1
Equivalent length is to be used for capacity multiplier reduction.
2
7/8” suction line is not approved for 2-ton two stage heat pump applications.
3
7/8” suction line is not approved for 3-ton two stage heat pump applications over 80 feet.
4
1-1/8 suction line is not approved for 4-ton and 5-ton two stage heat pump applications over 80 feet.
4. Refrigerant Quantity Adjustment. All residential R-410A outdoor units are factory charged for 15 feet of line set.
To calculate the initial amount of extra refrigerant (in ounces):
a. Subtract 15 feet from the total linear (not equivalent) length of actual line set
b. Multiply that value by 0.6 (oz. per foot) of R-410A refrigerant
c. This will be the initial amount of R-410A refrigerant that must be added prior to final
charge adjustment.
All systems must have final charge adjustment performed as required in Section 1. In most residential applications
a minimal amount of additional refrigerant will be needed to account for the volume in the suction line. For some
applications using 1 1/8” suction line and/or over 150 feet of lineal length, approximately 3 pounds of additional
refrigerant may be needed to account for the suction line.
For a more precise calculation of refrigerant needs use Table 5-3. The additional refrigerant for given line lengths
can be found in Table 5-4.
RA (oz.) = (LA - 15) ft. x 0.6 oz./ft.
Where:
RA = Initial additional refrigerant needed
LA = Actual lineal line set length
166
SERVICING
Additional Refrigerant
Line set sizes
(oz. per lineal foot)
3/8” liquid only 0.60
3/8” liquid and 5/8” suction 0.63
3/8” liquid and 3/4" suction 0.67
3/8” liquid and 7/8” suction 0.74
3/8” liquid and 1 1/8” suction 0.78
Table 5-3. Additional Refrigerant Per Foot.
Additional lineal line length over 15 feet

25 50 75 100 125 150 175
Initial refrigerant addition (oz.)
3/8" liquid line only 15 30 45 60 75 90 105
3/8" liquid line & 5/8" suction line 16 32 47 63 79 95 110
3/8" liquid line & 1-1/8" suction line 20 39 59 78 98 117 137
Table 5-4. Initial Refrigerant for Given Line Length
S-202 DUCT STATIC PRESSURES AND/OR STATIC S-203 AIR HANDLER EXTERNAL STATIC
PRESSURE DROP ACROSS COILS To determine proper air movement, proceed as follows:
This minimum and maximum allowable duct static pressure 1. Using a draft gauge (inclined manometer), measure the
for the indoor sections are found in the specifications section. static pressure of the return duct at the inlet of the unit,
Tables are also provided for each coil, listing quantity of air (Negative Pressure).
(CFM) versus static pressure drop across the coil. 2. Measure the static pressure of the supply duct, (Positive
Too great an external static pressure will result in insufficient Pressure).
air that can cause icing of the coil. Too much air can cause 3. Add the two readings together.
poor humidity control and condensate to be pulled off the
evaporator coil causing condensate leakage. Too much air
can also cause motor overloading and in many cases this
constitutes a poorly designed system.
167
SERVICING
TOTAL EXTERNAL STATIC
NOTE: Both readings may be taken simultaneously and read

directly on the manometer if so desired.
4. Consult proper table for quantity of air.
If external static pressure is being measured on a furnace to
determine airflow, supply static must be taken between the
"A" coil and the furnace.
STATIC PRESSURE DROP
If the total external static pressure and/or static pressure

drop exceeds the maximum or minimum allowable statics,
check for closed dampers, dirty filters, undersized or poorly
laid out duct work.
Air Flow
TOTAL EXTERNAL STATIC
S-204 COIL STATIC PRESSURE DROP

1. Using a draft gauge (inclined manometer), connect the
positive probe underneath the coil and the negative probe
above the coil.
2. A direct reading can be taken of the static pressure drop
across the coil.
3. Consult proper table for quantity of air.
168
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
ALL FUEL SYSTEM AFE18-60A CONTROL BOARD
24VAC
F1 3A
POWER SUPPLY P1-8 +VD C
INPUT R POWER +5VDC
FURNACE DEMAND P1-7
SUPPLY W1-FURN
OUTPUT F W1 W2-HP
BLOWER FAN DEMAND P1-4 +VD C
OUTPUT U G 24VAC
POWER SUPPLY INPUT R P1-6 C G-STAT
(COMMON) C
SECOND STAGE FURNACE
N P1-5
K1
DEMAND OUTPUT A W2 G-FURN

COMPRESSOR OUTPUT P1-2
C Y
SECOND STAGE E P1-3 K2
COMPRESSOR OUTPUT Y2 Y2-HP
REVERSING VALVE P1-1 +VDC
OUTPUT O Y2-STAT
24VAC
Y2-FURN
POWER SUPPLY OUT P2-2 K4
TO THERMOSTAT R Y-STAT
Q1
CALL FOR T P2-1
Y-FURN
REVERSING VALVE
H O
CALL FOR P2-7 Y-HP
COMPRESSOR E Y
CALL FOR R P2-8 K3
EMERGENCY HEAT E
CALL FOR M P2-5
Q2
BLOWER FAN O G +5VDC
CALL FOR P2-9
FURNACE HEAT S W1
POWER SUPPLY COMMON T P2-3
C E/W1
OUT TO THERMOSTAT C
CALL FOR 2ND STAGE
A P2-4
1.0K
FURNACE HEAT T W2
CALL FOR 2ND STAGE P2-6
COMPRESSOR Y2 MICROPROCESSOR
24VAC O
POWER SUPPLY OUT P3-9
TO HP CONTROL R 6.8K
HP CALL FOR FURNACE P3-8
(DURING DEFROST) H W2
REVERSING P3-7
VALVE OUTPUT E O Y
COMPRESSOR A P3-2
CONTACTOR OUTPUT Y
POWER SUPPLY COMMON
T P3-6
6.8K
C
OUT TO HP CONTROL C
P3-3
P OT-NO
ODT (OUTDOOR
THERMOSTAT) U P3-1
OT-NC
M P3-4
2ND STAGE COMPRESSOR

P OT-C
P3-5
DEMAND OUTPUT
Y2
2
BREAK FOR ODT

1
ALL FUEL CONTROL BOARD - AFE18-60A

This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
(For use with Heat Pumps in conjunction with 80% or 90% Single-Stage or Two-Stage Furnaces)
169
HIGH VOLTAGE!
10kw and Below, One Stage Electric Heat

From Air Handler
TE
UE
D
E
HI
RE
RE
BL
W
G
C G W2 R
C
BLUE
3
WHITE G
Indoor Thermostat
BROWN
W2
1
BLACK
RED
THERMOSTAT
EMERGENCY E
HEAT
RELAY
OT/EHR18-60 O
C R W2 O Y
YE
W
RE
RA
BL
LL
HI
D
UE
N
TE
O
G
W
From Outdoor Unit E
15kw and Above, Two Stage Electric Heat

From Air Handler SEE NOTE
N
W
N
E
E
O
EE
ED
IT
U
BR
H
BL
R
W
G
C G W2 W3 R
C
BLUE
2
2
3
WHITE G
Indoor Thermostat
BROWN
W2
1
BLACK
RED
THERMOSTAT
EMERGENCY E
HEAT
RELAY
OT/EHR18-60 O
C R W2 O Y
O
YE
Note:
W
R
R
BL
ED
LL
HI
AN
U
TE
O
E
When using a Thermostat with only one

W
E
stage for electric heat (W2), tie white and From Outdoor Unit
brown wires from air handler together.
Typical Wiring Schematics for OT/EHR18-60 (Outdoor Thermostat & Emergency Heat Relay).
170
HIGH VOLTAGE!
15kw and Above with Two OT/EHR18-60's, Two Stage Electric Heat and Two Stage Thermostat
From Air Handler
N
OT/EHR18-60 #1
W
N
O
E
EE
D
IT
U
BR
RE
H
BL
W
G
C G W2 W3 R
C
BLUE
3
WHITE G
Indoor Thermostat
BROWN
W2
1
BLACK
RED W3
THERMOSTAT
EMERGENCY E
HEAT
RELAY
R
OT/EHR18-60 #2 O
Y
BLUE
3
WHITE
BROWN
1
BLACK
RED
THERMOSTAT
EMERGENCY
HEAT
RELAY
C R W2 O Y
O
YE
W
RE
R
BL
LL
H
AN
D
U
IT
O
E
G
E
W
E
From Outdoor Unit
Typical Wiring Schematics for OT/EHR18-60 (Outdoor Thermostat & Emergency Heat Relay).
171
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS ADPF, ARPF, ARUF
HIGH VOLTAGE!
FL FL
FL FL
HTR1 TL BK
HTR2 TL FL
HTR1 TL FL HTR1 TL
FL BK
HTR2 TL RD
HTR1 TL FL
RD HTR2 TL RD
FL HTR3 TL
BK BK 1 YL
FL
HTR3 TL
BK BK 1 HTR4 TL
2 BK 1 BL
RD BK 1
2 2
PU 3 RD YL
RD 2
BK BL YL BK PU PU
PU 3 BL 3
BL BK RD
4 BK 3
M1 BL RD BL
M1 M3 M1
BL RD
R RD M1 M3 4 RD M2 M4 M2
4
M1 M3 M5 M7
5 YL BL 4
M2 R1 R2 RD M2 M4 M6 M8
R BR 5
5
WH 6 M2 M4 BK R1 R2 BR 5
BK
RD WH 6 BK
BK
BK WH 6 RD WH 6
7
BK RD 7
RD BK 7 7
YL
8 BK 8
YL
RD BK BL 8
8
9 RD 9 BK
RD 9
9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS L1 L2 L1 L2
FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEAT ER
KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN L1 L2

FOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT GROUND
GROUND 208/240 VOLTS
USE
USECOPPER OR ALUMINUM
COPPER WIRE WIRE
BL RD GR WH BR GRD
BK RD
L1 L2
SR
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLM PLM 2
1 PLF
PLF 3 PLF 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
RC EM
BK RD PU BL BR WH NO
NC
M1
SEE LO
SEE NOTE 4 EBTDR
NOTE
2 BR M2 COM
HI
WH
1 2 3 SEE NOTE 1
TR
EBTDR R C EBTDR G
4 24V 5
GR BK
SEE NOTE 5 RD
RD
6 5 4 PLF
PU SEE NOTE 1
G EBTDR
NO RD
R K1 C 1 2 3 240 RD WH BR BL GR
BL XFMR-R BK
RD XFMR-C COM TR COLOR CODE WIRING CODE
K1 PU 5 4
C 24V BK BLACK GR GREEN FACTORY WIRING
NC RD RED PU PURPLE HIGH VOLTAGE
BL BL YL YELLOW BR BROWN LOW VOLTAGE
SPEEDUP M1 M2 BL BL BLUE WH WHITE FIELD WIRING
RD HIGH VOLTAGE
COMPONENT CODE LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 2
RD EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR TR TRANSFORMER

COPPER OR ALUMINUM SEE RC RUN CAPACITOR PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
COPPER NOTE
POWER SUPPLY 3 SR STRAIN RELIEF PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
(SEE RATING PLATE) PU R RELAY FL FUSE LINK
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE EBTDR ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME TL THERMAL LIMIT
BK
DELAY RELAY HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
Notes:
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING 1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.
(SELECT MODELS ONLY) (M1) RD LOW RD
2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions
SEE NOTE 3 (M2) BL MEDIUM for proper low voltage wiring connections.
RC 3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needs
(COM) BK HIGH
BR to be changed, connect appropriate motor wire (Red for low, Blue for medium,
(TR 1)
PU EM EM and Black for high speed) on "COM" connection of the EBTDR.
BR 3 SPEED Inactive motor wires should be connected to "M1 or M2" on EBTDR.
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES BR
PU 4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, 5) EBTDR has a 7 second on delay when "G" is energized and a 65 second off
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE RC
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. delay when "G" is de-energized.
0140M00037
Typical Wiring Schematic ADPF, ARPF, ARUF with Electric Heat.

172
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS MBR
HIGH VOLTAGE!
R TR R
1 4
208/240 24V
HTR2
2
BK
3 5
Y BL BL
FL HTR3 TL
PU
BK
BL PC
FL HTR4 TL
BK 1
BL EBTDR
2 R R
G
R
BL 3 PU BL R K1
NO
R XFMR-R
M5 M7
Y BL 4 BL XFMR-C COM
RS2 K1
M6 M8
C
BR 5 BR NC
SPEEDUP M1
W 6 W
Y
BL 8
BK
R 9
W BR G PK BL
L1 L2 L1 L2
SR
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM
USE COPPER WIRE WIRE
Typical Wiring Schematic MBR Blower with Electric Heat.

173
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS AEPF
HIGH VOLTAGE!
FL FL
FL FL
HTR1 TL BK
HTR2 TL FL
FL
HTR1 TL HTR1 TL BK
FL HTR2 TL R
FL
HTR1 TL
R HTR2 TL R
FL
BK BK 1 HTR3 TL Y
FL
HTR3 TL
BK BK 1
2 BK 1 HTR4 TL BL
R BK 1
2 2
PU 3 R Y
R 2
BK BL Y BK PU PU
PU 3 BL 3 BL BK R
4 BK
M1 BL R BL 3
M1 M3 M1
BL R
R R
M1 M3 4
R
4
M1 M3 M5 M7
5 M2 M4 M2 Y BL 4
M2 R2 R M2 M4 M6 M8
R R1 BR 5
5
W 6 M2 M4 BK R1 R2 BR 5
BK
R W 6 BK
BK
BK W 6 R W 6
7
BK R 7
BK 7 7
R Y
8 BK 8
Y
R 8
BK BL 8
9 R 9 BK
R 9
9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED
NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED
TO TO
* SEE NOTE 7 C ONDE N SER TH ERM O STAT
L OW VO LTAGE 208/240 VOLTS
Y CO N O W 1 C Y 1 Y /Y2
FIE L D CON NE C TION
R C W 2 W2 R G O
BOX
PL 1 2 1 P L1
R PL 2 2 1 P L2
S EE N OTE 8 EM TO L OW VOLTAGE
BK TE R MINAL BOARD
Y O W BL PU Y
R BL BR BR R G O PL1 1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9
1 2 3
PL 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TR
BL
BK TR 4 2 4 V OLT 5
24 0
R 1 4 5 P L2 6 PL 2 4 PL2
P N. B1368270 REV.A
Y BL
J1
BL 20 8 R SE E
R YCON COM O
2 2 4V S EE N OTE 5 N OTE 4
CONDENSERHEATPUMP
HUM
OT2
OT1
W
E\W1
W2 W1 Y CO N
W/W2
BR
W1
3 5 PJ2
IN4005
N OTE DIOD E
O
O OTC
COM P J6 PJ4 DIODE

BR ON VS TB
W2
W2
OU TDO O R
R
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4
OT1 OT2
OT OT OT Y1 Y2 G
ED
R Y C
THERMOSTATS
HUM
2 1 C O W W2 E W1
BL
HEATE R
W1
BR W *SEE N OTE 7
BL
C
W2 C
W R S EE N OTE 3 S EE NOT E 2 S EE N OTE 1

BK
24 VAC
BR
R
PU
Y1
BL
R
R G
Y1
C OLOR C ODE
Y/Y2
Y W IRIN G COD E
HUMIDISTAT
R R
HUM
DS1
J2 J3 BL W W HITE G GR EEN FAC TORY W IRIN G
BR BK B LAC K PU PUR PLE HIGH VOLTAGE
W R R ED BR BROW N LOW VO LTA GE
G Y Y EL LOW 0 ORA NGE FIEL D W IRIN G
BL B LUE PK PIN K HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VO LTA GE
C OMPON E NT C ODE
EM E VAP ORATOR M OTOR TL TH E RM AL LIM IT
PL P L UG H TR H EA T EL EM EN T
P J2 ,PJ 4,P J6 P RO GRAM JU MPER R R EL AY
VS TB VAR IA BLE SP EED TR TR ANSF ORMER
TER MINAL B OA RD
FL FU S E LI NK
EM
C OPP ER E QUIP M EN T GRO UN D NOTES:

POW ER SUPPLY U SE COPPE R W IR E
(SE E RATIN G PL ATE) 1. FOR HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WI RE BETWEEN O & Y1.
2. FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).
3. FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2.
4. FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY,
TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT CONDENSING UNI T TO YCON & C.
5. WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE.
6. RED WI RES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
7. SEE COMPOSITE WI RING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.
8. DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.
C O NTR OLS SHOW N W ITH U TILIT IE S IN "ON" P OSITION AND TH ERM OS TAT IN "O FF" P OSIT IO N .
IF REPL AC E M ENT OF THE O RIGINAL W IR ES SU PPL IED W ITH THIS AS SE M BLY IS N EC ESSAR Y, U SE 1 05°C . W IRE. S IZE TO CONFO RM T O T HE NA TIONA L EL ECT RI C C ODE. 0 1 40 A0 00 00 P
Typical Wiring Schematic AEPF with Electric Heat.

174
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS MBR
HIGH VOLTAGE!
TO
HKR Heat Kit

TO
OU TD OOR
COM
OT1 PJ4
OT2 PJ2
PJ6
Blower Section
Typical Wiring Schematic MBE Blower with Electric Heat.

This wiring diagram is for reference only.
Not all wiring is as shown above.
175
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS ASPF
HIGH VOLTAGE!
FL FL
FL FL
HTR1 TL BK
HTR2 TL FL
HTR1 TL FL HTR1 TL
FL BK
HTR2 TL RD
HTR1 TL FL
HTR2 TL RD
RD FL HTR3 TL YL
BK BK 1 FL
HTR3 TL
BK BK 1 HTR4 TL
2 BK 1 BL
RD BK 1
2 2
PU 3 RD YL
RD 2
BK BL YL BK PU PU
PU 3 BL 3
BL BK RD
4
M1 BK BL RD BL 3
M1 M3 M1
BL RD
R RD
M1 M3 4
RD
4
M1 M3 M5 M7
5 M2 M4 M2 YL BL 4
M2 R1 R2 RD M2 M4 M6 M8
R BR 5
5
BK
RD WH 6 BK
BK
BK WH 6 RD WH 6
7
BK RD 7
BK 7 7
RD YL
8 BK 8
YL
RD BK BL 8
8
9 RD 9 BK
RD 9
9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
L1 L2 L1 L2
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN L1 L2 EQUIPMENT GROUND

FOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY EQUIPMENT GROUND 208/240 VOLTS
SEE NOTE 2 USEUSE
COPPER OR ALUMINUM
COPPER WIRE WIRE
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5 GRD XFMR-R
COM
BK RD
L1 L2 R
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLM PLM 2 EBTDR

XFMR-C
EM
RD 1 PLF C
C L GN PLF 2 NO NC
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 G
RD BK RD BL BR WH
SEE
BR NOTE 4
1 2 3 SEE NOTE 1
WH
BL CR
TR
B A 7 4
4 24V 5
BL
GR 6 4 PLF
RD 5 1
RD 2
CR EM
BK 3
XFMR-R RD 4
COM C
R RD 4 BK SEE NOTE 1 5
RD
EBTDR RD C 1 2 3 240 R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5
XFMR-C 7 1 RD
SEE
C NOTE 3 TR COLOR CODE WIRING CODE
NO NC BL 4
GR G GR A B 5 24V BK BLACK GR GREEN FACTORY WIRING
RD RED PU PURPLE HIGH VOLTAGE
BL YL YELLOW BR BROWN LOW VOLTAGE
BL BL BL BLUE WH WHITE
BL FIELD WIRING
BL RD HIGH VOLTAGE
COMPONENT CODE LOW VOLTAGE
RD
EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR TR TRANSFORMER
COPPER OR ALUMINUM TB TERMINAL BOARD PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
COPPER
POWER SUPPLY R RELAY PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
(SEE RATING PLATE) 1 234 5 CR CONTROL RELAY FL FUSE LINK
EM DELAY RELAY HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
Notes:
CLGN 1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.
BL 2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions
RD BK for proper low voltage wiring connections.
3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needs
to be changed, connect red wire from terminal 4 of CR relay to appropriate tap
at TB
4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NEC ESSARY,
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
0140A00034
Typical Wiring Schematic ASPF with Electric Heat.

176
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS ARUF**14** & ARPT**14*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
FL FL
FL FL
HTR1 TL BK
HTR2 TL FL
FL
HTR1 TL HTR1 TL BK
FL HTR2 TL RD
FL
HTR1 TL
RD HTR2 TL RD
FL
BK BK HTR3 TL YL
1 FL
HTR3 TL
BK BK 1
2 BK 1 HTR4 TL BL
RD BK 1
2 2
PU 3 RD YL
RD PU 2
BK BL YL BK PU
PU 3 BL 3
BL BK RD
4 BK 3
M1 BL RD BL
M1 M3 M1
BL RD
R RD
M1 M3 4 RD M2 M4 M2
4
M1 M3 M5 M7
5 YL BL 4
M2 R1 R2 RD
R BR 5
M2 M4 M6 M8
5
BK
RD WH 6 BK
BK
BK WH 6 RD WH 6
7
BK RD 7
BK 7
RD 7 YL
8 BK 8
YL
RD 8
BK BL 8
9 RD 9 BK
RD 9
9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP IS NOT BELOW MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIR HANDLER/HEATER KIT
COMBINATION ON THIS UNITS SERIAL PLATE. AFTER INST ALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE. MARK ACCORDING TO THE
NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED. 5 ELEMENT ROWS DATA SUPPLIED WITH HEATER KIT.
SEE NOTE 2 TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN L2

L1 EQUIPMENT GROUND 208/240 VOLTS
FOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY
USE COPPER WIRE
BL RD GR WH BR
BK RD GRD L1 L2
SR
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLF PLF 2
1 PLM
3 PLM 2
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
RC EM
SEE NC
M1
NOTE 4 HI
EBTDR
BR M2 COM
LO
WH
1 2 3 SEE NOTE 1
TR
EBTDR R C EBTDR G
4 24V 5
GR BK
SEE NOTE 5 RD 6 5 4 PLF
RD
PU SEE NOTE 1
G EBTDR RD BL GR
RD WH BR
R K1
NO C 1 2 3 240 COLOR CODE WIRING CODE
BL XFMR-R RD
RD XFMR-C COM TR BK BLACK GR GREEN FACTORY WIRING
K1 PU 5 4 RD RED PU PURPLE HIGH VOLTAGE
C 24V YL YELLOW BR BROWN LOW VOLTAGE
NC BL BLUE WH WHITE FIELD WIRING
BL SPEEDUP M1 M2 BL BL
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
RC RUN CAPACITOR PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
BK SR STRAIN RELIEF MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
PLM
SEE RD R RELAY FL FUSE LINK
COPPER POWER SUPPLY NOTE 3
(SEE RATING PLATE) PU EBTDR ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME TL THERMAL LIMIT
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE DELAY RELAY HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
NOTES:
1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING AND ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
(SELECT MODELS ONLY) (COM) RD LOW BK 2) SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
SEE NOTE 3 FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
(M2) BL MEDIUM 3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION.
RC
(M1) BK HIGH IF SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT APPROPRIATE
BR MOTOR WIRE (RED FOR LOW, BLUE FOR MEDIUM,AND BLACK FOR
(TR 1)
PU EM EM HIGH SPEED) ON "COM" CONNECTION OF THE EBTDR.
BR 3 SPEED INACTIVE MOTOR WIRES SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO "M1 OR M2"
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES BR ON EBTDR.
PU
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY 4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED WITH HEAT KITS ONLY.
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE 5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. RC AND A 65 SECOND OFF DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
0140A00058-B
Typical Wiring Schematic ARUF**14** & ARPT**14** with Electric Heat.

177
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS ASPT**14**/ASUF**14**
HIGH VOLTAGE!
FL FL FL
FL
TL TL TL TL
HT R1 HTR1 BK HTR1
HTR 1 FL FL BK
FL
TL TL
TL HTR2 RD HTR2
HT R2 FL RD
FL
BK BK TL TL
BK 1
HTR3 HTR3 YL
FL
BK 1
2 RD BK 1 TL
HTR4 BL
RD
YL 2 BK 1
PU 3 2 RD
YL PU
BK RD BK
BL BL 3 2
PU 3 PU
4 RD BL
M1 RD BL M1 M3 M1 BK RD
BL 4 BL 3
R BK M1 M3 4 RD M2 M4 M2
RD
5 M1 M3 M5 M7
M2 R1 R2 5 YL BL 4
R BR
RD M2 M4 M6 M8
M2 M4 5 BK
WH 6 BK R1 R2 5
RD WH 6 BR
WH 6 BK
BK BK
7 7 RD WH 6
BK BK
RD 7 YL
RD 8 BK 8
7
RD 8
BK YL
RD 9
BL 8
9
BK
9 RD 9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS TWO (2) ELE MENT ROW S TH REE (3) ELEMENT ROWS FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER KIT COMBINATION ON THIS
UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE BOX PROVIDED ABOVE. MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK
INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.
EQUIP MENT GROUND 208/240 VOLTS

GRD
SEE NOTE 2 USE COPPER WIRE
L1 L2 WIRING CODE
R C G W 1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5 L1 L2 5 FACTORY W IRING
1 PLF PLF 2 HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 EM
1 PLM LGN 3 1 2 4 FIELD W IRING
RD PLM 2 HIGH VOLTAGE
CR
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 LOW VOLTAGE
SEE TR TRANSFORMER
BK RD BL BR WH
GR NOTE 4 SEE NOTE 1 PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
BR ALTERNAT E HEAT RELAY PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
FL FUSE LINK
WH 1 2 3 1 TL THERMAL LIMIT
BL
HT R HEAT ELEMENTS
TR
RD
A 4 7
WH B
PU
4 24V 5 CR COLOR CODE
HOLDER
BK BLACK GR GREEN
FUSE
CR BK 6 5 4 P LM
RD 1 RD RED PU PURPLE
SEE 2 YL YELLOW BR BROWN
7 BK NOTE 1 EM
WH 3 BL BLUE WH WHIT E
2
4 C
C 1 3 240
RD 4 1 RD 5
TR COMPONENT CODE
5 24V 4
GR A B R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5 EM EVAPORATO R MOT OR
BL
TB TERM INAL BOARD
BL R RELAY
BL NOTES:
BL WH PU CR CONTRO L RELAY
BL F USE
RD RD HOLDER EBTDR ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
OR BR YL 1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERM INAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON DELAY RELAY
TERMINAL "2" F OR 280 VOLT S.
COPPER POWER SUPPLY 1 2 34 5
2) SEE COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATIO N INSTRUCTIONS FOR
(USE RATING PLATE) PU EM
PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE 4 C LGN
WH BL
RD BK
3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE F OR APPLICATION. IF
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES RD 2 5 SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE WIRE FROM T ERM INAL 4 OF CR
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, RELAY TO APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB.
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONAL GR 1 3
ELECTRIC CODE. BL
BL
4) BROWN AND WHIT E WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KIT S ONLY. 0140A00063-A
ALTERNATE HEAT RELAY
Typical Wiring Schematic ASPT**14** with Electric Heat.

178
HIGH VOLTAGE!
3-Phase Heat Kit
25kW Heat Kit
Wiring is subject to change. Always refer to the wiring diagram on the unit for the most up-to-date wiring.
179
WIRING DIAGRAMS
ERS
NDL
HA
AIR
180
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WIRING DIAGRAMS
ACNF
181
HIGH VOLTAGE!
182
208/240 VOLTS
DISC DISC
FL TL
BK RD * *
* * T1 FL HTR2 TL
DISC BK
L1
POWER HTR2
FL TL FL HTR1 TL HC
SUPPLY *
BK RD
DISC T2 L2
L2
WIRING DIAGRAMS
RD HTR1 RD RD
* EBTDR
EM SEE NOTE
PU
1 NC NO
FC LO
WH COM
HI
BR SEE
PU C 208V 240V
BL NOTE
2
GR TR SEE NOTE 5
EBTDR
RD EBTDR
WH BR R C G
RD 24V
RD
HC
PU BK SEE NOTE 5
BK RD XFMR-R
NO SEE NOTE RD
BK R BR WH BL
BK 1 C 208V 240V GR
L1 T1 XFMR-C RD
COM COLOR CODE SEE NOTE 2 WIRE CODE
RD GR TR
C WH WHITE GR GREEN FACTORY WIRING
RD L2 T2 RD NC FC
RD BK BLACK PU PURPLE HIGH VOLTAGE
RD G SU 24V 24V
RD RED BR BROWN LOW VOLTAGE
C EBTDR SEE NOTE 4 YL YELLOW FIELD WIRING
BL RD
BL GR BL BLUE HIGH VOLTAGE
RD BL BL
LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 2
BK
COMPONENT CODE
DISC DISCONNECT SWITCH C CONTACTOR
YL BR RD EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR FC FAN CAPACITOR
BK TL THERMAL LIMIT
EBTDR ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
DELAY RELAY TR TRA NSFORMER
FL FUSIBLE LINK HTR HEATER ELEMENT
HC HEATER CONTACTOR
NOTES:
EM 1) TO PLACE UNIT IN LOW SPEED, REMOVE BLACK MOTOR LEAD FROM
ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME DELAY RELAY (EBTDR) COM TERMINAL AND
REPLACE WITH RED MOTOR LEAD
2) SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE.
3) ASTERISK (*) INDICATES THAT HEATING ELEMENT, THERMAL LIMIT,
CONTACTOR, & INTERCONNECTING WIRES OF HEATER #2 ARE
DELETED WITH SINGLE HEATING ELEMENT UNITS.
4) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65
SECOND OFF DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
5) FOR 208VAC APPLICATIONS MOVE BOTH RED WIRES TO
CENTER TAP
0140A00278-B
ACNF
WIRING DIAGRAMS ADPF, ARPF, ARUF, ATUF
FL FL
FL FL
HTR1 TL BK
HTR2 TL FL
HTR1 TL FL HTR1 TL
FL BK
HTR2 TL RD
HTR1 TL FL
RD HTR2 TL RD
FL HTR3 TL
BK BK YL
1 FL
HTR3 TL
BK BK 1 HTR4 TL
2 BK 1 BL
RD BK 1
2 2
PU 3
RD RD YL
2
BK BL YL BK PU PU
PU 3 BL 3
BL BK RD
4 BK
M1 BL RD BL 3
M1 M3 M1
R RD BL 4 RD
M1 M3 4 RD M1 M3 M5 M7
5 M2 M4 M2 YL BL 4
M2 R1 R2 RD M2 M4 M6 M8
R BR 5
5
BK
RD WH 6 BK
WH 6 BK 6
BK 7
RD WH
BK RD 7
RD BK 7 YL 7
8 BK 8
YL
RD 8
BK BL 8
9 RD 9 BK
RD 9
9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOW N L1 L2 EQUIPMENT GROUND

USE COPPER
USE COPPER WIRE
OR ALUMINUM WIRE
BL RD GR WH BR GRD
BK RD
L1 L2
SR
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLM PLM 2
1 PLF
PLF 3 PLF 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
RC EM
NC
M1
SEE LO
SEE NOTE 4 EBTDR
NOTE
2 BR M2 COM
HI
WH
1 2 3 SEE NOTE 1
TR
EBTDR R C EBTDR G
4 24V 5
BK
HIGH VOLTAGE!
GR
SEE NOTE 5 RD
RD
PU SEE NOTE 1 6 5 4 PLF
G EBTDR
NO RD
BL XFMR-R BK
K1 PU 5 4
RD HIGH VOLTAGE
COMPONENT CODE LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 2
RD EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR TR TRANSFORMER

COPPER OR ALUMINUM SEE RC RUN CAPACITOR PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
COPPER POWER SUPPLY NOTE
POWER SUPPLY 3 SR STRAIN RELIEF PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
(SEERATING
(SEE RATING PLATE)
PLATE) PU FL FUSE LINK
R RELAY
BK
Notes:
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING 1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.
(SELECT MODELS ONLY) (M1) RD LOW RD
SEE NOTE 3 (M2) BL MEDIUM for proper low voltage wiring connections.
RC 3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needs
(COM) BK HIGH
BR to be changed, connect appropriate motor wire (Red for low, Blue for medium,
(TR 1)
PU EM EM and Black for high speed) on "COM" connection of the EBTDR.
BR 3 SPEED Inactive motor wires should be connected to "M1 or M2" on EBTDR.
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES BR
PU 4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, 5) EBTDR has a 7 second on delay when "G" is energized and a 65 second off
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE RC
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. delay when "G" is de-energized.
0140M00037
183
FL FL
FL FL
HTR1 TL BK
HTR2 TL FL
FL
HTR1 TL HTR1 TL BK
FL HTR2 TL RD
FL
HTR1 TL
RD HTR2 TL RD
FL
BK BK 1 HTR3 TL YL
FL
HTR3 TL
BK BK 1
2 BK 1 HTR4 TL BL
RD BK 1
2 2
PU 3 RD YL
RD 2
BK BL YL BK PU PU
PU 3 BL 3
BL B K RD
4 BK 3
M1 BL RD BL
M1 M3 M1
R RD BL 4 RD
M1 M3 4 RD M2 M4 M2
M1 M3 M5 M7
5 YL BL 4
M2 R1 R2 RD
R BR 5
M2 M4 M6 M8
5
BK
RD WH 6 BK
WH 6 BK
BK 7
RD WH 6
BK RD 7
BK 7 7
RD YL
8 BK 8
YL
RD 8
BK BL 8
9 RD
9 BK
RD
9
9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER
KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
SEE NOTE 2 TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN L1 L2 EQUIPMENT GROUND 208/240 VOLTS

USE COPPER WIRE
BL RD GR WH BR
BK RD GRD L1 L2
SR
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLM PLM 2
1 PLF
PLF 3 PLF 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
RC EM
SEE NC
M1
NOTE 4 HI
EBTDR
BR M2 COM
LO
WH
1 2 3 SEE NOTE 1
TR
EBTDR R C EBTDR G
4 24V 5
GR BK
SEE NOTE 5 RD
HIGH VOLTAGE!
RD
SEE NOTE 1 6 5 4 PLF
PU
G EBTDR
NO RD
BL XFMR-R RD
K1 PU 5 4
RD HIGH VOLTAGE
BK EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR TR TRANSFORMER

SEE RC RUN CAPACITOR PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
RD
COPPER POWER SUPPLY NOTE 3 SR STRAIN RELIEF PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
(SEE RATING PLATE) PU R RELAY FL FUSE LINK
NOTES:
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING
(COM) RD LOW BK 1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND
(SELECT MODELS ONLY) ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS
SEE NOTE 3 (M2) BL MEDIUM 2) SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER
RC LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS
(M1) BK HIGH
BR 3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED TAP
(TR 1) NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT APPROPRIATE MOTOR WIRE (RED FOR LOW,
PU EM EM BLUE FOR MEDIUM,AND BLACK FOR HIGH SPEED) ON "COM" CONNECTION OF THE EBTDR
BR 3 SPEED
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES BR INACTIVE MOTOR WIRES SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO "M1 OR M2" ON EBTDR.
PU 4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED WITH HEAT KITS ONLY.
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE 5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65 SECOND OFF
RC DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
0140M00170-E
184
EFFECTIVE 12/24/14
SEE N OTE S 2 & 6 TERMINA L BL OC K SH OW N

L1 L2
FOR 5 0HZ MODE LS ONL Y EQ UIPMENT GR OUND
USE COPPE R W IRE
BL RD GR WH BR
BK RD GRND
SR
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
208/240 VOLTS
BK RD PU BL BR WH
SEE
NOT E 4 L1 L2
BR
1 PLM PLM 2
WH
1 PLF
3 PLF 2
RC EM
GR BK NC NO
SEE N OTE 5 RD M1
RD HI
PU SEE N OTE 1 EBTDR
G EBTDR
RD M2 COM
R K1 NO C 1 2 3 240 LO
BL XFMR-R RD
RD XFMR-C COM TR
K1 PU 5 4 1 2 3 SEE NOTE 1
C 24V
NC
BL SPEEDUP M1 M2 BL BL TR
RD EBTDR R C EBTDR G
4 24V 5
BK
SEE RD 6 5 4 PLF
COPP E R PO WER SUP P LY NOT E 3
(SEE RATI NG P LAT E) PU
USE MIN . 75°C FIE LD WIRE
RD WH BR BL GR
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY BK SEE NOTES 2 & 6
RC
HIGH VOLTAGE!
BR
EM
COMPONENT CODE COLOR CODE WIRING CODE
BR
EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR BK BLACK FACTORY WIRING
RC RUN CAPACITOR RD RED HIGHVOLTAGE
SR STRAIN RELIEF YL YELLOW LOW VOLTAGE
R RELAY BL BLUE FIELD WIRING
EBTDR ELECTRONICBLOWER TIME GR GREEN HIGHVOLTAGE
DELAY RELAY PU PURPLE LOW VOLTAGE
TR TRANSFORMER BR BROWN
WH WHITE
PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR THREE SP E ED MO T OR WIRING
PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR (SE LEC T MOD ELS ONLY) (COM) RD LOW
FL FUSE LINK SEE N OTE 3
TL THERMAL LIMIT (M2) BL MEDIUM
GRND GROUND (M1) BK HIGH
(TR 1) PU
NOTES: EM
BR 3 SPEED
1. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND
ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS PU
2. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER RC

LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS
3. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED TAP

NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT APPROPRIATE MOTORWIRE (RED FOR LOW,
BLUE FOR MEDIUM, AND BLACK FOR HIGH SPEED) ON "COM" CONNECTION OF THE EBTDR
INACTIVE MOTORWIRES MUST BE CONNECTED TO "M1 OR M2"ON EBTDR.
4. BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED WITH HEAT KITS ONLY.
5. EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65 SECOND OFF
DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
6. LOW VOLTAGE FIELD WIRING TO BE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRES.

0140A00245-A
185
WIRING DIAGRAMS AEPF
FL FL
FL FL
HTR1 TL BK
HTR2 TL FL
FL
HTR1 TL HTR1 TL BK
FL HTR2 TL R
FL
HTR1 TL
R HTR2 TL R
FL
BK BK 1 HTR3 TL Y
FL
HTR3 TL
BK BK 1
2 BK 1 HTR4 TL BL
R BK 1
2 2
PU 3 R Y
R 2
BK BL Y BK PU PU
PU 3 BL 3 BL BK R
4 BK
M1 BL R BL 3
M1 M3 M1
BL R
R R
M1 M3 4
R
4
M1 M3 M5 M7
5 M2 M4 M2 Y BL 4
M2 R2 R M2 M4 M6 M8
R R1 BR 5
5
W 6 M2 M4 BK R1 R2 BR 5
BK
R W 6 BK
BK
BK W 6 R W 6
7
BK R 7
BK 7 7
R Y
8 BK 8
Y
R 8
BK BL 8
9 R 9 BK
R 9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED
NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED
TO TO
* SEE N OTE 7 C O NDEN SER
TH ERM O STAT
L O W V OLTA GE 208/240 VOLTS
YCO N O W 1 C Y1 Y/Y2
FIE L D CO NNE CTIO N
R C W2 W 2 R G O
B OX
PL 1 2 1 PL 1
R PL 2 2 1 PL 2
SE E N O TE 8 EM TO L OW VO LTAG E
BK TER MINAL BOARD
Y O W B L PU Y
R BL BR BR R G O P L1 1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9
1 2 3
P L2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TR
BL
BK TR 4 2 4 VO LT 5
240
R 1 4 5 PL 2 6 PL 2 4 PL 2
P N. B1368270 RE V.A
Y BL
J1
BL 208 R S EE
R Y CON COM O
2 4V S EE N O TE 5 N OTE 4
2
CONDE NSERHEATP UMP
HUM
OT2
OT1
W
E\W1
W2 W1 Y CO N
W/W2
BR
W1
3 5 PJ2
IN4005
N O TE DIO D E
O C OM PJ4
O OTC OT1 OT2
P J6 DIODE
BR O N V STB
W2
W2
O UT D O O R
R
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4
OT OT OT Y1 Y2 G
ED
R Y C
THERMOS TATS
HUM
2 1 C O W W2 E W1
BL
HEATE R
W1
BR W *SEE N O TE 7
BL
C
W2 C
W R SE E N O TE 3 SE E NO T E 2 SEE NO TE 1
BK
HIGH VOLTAGE!
24 VAC
BR
BL PU
Y1
R
R G
Y1
C O LO R C ODE
Y/Y2
Y W IRIN G COD E
HUMIDISTAT
R R
HUM
DS 1 W W HITE G G RE EN
J2 J3 BL FAC TO RY W IRIN G
BR BK BL AC K PU PURPL E HIG H VO LTAG E
W R R ED BR BROW N LO W VO LTA GE
G Y YE LLO W 0 O RANG E FIEL D W IRIN G
BL BL UE PK PIN K HIG H VO LTAG E
LO W VO LTA GE
C O MPO N ENT C O DE
EM EVA PO RATO R M O TO R TL TH ERM AL LIMIT
PL PL UG H TR H EAT EL EME NT
PJ2 ,PJ 4,PJ6 PRO GRAM JU MPER R R EL AY
VSTB VAR IAB LE SP EE D TR TR A NS F O RMER
TER MINAL BOA RD
FL FU SE LI NK
EM
C OPP ER EQ UIPM EN T GRO UN D NOTES:

POW ER SUPPLY U SE COPP ER W IR E
(SE E RATIN G PL ATE) 1. FOR HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WIRE BET WEEN O & Y1.
2. FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).
3. FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2 .
4. FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY,
TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT C ONDENSING UNIT TO YCON & C.
5. WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPEN S ON HUMIDITY RISE.
6. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRAN SFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 2 40 VOLT S AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
7. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING D IAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTR UCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.
8. DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.
C ONTRO LS S HOW N WITH U TILIT IE S IN "O N" PO S ITIO N A ND TH ERM OSTAT IN "O FF" PO SIT ION .
IF REP LAC EM ENT O F THE O RIG INAL W IR ES SU PPL IED W ITH THIS ASS EM B LY IS N EC ESSAR Y, U SE 1 0 5°C . W IRE . SIZE TO CONFO RM T O T HE NATIO NA L EL ECT RI C C ODE . 0 1 40 A0 0000 P
186
WIRING DIAGRAMS AEPF******CA
FL FL FL
FL
HTR 1 TL BK
HTR1 TL HTR1
TL BK FL
HTR1 TL FL FL
TL HTR 2 TL RD
PL1 TL HTR2 RD FL
HTR2 BK FL
BK BK 1 PL1
PL1 HTR 3 TL YL
TL
RD BK 1 HTR3 FL PL1
2 BK 1
HTR 4 TL BL BK 1
RD
2 2
PU 3 RD YL
BK RD YL PU 2
BL BK PU
PU 3
BL 3
BL
4
RD RD BK RD 3
M1 BL M1 M3 M1
BL
R BK BL 4 RD
4 M1 M3 M5 M7
5 M1 M3 RD M2 M4 M2 YL BL 4
M2 R2 RD
R R1 BR 5
M2 M4 M6 M8
5
BK
RD WH 6 BK
WH 6 BK
BK 7
RD WH 6
BK BK 7
RD RD 7
YL 7
8
BK 8
YL
RD BK BL 8
8
9 RD BK
RD 9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
ONE(1) ELEMENTROWS TWO(2)ELEMENTROWS THREE(3)ELEMENTROWS FOUR(4)ELEMENT ROWS
L1 L2 L1 L2
AFTERINSTALLINGOPTIONALHEATKIT, MARKA"X"INTHE PROVIDEDABOVE.

MARKACCORDINGTONUMBEROFHEATERELEMENTROWSINSTALLED
NOMARKINDICATESNOHEATKITINSTALLED
TO TO
*SEE NOTE 7 CONDENSER THERMOSTAT
LOWVOLTAGE 208/240VOLTS
YCON W1 C Y1 Y/Y2
FIELDCONNECTION O R C W2 W2 R G
BOX
PL1 2 1 PL1
RD PL2 2 1 PL2
SEENOTE8 EM TOLOWVOLTAGE
BK TERMINALBOARD
FORHEAT YL OR WH BL PU YL
PUMPS ONLY RD BL BR RD GR PL1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
BR EQUIPMENTGROUND
USECOPPER WIRE 1 2 3
PL 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TR
BL
RD TR 4 24VOLT 5
BK 240
RD 1 4 5 PL2 6 PL2 4 PL2
YL
PN. B1368270REV.A
J1
BL
BL 208 RD SEE
R YC ON COM O
24V SEENOTE5 NOTE4

2
HUM
CONDENSER HEATPUMP
OT2
OT1
WH
E\W1
W2 W1 YCON
W/ W 2
BR
W1
OR 3 5 IN4005
PJ2 NOTEDIODE
O
COM PJ6 PJ4 DIODE

BR ON VSTB
OTC OT1 OT2
W2
W2
THERM OSTATS
OU TDOO R
RD
PJ6
PJ2
PJ4
OT OT OT
ED
R HUM O W W2 E W1 Y1 Y Y2 G C
2 1 C
BL
HEATER
W1
BR EQUIPMENT GROUND *SEENOTE7

BL WH
USECOPPER WIRE
C
W2 C
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WH O SEENOTE3 SEENOTE2
RD BK SEENOTE1
24 VAC
VSTB
BR
R
PU
Y1
BL
R
RD GR
Y1
COLORCODE
Y/Y2
YL WIRINGCODE
H UMIDISTAT
RD RD
HUM
DS1 WH WHITE GR GREEN

J2 J3 BL FACTORYWIRING
BR BK BLACK PU PURPLE HIGHVOLTAGE
WH RD RED BR BROWN LOWVOLTAGE
GR YL YELLOW 0R ORANGE FIELDWIRING
BL BLUE PK PINK HIGHVOLTAGE
LOWVOLTAGE
EQUIPMENTGROUND
USECOPPERWIRE COMPONENTCODE
EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR TL THERMALLIMIT
PL PLUG HTR HEATELEMENT
PJ2,PJ4,PJ6 PROGRAM JUMPER R RELAY
VSTB VARIABLE SPEED TR TRANSFORMER
TERMINALBOARD
FL FUSELINK
EM
COPPER NOTES:
POWER SUPPLY
(SEERATINGPLATE) 1.FORHEATPUMPAPPLICATIONS REMOVEORANGEJUMPERWIREBETWEEN O& Y1.
2.FORTWOSTAGEELECTRICHEATAPPLICATIONSCUT PJ4.(USE ONLYON15& 20KWMODELS).
3.FOROUTDOORTHERMOSTATOPERATIONOFSECONDSTAGEHEAT,CUTPJ2 &ADDOT18-60TO OTC&OT2.
4.FORSINGLESTAGE COOLINGAPPLICATIONS CONNECTTHERMOSTATTOY/Y2ONLY,
TAPE ORREMOVEY1 CONNECTION. CONNECTCONDENSINGUNITTOYCON& C.
5.WHENHUMIDSTATISPROVIDEDCUTPJ6.THERMOSTATOPENS ONHUMIDITYRISE.
6.REDWIRESTOBEONTRANSFORMER TERMINAL3 FOR240 VOLTSANDON TERMINAL2 FOR208VOLTS.
7.SEE COMPOSITEWIRINGDIAGRAMSININSTALLATIONINSTRUCTIONSFORPROPERLOWVOLTAGE
CONNECTIONSANDDETAILS ONCOMPATIBLETHERMOSTATSANDTHEIRCONNECTIONS.
8.DISCARDORIGINAL"PL1"PLUG CONNECTORWHENINSTALLINGOPTIONALHEATKIT.
CONTROLSSHOWNWITHUTILITIESIN"ON"POSITIONANDTHERMOSTATIN"OFF"POSITION.
0140A00041-B
187
HIGH VOLTAGE!
188
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. WIRING DIAGRAMS
AR[090-120]4
HIGH VOLTAGE!
208/240
SEE NOTES 2 & 6 TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN L1 L2 VOLTS
EQUIPMENT GROUND
FOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY USE COPPER WIRE
BL RD GR WH BR L1 L2
SR BK RD GRD
1 PLF PLF 2
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLM
3 PLM 2
WIRING DIAGRAMS
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 RC EM
NC NO
BK RD PU BL BR WH M1
SEE HI
NOTE 4 EBTDR
M2 COM
BR LO
WH 1 2 3 SEE NOTE 1
TR
GR BK EBTDR R C EBTDR G
SEE NOTE 5 RD 4 24V 5
RD
PU SEE NOTE 1 6 5 4 PLF
G EBTDR RD
R C 1 2 3 240 RD WH BR BL GR
NO
BL K1
XFMR-R RD
RD XFMR-C COLOR CODE WIRING CODE
5 BLACK FACTORY WIRING
C BK GR GREEN
NC
BL SPEEDUP M1 M2 BL BL RD RED PU PURPLE HIGH VOLTAGE
YL YELLOW BR BROWN LOW VOLTAGE
RD BL BLUE WH WHITE FIELD WIRING
COMPONENT CODE HIGH VOLTAGE
BK EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR LOW VOLTAGE
COPPER POWER SUPPLY SEE RC RUN CAPACITOR TRANSFORMER
RD TR
(SEE RATING PLATE) NOTE 3 PU SR STRAIN RELIEF PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE R RELAY PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
EBTDR ELECTRONIC BLOWER FL FUSE LINK
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING TIME DELAY RELAY TL THERMAL LIMIT
(SELECT MODELS ONLY) (COM) RD LOW BK
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES SEE NOTE 3 (M2) BL MEDIUM
RC
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY (M1) BK HIGH
BR
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE (TR 1) PU
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. EM EM
BR 3 SPEED BR
PU RC
NOTES:

AND ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION.
IF SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT APPROPRIATE
MOTOR WIRE (RED FOR LOW, BLUE FOR MEDIUM, AND BLACK FOR
HIGH SPEED) ON "COM" CONNECTION OF THE EBTDR.
INACTIVE MOTOR WIRES MUST BE CONNECTED TO "M1 OR M2"
ON EBTDR.
4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED WITH HEAT KITS ONLY.
5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED
AND A 65 SECOND OFF DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
6) LOW VOLTAGE FIELD WIRING TO BE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRES.
0140A00242-A
ARPT**14**/ARUF**14**
189
HIGH VOLTAGE!
190
FL FL
FL FL
HTR1 TL BK
HTR2 TL FL
HTR1 TL FL HTR1 TL
FL BK
HTR2 TL RD
HTR1 TL FL
HTR2 TL RD
RD FL HTR3 TL YL
BK BK 1 FL
H TR 3 TL
BK BK 1 HTR 4 TL
2 BK 1 BL
RD BK 1
2 2
PU 3 RD YL
RD 2
BK BL YL BK PU PU
PU 3 BL 3
BL BK RD
4 BK 3
M1 BL RD BL
M1 M3 M1
R RD BL 4 RD
M1 M3 4 RD M2 M4 M2 M1 M3 M5 M7
5 YL BL 4
M2 R1 R2 RD M2 M4 M6 M8
R BR 5
5
BK
RD WH 6 BK
6
BK
BK WH RD WH 6
7
BK RD 7
BK 7 7
RD 8 YL
BK 8
WIRING DIAGRAMS
YL
RD BK BL 8
8
9 RD 9 BK
RD 9
9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN L1 L2 EQUIPMENT GROUND

SEE NOTE 2 USE COPPER
USE OR ALUMINUM
COPPER WIREWIRE
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5 GRD XFMR-R
BK RD COM
L1 L2 R
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLM PLM 2 EBTDR

XFMR-C
EM
RD 1 PLF C
CLGN PLF 2 NO NC
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 G
RD BK RD BL BR WH
SEE
BR NOTE 4
1 2 3 SEE NOTE 1
WH
BL CR
TR
B A 7 4
4 24V 5
BL
GR 6
RD 5 4 PLF 1
RD 2
CR EM
BK 3
XFMR-R RD 4
COM C
R 4 BK SEE NOTE 1 5
RD
RD
EBTDR RD C 1 2 3 R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5
XFMR-C 7 1 RD 240
SEE
C NOTE 3 TR COLOR CODE WIRING CODE
NO NC BL
GR 5 24V 4
G GR A B BK BLACK GR GREEN FACTORY WIRING
BL YL YELLOW BR BROWN LOW VOLTAGE
BL BL BL BLUE WH WHITE
BL FIELD WIRING
BL RD HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
COPPER OR
COPPER ALUMINUM
POWER SUPPLY TB TERMINAL BOARD PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
POWER SUPPLY R RELAY PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
(SEE RATING
(SEERATING PLATE)PLATE) FL FUSE LINK
1 2345 CR CONTROL RELAY
USE MIN.
USE MIN.75°C
75°C
FIELDFIELD
WIRE WIRE EBTDR ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME TL THERMAL LIMIT
EM DELAY RELAY HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
Notes:
CLGN 1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.
BL 2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions
RD BK for proper low voltage wiring connections.
to be changed, connect red wire from terminal 4 of CR relay to appropriate tap
at TB
4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NEC ESSARY,
0140A00034
ASPF******AA
HIGH VOLTAGE!
FL FL
FL FL HTR1 TL BK
HTR2 TL FL
HTR1 TL FL HTR1 TL
FL BK
HTR2 TL RD
HTR1 TL FL
PLM
RD HTR2 TL RD
FL HTR3 TL YL
BK BK 1 PLM FL
PLM
HTR3 TL
BK BK 1 HTR4 TL PLM
2 BK 1 BL
BK 1
RD
2 2
PU 3 RD YL
RD 2
BK BL YL BK PU PU
PU 3 BL 3 BL BK RD
4 BK BL 3
M1 BL RD
M1 M3 M1
BL 4 RD
R RD 4 M1 M3 M5 M7
5 M1 M3 RD M2 M4 M2 YL BL 4
M2 R1 R2 RD M2 M4 M6 M8
R BR 5
5 R1 R2 5
WH 6 M2 M4 BK BR
BK BK
RD WH 6
BK
WH 6 RD WH 6
BK 7
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK RD 7
BK 7 7
RD 8
YL
BK 8
YL
RD BK BL 8
8
9 RD 9 BK
RD 9
9
L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIRE
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN L2

L1 EQUIPMENT GROUND 208/240 VOLTS
SEE NOTE 2 USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5 GRD
BK RD
L1 L2
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLM PLM 2

EM
RD 1 PLF C L GN PLF 2
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
GR BK RD BL BR WH
SEE
BR NOTE 4
1 2 3 SEE NOTE 1 5
WH
BL
TR
3 1 2 4
RD 4 24V 5 CR
WH
PU
6 5 4 PLF 1
FUSE
HOLDER
2 EM
CR BK 3
RD 4
SEE C
4 NOTE 3
BK SEE NOTE 1
5
WH
C 1 2 3 240 R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5
RD 2 5 RD
TR
5 4
COLOR CODE WIRING CODE
GR 1 3 24V
BK BLACK GR GREEN FACTORY WIRING
BL BL BLUE WH WHITE FIELD WIRING
BL WH PU
BL FUSE HIGH VOLTAGE
RD RD HOLDER COMPONENT CODE LOW VOLTAGE
COPPER POWER SUPPLY OR BR YL
(SEE RATING PLATE) TB TERMINAL BOARD PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE 12345 R RELAY PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
CR CONTROL RELAY FL FUSE LINK
COPPER OR ALUMINUM
POWER SUPPLY EM EBTDR ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME TL THERMAL LIMIT
(SEE RATING PLATE) DELAY RELAY HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE C L GN
BL Notes:
RD BK 1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.
for proper low voltage wiring connections.
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES to be changed, connect purple wire from terminal 4 of CR relay to appropriate tap
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, at TB 0140A00037
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE 4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. REV B
191
ASPF******BA
WIRING DIAGRAMS ASPF******CA
FL
TL
FL HTR1
FL BK
FL
TL TL
HTR1 TL
FL FL HTR1 BK HTR2
FL RD
FL
TL TL TL TL
HTR1 HTR2 HTR2 RD HTR3
FL YL
BK FL
TL TL
HTR3 HTR4 BL
BK BK 1 RD BK 1 BK 1 BK 1
2
2 2 RD YL 2
PU PU
RD RD YL BK BL
BL 3 BK RD
BL 3
PU 3 PU 3
RD
BK RD M1 M3 M1 RD
BL BL BL 4 M1 M3 M5 M7
YL BL 4
4 BK 4
RD M2 M4 M2
RD M4
M1 M3 M2 M6 M8
M1 R1 R2 5
BR R1 R2
R R BK
BR 5
5 5 BK
M2 M2 M4 BK
RD WH 6 BK
RD WH 6
WH 6 WH 6
7
7
BK
BK 7 RD 7
YL
8 YL
BK BK BL 8
BK
RD RD BK
8 8 RD 9
RD 9
9 9
L1 L2 L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
NOTE:WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEATER
KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE PROVIDED ABOVE.
208/240VOLTS
GRD EQUIPMENT GROUND

SEE NOTE 2 USE COPPER WIRE L1 L2
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5 L1 L2
1 PLM PLM 2
EM
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLF L GN
PLF 2
RD
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SEE NOTE 1
BK RD BL BR WH 1 2 3 5
GR SEE
BR NOTE 4
TR
WH
3 1 2 4
BL
4 24V 5 CR
HOLDER
HIGH VOLTAGE!
FUSE
RD 6 5 4 PLF 1
WH
2 EM
PU 3
4 C
5
CR BK
RD
SEE SEE R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5
4 NOTE3 BK NOTE 1
WH
C 1 2 3 240
RD 2 5 RD
TR COLOR CODE WIRING CODE
5 24V 4
GR 1 3
FACTORY WIRING
BK BLACK GR GREEN
BL BL RD RED PU PURPLE HIGH VOLTAGE
BL YL YELLOW BR BROWN LOWVOLTAGE
BL WH PU BL BLUE WH WHITE
BL FUSE FIELD WIRING
HOLDER HIGH VOLTAGE
RD RD
OR BR YL COMPONENTCODE LOWVOLTAGE

TB TERMINAL BOARD PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
12 34 5 PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
R RELAY
COPPER POWER SUPPLY CR CONTROL RELAY FL FUSE LINK
EM TL THERMAL LIMIT
EBTDR ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
(USE RATING PLATE) C L GN DELAY RELAY HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE BL
RD BK NOTES:
1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL
"2" FOR 280 VOLTS.
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES 2) SEE COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAMS ININSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW
VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, 3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED TAP
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONAL NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE WIRE FROM TERMINAL 4 OF CR RELAY TO
APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB
ELECTRIC CODE. 4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KITS ONLY. 0140A00040-D
192
HIGH VOLTAGE!
FL FL FL
FL
TL TL TL TL
HTR1 HTR1 BK HTR1
H TR 1 FL BK
FL FL
TL TL
TL HTR2 HTR2
HTR2 RD RD
FL FL
BK BK TL TL
BK 1
HTR3 HTR3 YL
FL
BK 1
2 RD BK 1 TL
HTR4 BL
RD
RD YL 2 BK 1
2
PU 3 PU
BK RD YL BK
BL BL 3 2
PU
PU 3
4 RD BL
M1 RD M1 M3 M1 BK RD
BL BL 4 3
BL
R BK 4 RD M2 M4 M2
5 M1 M3 RD
R2 M1 M3 M5 M7
M2 R1 BR 5 YL BL 4
R RD M2 M4 M6 M8
5 BK
M2 M4
WIRING DIAGRAMS
WH 6 BK 5
RD WH 6 R1 R2 BR
6
BK
WH BK
BK 7 RD WH 6
7
BK BK
RD 7 YL
RD BK 7
8 8
RD BK YL
8
BL 8
RD 9
9
BK
9 RD 9
L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
L1 L2 L1 L2
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEAT ER KIT COMBINATION ON THIS
UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK A "X" IN THE BOX PROVIDED ABOVE. MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK
INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.
EQUIPMENT GROUND 208/240 VOLTS

GRD USE COPPER WIRE
SEE NOTE 2 WIRING CODE
L1 L2
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5 L1 L2 5 FACTORY WIRING
1 PLF PLF 2 HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 EM
1 PLM 2 4 FIELD WIRING
RD
L GN PLM 2 3 1
CR HIGH VOLTAGE
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 LOW VOLTAGE
BR WH
SEE
BK RD BL
GR NOTE 4 SEE NOTE 1 COLOR CODE
BR ALTERNATE HEAT RELAY
WH 1 2 3 1 BK BLACK GR GREEN
BL RD RED PU PURPLE
TR YL YELLOW BR BROWN
BL BLUE WH WHITE
RD or BK 4 7
WH B A
4 24V 5 CR
PU
COMPONENT CODE
CR
FUSE
BK 6 5 4 PLM 1 CR CONTROL RELAY
RD HOLDER
SEE 2 EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR
7 BK NOTE 1 (OPTIONAL) EM
WH 3 FL FUSE LINK
1 2 3
4 C
RD C 240 HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
RD 4 1 5
TR PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
5 24V 4
GR A B R C G W 1 W 2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5 PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
BL
R RELAY
BL
BL
WH PU
TB TERMINAL BOARD
BL FUSE
BL TR TRANSFORMER
HOLDER
RD or BK RD or BK (OPTIONAL) OR BR YL NOTES: TL THERMAL LIMIT
1) RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON

COPPER POWER SUPPLY 12 34 5 TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
(USE RATING PLATE) PU EM 2) SEE COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR
CL GN PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE 4
WH BL 3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF
RD BK SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE WIRE FROM TERMINAL 4
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES RD 2 5
OF CR RELAY TO APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, 4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KITS ONLY.
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONAL GR 1 3 5) FUSE: 3A, 250V, 3AG CARTRIDGE FUSE.
ELECTRIC CODE. BL BL
0140A00063-B
ALTERNATE HEAT RELAY
193
ASPF******C*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
194
GRD 208/240 VOLTS

SEE NOTES 2 & 6 EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIRE L1 L2
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5 L1 L2
1 PLF PLF 2
EM
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLM LG N PLM 2
RD
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
BR WH SEE NOTE 1
GR BK RD BL SEE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
NOTE 4 1 2 3 1
BR
WH TR
BL 4 7
B A
4 24V 5 CR
RD or BK
WH FUSE
6 5 4 PLM 1
HOLDER
PU (OPTIONAL) 2 EM
3
CR BK 4 C
RD 5
7 BK SEE
NOTE 1 R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5
WH
1 2 3
RD 4 1 RD C 240
5
TR
GR A B
BL
BL FUSE W H PU 5
BL
HOLDER
RD or BK (OPTIONAL)
RD or BK OR BR YL
3 1 2 4
CR
1234 5
COPPER POWER SUPPLY
(USE RATING PLATE) EM
USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE C L GN
BL
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES RD BK ALTERNATE HEAT RELAY
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONAL
ELECTRIC CODE.
COMPONENT CODE WIRING CODE COLOR CODE
FACTORY W IRING BK BLACK
CR CONTROL RELAY
HIGH VOLTAGE RD RED
EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR
PU LOW VOLTAGE YL YELLOW
FL FUSE LINK BL BLUE
FIELD W IRING
4 PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR GR GREEN
HIGH VOLTAGE
WH PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR LOW VOLTAGE PU PURPLE
NOTES: R RELAY BR BROW N
RD 2 5 WH WHITE
TB TERMINAL BOARD
1. RED W IRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TR TRANSFORMER
TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
2. SEE COMPLETE W IRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR GR 1 3
PROPER LOW VOLTAGE W IRING CONNECTIONS.
3. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF BL
BL
SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE W IRE FROM TERMINAL ALTERNATE HEAT RELAY
4 OF CR RELAY TO APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB TL THERMAL LIMIT
4. BROW N AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KITS ONLY.
5. FUSE: 3A, 250V, 3AG CARTRIDGE FUSE.
6. LOW VOLTAGE FIELD W IRING TO BE N.E.C CLASS 2 W IRES. 0140A00243-A
ASPT**14**/ASUF**14**
HIGH VOLTAGE!
3-Phase Heat Kit
WIRING DIAGRAMS
195
ASPT**14**/ASUF**14**
HIGH VOLTAGE!
196
208/240
SEE NOTES 2 & 6 TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN L1 L2 VOLTS
FOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIRE
BL RD GR WH BR L1 L2
SR BK RD GRD
1 PLF PLF 2
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLM
3 PLM 2
WIRING DIAGRAMS
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 RC EM
NC NO
BK RD PU BL BR WH M1
SEE HI
NOTE 4 EBTDR
M2 COM
BR LO
WH 1 2 3 SEE NOTE 1
TR
GR BK EBTDR R C EBTDR G
SEE NOTE 5 RD 4 24V 5
RD
SEE NOTE 1 6 5 4 PLF
PU
G EBTDR RD
R NO C 1 2 3 240 RD WH BR BL GR
K1
BL XFMR-R RD
K1 PU
5 24V 4 FACTORY WIRING
C BK BLACK GR GREEN
NC
BL RD RED PU PURPLE HIGH VOLTAGE
BL SPEEDUP M1 M2 BL YL YELLOW BR BROWN LOW VOLTAGE
RD BL BLUE WH WHITE FIELD WIRING
COMPONENT CODE HIGH VOLTAGE
BK EVAPORATOR MOTOR LOW VOLTAGE
EM
COPPER POWER SUPPLY SEE RUN CAPACITOR TRANSFORMER
RD RC TR
(SEE RATING PLATE) NOTE 3 PU SR STRAIN RELIEF PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE R RELAY PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
EBTDR ELECTRONIC BLOWER FL FUSE LINK
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING TIME DELAY RELAY TL THERMAL LIMIT
(SELECT MODELS ONLY) (COM) RD LOW BK HTR HEAT ELEMENTS
SEE NOTE 3 (M2) BL MEDIUM
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES RC
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY (M1) BK HIGH
BR
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE (TR 1) PU
EM EM
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. BR
3 SPEED BR
PU RC
NOTES:
AND ON TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS.
3) CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION.
IF SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT APPROPRIATE
MOTOR WIRE (RED FOR LOW, BLUE FOR MEDIUM, AND BLACK FOR
HIGH SPEED) ON "COM" CONNECTION OF THE EBTDR.
INACTIVE MOTOR WIRES MUST BE CONNECTED TO "M1 OR M2"
ON EBTDR.
4) BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED WITH HEAT KITS ONLY.
5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY WHEN "G" IS ENERGIZED
AND A 65 SECOND OFF DELAY WHEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
6) LOW VOLTAGE FIELD WIRING TO BE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRES.
0140A00242-A
AVPTC
HIGH VOLTAGE!
GRD 208/240 VOLTS

SEE NOTES 2 & 6 EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER WIRE
L1 L2
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y 2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5 L1 L2
1 PLF PLF 2
EM
PLF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 PLM L GN PLM 2
RD
PLM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SEE NOTE 1
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK RD BL BR WH SEE
GR
NOTE 4 1 2 3 1
BR
WH TR
BL 4 7
B A
4 24V 5 CR
RD or BK
WH FUSE
6 5 4 PLM
1
HOLDER
PU (OPTIONAL) 2 EM
3
CR BK 4 C
RD 5
7 SEE
BK NOTE 1
WH R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3
RD 4 1 RD C 240
TR
5 4
GR A B 24V
BL
BL
BL
BL FUSE WH PU 5
BL
HOLDER
RD or BK (OPTIONAL)
RD or BK OR BR YL
3 1 2 4
CR
12 34 5
COPPER POWER SUPPLY
(USE RATING PLATE) EM
USE MIN. 75° C FIELD WIRE CLGN
BL
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES RD BK ALTERNATE HEAT RELAY
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE NATIONAL
ELECTRIC CODE.
COMPONENT CODE WIRING CODE COLOR CODE
CR CONTROL RELAY FACTORY WIRING BK BLACK
EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR HIGH VOLTAGE RD RED
PU LOW VOLTAGE YL YELLOW
FL FUSE LINK BL BLUE
FIELD WIRING
4 HTR HEAT ELEMENTS GR GREEN
HIGH VOLTAGE
WH PLF FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR LOW VOLTAGE PU PURPLE
BR BROWN
NOTES: PLM MALE PLUG CONNECTOR WH WHITE
RD 2 5 R RELAY
1. RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL "3" FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL BOARD
TB
TR TRANSFORMER
2. SEE COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR GR 1 3 TL THERMAL LIMIT
PROPER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
3. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTION IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF BL BL
SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT PURPLE WIRE FROM TERMINAL ALTERNATE HEAT RELAY
4 OF CR RELAY TO APPROPRIATE TAP AT TB
4. BROWN AND WHITE WIRES ARE USED FOR HEAT KITS ONLY.
5. FUSE: 3A, 250V, 3AG CARTRIDGE FUSE.
6. LOW VOLTAGE FIELD WIRING TO BE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRES. 0140A00243-A
197
AVPTC
WIRING DIAGRAMS AVPTC
L1 L2
PL1 PL2
2 2 RD RD
RD 3 GND GND
3 3 2 GN
DISCONNECT
1 BK 1 BL
1
BK
6 6 WH
5 5 BR RD BL
4 4 BL
7 7 C W2 W1
8 8 TH TR
3
4
1
INDOOR
9 9 COM AIR
SEE CIRCULATOR
NOTE 7
LEARN 24 V 3 A FUSE BLWR
SEE NOTE 5 FAULT SEE NOTE 6 GND
BK RECALL
CAS
SEE NOTE 6 STATUS L1 208/230 VAC L2
RD SEE NOTE 8
LED 7 SEGMENT
DIAGNOSTIC DEHUM
DISPLAY
40 VA
CFM LED O FUSE 3 A TH TRANSFORMER
24 V THERMOSTAT CONNECTIONS
4
SEE NOTE 6 R
COOL AF PROFILE
RX LED Y2 24 VAC
3 DEHUM ENABLE
W1 (1)
24V THERMOSTAT CONNECTIONS

TRIM ENABLE Y1
W1
HTR KIT(KW)
HEAT SEQUENCER R1
AF SELECT
2
W2
CONT FAN
BL
TRIM %
1 W1
W2 (2)
W2 HEAT SEQUENCER R2
G
GY CAS (1)
C Y1
BK CONDENSATE SWITCH
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 R TO CAS (2)
RD Y2
DIP SWITCHES 2 MICRO
1 G +VDC (1)
RX (2)
O INDOOR
AIR
CIRCULATOR BLOWER TX (3) CIRCULATOR
BLW R
DEHUM
4 3 2 1
GND GND (4)
ECM MOTOR 1 C
HARNESS 2 TR
3 GN
4 COM
5 INTEGRATED CONTROL MODULE GND
BK RD
HIGH VOLTAGE!
INTEGRATED CONTROL
LOW VOLTAGE (24V)

COLOR CODES:
NOTES:
LOW VOLTAGE FIELD PK ---- PINK
BR ---- BROWN
1. PLACE RED WIRES ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VAC OPERATION. HI VOLTAGE (230V)
WH ---- WHITE
2. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED REPLACEMENT PARTS MUST BE USED WHEN SERVICING. HI VOLTAGE FIELD
BL ---- BLUE
3. IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES AS SUPPLIED WITH THIS UNIT MUST BE REPLACED,
IT MUST BE REPLACED WITH WIRING MATERIAL HAVING A TEMPERATURE RATING OF AT
JUNCTION GY ---- GRAY
LEAST 105°C. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
TERMINAL RD ---- RED
4. UNIT MUST BE PERMANENTLY GROUNDED AND CONFORM TO N.E.C AND LOCAL CODES. INTERNAL TO YL ---- YELLOW
5. TO RECALL THE LAST 6 FAULTS, MOST RECENT TO LEAST RECENT, DEPRESS
SWITCH FOR MORE THAN 2 SECONDS WHILE IN STANDBY (NO THERMOSTAT INPUTS) OR ---- ORANGE
EQUIPMENT GND
6. RED STATUS LED PROVIDES NETWORK STATUS. GREEN RX LED INDICATES NETWORK TRAFFIC. PU ---- PURPLE
USE LEARN BUTTON TO RESET NETWORK. FIELD GND
GN ---- GREEN
7. DISCARD CONNECTOR PL1 WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT. FIELD SPLICE
BK ---- BLACK
8. THE CONDENSATE ALARM SWITCH (CAS) TERMINALS CAN ONLY BE UTILIZED WITH COMMUNICATING RESISTOR
MODE SETUPS AND MUST BE ENABLED WITH A COMMUNICATING THERMOSTAT. THIS FEATURE IS NOT OVERCURRENT
OPERATIONAL WITH LEGACY SYSTEMS.
PROT. DEVICE
USE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRE.
PLUG CONNECTION 0140A00244-A
198
HIGH VOLTAGE!
208/230 VOLTS
EQUIPMENT GROUND
* *
XFMR-R M2 M1 SEE TL1 TL1 HTR 2 TL2 * R1 * *
*
NO NOTE 5
R
TL2 M4 M3
TL1 HTR 1 TL2
XFMR-C HTR1
COM
BK TL1 RD
C M2 M1
NC TL2*
G SU
WIRING DIAGRAMS
HTR2* RD
EBTDR
*
FC EM
BK
* NC NO
BL
HI
DISC DISC
M2
COM
LO
SEE NOTE 1 EBTDR
1 2 3
BK
PU BK BK EBTDR TR EBTDR
RD RD RD
R
SEE C G
NOTE 4 24 VOLT 5
3 R1
BR RD BL
RD * RD BK
3 2 1
M2 M4 TR
R1 RD GR
BL WH BR
M1 M3
RD 5
RD 4 COLOR CODE WIRING CODE
WH
RD RD * WH WHITE GR GREEN FACTORY WIRING
BR RD BK BLACK PU PURPLE HIGH VOLTAGE
RD RED BR BROWN LOW VOLTAGE
YL YELLOW FIELD WIRING
GR BL BLUE HIGH VOLTAGE
RD LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 3
WH COMPONENT CODE
BR BL
DISC DISCONNECT SWITCH R RELAY
EM EVAPORATOR MOTOR FC FAN CAPACITOR
EBTDR ELECTRONIC BLOWER TL THERMAL LIMIT
TIME DELAY RELAY TR TRANSFORMER
RD PU BK HTR HEATER ELEMENT
EVAPORATOR MOTOR LEADS NOTES:
PU COMMON 1) RED WI RE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON
BK HIGH TERMINAL 2 F OR 208 VOLTS.
RD LOW 2) TO PLACE AIRHANDLER IN HIGH SPEED, REMOVE RED MOTOR LEAD FROM ELECTRONIC
EM BLOW ER TIME DELAY RELAY (EBTDR) CO M TERMINAL AND REPLACE WI TH BLACK
MOTOR LEAD. ALL UNITS WI LL BE FACTORY CONNECTED AT LOW SPEED.
3) SEE COMPOSITE WI RING DI AGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER

LOW VOLTAGE WI RING CONNECTIONS.
4) ASTERISK (*) I NDICATES THAT HEATING ELEMENT , THERMAL LIMIT,
BR BR
RELAY (SEQUENCER) AND INTERCONNECTING WI RES AND J UMPERS OF HEATER #2
POWER SUPPLY ARE DELET ED WI TH SINGLE ELEMENT UNITS.
(SEE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE 5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY W HEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65 SECOND
FC OFF DELAY WHEN "G " IS DE-ENERGIZED.
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH UTILITIES IN "ON" POSITION AND THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION.
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, USE 105°C. WIRE. SIZE TO CONFORM TO THE NATIONA L ELECTRIC CODE. BT14933447 REV B
199
AWUF [18, 24, 30, 36]**
HIGH VOLTAGE!
200
208/230 VOLTS
L2 L1
RD HC
RD * *
G EBTDR SEE TL1 T1 TL1 HTR 2 TL2 T2 L2
*
R K1 NO NOTE 5
TL2
RD XFMR-R TL1 HTR 1 TL2
XFMR-C K1 COM HTR1
EQUIPMENT C RD BK TL1 RD
NC
WIRING DIAGRAMS
GROUND SPEED M1 TL2*

RD BL UP M2 RD
EBTDR HTR2* RD
GR BK
*
FC EM
BK
* NC NO
HI
DISC DISC
M2
COM
LO
SEE NOTE 1 EBTDR
1 2 3
EBTDR TR EBTDR
RD
BK R
SEE C G
NOTE 4 24 VOLT 5
3 BL HC
BL BK
RD BK RD BK
BK
3 2 1 TR
BK L1 T1 WH BR
RD BL GR
RD L2 T2 RD 5
RD RD 4 COLOR CODE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE WIRING CODE
WH RD RED BR BROWN LOW VOLTAGE
RD
RD RD
LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 3
WH COMPONENT CODE
BR BL
RD PU BK C CONTACTOR HTR HEATER ELEMENT
EVAPORATOR MOTOR LEADS HC HEATER CONTACTOR
PU COMMON NOTES:
BK HIGH 1) RED WIRE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER T ERMINAL 3 FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON
RD LOW TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLT S.
COPPER EM 2) TO PLACE AIRHANDLER IN HIGH SPEED, REMOVE RED MOTOR LEAD FROM ELECTRONIC
POWER SUPPLY BLOWER TIME DELAY RELAY (EBTDR) COM TERMINAL AND REPLACE W ITH BLACK
(SEE RATING PLATE) MOTOR LEAD. ALL UNITS WILL BE FACTORY CONNECTED AT LOW SPEED.
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE 3) SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTAL LATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER
LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CONNECTIONS.
BR BR
4) ASTERISK (*) INDICATES T HAT HEATING ELEMENT , THERMAL LIMIT,
RELAY (SEQUENCER) AND INTERCONNECTING WIRES AND JUMPERS OF HEATER #2
ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE ELEMENT UNITS.
FC 5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY W HEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65 SECOND
OFF DELAY W HEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED.
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH UTILITIES IN "ON" POSITION AND THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION.
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, USE 105°C. WIRE SIZE TO CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 0140A00277-B
AWUF [18, 24, 30, 36]**
HIGH VOLTAGE!
208/230 VOLTS
L2 L1
DISC DISC
RD HC
RD * *
G EBTDR SEE TL1 TL1 HTR 2 TL2 T2 L2
*
R K1 NO NOTE 5
TL2
RD XFMR-R TL1 HTR 1 TL2
XFMR-C K1 COM HTR1
EQUIPMENT C RD BK TL1 RD
NC
GROUND SPEED M1 TL2*
RD BL M2
WIRING DIAGRAMS
UP RD
EBTDR HTR2* RD
GR BK
AWUF18[03/05/08]16BB
*
EM
AWUF31[05/008/10]16AB
BK FC
* NC NO
HI
DISC DISC
M2
COM
LO
SEE NOTE 1 EBTDR
1 2 3
EBTDR TR EBTDR
RD
BK R
SEE C G
NOTE 4 24 VOLT 5
3 R1
BL BL BK
RD BK BK RD
BK
3 1 TR 2
BK L1 T1
RD BL WH BR GR
RD L2 T2 RD 5
RD RD 4 COLOR CODE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE WIRING CODE
WH RD RED BR BROWN LOW VOLTAGE
RD
AWUF36[05/08/10]16BC

RD RD
LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 3
WH
AWUF24[03/05/08/10]16BB
BR COMPONENT CODE
BL
RD PU BK C CONTACTOR HTR HEATER ELEMENT
EVAPORATOR MOTOR LEADS HC HEATER CONTACTOR
PU COMMON NOTES:
BK HIGH 1) RED W IRE TO BE O N TRANSFORMER TE RMINA L 3 FOR 23 0 VOLTS AND ON
RD LOW TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOL TS.
COPPER EM 2) T O PLACE AIRH ANDLER IN HIGH SPE ED, REMOVE RED MOTO R LEAD FROM ELEC TRONI C
POWER SUPPLY BLOW ER TIME DEL AY RELAY (EBTDR) COM T ERMINAL AND REPL ACE W ITH BLACK
(SEE RATING PLATE) MOTOR LE A D. ALL UNIT S W ILL BE F A CTORY CONNECTED A T LOW SPE ED.
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE 3) SEE COMPOSIT E W IRING DIAGRAMS IN I NS TALLA TION INSTRUCT IONS FOR PROPE R
LOW VOLTA G E W IRING CONNECTI O NS.
BR BR
4) ASTERISK (*) INDICATES TH AT HEATIN G ELEMENT , THERMAL LI MIT ,
REL AY (SEQUENCER) AND INTERCONNEC T ING W IRES AND JUMP ERS OF HEAT E R #2
ARE DELETED W IT H SINGLE ELEMENT UNITS .
FC 5) EBTDR HAS A 7 SECOND ON DELAY W HEN "G" IS ENERGIZED AND A 65 SECON D

OFF DEL AY W HEN "G" IS DE-ENERGIZED .
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH UTILITIESIN "ON" POSITION AND THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION.
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY, USE 105°C. WIRE SIZE TO CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 0140A00282-A
AWUF37[05/08/10]16BB
AWUF30[05/08/10]16BC
201
AWUF [18, 24, 30, 36]**
HIGH VOLTAGE!
202
AWUF[31-32]**
HIGH VOLTAGE!
NOTES:
FIELD CONNECTIONS
UNUSED WIRES MUST HAVE THEIR ENDS TAPED OR
1. RED WIRE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER SEE NOTE 2 CAPPED
USE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRE OPTIONAL
TERMINAL "3" FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON CONNECTION
TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS. MOTOR CONNECTIONS
ONLY ONE WILL BE CONNECTED
WIRING DIAGRAMS
(SEE NOTE 2)
2. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS
APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED BL GR BR
TAPS NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT RD WH
APPROPRIATE W IRE FROM MOTOR TO RD BK
"Y" FROM THERMOSTAT/CONDENSER (SEE TABLE-1). TL1
HTR 1
3. ASTERISK (*) INDICATES THAT HEATING
ELEMENT, THERMAL LIMIT, RELAY AND BK
BK TL2* RD
INTERCONNECTING W IRES AND JUMPERS
PU YL HTR2*
OF HEATER #2 ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE BK
BK
ELEMENT UNITS. PK
SEE NOTE # 3
RD
4. COLOR CODES: RD
RD
BK - BLACK
DISC
BL - BLUE
BR - BROWN
GR - GREEN
PU - PURPLE
RD - RED
W H - W HITE
BL
YL - YELLOW BL RD
5. WIRING CODE: RD L2 T2 RD
FACTORY W IRING:
BK
HIGH VOLTAGE BK L1 T1 BK
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD W IRING: C
HIGH VOLTAGE WH WH
BR F
6. COMPONENT CODE:
C- CONTACTOR
DISC - DISCONNECT SW ITCH PU YL SEE NOTE 1
EM - EVAPORATER MOTOR GR PK WH BK RD
F- FUSE 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5
HTR - HEATER ELEMENT 240V
R- RELAY EM TR
SEQ - SEQUENCER C L GN 5 24V 4
GR/YL
TL - THERMAL LIMIT BL RD
BL BL
TR - TRANSFORMER BK RD
WIRE COLOR BTUh NOMINAL CFM
PURPLE 18000 600
PINK 24000 800
YELLOW 30000 950
TABLE-1
0140A00123-A
AWUF[31-32]**
203
HIGH VOLTAGE!
204
FIELD CONNECTIONS TO RELAY

SEE NOTE #
2
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK
TL2
BK HTR1 RD
BK
BK *
BK BK
TL2*
HTR2*
WH
GR YL
OR BR RD
BR
RD
PULL TO
DISCONNECT
BL
RD
RD
RD
RD
WH
PU
RD 4 NOTES:
2 5 WH 1. RED WIRE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 230 VOLTS

M1 M2 RD
AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
2. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION.
M3 M4 RD IF SPEED TAP NEEDS TO BE CHANGED CONNE CT APPR OPRIATE WIRE
1 3 FROM MOTOR TO TER MINAL # 4 ON RELAY.
GR 3. SEE COMPOSITE W IRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
T1 T2
4. ASTERISK (*) INDICATES THAT HEATING ELEMENT, THERMAL LIMIT,
WH BL RELAY (SEQUENCER) AND INTERCONNEC TING WIRES AND JUMPERS
WH FUSE
BL OF HEATER # 2 ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE ELEMENT UNITS.
5. COLOR CODE:
PU WH -- WHITE GR -- GREEN
WH BK -- BLACK PU -- PUR PLE
RD
BK RD -- RED BR -- BROW N
OR BR YL YL -- YELLOW BL -- BLUE
6. W IRING CODE:
1 2 3 FACTORY WIRING
12 345 240 HIGH VOLTAGE
EM TR LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
CLGN 5 24V 4 HIGH VOLTAGE
BL BL LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 3
RD BK
GR/YL
RD 7. COMPONENT CODE:
DISC -- DISCONNECT SW ITCH R -- RELAY
BL EM -- EVAPORATOR MOTOR FC -- FAN CAPACITOR
EBTDR -- ELECTRIC BLOW ER TL -- THERMAL LIMIT
TIME DELAY RELAY TR -- TRANSFORMER
HTR -- HEATER ELEMENT
0140A00036 REV. A
AWUF37
HIGH VOLTAGE!
NOTES:
1. RED WIRE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER
TERMINAL "3" FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON
FIELD CONNECTIONS SPEED TAPS FROM MOTOR
2. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 2
WIRING DIAGRAMS
APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED USE N.E.C CLASS 2 WIRE

TAPS NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT
APPROPRIATE W IRE FROM MOTOR TO RD GR BR WH YL
TERMINAL "4" ON RELAY. BL WH OR BR
RD BK
3. SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN TL1
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER HTR 1
LOW VOLTAGE W IRING CONNECTIONS.
BK
BK TL2* RD
4. ASTERISK (*) INDICATES THAT HEATING HTR 2*
ELEMENT, THERMAL LIMIT, RELAY AND BK
BK
INTERCONNECTING WIRES AND JUMPERS
SEE NOTE 4
OF HEATER #2 ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE RD
RD
ELEMENT UNITS. RD
DISC
5. COLOR CODES:
BK - BLACK
BL - BLUE
BR - BROW N
GR - GREEN
PU - PURPLE BL
BL RD RD PU
RD - RED
4
W H - WHITE RD
YL - YELLOW RD L2 T2 RD 2 R 5 WH
BK
6. WIRING CODE: BK L1 T1 BK 1 3
GR
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE C
WH BL BL
LOW VOLTAGE WH
BR F
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE SEE NOTE 3
WH PU SEE NOTE 1
OR BR YL BK RD
7. COMPONENT CODE:
C- CONTACTOR 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5
DISC - DISCONNECT SWITCH 240V
EM TR
EM - EVAPORATER MOTOR
C L GN 5 24V 4
F- FUSE GR/YL
HTR - HEATER ELEMENT BL RD BL RD
BL
R- RELAY BK
SEQ - SEQUENCER
TL - THERMAL LIMIT
TR - TRANSFORMER
0140A00122-A
AWUF37
205
HIGH VOLTAGE!
206
NOTES:
1. RED WIRE TO BE ON TRANSFORMER

TERMINAL "3" FOR 230 VOLTS AND ON FIELD
TERMINAL "2" FOR 208 VOLTS. CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE #2
OUTDOOR
2. CONFIRM SPEED TAP SELECTED IS
APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION. IF SPEED
COMMON
UNUSED WIRES MUST HAVE THEIR ENDS TAPED OR
TAPS NEEDS TO BE CHANGED, CONNECT CAPPED
BL NC
APPROPRIATE W IRE FROM MOTOR TO
PU RD
Y FROM THERMOSTAT/CONDENSER (SEE
ALARM W BK MOTOR CONNECTIONS
TABLE-1).
ONLY ONE WILL BE
CONNECTED
WIRING DIAGRAMS
3. ASTERISK (*) INDICATES THAT HEATING FS (SEE NOTE 2)

ELEMENT, THERMAL LIMIT, RELAY AND
INTERCONNECTING W IRES AND JUMPERS
OF HEATER #2 ARE DELETED WITH SINGLE
BK
ELEMENT UNITS.
TL
BK 1 RD
4. COLOR CODES: BK HTR
OPTIONAL
BK - BLACK CONNECTION
1
BK BK
BL - BLUE BK
TL
BR - BROWN PU Y 2*
GR - GREEN
HTR
GR
PK - PINK PK 2* RD
BR
RD
PU - PURPLE SEE NOTE
RD - RED BL #3
WH - WHITE RD
YL - YELLOW DISC RD
RD
6. WIRING CODE: RD RD
FACTORY W IRING
HIGH VOLTAGE WH
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE SEE NOTE #2 RD
7. COMPONENT CODE: M1 M2 RD
DISC - DISCONNECT SWITCH
EM - EVAPORAT0R MOTOR M3 SEQ M4 RD
EBTDR - ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
DELAY RELAY T1 T2
F- FUSE
FC - FAN CAPACITOR BL
WH
F
HTR - HEATER ELEMENT
WH
SEQ - SEQUENCER BL RD
TL - THERMAL LIMIT BK
PU Y
TR - TRANSFORMER GR PK WH
FS - FACTORY INSTALLED FLOAT
SWITCH 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5
240V
EM TR
C L GN 5 24V 4
GR/YL BL
RD BK
RD
BL
WIRE COLOR BTUh NOMINAL CFM

PURPLE 18000 600
PINK 24000 800
YELLOW 30000 950
TABLE-1
0140A00107-A
AWUF**F
HIGH VOLTAGE!
RE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
MOTE - SPLITS
207
HIGH VOLTAGE!
208
LVJB
OUTDOO
R POWER SUPPLY
YL Y NOTE 1
CONTR
OL BOX SEE RATING PLATE
BL C
LVJB T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE
BK
--------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE IO C H
BR --------------- BROWN X S
C AU
OR --------------- ORANGE RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
PU --------------- PURP LE MA
IN F
RD --------------- RED R
SC WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
SA
YL/PK
LLOW
YE
----------
/PINK STRIPE
RN DOUBLE
(IF USED)
ALTE ATE
BK
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
RD RD BL WIRING CODE
BK BK
IO
FACTORY W IRING
BL T2 RD X
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE AU
BK RD
SR LOW VOLTAGE CM
L1 L2
5 OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE M
C AI
N
1 FIELD WIRING
2 BL
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD LOW VOLTAGE
YL RCCF
PU
YL H C F
LPS
C
YL
BR
YL
T1 T2 RD
YL
RD SA
L1 L2 YL (IF USED)
NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE RD
POLE CONTACTOR BK COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR C Y
CSM -------- CORESENSE MODULE NOTE 1
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR NOTES:
COMP -------- COMPRESS OR 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
EQUIPMENT GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
E
SE IO -------------- INTERNAL
ERLOAD
OV
COMP THERMOSTAT.
MAIN TE 3
NO LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
RD
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRES SOR & FAN EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
BK AUX SA
------------- START SIST
AS 3) USE COPPER CONDUC
TORS
MAIN ONLY.
PU
SC ------------- START C ACITOR
AP FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
YL/PK YL/PK USE N.E.C.
AUX YL
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
LPS CLASS 2 WIRE
BR IO P------------
L S LOW PR SURE
ES SW ITCH
C S
IO ------------- CRIMP CAP
BK
CONTROLS SHOWN W ITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
R
CM 0140R00331-B
ANX130[18-24]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB
OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
YL Y SEE N O TE 1
CONTROL BOX SEE RATING PLATE
BL C
L VJ B T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE IO C H
BR --------------- BROWN X S
C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
AU RC CF
OR --------------- ORANGE C O MP
PU --------------- PURPLE M
AI F
RD --------------- RED N R
SC WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
SA
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
(IF USED)
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BK
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
BK BK
IO
FACTORY WIRING
BL T2 RD X
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE AU
BK RD
SR LOW VOLTAGE CM
L1 L2
5 OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE M
C AI
N
1 FIELD WIRING
2 BL
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD LOW VOLTAGE
YL RC CF
LPS
PU C
YL H C F
YL
BR
YL
T1 T2 RD
YL
SA
RD
L1 L2 YL (IF USED)
N O TE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE RD
C Y
C --------------- CONTACTOR SEE NOTE 1
CSM -------- CORESENSE MODULE
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR NOTES:
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
EQUIPMENT GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
SEE IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
C OM P THERMOSTAT.
M A IN NOTE 3 LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
RD RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
BK AUX SA ------------- START ASSIST 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS
M AIN ONLY.
PU
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
Y L/PK YL/PK USE N .E .C.
AUX YL
LPS C LASS 2 W IRE
BR IO LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
C S
IO ------------- CRIMP CAP
BK
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
R
CM 0140R00331-C
209
ANX130[18-24]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
210
LVJB
CONTROL BOX OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY

YL Y SEE NOTE 1 SEE RATING PLATE
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE IO H C
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BR --------------- BROWN
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE MA
F
IN
RD --------------- RED R
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU (IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY

T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY WIRING MA
BK SR RD IN
HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
C OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD
RCCF H C F COMPONENT CODE

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
YL COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
YL BR
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
SA ------------- START ASSIST
SA SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
T1 T2 (IF USED)
NOTE 2 CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
L1 L2 RD
ALTERNATE DOUBLE POLE

CONTACTOR Y C
NOTES:
COMP
MAIN 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
EQUIPMENT GROUND INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
RD 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
BK SEE NOTE 3 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
AUX
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
BK USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
R
CM
0140R00015P-B
ANX130[30-61]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB

CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
WIRING DIAGRAMS
C AU
BR --------------- BROW N RCCF
OR --------------- ORANGE COMP
SC PU --------------- PURPLE MA
F
IN
RD --------------- RED R
WH -------------- W HITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU (IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY WIRING MA
BK SR RD IN
HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD W IRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
RCC F --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
T1 T2 (IF USED)
NOTE 2 CONTROLS SHOW N WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
COMP
RD 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED W HEN REQUIRED.
BK SEE NOTE 3 3) USE COPPER CONDUC TORS ONLY.
AUX
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-C
211
ANX130[30-61]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
212
LVJB
OUTDOOR POW ER SUPPLY

CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BR --------------- BROW N
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE M
AI F
RD --------------- RED N
R
W H -------------- W HITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU (IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY

T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY WIRING MA
BK SR RD IN
HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD W IRIN G
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNC TION BOX
T1 T2 (IF USED)
NOTE 2 CONTROLS SHOW N W ITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
COMP
MAIN 1) TO IND OOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
AUX
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-C
ANX140[18-60]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
NOTE 1
CONTROL BOX LVJB
OR O
WH W2 SEE RATING PLATE
RD R
RD
DC BL/PK Y
DF1 R
BL C T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R 2
DF2 5 SR 1
CCR
C SC C
LVDR
C COLOR CODE
DFT
C BK --------------- BLACK
RD R-DF T H C
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
C X
R-PS1 BR --------------- BROWN AU S
IO RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
GR---------------- GREEN COMP
Y
Y
0
PS2
CNT
0-RV
C-RV
BK BL OR --------------- ORANGE DF1 C M
AI F
N R
PU --------------- PURPLE HVDR
RD --------------- RED DF2
WH BK W H -------------- W HITE
BK OR SA
YL/PK BL/PK PU
YL --------------- YELLOW (IF USED)
RD NOTE 2
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WIRING CODE
FA CTORY WIRING X
SC IO AU
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/PK
LOW VOLTAGE
BL BL M
BK
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE CM AI
N
RD RD BL
BK BK FIELD WIRING CHS CH
T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE
T1
BK LOW VOLTAGE SEE NOTE 4
SR
PU L1 L2 COMPONENT CODE
5 C RD
BK
C --------------- CONTACTOR
BK RD
1 CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
2 BL R-DFT DFT DFT
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY C
DC
RD
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
YL R-PS1 PS2 Y
CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
YL CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR LV DR
PU CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY LPS O-RV RV C
C HERM R C-RV
RD F YL
T1 T2 YL CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID O
BR RCCF
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL CNT C
W C
L1 L2 DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
SA CCR
ALTERNATE (IF USED) DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
BK NOTE 2 HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
DOUBLE POLE HPS
BL/PK BL/PK RD RD HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
CONTACTOR
BK IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
R W2 O Y
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY FIELD LOW
DFT RVC HPS BK VO LTAG E
CH S RD LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX } CONNECTIO NS
BK INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
EQU IPM ENT SEE NOTE 5 & 6
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
CH GRO UN D SA ------------- START ASSIST
SEE NOTE 4 SEE NOTE 3
COMP
MAIN
MAIN CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
PU
YL/PK AUX NOTES:
AUX BK RD GR 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
BR
2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
IO YL/PK LPS YL IO 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
C S 4) CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION
5) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUIRED.
6) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED.
CM R
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
0140R00171 - B
213
ANZ130[18-60]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
214
ASX130[18-60]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY

SEE RATING PLATE
RD R
YL/PK Y NOTE 1
T1 T2
BL C
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
BK IO CADM
H C
LVJB X
2 C S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
A COMP
COLOR CODE
D M
RD BK BK --------------- BLACK AI F
M N R
1 3 BL --------------- BLUE
LAT BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE C
NOTE 3 BR --------------- BROWN A SA
OR --------------- ORANGE D
(IF USED)
PU --------------- PURPLE M
RD --------------- RED
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW (HIGH) IO
SC YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE X
) AU
W
3 O CM
(L
YL/PK BL BK M
RD RD BL LAT AI
BK BK WIRING CODE N
NOTE 3
FACTORY WIRING
BL T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE 2 1
T1
BK SR RD LOW VOLTAGE
L1 L2 OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
5
C
YL YL/PK FIELD WIRING
1 CADM
2 BL HIGH VOLTAGE Y
LOW VOLTAGE C R
YL RD
YL
PU
C HERM
YL C
RD F YL
YL
BR RCCF LPS
T1 T2 RD YL BK
BL RD YL SA
COMPONENT CODE HPS
L1 L2 (IF USED)
R C Y R C S
NOTE 2 C --------------- CONTACTOR
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM RD CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT MODULE
RD YL
POLE CONTACTOR BK CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
R C Y
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH INDOOR POWER
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD SUPPLY
LAT ------------ LOW AMBIENT THERMOSTAT
EQUIPMENT GROUND LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
COMP USE COPPER LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX NOTES:
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD THERMOSTAT.
BK SA ------------- START ASSIST 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
AUX
MAIN SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU 3) LAT POSITION SHOWN FOR HIGH
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.
AUX YL
BR
IO C S CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
YL/PK LPS YL/PK
(HIGH) R
RD
(LOW)
ASX130[18-60]1B*
CM 0140R00152 REV A
215
HIGH VOLTAGE!
216
CONTROL BOX LVJB OUTDO OR POW ER SUPPLY

SEE RATING PLATE
YL/PK Y NOTE 1
T1 T2
BL C
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
BK IO CADM
H C
LVJB X
2 C S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE A COMP

D M
RD BK BK --------------- BLACK AI F
M N R
1 3 BL --------------- BLUE
NOTE 3 A SA
BR --------------- BROW N
D
OR --------------- ORANGE (IF USED)
M
PU --------------- PURPLE ALTERNATE DOUBLE
RD --------------- RED
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WH -------------- WHITE IO
(HIGH)
SC YL --------------- YELLOW X
) AU
OW CM
3 (L
YL/PK BL BK M
RD RD BL LAT AI
BK BK WIRING CODE N
NOTE 3
FACTORY WIRING
BL T2 RD 2 1
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE
L1 L2 CADM
5 OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
C Y
YL YL/PK C
1 FIELD WIRING
2 BL
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL RD LOW VOLTAGE
YL C
PU
C HERM YL LPS
RD F YL
YL
BR RCCF
HPS
T1 T2 YL BK
BL RD YL SA
L1 L2 (IF USED) COMPONENT CODE
C Y R C S C --------------- CONTACTOR
NOTE 2 C Y
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM RD RD CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT MODULE
YL
POL E CONTACTOR BK CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR NOTES:
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
LAT ------------ LOW AMBIENT THERMOSTAT REQUIRED.
EQUIPMENT GROUND 3) LAT POSITION SHOWN FOR HIGH AMBIENT
LPS ------------ L OW PRESSURE SWITCH
COMP USE COPPER TEMPERATURE.
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RD
BK SA ------------- START ASSIST USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
AUX
MAIN SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
YL/PK LPS YL/PK
BK
(HIGH) R
RD
CM (LOW) 0140R00 169 - B
ASX130[18-48]1C[A/B] / ASX130601CA
HIGH VOLTAGE!

SEE RATING PLATE
YL Y NOTE 1
T1 T2
BL C
L1 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
5
IO CADM
H C
LVJB X
C S
AU
WIRING DIAGRAMS
C RCCF
COLOR CODE A COMP
D M F
BK --------------- BLACK AI
N
M R
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN C
A SA
OR --------------- ORANGE
D
PU --------------- PURPLE (IF USED)
M
RD --------------- RED
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
SC WH -------------- WHITE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
YL --------------- YELLOW IO
X
AU
CM
YL BL BK MA
RD RD BL WIRING CODE IN
BK BK
FACTORY WIRING
BL T2 RD
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE
L1 L2
C
YL
1 FIELD WIRING CADM
2 BL
HIGH VOLTAGE Y
LOW VOLTAGE C
YL RD
YL
PU
C HERM
YL C
RD F YL
YL
BR RCCF
T1 T2 YL BK
BL RD YL SA
L1 L2 (IF USED)
C Y R C S
NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM RD COMPONENT CODE
RD YL
POLE CONTACTOR BK C --------------- CONTACTOR
C Y
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT MODULE
NOTE 3 CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
EQUIPMENT GROUND LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX NOTES:
COMP
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD THERMOSTAT.
BK AUX SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS
AUX YL ONLY.
BR IO CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
C S USE N.E.C.
IO
BK CLASS 2 WIRE
CM 0140R00239-A
217
ASX130[24-48]1CC / ASX130601CB/ ASX130611A*
/ ASX130[18, 36]1D*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
218
LVJB OU TDOO R PO WE R S UP PLY

S EE RA TING PLATE
YL Y NOTE 1
CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
LVJB L1 2 L2
C SR 1 SC C
5
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK IO H C
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
C RCCF
BR --------------- BROWN S COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
M M
AI F
PU --------------- PURPLE N R
RD --------------- RED
SC WH -------------- WHITE
SA
YL --------------- YELLOW
(IF USED)
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
BK IO
BK BK X
FACTORY WIR ING AU
PU T2 RD
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE CM
BK SR RD LOW VOLTAGE M
L1 L2 AI
N
C
1 FIELD W IRING CSM
2 BL
HIGH VOLTAGE Y
LOW VOLTAGE C P
YL RD
YL
PU
C HERM LPS
YL
F YL C
RD
YL
BR RCCF
T1 T2 BK RD
PU YL SA
L1 L2 YL (IF USED)
C P Y C
NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CSM RD
C --------------- CONTACTOR C Y
NOTE 3 CSM -------- CORESENSE MODULE NOTE 1
EQUIPMENT GROUND
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD NOTES:
COMP 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD
THERMOSTAT.
BK AUX SA ------------- START ASSIST 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU YL/PK 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS
YL/PK SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
AUX YL LPS ONLY.
C S USE N.E.C.
IO
BK CLASS 2 WIRE
R
CM 0140R00274-A
ASX130181CC
ASX130181DB, / ASX130[24-48]1CD
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY

SEE RATING PLATE
YL Y SEE NO TE 1
CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
L VJ B L1 5 2 L2
C SR 1 SC C
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK IO C H
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
C RC CF
BR --------------- BROWN C O MP
S
OR --------------- ORANGE M M
AI F
PU --------------- PURPLE N R
RD --------------- RED
SC WH -------------- WHITE
SA
YL --------------- YELLOW
(IF USED)
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
BK IO
BK BK X
FACTORY WIRING AU
PU T2 RD
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE CM
BK SR RD LOW VOLTAGE M
L1 L2 AI
N
C
1 FIELD WIRING CSM
2 BL
HIGH VOLTAGE Y
LOW VOLTAGE C P
YL RD
YL
PU
C HERM LPS
YL
F YL C
RD
YL
BR RC CF
T1 T2 BK RD
PU YL SA
L1 L2 YL (IF USED)
C P Y C
N OT E 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CSM RD
C --------------- CONTACTOR C Y
CSM -------- CORESENSE MODULE SEE NOTE 1
EQUIPMENT GROUND IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
NOTE 3 NOTES:
C OM P
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
M AIN TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD
THERMOSTAT.
BK AUX SA ------------- START ASSIST 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
M AIN SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU YL /PK Y L/PK SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS
A UX YL LPS ONLY.
C S USE N .E.C.
IO
BK C LASS 2 W IRE
R
CM 0140R00274-B
ASX130181D* / ASX130[24, 30, 48]1CC-CE
ASX130361[CC,CD]/D*
219
HIGH VOLTAGE!
220

SEE RATING PLATE
RD R
BL/PK NOTE 1
BL C
SR SC C
C
IO CADM
H C
LVJB X
C AU
C RCCF
COMP
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE
D M
RD BK --------------- BLACK AI F
N R

NOTE 3 BR --------------- BROWN SA
D
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
PU --------------- PURPLE
WH -------------- WHITE IO
(HIGH)
SC YL --------------- YELLOW X
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE ) AU
W
O CM
(L
YL/PK BL M
RD LAT AI
RD BL WIRING CODE N
BL/PK NOTE 3
FACTORY WIRING
BL RD
HIGH VOLTAGE
SR RD LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
C
YL YL/PK
FIELD WIRING CADM
BL
HIGH VOLTAGE Y
RD LOW VOLTAGE
YL
YL
PU
C HERM
YL C
RD F YL
YL
BR RCCF LPS
RD YL
BL RD YL
COMPONENT CODE HPS
R C R C (IF USED)
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM
RD YL RD CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT MODULE
POLE CONTACTOR
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR Y
BL/PK HPS BL/PK
LAT ------------ LOW AMBIENT THERMOSTAT
EQUIPMENT GROUND
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
COMP USE COPPER NOTES:
RD RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
AUX SA ------------- START ASSIST THERMOSTAT.
MAIN 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
PU EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
AUX YL SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
3) LAT POSITION SHOWN FOR HIGH
BR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.
IO C
YL/PK LPS YL/PK CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
(HIGH) R
RD
CM (LOW)
ASX140[18-60]1*
HIGH VOLTAGE!

SEE RATING PLATE
BL/PK Y NOTE 1
T1 T2
BL C
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
BK IO CADM
H C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
LVJB
2 C UX S
C A RCCF
A COMP
COLOR CODE
D M
RD BK --------------- BLACK AI F
BK M N R
1 3 BL --------------- BLUE
NOTE 3 A SA
BR --------------- BROWN D
M
PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
RD --------------- RED
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WH -------------- WHITE IO
(HIGH)
SC YL --------------- YELLOW X
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE ) AU
W
O CM
3 (L
YL/PK BL BK M
RD RD BL LAT AI
BK BK WIRING CODE N
BL/PK NOTE 3
FACTORY WIRING
BL T2 RD 2 1
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE
L1 L2 CADM
C Y
YL YL/PK C
1 FIELD WIRING
2 BL
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL RD LOW VOLTAGE
YL C
PU
C HERM LPS
YL
RD F YL
YL
BR RCCF
HPS
T1 T2 YL BK
BL RD YL SA COMPONENT CODE
L1 L2 (IF USED) C --------------- CONTACTOR
C Y R C S
NOTE 2 C Y
CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT MODULE
RD YL RD
POLE CONTACTOR BK CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR NOTES:
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK
BL/PK HPS BL/PK HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
LAT -- ---------- LOW AMBIENT THERMOSTAT REQUIRED.
3) LAT POSITION SHOWN FOR HIGH AMBIENT
EQUIPMENT GROUND LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH TEMPERATURE.
COMP USE COPPER LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RD SA ------------- START ASSIST
BK AUX USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
MAIN SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
PU
AUX YL
BR
C S CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
IO YL/PK LPS YL/PK
BK
(HIGH) R
RD
CM (LOW) 0140R00168-B
ASX140421D[A/B] / ASX140[48-60]1[BA/B]
ASX140[18-36/48]1C[A/B]
221
HIGH VOLTAGE!
222
CONTROL BOX LVJB OU TD OOR POW ER SU PPLY

SEE R AT ING PLAT E
BL/PK Y NOTE 1
T1 T2
BL C
L1 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
5
IO CADM
H C
LVJB X
C S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE A COMP

D MA F
BK --------------- BLACK M IN
R
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE C
A SA
BR --------------- BROWN
D
M
SC RD --------------- RED
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WH -------------- WHITE IO
YL --------------- YELLOW X
AU
CM
BL BK MA
RD RD BL WIRING CODE IN
BK BK
FACTORY WIRING
BL T2 RD
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE
L1 L2
5 BL/PK
C
YL
1 FIELD WIRING CADM
2 BL
HIGH VOLTAGE Y
LOW VOLTAGE C
YL RD
YL
PU
C HERM YL
F YL C
RD
YL
BR RCCF
T1 T2 YL BK
BL RD YL SA
HPS
L1 L2 (IF USED)
C Y R C S COMPONENT CODE
NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM RD RD C --------------- CONTACTOR
YL
POLE CONTACTOR BK CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT MODULE
C Y
BL/PK HPS BL/PK NOTE 3 COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
EQUIPMENT GROUND LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
COMP NOTES:
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN
SA ------------- START ASSIST TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD
BK AUX SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) THERMOSTAT.
MAIN SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
AUX YL 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS
BR IO CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION. ONLY.
C S
IO USE N.E.C.
BK CLASS 2 WIRE
R
CM 0140R00240-A
ASX140[24-36]1CC / ASX140421DC
ASX140481CB / ASX140601BC / ASX1401801DA
HIGH VOLTAGE!

SEE RATING PLATE
YL Y SEE NOTE 1
CONTROL BOX
BL C
YL T1 T2
LVJB 2 L2
L1 5 SR 1
C SC C
COLOR COD E
BK --------------- BLACK IO C H
BL --------------- BLUE X
C S
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
C
BR --------------- BROWN COMP
S
OR --------------- ORANGE M M
AI F
N
BL/PK PU --------------- PURPLE R
RD --------------- RED
SC WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW SA
YL/PK --------------- YELLOW /PINK STRIPE (IF USED)
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
BK
YL/PK RD RD BL WIRING CODE IO
BK BK
FACTORY WIRING X
PU RD AU
T2 HIGH VOLTAGE
T1 CM
BK RD LOW VOLTAGE
SR MA
L1 L2 OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE IN
5 BL/PK C
YL FIELD WIRING
1 CSM
2 BL HIGH VOLTAGE
Y
LOW VOLTAGE C
RD P
YL
YL/PK YL
PU
C HERM
YL C
RD F
YL
BR RCCF
YL BK YL
T1 T2 BL
PU SA HPS LPS
L1 L2 (IF USED)
C P Y C NOTE 2 COMPONENT CODE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CSM YL RD RD C --------------- CONTACTOR
POLE CONTACTOR BK C Y SEE NOTE 1
CSM -------- CORESENSE MODULE
BL/PK HPS BL/PK COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
NOTES:
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
EQUIPMENT GROUND LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
COMP
NOTE 3 RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN REQUIRED.
MAIN SA ------------- START ASSIST 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
RD SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
BK AUX SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
MAIN USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
PU
YL/PK LPS YL/PK
AUX YL
C S
IO
BK
R
CM 0140R00275-C
ASX140[24-36]1CD / ASX140421DD
ASX140481CC / ASX140601BD / ASX1401801DB
223
HIGH VOLTAGE!
224
LVJB

CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
BR --------------- BROWN RCCF
OR --------------- ORANGE COMP
SC PU --------------- PURPLE MA
F
IN
RD --------------- RED R
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IO AU (IF USED)
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
RD FACTORY W IRIN G MA
BK SR CM IN
YL L1 L2 HIGH VOLTAGE
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD W IRIN G
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
T1 T2 (IF USED)
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
COMP
RD 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN R EQUIRED.
BK SEE NOTE 3
AUX 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-C
ASX140[18-60]1K*
HIGH VOLTAGE!

SEE RATING PLATE
RD R
PU Y1 NOTE 1
BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
YL Y2 5 2
SR 1 SC C
C
IO CADM
BK H C
BL/PK PU
YL/PK BL/PK LVJB X
4 C S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
A COMP
D M
COLOR CODE AI F
BK RD M N R
2 5
BK --------------- BLACK
YL BL BL --------------- BLUE C
YL 1 3 A
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE SA
CMR D
BR --------------- BROWN (IF USED)
M
OR --------------- ORANGE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
PU --------------- PURPLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE IO
(HIGH)
SC YL --------------- YELLOW X
) AU
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE W
2 C O CM
(L
BL BK M M
AI
BL BK BK RD RD BL R N
T2 RD WIRING CODE 4 5
T1
BL
BK SR RD FACTORY WIRING
L1 L2 HIGH VOLTAGE
5 LOW VOLTAGE
C
PU YL/PK CMR 3
1 OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE 1
2 BL CADM
FIELD WIRING Y1
Y2 C R C
YL RD CS
HIGH VOLTAGE Y2
LOW VOLTAGE DC C
YL
SOL
PU
C HERM LPS HPS
YL
RD F YL
YL
BR RCCF
T1 T2 RD PU BK COMPONENT CODE
YL BL YL DC RD SA C --------------- CONTACTOR
SOL (IF USED)
L1 L2 CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT MODULE
Y2 R C Y1 R C S
NOTE 2 CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM RD
RD YL CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
POLE CONTACTOR BK
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR Y2 Y1
R C
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
BK
RD EQUIPMENT GROUND
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX NOTES:
COMP USE COPPER
PU RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN C BL/PK HPS BL/PK CONDUCTORS ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD SA ------------- START ASSIST THERMOSTAT.
BR 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
BK AUX Y2 SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
MAIN EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
CS
AUX YL USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
IO C S YL/PK LPS YL/PK
BK
(HIGH) R
RD
(LOW) 0140R00081
ASX160[24-60]1A*/C*
CM
225
HIGH VOLTAGE!
226
BL/PK CONTROL BOX

COLOR CODE
BK
YL/PK NOTES:
BK --------------- BLACK
YL/PK
BL --------------- BLUE
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE 1. IF DT IS NOT PRESENT, HPS BL/PK
BR --------------- BROWN WIRE GOES DIRECTLY TO TERMINAL
RD E29.
OR --------------- ORANGE BK GND 2. USE COPPER SUPPLY WIRES ONLY.
PU --------------- PURPLE 3. USE 40VA TRANSFORMER MINIMUM.
RD --------------- RED
RD RD
WH -------------- W HITE BK BK
YL --------------- YELLOW
E22
E23
E24
E26
E28
E29
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE E11
4
1
RELAY
E14 LPCO HPCO
WIRING DIAGRAMS
E16 HIGH
LOW VOLTAGE
BARRIER
HERM FAN RELAY
6
3
RUN
MAIN YL RELAY RELAY
PU E10
AUX
BR E5 FUSE
IO START
BK (HIGH) START E2
O
RD(LOW) CH
START
BR RLY L
CM Y2 YL
C UC BOARD
PU FAN COM E17 CCH Y1 PU
COMP E21 W1
MAIN C BL
C COM R
RUN R RD
AUX
CS 2
LPS YL 1
C S RD CAP COM C
E8 RELAY R
R RUN CAPACITOR 1
L1 L1
(COMPRESSOR AND FAN) 230 VAC 2 E25
YL
SUPPLY
BK L2 L2 E1 E47
RD L2 OUT
OPTIONAL HARD START OAT OCT WIRING CODE FACTORY WIRING
SEE NOTE 1 DT HPS E13
SC SC
1 HIGH VOLTAGE
BL/PK 2 5 LOW VOLTAGE
BK RES
BK HIGH VOLTAGE
OAS FIELD
LEGACY INDOOR T-STAT

C --------------- CONTACTOR
FAN
5
CHS------------ CRANKCASE HEATER O O THIS WIRING SCHEMATIC SHOWS THE LEGACY WIRING FROM
SWITCH
CCH
2
1 SR
HERM
L
CAP
L (OPTIONAL) THE FACTORY. THE WIRES GO TO INDOOR T-STAT AS SHOWN
CM ------------ CONDENSER FAN MOTOR
R
FROM Y2 Y2 IN "LEGACY INDOOR T-STAT". TO WIRE THE SYSTEM IN
C
RUN CAPACITOR
S
C
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID OUTDOOR Y1 Y1 COMMUNICATING MODE, THE INSTALLER HAS TO WORK
COMP
UNIT W1 W1 THE WIRING AS SHOWN IN "COMMUNICATING INDOOR T-STAT".
OPTIONAL HARD START

HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SW ITCH
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD C C REFER TO THE IO MANUAL LOCATED IN COMMUNICATING
PSC FAN
MOTOR
T-STAT KIT FOR MORE DETAILS.
SC
HERM
CAP COM
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH R R
S
OAS ----------- OUTDOOR AIR SENSOR
R
C
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR
LPC
HPC C
HIGH
LOW
COMPRESSOR & FAN R INDOOR POWER SUPPLY 24 VAC
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR
E14
COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
C 2
K2
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMMUNICATING INDOOR T-STAT
COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
Y1
K4
K3
TO uP
INDOOR POW ER SUPPLY 24 VAC

Y2 W1 R 1
CONTROLS SHOW N WITH

L
THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION. C C

FROM
O
UC CONTROL K6
OUTDOOR R R
UNIT 2 2
1 1
L1
TO INDOOR COMMUNICATING PCB
L2
0140R00138 - C
ASX160[24-60]1B*
HIGH VOLTAGE!

SEE RATING PLATE
YL Y NOTE 1
CONTROL BOX
BL C
YL T1 T2
LVJB 2 L2
L1 5 SR 1
C SC C
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK IO H C
BL --------------- BLUE X
C S
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
C
BR --------------- BROWN COMP
S
OR --------------- ORANGE M MA F
IN
BL/PK PU --------------- PURPLE R
RD --------------- RED
SC WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW SA
YL/PK --------------- YELLOW /PINK STRIPE (IF USED)
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
BK
YL/PK RD RD BL WIRING CODE IO
BK BK
FACTORY WIRING X
PU RD AU
T2 HIGH VOLTAGE
T1 CM
BK RD LOW VOLTAGE
SR MA
L1 L2 OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE IN
5 BL/PK C
YL FIELD WIRING
1 CSM
2 BL HIGH VOLTAGE
Y
LOW VOLTAGE C
YL RD P
YL/PK YL
PU
C HERM
YL C
RD F
YL
BR RCCF
YL BK YL
T1 T2 BL
PU SA HPS LPS
L1 L2 (IF USED)
C P Y C NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE COMPONENT CODE
CSM RD
YL RD C --------------- CONTACTOR
POLE CONTACTOR BK CSM -------- CORESENSE MODULE C Y
BL/PK HPS BL/PK COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
NOTES:
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
EQUIPMENT GROUND LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
COMP
NOTE 3 RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN REQUIRED.
MAIN SA ------------- START ASSIST 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
RD SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
BK AUX SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
MAIN USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
PU
YL/PK LPS YL/PK
AUX YL
C S
IO
BK
CM 0140R00275-B
227
ASX160[18-48]1F*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
228
ASX160601F*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WIRING DIAGRAMS
229
ASX160611F*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
230

SEE RATING PLATE
RD R
PU Y1 NOTE 1
BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
YL Y2 5 2
SR 1 SC C
C
IO CADM
BL/PK PU
YL/PK BL/PK LVJB X
C S
AU
C RC
WIRING DIAGRAMS
A COMP
D M
COLOR CODE AI
BK M N R
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE C
A
D
BR --------------- BROWN (IF USED)
M
GR --------------- GREEN
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
PU --------------- PURPLE POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
RD --------------- RED CM
W H -------------- W HITE L1
SC YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE L2
GR/YL ---------- GREEN/YELLOW STRIPE GND
BL BK
BL BK RD RD BL
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
BL
BK RD FACTORY WIRING
SR
YL L1 L2 HIGH VOLTAGE CM
5 LOW VOLTAGE
C
PU YL/PK Y W B
2 BL L H L
FIELD WIRING
YL RD HIGH VOLTAGE CADM
GR/YL
LOW VOLTAGE Y1
YL C
Y2 C R CS
Y2
C HERM DC
YL C
RD YL SOL
YL
BR RC LPS HPS
T1 T2 RD PU BK
YL BL RD YL DC SA
SOL COMPONENT CODE
L1 L2 (IF USED)
Y2 R C Y1 R C S
RD YL
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH Y2 R C Y1
RD EQUIPMENT GROUND LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INDOOR POWER
USE COPPER SUPPLY
COMP LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
BK MAIN C BL/PK HPS BL/PK CONDUCTORS ONLY RC ------------ COMPRESSOR RUN CAPACITOR
RD
NOTES:
BR SA ------------- START ASSIST 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
BK AUX Y2
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
GND THERMOSTAT.
CS SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
L1
YL EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
L2
C S CONTROLS SHOWN W ITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
WH YL/PK LPS YL/PK USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIR E
(HIGH)
R
YL
(LOW)
CM BL 0140R00106
ASX180[36-60]1A*
(COM)
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX
COLOR CODE
BL/PK
BK
BK --------------- BLACK
YL/PK
BL --------------- BLUE
YL/PK
NOTES:
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE 1. IF DT IS NOT PRESENT, HPS BL/PK WIRE
RD GND
PU --------------- PURPLE GOES DIRECTLY TO TERMINAL E29.
RD --------------- RED BK 2. USE COPPER SUPPLY WIRES ONLY.
WH -------------- WHITE YL YL 3. USE 40VA TRANSFORMER MINIMUM.
YL --------------- YELLOW
BL BL
WH WH
E11
E23
E26
E28
E29
E22
E24
WIRING DIAGRAMS
4
1
RELAY
E14 LPCO HPCO
HIGH LOW VOLTAGE
E16 BARRIER
CM FAN
RUN RELAY
3
6
HERM
YL RELAY RELAY
GND GR/YL E10
L1 BK
L2 BR FUSE
START E5
START E2
WH
YL START O
CH
BL RLY L
E17 Y2 YL
BK CCH Y1 PU
FAN COM
C UC BOARD W1
COMP E21
MAIN C C BL
COM
AUX RUN R RD
CS R 2
LPS 1
C S RD CAP COM C
E8 RELAY R
R 1
RCCF L1 L1 2 E25
YL 230 VAC
BK SUPPLY
RD L2 L2 E1 E47
SEE NOTE 1 DT HPS L2 OUT
BR OAT OCT
OPTIONAL HARD START E13
SR SC
BL/PK 1
BK
BK WIRING CODE FACTORY WIRING
2 5 RES
OAS HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE
FIELD
LEGACY INDOOR T-STAT

COMPONENT CODE
5
C --------------- CONTACTOR
SR
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER O
ECM FAN
MOTOR
RUN
CAPACITOR
CAPACITY
SOLENOID
VALVE L L (OPTIONAL) THIS WIRING SCHEMATIC SHOWS THE LEGACY WIRING FROM
1
2
CM ------------ CONDENSER FAN MOTOR
FAN
THE FACTORY. THE WIRES GO TO INDOOR T-STAT AS SHOWN
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR Y2 Y2 IN "LEGACY INDOOR T-STAT". TO WIRE THE SYSTEM IN
OPTIONAL HARD
START
C
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID FROM Y1 Y1 COMMUNICATING MODE, THE INSTALLER HAS TO WORK
CCH
HERM
C
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT OUTDOOR W1 THE WIRING AS SHOWN IN "COMMUNICATING INDOOR T-STAT".
R
REFER TO THE IO MANUAL LOCATED IN COMMUNICATING
C
UNIT
S
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH C C T-STAT KIT FOR MORE DETAILS.
COMP
HIGH/LOW
ON/OFF
R R
SC
HERM
OAS ----------- OUTDOOR AIR SENSOR
CAP COM
C INDOOR POWER SUPPLY 24 VAC
C
S
R
R
E14
LPC

HPC
K4
K3

COMMUNICATING INDOOR T-STAT
K2
24V
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY 24 VAC

TO uP
C C
FROM
UC CONTROL K6
R R
OUTDOOR
2 2
UNIT
1 1
L1
Y2 Y1 C R 1 2
TO INDOOR COMMUNICATING PCB
L2
0140R00142-C
ASX180[36-60]1B*
231
HIGH VOLTAGE!
232
CONTROL BOX LVJB

RD R OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
WH W2 NOTE 1 SEE RATING PLATE
OR O T1 T2
DC B L/P K Y L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
BL C C SC C
DF2
H LAT
BK BK NOTE 4
V CADM
LVDR D IO H C
2
R BK X S
DF1 C C AU RCCF
A COMP
BK
1 3 D MA
W2 IN F
C Y O O R R DFT M R
BK
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK COLOR CODE DF1 C

4
A SA
BL OR WH RD BK --------------- BLACK HV DR
D
BL YL OR B K RD RD BL --------------- BLUE DF2 (IF USED)
M
RD 2 5 BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BL BR --------------- BROWN
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY

1 3 OR --------------- ORANGE
OR (HIGH) IO
CMR
PU --------------- PURPLE X
RD --------------- RED ) AU
O W CM
WH -------------- WHITE (L
SC MA
YL --------------- YELLOW 3 2 IN
BK B K 2 1 4 5
BL BK BK RD RD BL WIRING CODE LAT CMR
NOTE 4
FACTORY WIRING
BL T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE CH
T1
BL RD
BK SR LOW VOLTAGE (IF USED)
YL L1 L2 NOTE 3
5 C
YL
YL/P K BK BK DFT
1 FIELD WIRING CADM R
2 BL Y DC
HIGH VOLTAGE DFT C
C R Y
LOW VOLTAGE
YL RD
LVDR CMR
R W2
YL
PU COMPONENT CODE
C HERM YL C -------------- CONTACTOR RVC
O
RD F YL CADM ------- COMFORT ALERT
YL
BR RCCF DIAGNOSTIC MODULE LPS C
O
T2 RD YL BK CH ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER
T1
RD BL RD YL CM ----------- OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
SA HPS
CMR --------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
L1 L2 (IF USED)
R C Y R C S COMP ------- COMPRESSOR
BL/P K NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM RD DC ------------ DEFROST CONTROL
RD YL
POLE CONTACTOR BK YL/PK DFT ---------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
R C
HPS ---------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR ------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY O W2 Y
RVC IO ------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
BK BK INDOOR POWER
BL/P K BL/PK
LAT ---------- LOW AMBIENT THERMOSTAT
HPS COMP
LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH SUPPLY
MAIN EQUIPMENT GROUND
RD LVDR -------- LOW V OLTAGE DEFROST RELAY NOTE S:
USE COPPER LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
BK AUX 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
RD DFT CONDUCTORS ONLY RCCF -------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD THERMOSTAT.
RVC ---------- REVERSING VALVE COIL 2) START A SSIST FACTORY
YL EQUIPP ED W HEN REQUIRED.
MAIN SA ------------ START ASSIST
PU 3) CRA NKCASE HEATER MAY BE
C S SC ------------ START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) FACTORY OR FIELD INS TALLED.
AUX SR ------------ START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 4) LAT POSITION SHOW N FOR HIGH
BR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE .
R
IO YL/P K LPS YL/P K CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
BK
(HIGH) BK BK USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
CH
RD (IF USED) NOTE 3
CM (LOW)
ASZ130[18-60]1A*
VENDOR: GOODMAN PRINT SHOP 01/06 0140R00030P

HIGH VOLTAGE!
WIRING DIAGRAMS
233
ASZ130[18, 36-60]1AB/AC; ASZ130[24-30]AC/AD
HIGH VOLTAGE!
234
ASZ130[18, 36-60]1AC; ASZ130[24-30]AD
HIGH VOLTAGE!
NOTE 1
LVJB
OR O
CONTROL BOX RD R
RD
DC BL/PK Y
DF1 R
BL C T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R 2
DF2 5 SR 1
CCR
C SC C
LVDR
C COLOR CODE
DFT
RD C BK --------------- BLACK CADM CADM
R-DFT H C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
C X
R-PS1 BR --------------- BROWN AU S
IO RCCF
GR---------------- GREEN COMP
0
0
Y
Y
W
PS2
CNT
0-RV
C-RV
BL OR --------------- ORANGE DF1 C MA
IN F
PU --------------- PURPLE HVDR R
BK
RD --------------- RED DF2
WH BK WH -------------- WHITE
BK OR SA
YL/PK BL/PK PU
YL --------------- YELLOW CADM (IF USED)
RD NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING X
SC IO AU
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/PK
LOW VOLTAGE
BL BL OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE MA
BK CM IN
RD RD RD BL
BK BK FIELD WI RING CHS CH
RD BL T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE
YL T1
SR
5 C RD
BK C --------------- CONTACTOR
RD
2 BL R-DFT DFT DFT C
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY DC
BK CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
YL YL RD R-PS1 PS2 Y
YL CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR LVDR
PU COMP -------- COMPRESSOR LPS O-RV RVC
T1 T2 C HERM R C-RV
YL DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
RD F YL
YL DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT O
L1 L2 BR RCCF
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITC H W CNT C
ALTERNATE C
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
DOUBLE POLE SA CCR
(IF USED) IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
CONTACTOR BK BL/PK BL/PK LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH CADM
BL NOTE 2 HPS
RD RD LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY R Y C
BK
YL BK LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
R C Y R C S CADM RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
R W2 O Y
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL FIELD LOW
DFT RVC HPS VOLTAGE
CHS RD SA ------------- START ASSIST } CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
EQUIPMENT SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CH GROUND CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
COMP
RD YL MAIN
MAIN
PU
YL/PK AUX NOTES:
BK AUX BK GR 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
BR 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
IO YL/PK LPS IO 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
CM
RD R USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE 0140R00241 - A
YL
BK
ASZ130[18, 36-60]1AD; ASZ130[24-30]AE
235
HIGH VOLTAGE!
236
NOTE 1
LVJB
OR O SEE RATING PLATE
WH W2
CONTROL BOX RD RD R
RD
DC PU Y
DF1 R
BL C T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R
DF2 5 2
CCR
C SR 1 SC C
LVDR
C COLOR CODE
DFT
BK --------------- BLACK CSM
RD C BL
R-DFT BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE H C
C
X
BR --------------- BROWN
WIRING DIAGRAMS
R-PS1 IO AU S
GR---------------- GREEN RCCF
COMP
0
0
Y
W
PS2
CNT
0-RV
OR --------------- ORANGE
C-RV
BL DF1 C M F
PU --------------- PURPLE AI
HVDR N R
BK RD --------------- RED DF2
WH -------------- WHITE
WH BK BK SA
PU BL/PK YL --------------- YELLOW
OR (IF USED)
YL/PK RD YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE ALTERNATE DOUBLE NOTE 2
WIRING CODE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
FACTORY W IRING X
HIGH VOLTAGE IO AU
SC
LOW VOLTAGE
YL/PK OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE M
PU PU BK CM AI
N
YL PU BK BK RD BL FIELD WIRING CHS
HIGH VOLTAGE CH
RD HPS T2
T1
BK RD SEE NOTE 4
SR BL/PK L1 L2 COMPONENT CODE
5 C RD C --------------- CONTACTOR
1 BK BK RD CSM ----------- CORESENSE MODULE DFT
2 BL CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY R-DFT DFT
DC C
RD CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
YL PU RD R-PS1 PS2 Y
T1 T2 H C F RCCF LVDR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR LPS O-RV RVC
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL R C-RV
L1 L2 YL YL DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT O
ALTERNATE YL HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
BR W HPS CNT C
DOUBLE POLE YL HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY C
CONTACTOR YL IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD CCR
SA
YL BK (IF USED) LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH CSM
PU
BK RD NOTE 2 RD LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY R YCP
CR P Y C --------- RUN
RCCF CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL R FIELD LOW
CSM RVC CHS SA ------------- START ASSIST W2 O Y VOLTAGE
DFT RD
BK SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
} CONNECTIONS
EQUIP MENT (OPTIONAL) SEE NOTE 5 & 6
GROUND SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
BK CH SEE NOTE 3
MAIN SEE NOTE 4 CONTROLS SHOW N WITH THERMOSTAT IN
YL/PK COMP
PU 'OFF' POSITION.
RD AUX MAIN
YL NOTES:
BR
YL/PK LPS
BK IO AUX 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
GR
CM 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
4) CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY
S
BK C INSTALLED OPTION
YL 5) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUIRED.
RD R USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 W IRE
6) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED. 0140R00273-A
ASZ130[24-30]A* [F & UP]; ASZ130241B*
ASZ130[18, 36-60]1A* [E & UP]
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

RD R
OUTDO OR POWER SUPPLY
WH W2
SEE RA TING PLATE
NOTE 1
OR O T1 T2
DC BL/PK Y L1 L2
5 2
BL C SR 1 SC C
DF2 C
H LAT
BK BK
V NOTE 4
IO CADM
LVDR D 2 H C
BK
R UX S
DF1 C A
C RCCF
A COMP
BK
1 3 D M
W2 AI F
O O R R M N R
C Y DFT BK
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK COLOR CODE DF1 C

4
A SA
BL OR WH RD BK BLACK HVDR
D
BL YL OR BK RD RD BL BLUE (I F USED)
DF2 M
RD 2 5 BL/PK BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BL
1 3
BR BROWN ALTERNATE DOUBLE
OR OR IO
CONTA CT OR POLE O N LY
CMR
ORANGE (HIGH)
PU PURPLE X
) AU
RD RED W
O CM
WH WHITE (L
SC M
YL YELLOW 3 2 AI
N
YL/PK YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
BK BK WIRING CODE 2 1 4 5
BL BK BK RD RD BL LAT CMR
FACTORY WIRING NOTE 4
T1
BL
BK RD LOW VOLTAGE (IF USED)
SR NOTE 3
YL L1 L2 OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
5 YL C
YL/PK BK BK DFT
1
FIELD WIRING CADM R
2 DC
BL HIGH VOLTAGE Y DFT C
C R Y
LOW VOLTAGE
YL RD LVDR
R CMR
W2
YL COMPONENT CODE
PU
C C ------- CONTACTOR RVC
HERM YL O
YL DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
BR LPS C
RCCF O
CH ------- CRANKCASE HEATER
T1 T2 RD YL BK -------
CM OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
RD BL RD YL SA CMR ------- CONSENSER MOTOR RELAY HPS
L1 L2 (IF USED) COMP------- COMPRESSOR
R C Y R C S
BL/PK NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE DC ------- DEFROST CONTROL
CADM RD
RD YL DFT ------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
POLE CONTACTOR BK YL/PK
R C
HPS ------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR ------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY O W2 Y
RVC IO ------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
BK BK INDOOR POWER
LAT ------- LOW AMBIENT THERMOSTAT
BL/PK HPS BL/PK COMP SUPPLY
LPS ------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
RD LVDR ------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY NOTES:
USE COPPER LVJB ------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
BK AUX RD 1) TO INDOOR UN IT LOW VOLTAGE
DFT CONDUCTORS ONLY RCCF------ RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
THERMOSTAT.
RD RVC - - - - - - REVERSING VALVE COIL 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN SA - - - - - - START ASSIST
3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
PU
C S SC - - - - - - START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALL ED.
AUX SR - - - - - - START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 4) LAT POSITION SHOWN FOR HIGH
R
IO YL/PK LPS YL/PK
BK CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION
(HIGH) BK BK USE N.E.C. CL ASS 2 W IRE
CH
RD (IF USED) NOTE 3
CM (LOW) VENDOR: GOODMAN PRINT SHOP 01/06 0140R00030P
237
ASZ140[18, 30-36]1AA-AF
ASZ14030241AA-AG, [042-060]1AA-AE
ASZ140[18, 30, 36]1AG/AH
WIRING DIAGRAMS
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. ASZ140241AH; [42, 48, 60]1AF/AG; ASZ140361B*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
238
ASZ140[18, 30, 36]1A[G/H]
WIRING DIAGRAMS ASZ140241AJ; [42, 48, 60]1AG; ASZ140361BA

HIGH VOLTAGE!
239
HIGH VOLTAGE!
240
NOTE 1
OR O
CONTROL BOX RD R
RD
DC BL/PK Y
DF1 R
BL C T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R 2
DF2 5 SR 1
CCR
C SC C
LVDR
C COLOR CODE
DFT
RD C BK --------------- BLACK CADM CADM
R-DFT H C
WIRING DIAGRAMS

C X
R-PS1 BR --------------- BROWN AU S
IO RCCF
GR---------------- GREEN COMP
0
0
Y
Y
W
PS2
CNT
0-RV
C-RV
BL OR --------------- ORANGE DF1 C M
AI F
N R
BK
RD --------------- RED DF2
WH BK W H -------------- WHITE
BK OR SA
YL/PK BL/PK PU
RD CADM
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WIRING CODE
FA CTORY WIRING X
SC IO AU
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/PK LOW VOLTAGE
BL BL M
N
BK
RD RD RD BL
BK BK
FIELD WI RING CHS CH
RD BL T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE
YL T1
BK
SR
5 C RD
BK
C --------------- CONTACTOR
RD
2 BL R-DFT DFT DFT
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY DC C
BK CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
YL YL RD R-PS1 PS2 Y
PU COMP -------- COMPRESSOR LPS O-RV RVC
T1 T2 C HERM R C-RV
YL DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
RD F YL
YL DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT O
L1 L2 BR
RCCF
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH W CNT C
ALTERNATE HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY C
DOUBLE POLE SA CCR
(IF USED) IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
CONTACTOR BK BL/PK BL/PK LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH CADM
BL NOTE 2 HPS
RD RD LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY R Y C
BK
R C Y R C S CADM RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
R W2 O Y
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL FIELD LOW
DFT RVC HPS VOLTAGE
CHS RD SA ------------- START ASSIST } CONNECTIONS
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
EQUIPMENT SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CH GROUND CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
COMP
RD YL MAIN
MAIN
PU
YL/PK AUX
BK BK NOTES:
AUX GR 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
BR 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
IO YL/PK LPS IO 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
CM
RD R USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE 0140R00241 - A
YL
BK
ASZ140241AK; [42, 48, 60]1AH; ASZ140361BB
ASZ140[18, 30]1AJ
HIGH VOLTAGE!
NOTE 1
LVJB
RD OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
OR O SEE RATIN G PLATE
RD WH W2
CONTROL BOX RD RD R
DC
RD
PU Y
DF1 R
BL C T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R
DF2 2
CCR
C SR 1 SC C
LVDR
C COLOR CODE
DFT 5
C
BK --------------- BLACK CSM
RD BL
R-DFT BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE H C
C
X
R-PS1
BR --------------- BROWN AU S
IO RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
GR---------------- GREEN COMP
0
0
Y
W
PS2
CNT
0-RV
OR --------------- ORANGE
C-RV
BL DF1 C M F
AI
N R
BK RD --------------- RED DF2
WH -------------- WHITE
WH BK BK SA
BL/PK YL --------------- YELLOW
OR (IF USED)
YL/PK RD YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE NOTE 2
PU
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
WIRING CODE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
FACTORY WIRING X
HIGH VOLTAGE IO AU
SC
LOW VOLTAGE
YL/PK OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE M
PU PU BK CM AI
N
YL PU BK BK RD BL FIELD WIRING CHS
PU HIGH VOLTAGE CH
RD HPS T1 T2
BK RD SEE NOTE 4
SR BL/PK L1 L2 COMPONENT CODE
5 C RD C --------------- CONTAC TOR
1 BK BK RD CSM ----------- CORESENSE MODULE DFT
2 BL CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY R-DFT DFT C
RD DC
YL PU RD R-PS1 PS2 Y
T1 T2 H C F RCCF LVDR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR LPS O-RV RVC
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL R C-RV
L1 L2 YL YL DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT O
ALTERNATE YL HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
BR W HPS CNT C
DOUBLE POLE YL HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY C
CONTACTOR YL IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD CCR
SA
YL BK (IF USED) LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH CSM
PU
BK RD NOTE 2 RD LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY R Y CP
YL BK LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE J UNCTION BOX
CR P Y C RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL R FIELD LOW
CSM RVC
DFT CHS SA ------------- START ASSIST W2 O Y VOLTAGE
RD } CONNECTIONS
BK SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT (OPTIONAL) SEE NOTE 5 & 6
GROUND SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
BK CH SEE NOTE 3
MAIN SEE NOTE 4 CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN
YL/PK COMP
PU 'OFF' POSITION.
RD MAIN
YL AUX NOTES:
BR
YL/PK LPS
BK IO AUX 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR TH ERMOSTAT.
GR
CM 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
4) CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY
BK C S INSTALLED OPTION
YL 5) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUIRED.
RD R USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
6) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED. 0140R00273-B
241
ASZ140301AK; ASZ140421AJ
ASZ140[18-30]1B*
ASZ140381AA; ASZ140[18, 30]1AK; ASZ140241AL;
HIGH VOLTAGE!
242
CONTROL BOX LVJB

OR O
NOTE 1 T1
PU Y1 T2 L2
DC BL C L1
YL 5 SR 2 1
Y2 SC C
C
DF2
H BK BK
V CADM
IO H C
LVDR D
R BK 4 X S
DF1 C C AU RCCF
A COMP
2
COLOR CODE D M
BK 5 RD
WIRING DIAGRAMS
W2 AI F
O O R R BK --------------- BLACK M N R
C Y DFT YL BL
1 3 BL --------------- BLUE
YL BL C
CMR BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE DF1
BR --------------- BROWN A SA
BL OR WH RD RD HVDR
D
BK PU BK RD RD DF2 M
PU --------------- PURPLE NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
(HIGH) IO
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE X
) AU
OW CM
(L
SC C M
2 M
AI
N
R
WIRING CODE
BL BK FACTORY WIRING
RD RD 4 5 CH
BL BK BK BL HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE (IF USED)
BL T2 RD NOTE 3
T1 OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
BK SR RD
PU L1 L2 FIELD WIRING 1 CMR 3
5 PU C
YL/ HIGH VOLTAGE DFT
BK BK R
1 PK LOW VOLTAGE DC
2 BL DFT C
Y
YL RD LVDR
R W2
YL COMPONENT CODE
PU C --------------- CONTACTOR RVC
C HERM CADM --------COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE O
YL
RD F YL CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER O
YL C
BR RCCF CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY DC
T1 T2 RD PU BK
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR SOL HPS DT
YL BL RD DC SA
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID Y2 C Y1 R
L1 L2 SOL (IF USED)
Y2 R C Y1 R C S NOTE 2 DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL LPS
CADM
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM RD DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
RD YL
POLE CONTACTOR BK DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT C
CS
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH Y2
RD HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY R C
YL/ YL/ Y2 Y1
O W2
BK PK LPS PK IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
COMP LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INDOOR POWER
MAIN C EQUIPMENT GROUND LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY SUPPLY
RD USE COPPER LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
BK AUX Y2 BL/ RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
PK HPS CONDUCTORS ONLY NOTES:
CS RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
BL/ SA ------------- START ASSIST (OPTIONAL) TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
YL THERMOSTAT.
MAIN PK
PU RD DFT RD SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
C S EQUIPPED W HEN REQUIRED.
AUX SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
BR BK DT FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED.
R
IO BK CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
BK BK RVC
(HIGH) BK BK BK USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 W IRE
RD CH
(LOW) (IF USED) NOTE 3
ASZ160[24-60]1A*
CM 0140R00082 REV B
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

RD R OUTD OOR POWER SUPPLY
WH W2
SEE RA TING PLATE
NOTE 1
OR O T1 T2
DC BL/PK Y L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
BL C C SC C
DF2
H LAT
BK BK NOTE 4
V CADM
LVDR IO H C
D 2
R BK
C UX S
DF1 C A RCCF
A COMP
BK
1 3 D M
W2 A IN F
O O R R M R
C Y DFT BK
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK COLOR CODE DF1 C

4 A
OR RD BK HVDR SA
BL WH BLACK D
BL YL OR BK RD RD BL (I F USED)
BLUE DF2 M
RD 2 5 BL/PK BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BL
1 3
BR BROWN ALTERNATE DOUBLE
OR OR IO
CONT AC T OR POLE O N LY
CMR
ORANGE (HIGH)
PU PURPLE UX
) A
RD RED W
O CM
WH WHITE (L
SC M
YL YELLOW 3 2 A IN
YL/PK YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
BK BK WIRING CODE 2 1 4 5
BL BK BK RD RD BL LAT CMR
FACTORY WIRING NOTE 4
T1
BL
BK RD LOW VOLTAGE (IF USED)
SR
YL L1 L2 NOTE 3
5 YL C
YL/PK BK BK DFT
1
FIELD WIRING CADM R
2 DC
BL Y DFT C
HIGH VOLTAGE
C R Y
LOW VOLTAGE
YL RD
LVDR
R CMR
W2
YL COMPONENT CODE
PU
C HERM C ------- CONTACTOR RVC
YL O
YL DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
BR LPS C
RCCF O
CH ------- CRANKCASE HEATER
T1 T2 RD YL BK
CM ------- OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
RD BL RD YL SA CMR ------- CONSENSER MOTOR RELAY HPS
L1 L2 (IF USED) COMP------- COMPRESSOR
R C Y R C S
BL/PK NOTE 2
DC ------- DEFROST CONTROL
RD YL RD
POLE CONTACTOR BK YL/PK DFT ------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
R C
HPS ------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY O W2 Y
RVC IO ------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
BK BK INDOOR POWER
LAT ------- LOW AMBIENT THERMOSTAT
BL/PK HPS BL/PK COMP SUPPLY
LPS ------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
RD LVDR ------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY NOTES:
BK
USE COPPER LVJB ------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
AUX RD 1) TO INDOOR UN IT LOW VOLTAGE
DFT CONDUCTORS ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RCCF------ RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
THERMOSTAT.
RD RVC - - - - - - REVERSING VALVE COIL 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN SA - - - - - - START ASSIST
3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
PU C SC - - - - - - START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
S FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED.
AUX SR - - - -- - START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 4) LAT POSITION SHOWN FOR HIGH
R
IO YL/PK LPS YL/PK
BK
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN "OFF" POSITION
(HIGH) BK BK USE N.E.C. CL ASS 2 W IRE
CH
RD (IF USED) NOTE 3
CM (LOW) VENDOR: GOODMAN PRINT SHOP 0140R00030P
01/06
243
ASZ160[24-60]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
244

RD R
WH W2
SEE RATING PLATE
OR O
NOTE 1 T1
PU Y1 T2 L2
DC BL C L1
YL Y2 5 SR 2 1
C SC C
DF2
H
V CADM
IO
LVDR D
R X S
DF1 C AU
COLOR CODE C
BK BK
A COMP
BK --------------- BLACK D M
W2 BL --------------- BLUE M
AI
N
O O R R DFT R
C Y BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
DF1
OR --------------- ORANGE A SA
BK OR WH RD RD HVDR
PU --------------- PURPLE D
BL PU BK RD RD DF2 (IF USED)
M
RD --------------- RED NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
WH -------------- WHITE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY

YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE CM
L1
GR/YL-----------GREEN/YELLOW
STRIPE L2
SC GND
WIRING CODE
RD RD BL CH
BL BK HIGH VOLTAGE
BL (IF USED)
LOW VOLTAGE
BL T2 RD NOTE 3
BK YL RD
SR
PU L1 L2 FIELD WIRING CM
5 C Y W B
PU HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/ L H L
PK BK BK
1 LOW VOLTAGE DFT
2 BL R
DC
DFT C
Y
YL GR/YL RD
COMPONENT CODE LVDR
YL R W2
BR C --------------- CONTACTOR
C HERM YL CADM --------COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE RVC
RD YL CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER O
YL
RC CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR O
C
T1 T2 RD PU BK
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID DC
YL BL RD DC SA
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL SOL HPS DT
L1 L2 SOL (IF USED)
Y2 R C Y1 R C S DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT Y2 C Y1 R
NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM RD DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
RD YL CADM LPS
POLE CONTACTOR BK HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY C
RD YL/ YL/ IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD CS
Y2
BK PK LPS PK LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH R C
Y2 O W2 Y1
COMP LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX INDOOR POWER
MAIN C EQUIPMENT GROUND
RD RC--- --------- COMPRESSOR RUN CAPACITOR SUPPLY
BL/
USE COPPER
BK AUX Y2 RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
PK HPS CONDUCTORS ONLY
CS SA ------------- START ASSIST (OPTIONAL)
YL BL/ SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
GND PK RD RD SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) NOTES:
DFT
L1 BK C S 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
L2 BR TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
BK DT CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION. THERMOSTAT.
R
BK 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
WH EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
BK
(HIGH) RVC 3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
BK BK BK FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED.
YL CH
CM
BL 0140R00108
(COM)
ASZ180[24-60]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WIRING DIAGRAMS
DSX160[24-60]1**
245
246
SEE RATING PLATE
RD R
PU Y1 NOTE 1
BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
YL Y2 5 2
SR 1 SC C
C
IO CADM
BL/PK PU
YL/PK BL/PK LVJB X
C S
AU
WIRING DIAGRAMS
C RC
A COMP
D M
COLOR CODE AI
BK M N R
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE C
A
D
BR --------------- BROWN (IF USED)
M
GR --------------- GREEN
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
RD --------------- RED CM
WH -------------- W HITE L1
SC YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE L2
GR/YL ---------- GREEN/YELLOW STRIPE GND
BL BK
BL BK RD RD BL
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
BL
BK SR RD FACTORY WIRING
YL L1 L2 HIGH VOLTAGE CM
5 LOW VOLTAGE
C
PU YL/PK Y W B
2 BL L H L
FIELD WIRING
YL RD HIGH VOLTAGE CADM
GR/YL
LOW VOLTAGE Y1
YL Y2 C R C
CS
Y2
C HERM DC
YL C
RD YL SOL
YL
BR RC LPS HPS
T1 T2 RD PU BK
YL BL RD YL DC SA
SOL COMPONENT CODE
L1 L2 (IF USED)
Y2 R C Y1 R C S
RD YL
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH Y2 R C Y1
RD EQUIPMENT GROUND LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INDOOR POWER
USE COPPER SUPPLY
COMP LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
BK MAIN C BL/PK HPS BL/PK CONDUCTORS ONLY RC ------------ COMPRESSOR RUN CAPACITOR
RD
NOTES:
BR SA ------------- START ASSIST 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
BK AUX Y2
SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
GND THERMOSTAT.
CS SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
L1 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
L2
WH YL/PK LPS YL/PK USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
(HIGH)
R
YL
(LOW)
CM BL 0140R00106
(COM)
DSX180[36-60]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

OR O
NOTE 1 T1
PU Y1 T2 L2
DC BL C L1
YL Y2 5 SR 2 1
C SC C
DF2
H BK BK
V CADM
IO H C
LVDR D
R BK 4 X S
DF1 C C AU RCCF
A COMP
COLOR CODE D M
BK 2 5 RD F
W2 BK --------------- BLACK AI
N
WIRING DIAGRAMS
O O R R YL M R
C Y DFT BL
1 3 BL --------------- BLUE
YL BL DF1 C
CMR BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
BR --------------- BROWN A SA
BL OR WH RD RD HVDR
D
BK PU BK RD RD OR --------------- ORANGE (IF USED)
DF2 M
PU --------------- PURPLE NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
RD --------------- RED
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WH -------------- WHITE
(HIGH) IO
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE X
) AU
OW CM
(L
SC C M
2 M
AI
N
R
WIRING CODE
RD RD BL 4 5 CH
BL BK BK HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE (IF USED)
BL T2 RD NOTE 3
BK SR RD
PU L1 L2 FIELD WIRING 1 CMR 3
5 PU C
YL/ HIGH VOLTAGE DFT
BK BK R
1 PK LOW VOLTAGE DC
2 BL DFT C
Y
YL RD LVDR
R W2
YL COMPONENT CODE
PU C --------------- CONTACTOR RVC
C HERM CADM --------COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE O
YL
BR YL C
RCCF CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY DC
T1 T2 RD PU BK
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR SOL HPS DT
YL BL RD DC SA
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID Y2 C Y1 R
L1 L2 SOL (IF USED)
Y2 R C Y1 R C S NOTE 2 DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL LPS
CADM
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM RD DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
RD YL
POLE CONTACTOR BK DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT C
CS
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH Y2
RD YL/ YL/ HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY R C
Y2 O W2 Y1
BK PK LPS PK IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
COMP LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INDOOR POWER
MAIN C EQUIPMENT GROUND LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY SUPPLY
RD USE COPPER LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
BK AUX Y2 BL/ RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
PK HPS CONDUCTORS ONLY NOTES:
CS RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
BL/ SA ------------- START ASSIST (OPTIONAL) TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
MAIN YL THERMOSTAT.
PK RD RD SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
PU DFT
C S EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
AUX SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
BR BK DT FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED.
R
IO BK CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
BK BK RVC
(HIGH) BK BK BK USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 W IRE
RD CH
CM 0140R00082 REV B
DSZ160[24-60]1A*
247
HIGH VOLTAGE!
248

RD R
WH W2
SEE RATING PLATE
OR O
NOTE 1 T1
PU Y1 T2 L2
DC BL C L1
YL Y2 5 SR 2 1
C SC C
DF2
H
V CADM
IO
LVDR D
R X S
DF1 C AU
COLOR CODE C
BK BK
A COMP
BK --------------- BLACK D M
W2 BL --------------- BLUE M
AI
N
O O R R DFT R
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BR --------------- BROWN DF1 C

OR --------------- ORANGE A SA
BK OR WH RD RD HVDR
PU --------------- PURPLE D
BL PU BK RD RD DF2 (IF USED)
M
RD --------------- RED NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
WH -------------- WHITE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY

YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE CM
L1
GR/YL-----------GREEN/YELLOW
STRIPE L2
SC GND
WIRING CODE
RD RD BL CH
BL BK HIGH VOLTAGE
BL LOW VOLTAGE (IF USED)
BL T2 RD NOTE 3
BK YL RD
SR
PU L1 L2 FIELD WIRING CM
5 C Y W B
PU HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/ L H L
PK BK BK
1 LOW VOLTAGE DFT
2 BL R
DC
DFT C
Y
YL GR/YL RD
COMPONENT CODE LVDR
YL R W2
BR C --------------- CONTACTOR
C HERM YL CADM --------COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
RVC
RD YL CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER O
YL
RC CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR O
C
T1 T2 RD PU BK COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID DC
YL BL RD DC SA
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL SOL HPS DT
L1 L2 SOL (IF USED)
Y2 R C Y1 R C S DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT Y2 C Y1 R
NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE CADM RD DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
RD YL CADM LPS
POLE CONTACTOR BK HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY C
RD YL/ YL/ IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD CS
Y2
BK PK LPS PK LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH R C
Y2 O W2 Y1
COMP LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX INDOOR POWER
MAIN C EQUIPMENT GROUND
RD RC--- --------- COMPRESSOR RUN CAPACITOR SUPPLY
BL/
USE COPPER
BK AUX Y2 RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
PK HPS CONDUCTORS ONLY
CS SA ------------- START ASSIST (OPTIONAL)
YL BL/ SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
GND PK RD RD SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) NOTES:
DFT
L1 BK C S 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
L2 BR TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
BK DT CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION. THERMOSTAT.
R
BK 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
WH EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
BK
(HIGH) RVC 3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
BK BK BK FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED.
YL CH
CM
BL 0140R00108
(COM)
DSZ180[36-60]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WIRING DIAGRAMS
GSX11[090-120]*A*
249
HIGH VOLTAGE!
250
GSX11[090-120]*A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!

CONTROL BOX
SEE RATING PLATE
YL YL Y SEE NOTE 1
BL C
T1 T3
L1 T2 L3
L2
C C C
LVJB
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK S
BL --------------- BLUE
C COMP
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE R FC
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
WH -------------- WHITE
BL/PK YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW w/PINK
HPS HASH MARKS
BL/PK YL
BK PU BL/PK ---------- BLUE w/PINK
BL HASH MARKS CM
BK
PK --------------- PINK
T1 T2 T3 RD
LPS CH
YL/PK YL/PK L1 L2 L3 WIRING CODE
C
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
PU
BK FC OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
L1 L2 L3
FIELD WIRING
C
HIGH VOLTAGE
PU BR LOW VOLTAGE
SEE NOTE 3
COMPONENT CODE
C -------- ------- CONTACTOR LPS
CM ---------- OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
FC -------- ----- FAN CAPACITOR
HPS
IO -------- ------ INTERNAL OVERLOAD
LVJB -------- -- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
BK CH -------- ---- CRANKCASE HEATER
CHS -------- --- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
LPS -------- -- LOW PRESSURE SW ITCH Y C
SEE NOTE 3 HPS -------- -- HIGH PRESSURE SW ITCH
SEE NOTE 1
EQUIPMENT GROUND
YL BK
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
BK RD THERMOSTAT.
PU BK 2) CRANKCASE HEATER FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY
BR 4) 40VA TRANSFORMER MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIRED
L1 L2 L3 5) TRANSFORMER COMMON SIDE MUST BE GROUNDED
CM COMP BK BK
CH
SEE
NOTE 2 0140R00190 - D
GSX11[090-120]*A*
251
HIGH VOLTAGE!
252
CONTROLBOX LVJB OUTDOORPOWERSUPPLY

SEERATINGPLATE
YL Y NOTE1
BL C
T1 T3
L1 T2 L3
L2
C C C
LVJB
IO
WIRING DIAGRAMS
T2
C
COLORCODE
BK---------------BLACK COMP
T1
BL---------------BLUE
T3 FC
BR---------------BROWN
OR---------------ORANGE
PU---------------PURPLE
RD---------------RED
WH--------------WHITE
YL---------------YELLOW
X
IO AU
BL BK RD
BK YL WIRINGCODE M
AI
CM N
RD FACTORYWIRING
T1 T2 T3
HIGHVOLTAGE
YL L1 L2 L3 LOWVOLTAGE
OPTIONALHIGHVOLTAGE
C
FIELDWIRING
RD
HIGHVOLTAGE
LOWVOLTAGE
PU C
FC BR
Y C
COMPONENTCODE
C---------------CONTACTOR
CM ------------OUTDOORFANMOTOR
EQUIPMENTGROUND COMP--------COMPRESSOR
BK RD NOTES:
USECOPPER FC-------------FANCAPACITOR 1)TO INDOOR UNITLOWVOLTAGE
CONDUCTORSONLY IO--------------INTERNALOVERLOAD TERMINALBLOCK&INDOOR
YL
T1 LVJB ----------LOWVOLTAGE JUNCTIONBOX THERMOSTAT.
T3
MAIN
PU
CONTROLSSHOWNWITHTHERMOSTATIN'OFF'POSITION.
AUX USE N.E.C.CLASS2WIRE
BR
IO
BK
T2
COMP
CM 0140R00160REV.B
GSX130[36-61][3, 4]A* / 3-Phase
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

SEE RATING PLATE
YL Y SEE NOTE 1
BL C
T1 T3
L1 T2 L3
L2
C C C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
T2
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE COMP
BR --------------- BROW N T1
OR --------------- ORANGE FC
T3
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD --------------- RED
W H -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
WIRING CODE X
FACTORY WIRING IO AU
BL BK RD HIGH VOLTAGE
BK YL LOW VOLTAGE MA
CM IN
T2 T3 RD FIELD W IRING
T1
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL L1 L2 L3
C
C
RD
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
PU CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
FC ------------- FAN CAPACITOR
FC BR
Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
2) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BK RD SEE NOTE 2
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 W IRE

YL
T1 T3
MAIN
PU
AUX
BR
IO
BK
T2
COMP 0140R00016P-D
CM
GSX130[36-61][3, 4]A* / 3-Phase
253
HIGH VOLTAGE!
254

SEE RATING PLATE
BL/PK Y NOTE 1
BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
IO H C
X S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
MA F
COLOR CODE IN
R
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
SC BR --------------- BROWN X SA
OR --------------- ORANGE IO AU (IF USED)
PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BL BK RD --------------- RED MA
RD RD BL POLE CONTACTOR ONLY CM IN
BK BK WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
T2 RD BL/PK ----------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
T1
BK SR RD
L1 L2
5 C
WIRING CODE
1
2 BL FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
PU LOW VOLTAGE
C HERM YL
RD F YL C
YL
BR RCCF
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
T1 T2
BL/PK BL/PK RD
L1 L2
HPS
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR Y C
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
HPS CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
EQUIPMENT GROUND COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
COMP USE COPPER IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD NOTES:
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN THERMOSTAT.
BK AUX 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN SA ------------- START ASSIST EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
AUX YL SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 W IRE
BR
IO C S HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
BK
R CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
CM 0140R00116
GSX130[18-60]1A* / Single-Phase
HIGH VOLTAGE!

SEE RATING PLATE
YL Y
NOTE 1
BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
IO H C
X S
C AU RCCF
COMP
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE
MA
IN F
R
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
SC BR --------------- BROWN X SA
IO AU (IF USED)
OR --------------- ORANGE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
PU --------------- PURPLE M
BL BK A
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
RD RD BL RD --------------- RED CM IN
BK BK
WH -------------- WHITE
T2 RD YL --------------- YELLOW
T1
BK SR RD
YL L1 L2
5
C
WIRING CODE
1
2 BL FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
PU
C HERM LOW VOLTAGE
YL
RD F YL C
BR YL
RCCF
SA
(IF USED)
T1 T2 NOTE 2
RD
L1 L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR Y C
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
RD TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN THERMOSTAT.
BK AUX
MAIN SA ------------- START ASSIST 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
AUX YL
BR S R ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
IO C S
BK CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
R
CM 0140R00015P
255
GSX130[18-60]1B* / GSX130181C* / GSX130[18-36]1D*
Single-Phase
HIGH VOLTAGE!
256
LVJB
OUT DOO R P OW ER S UP PLY

CONTRO L BOX
YL Y SEE RAT ING PLATE
NOTE 1
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
IO
WIRING DIAGRAMS
H C
COLOR CODE X S
C AU
BK --------------- BLACK RCCF
BL --------------- BLUE COMP
SC BR --------------- BROWN MA
IN F
OR --------------- ORANGE R
PU --------------- PURPLE
BL BK RD --------------- RED
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK WH -------------- WHITE AU
IO (IF USED )
YL ---------------- YELLOW
T2 RD ALTERNATE DOUBLE
T1 MA
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
BK RD I N
SR CM
YL L1 L2
5
C
1
2 BL
YL
RD
WIRING CODE
YL FACTORY WIRING C
PU HIGH VOLTAGE
C HERM
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD F YL
YL OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
BR RCCF
FIELD WIRING
SA HIGH VOLTAGE
T1 T2 (IF U SED) LOW VOLTAGE
NOT E 2
RD
L1 L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
Y C
POLE CONTACTOR
COMPONENT CODE NOTES:

COMP C --------------- CONTACTOR 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK AND INDOOR
MAI N
EQUIPMENT GROUND COMP -------- COMPRESSOR THERMOSTAT
RD
BK USE COPPER 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
AUX IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN U SE N.E.C. CLA SS 2 W IRE
AU X YL
BR SA ------------- START ASSIST
IO C S SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
BK SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
R
CM
0140R00015P-A
GSX130[18-36]1D* / GSX130611A*
Single-Phase
GSX130[18-60]1B* / GSX130[18 & 36]1C*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB

BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 2 1 L2
SR SC C
C
COLOR CODE IO H C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
BR --------------- BROWN RCCF
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE MA
F
IN
RD --------------- RED R
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU (IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY WIRING M
BK SR RD AI
N
HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
T1 T2 (IF USED)
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
NOTES:
COMP
MAIN
INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
RD EQUIPMENT GROUND
AUX
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-B
257
GSX130[18-36]1D* / GSX130361E*/ GSX130611A*
Single-Phase
GSX130[18-60]1B* / GSX130[18 & 36]1C*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
258
GSX130181E* / Single-Phase
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB

CONTROL BOX
B L/PK Y SEE RATING PLATE
SEE NO TE 1
BL C
T1 T2
B L/PK
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
SC C
IO C H
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE X S
C AU
BK --------------- BLACK RCCF
COMP
BL --------------- BLUE
M
SC BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE AI F
N
R
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
BL BK PU --------------- PURPLE SA
RD RD BL X
BK BK RD --------------- RED IO AU (IF USED)
WH -------------- WHITE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
T2 RD
T1 YL ---------------- YELLOW MA
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
IN
BK SR RD CM
L1 L2
5
C
1
2 BL
YL
RD
WIRING CODE C
YL FACTORY WIRING
PU HIGH VOLTAGE
C HERM
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD F YL
BR RCCF
HPS
FIELD WIRING
SA HIGH VOLTAGE
T1 T2 (IF USED) LOW VOLTAGE
B L/PK NOTE 2
L1 L2 RD
BL/PK
Y C
ALTERNATE DOUBLE SEE NOTE 1
POLE CONTACTOR
NOTES:
COMPONENT CODE
TERMINAL BLOCK AND INDOOR
COMP C --------------- CONTACTOR THERMOSTAT
MAIN CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
RD EQUIPMENT GROUND COMP -------- COMPRESSOR EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
BK AUX HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
MAIN
PU IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
HPS LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
AUX YL
BR IO RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
IO C S SA ------------- START ASSIST
BK SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
R

CM
0140R00258-C
259
GSX130181E* / Single-Phase
HIGH VOLTAGE!
260

SEE RATING PLATE
YL Y NOTE 1
BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
IO H C
X S
C AU RCCF
COMP
WIRING DIAGRAMS
MA F
COLOR CODE IN
R
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE
SC BR --------------- BROWN X SA
PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BL BK RD --------------- RED M
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY

AI
RD RD BL CM N
BK BK WH -------------- WHITE
T2 RD YL --------------- YELLOW
T1
BK SR RD
YL L1 L2
5
C
WIRING CODE
1
2 BL FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
PU LOW VOLTAGE
C HERM
YL
F YL C
RD
YL
BR RCCF
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
T1 T2
RD
L1 L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR Y C
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
COMP USE COPPER IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD NOTES:
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN THERMOSTAT.
BK AUX 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN
SA ------------- START ASSIST EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
AUX YL SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
BR
IO C S
BK
R
CM 0140R00015P
GSX140[18-48]1*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB
OUTDOOR P OWER S UPPLY

CONTROL BOX
YL Y SEE RATING PLATE
NOTE 1
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
IO H C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE X S
C AU
BK --------------- BLACK RCCF
BL --------------- BLUE COMP
BR --------------- BROWN M
SC AI F
N
OR --------------- ORANGE R
PU --------------- PURPLE
BL BK RD --------------- RED
RD RD BL SA
BK BK WH -------------- WHITE UX
IO A (IF USED)
YL ---------------- YELLOW
T2 RD
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
T1 M
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
RD AI
BK SR CM N
YL L1 L2
5
C
1
2 BL
YL
RD
WIRING CODE
YL FACTORY WIRING C
PU HIGH VOLTAGE
C HERM
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD F YL
BR
RCCF
FIELD WIRING
SA HIGH VOLTAGE
NOT E 2
RD
L1 L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
Y C
POLE CONTACTOR

MAI N
EQUIPMENT GROUND THERMOSTAT
RD COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
MAI N CONDUCTORS ONLY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN USE N. E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
AUX YL
R
CM
0140R00015P-A
GSX140[18-48]1*
261
HIGH VOLTAGE!
262
LVJB

CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
BR --------------- BROWN RCCF
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE M
AI F
RD --------------- RED N
R
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE IO AU
(IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY W IRING M
BK SR RD AIN
HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
T1 T2 (IF USED)
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
COMP
MAIN
BK SEE NOTE 3
AUX 3) USE COPPER CONDUC TORS ONLY.
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-C
GSX140[18-48]1*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

NOTE 1
BL/PK Y OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
BL C SEE RATING PLATE
COLOR CODE T1 T2
L1 L2
BK --------------- BLACK 5 2
SR 1 SC C
BL --------------- BLUE C
SC IO
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BR --------------- BROWN H C
OR --------------- ORANGE X S
C AU
PU --------------- PURPLE RCCF
BL BK COMP
BK RD RD BL RD --------------- RED
BK M
WH -------------- WHITE AI F
N R
T2 RD YL --------------- YELLOW
T1
BK RD YL/PK ---------- YELLOW /PINK STRIPE
SR
L1 L2 X SA
5 IO AU (IF USED)
C
WIRING CODE
1
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
2 BL FACTORY WIRING MA
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
CM IN
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
PU
C HERM LOW VOLTAGE
YL
RD F YL C
BR YL
RCCF
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
T1 T2 BL/PK HPS BL/PK HPS
RD
L1 L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR Y C
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX THERMOSTAT.
BK AUX
MAIN 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN EQUIPPED W HEN REQUIRED.
PU
AUX YL
BR SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
IO C S SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
BK
R CONTROLS SHOWN W ITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
CM
0140R00237-A
GSX140601*
263
HIGH VOLTAGE!
264
CONTROL BOX LVJB

NOTE 1
COLOR CODE T1 T2
L1 L2
BK --------------- BLACK 5 2
SR 1 SC C
BL --------------- BLUE C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
SC BR --------------- BROWN IO H C
OR --------------- ORANGE X S
C AU
PU --------------- PURPLE RCCF
BL BK COMP
BK RD RD BL RD --------------- RED
BK M
WH -------------- WHITE AI F
N R
T2 RD YL --------------- YELLOW
T1
BK RD YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
SR
L1 L2 X SA
5 IO AU (IF U SED)
C
WIRING CODE
1
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
2 BL FACTORY WIRING M
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
AI
CM N
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
PU
C HERM LOW VOLTAGE
YL
F YL C
RD
BR YL
RCCF
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
T1 T2 BL/PK HPS BL/PK HPS
RD
L1 L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR Y C
COMPONENT CODE
C --------------- CONTACTOR
EQUIPMENT GROUND COMP -------- COMPRESSOR NOTES:
COMP USE COPPER HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
BK LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
AUX
MAIN RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
PU
AUX YL
BR SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
IO C S SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
BK
R
CONTROLS SHOWN WI TH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
CM
0140R00237-B
GSX140601*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB

CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
X S
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BL --------------- BLUE C AU
BR --------------- BROWN RCCF
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE M
AI F
RD --------------- RED N
R
W H -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU
(IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY WIRING M
BK RD AIN
SR HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
T1 T2 (IF USED)
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
COMP
1) TO IND OOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
MAIN
BK SEE NOTE 3
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-C
GSX140[18-60]1K*
265
HIGH VOLTAGE!
266
LVJB

BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE IO H C
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
BR --------------- BROWN RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE MA
F
IN
RD --------------- RED R
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU (IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY

T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY WIRING MA
BK SR RD IN
HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
T1 T2 (IF USED)
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
NOTES:
COMP
BK SEE NOTE 3
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-B
GSX160[18-48]1F*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB

CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
BR --------------- BROW N RCCF
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE MA F
IN
RD --------------- RED R
WH -------------- W HITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU
(IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY WIRING M
BK SR RD AI
N
HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD W IRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
RCC F --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
T1 T2 (IF USED)
NOTE 2 CONTROLS SHOWN W ITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
COMP
MAIN 1) TO IND OOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &
AUX
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-C
267
GSX160[18-48, 611]1F*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
268
GSX160601F*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB

YL Y SEE RATING PLATE
SEE NOTE 1
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE IO C H
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU RCCF
BR --------------- BROWN
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE M
AI
RD --------------- RED N
R
W H -------------- W HITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD GR/YL------------ GREEN/YELLOW STRIPE
RD BL SA
BK BK GR---------------- GREEN
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
(IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
CM
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY WIRING L1 L2
BK RD BK BK
SR HIGH VOLTAGE
YL L1 L2 GR/YL
LOW VOLTAGE
5 C OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
CH
1
2 BL FIELD WIRIN G
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL RD GR
RCC H C F COMPONENT CODE

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL COMP -------- COMPRESS OR
YL LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNC TION BOX
RCC --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR
SA ------------- START ASSIST CM
WH
SA BL
T1 T2 BK BK CH-------------- CRANKCASE HEATER YL
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
L1 RD
L2

CONTACTOR
Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
COMP
BL MAIN
CH EQUIPMENT GROUND INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
GR/YL RD 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED W HEN REQUIRED.
BK SEE NOTE 3
GND
WH L1 BK YL GR
YL L2 BR
C S
R
CM
0140R00287-B
GSX160601F*
269
HIGH VOLTAGE!
270
GSX160611F*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WIRING DIAGRAMS
GSZ11[090-120]3A*
271
HIGH VOLTAGE!
272
CONTROL BOX LVJB OU TDOOR POW ER SU PPLY

SEE R ATING PLATE
RD RD R
RD
WH WH W2
SEE NOTE # 1
RD RD
OR OR O
DC YL YL Y
DF1 R
BL BL C
HVD R
R
DF2 BL T1 T3
LVDR
C L1 T2 L3
DFT L2
C COLOR CODE C C C
BK
C CR
R-DFT BK --------------- BLACK
RD
C BL --------------- BLUE
R-PS1
BK 1 3
BR --------------- BROWN
Y
0
0
Y
W
S
PS2
CNT
0-RV
C-RV
BL 2 OR --------------- ORANGE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
RD RD
PK ---------------- PINK C COMP
PU --------------- PURPLE
WH BK OR PU C MR R FC
YL/PK BL RD --------------- RED
BL/PK BK WH -------------- WHITE
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW W/PINK 3
RD HASH MARKS C MR
DFT
BL/PK ---------- BLUE W/PINK 1
HASH MARKS
YL/PK CM
BK
WIRING CODE
BK FACTORY WIRING CH
RVC BL YL
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/PK BK
LOW VOLTAGE
BL/PK BK PU SEE NOTE 2
BL T2 T3 RD
T1
FIELD WIRING
BL/PK PU L1 L2 L3 HIGH VOLTAGE
RVC CMR D FT
C BK
LOW VOLTAGE
HPS
PU
L1 L2 L3 C OMPONEN T COD E
FC C --------------- CONTACTOR
C H ------------- CRANKC ASE HEATER
R O-RV C-R V DF1 DF2 R-DFT
C M ------------ OU TD OO R FAN MOTOR DFT C
PU
LPS C OMP -------- COMPRESSOR DC
SEE NOTE 3
D C ------------- DEFR OST CO NTROL O W Y PS1 PS2 CNT
BR D FT ----------- DEFR OST THERMOSTAT
FC ------------- FAN CAPACITOR LPS
H VDR -------- HIG H VO LTAG E DEFRO ST RELAY
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVER LO AD
LPS ------------ LO W PR ESSUR E SW ITCH C
LVDR --------- LO W VOLTAG E DEFROST R ELAY H PS
LVJB ---------- LOW VO LTAGE JUNCTION BOX
RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE CO IL
BK
RD C MR ----------- CONDEN SER M OTOR R ELAY
YL O W2 Y
H PS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SW ITCH
PU BK EQUIPMENT C HS ----------- CRAN KCASE HEATER SW ITC H
BR GROUND INDOOR POWER SUPPLY

L1 L2 L3 C ONTR OLS SHOW N W ITH TH ER MOSTAT IN 'OFF' PO SITION.
SEE N OTE 3 SEE N OTE 4 & 5
BK
CM NOTES:
COMP
(IF USED)
1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
NOTE 2 2) CRANKCASE HEATER FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION.
3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY
CH 4) 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUIRED
BK BK 5) COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED
0140R00186 - C
GSZ11[090-120]3A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

RD R SEE RATING PLATE
WH W2
NOTE 1
OR O
BL/PK Y
DC BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
DF2 5 SR 2 1
H C SC C
BK
V
LVDR D
BK IO H C
R
DF1 X
C S
AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
W2
O O R R DFT M
C Y COLOR CODE AI F
N R
BK --------------- BLACK
BL OR WH RD BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
YL BK RD RD BL/PK BR --------------- BROWN SA
PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
YL/PK
RD --------------- RED
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WH -------------- WHITE X
YL --------------- YELLOW DF1 DF2 IO AU
SC
YL/PK--------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
HVDR MA
CM IN
BK BK
BL BK BK RD RD BL WIRING CODE
FACTO RY W IRING CH
BL T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE
T1 (IF USED)
BK RD LOW VO LTAGE NOTE 3
SR
YL L1 L2
5 C
YL/PK BK BK FIELD W IRING
1
2 BL HIGH VOLTAGE DFT
R
DC
LOW VO LTAGE DFT C
YL RD Y
YL LVDR
PU R W2
C HERM YL
RD F YL RVC
BR YL O
RCCF
T1 T2 COMPONENT CODE LPS C
O
SA C --------------- CONTACTOR
L1 L2 (IF USED) CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
NOTE 2 CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR HPS
ALTERNATE DOUBLE RD R
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR C
POLE CONTACTOR
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL O W2 Y
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
BK BK INDOOR POWER
RVC HPS-------------HIGH PRESSURE SWIT CH
COMP HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY SUPPLY
BL/PK HPS BL/PK MAIN IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
RD EQUIPMENT GROUND
BK USE COPPER LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWIT CH NOTES:
AUX
RD DFT LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
CONDUCTORS ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX THERMOSTAT.
YL 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU C S RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL 3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED.
AUX SA ------------- START ASSIST
BR R SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
IO YL/PK LPS YL/PK
BK SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
BK BK
CH CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THER MOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
(IF USED) NOTE 3
CM VENDOR: GOODMAN PRINT SHOP 01/06 0140R00029P
GSZ130[18-60]1[A/B]*
273
HIGH VOLTAGE!
274
LVJB
OR O
RD R
DC
CCR BL/PK Y
DF2
HVDR BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
LVDR
DF1
CADM CADM
PS2 R-PS1 C IO H C
X S
C AU
COLOR CODE RCCF
COMP
WIRING DIAGRAMS
DFT R-DFT R W Y O O-RV CNT C-RV C BK --------------- BLACK

BK
BK DF1 MA F
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE IN
HVDR R
BR --------------- BROW N
DF2
GR---------------- GREEN
RD RD RD WH
OR BK YL BK BL OR --------------- ORANGE SA
BL/PK PU --------------- PURPLE (IF USED)
CADM
YL/PK RD --------------- RED
W H -------------- WHITE ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
YL/PK YL --------------- YELLOW X

IO AU
SC YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
BL BL WIRING CODE M
BK CM AIN
FACTO RY WI RING
RD RD BL
BK BK HIGH VOLTAGE
CHS CH
T2 RD LOW VOLTAGE
T1
BK SR
YL L1 L2 RD
5 FIELD WI RING
C
BK RD HIGH VOLTAGE
1
2 BL LOW VOLTAGE R-DFT DFT DFT
DC C
COMPONENT CODE
YL RD R-PS1 PS2 Y
C --------------- CONTACTOR
YL CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE LVDR
PU CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY LPS O-RV RVC
C HERM R C-RV
YL CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
RD F YL
T1 T2 YL CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH O
BR RCCF CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR C
W CNT
L1 L2 CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY C
SA COMP -------- COMPRESSOR CCR
ALTERNATE (IF USED)
DOUBLE POLE NOTE 2 HPS
BL/PK BL/PK RD RD DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
CONTACTOR DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
BK
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SW ITCH R W2 O Y
FIELD LOW
DFT RVC HPS VOLTAGE
CHS HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY CONNECTIONS
RD }
BK IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
CH LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
EQUIPMENT LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
GROUND LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
COMP USE COPPER RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN NOTES:
MAIN CONDUCTORS RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
PU BK SA ------------- START ASSIST
YL/PK AUX THERMOSTAT.
AUX RD GR SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
BR SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
IO YL/PK LPS YL
CM R 0140R00171-A
GSZ130181AC, GSZ130241BB, GSZ130301AD, GSZ130361B*
GSZ130421A*, GSZ130481AC, GSZ130601AC
HIGH VOLTAGE!
NOTE 1
CONTROL BO X LVJB
OR O
RD R
RD
DC BL/PK Y
DF1 R
BL C T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R 2
DF2 5 SR 1
CCR
C SC C
LVDR
C COLOR CODE
DFT
C BK --------------- BLACK
RD R-DF T H C
C X
R-PS1 BR --------------- BROWN AU S
IO RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
GR---------------- GREEN COMP
Y
Y
0
PS2
CNT
0-RV
C-RV
AI F
N R
RD --------------- RED DF2
WH BK WH -------------- WHITE
BK OR SA
YL/PK BL/PK PU
RD NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING X
SC IO AU
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/PK
LOW VOLTAGE
BL BL M
BK
N
RD RD BL
T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE
T1
SR
5 C RD
BK
C --------------- CONTACTOR
BK RD
2 BL R-DFT DFT DFT
DC
RD
YL R-P S 1 P S2 Y
C HERM R C-RV
RD F YL
BR RCCF
W C
SA CCR
DOUBLE POLE HPS
CONTACTOR
R W2 O Y
DFT RVC HPS BK VO LTAGE
EQ U IP M E NT SEE NOTE 5 & 6
CH G RO UN D SA ------------- START ASSIST
COMP
MAIN
PU
YL/PK AUX NOTES:
BR
CM R
0140R00171 - B
275
GSZ130301A[E/F/G/H], GSZ130361B*
GSZ130181A[D/F/G], GSZ130241[B*/C*], GSZ130421A[G/H]
HIGH VOLTAGE!
276
CONTROLBOX LVJB OUTDOORPOWERSUPPLY

SEERATINGPLATE
RD R
WH W2 NOTE1
OR O
BL/PK Y
DC BL C
DF2 T1 T3
H BK L1 T2
V L2 L3
LVDR D C C C
R BK
DF1
T2
WIRING DIAGRAMS
W2
C Y O O R R DFT
COLORCODE COMP
BK---------------BLACK T1
T3 FC
BL OR WH RD BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINKSTRIPE
YL BK RD RD BR---------------BROWN
BL/PK OR---------------ORANGE DF1
PU---------------PURPLE HVDR
RD---------------RED DF2
YL/PK
WH--------------WHITE
YL---------------YELLOW X
IO AU
YL/PK------------YELLOW/PINKSTRIPE
MA
CM IN
WIRINGCODE
FACTORYWIRING
HIGHVOLTAGE CH
BK BK YL
BL
LOWVOLTAGE
BK RD (IFUSED)
OPTIONALHIGHVOLTAGE
BL T2 T3 RD
T1
FIELDWIRING
DFT
YL L1 L2 L3 HIGHVOLTAGE R
DC
LOWVOLTAGE DFT C
YL/PK BK BK C Y
RD LVDR
R W2
PU RVC
O
FC BR
COMPONENTCODE LPS C
O
C---------------CONTACTOR
CH-------------CRANKCASEHEATER
BL/PK HPS
CM------------OUTDOORFANMOTOR
R C
BL/PK COMP--------COMPRESSOR
DC-------------DEFROSTCONTROL O W2
DFT-----------DEFROSTTHERMOSTAT
YL BK RD BK BK INDOORPOWER
RVC HPS-------------HIGHPRESSURESWITCH
COMP SUPPLY
FC-------------FANCAPACITOR
HPS EQUIPMENTGROUND HVDR--------HIGHVOLTAGEDEFROSTRELAY
T1 T3
USE COPPER IO--------------INTERNALOVERLOAD NOTES:
BR
RD DFT LPS------------LOWPRESSURESWITCH 1)TOINDOOR UNIT LOWVOLTAGE
PU BK CONDUCTORSONLY
TERMINALBLOCK &INDOOR
RD LVDR---------LOWVOLTAGEDEFROSTRELAY THERMOSTAT.
MAIN LVJB ----------LOWVOLTAGE JUNCTIONBOX
RVC-----------REVERSINGVALVECOIL
AUX T2 USE N.E.C.CLASS 2WIRE
CONTROLS SHOWNWITHTHERMOSTATIN'OFF'POSITION.
IO YL/PK LPS YL/PK
BK BK
CH
(IFUSED)
CM
GSZ130[36-60][3,4]A*
0140R00162REV.B
HIGH VOLTAGE!

SEE RATING PLATE
RD R
WH W2
NOTE 1
OR O
BL/PK Y
DC BL C
DF2 T1 T3
H BK L1 T2
V L2 L3
LVDR C C C
D
BK
R
DF1
T2
WIRING DIAGRAMS
W2
O O R R DFT
C Y COMP
COLOR CODE
BK --------------- BLACK T1
T3 FC
BL OR WH RD BL/PK ---------- BLUE/ PINK STRIP E
YL BK RD RD BR --------------- BROW N
BL/PK OR --------------- ORANGE DF1
RD --------------- RED DF2
YL/PK
WH -------------- W HITE
YL --------------- YELLOW X
IO AU
YL/PK------------YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
M
AI
CM N
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE CH
BK BK YL
BL LOW VOLTA GE
BK RD (IF USED)
BL T2 T3 RD
T1
FIELD WIRING
DFT
YL L1 L2 L3 HIGH VOLTAGE R
DC
LOW VOLTA GE DFT C
YL/PK BK BK C Y
RD LVDR
R W2
PU
RVC
O
BR
FC
COMPONENT CODE LPS C
O
C --------------- CONTACTOR
BL/PK HPS
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR R C
BL/PK
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL O W2
YL BK RD BK BK HPS-------------HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH INDOOR POWER
RVC
COMP FC ------------- FAN CAPACITOR SUPPLY
HPS EQUIPMENT GROUND HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
T1 T3
USE COPPER IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD NOTES:
BR
RD DFT CONDUCTORS ONLY LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
PU BK
RD
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
MAIN
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX THERMOSTAT.
AUX T2
IO YL/PK LPS YL/PK
BK BK
CH
(IF USED) 0140R00162-C
CM
GSZ130[36-60][3,4]A*
277
HIGH VOLTAGE!
278
CONTROL BOX LVJB

OR O
RD R
DC
CCR BL/PK Y
DF2
HVDR BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
LVDR
DF1 CADM CADM
PS2 R-PS1 C IO H C
X S
C AU
COLOR CODE RCCF
DFT R-DFT
COMP
BK R W Y O O-RV CNT C-RV C BK --------------- BLACK
BK DF1 M F
WIRING DIAGRAMS
AI
N R
HVDR
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN DF2
RD RD RD WH
CADM
YL/PK RD --------------- RED
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
WH -------------- WHITE POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
YL/PK YL --------------- YELLOW X
YL/PK--------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE IO AU
SC
BL BL WIRING CODE M
BK CM AI
N
FACTORY WIRING
RD RD BL
BK BK HIGH VOLTAGE
CH CH
T2 RD LOW VOLTAGE S
BK SR
YL L1 L2 RD
5 FIELD WIRIN G
C
BK RD HIGH VOLTAGE
1
DC C
YL RD COMPONENT CODE
R-PS1 PS2 Y
C --------------- CONTRACTOR
YL CADM----------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE LVDR
PU LPS O-RV RVC
C HERM
CCR------------COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY R C-RV
RD F YL
T1 T2 YL CHS ------------ CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH O
BR RCCF
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR CNT C
W
SA CCR
ALTERNATE (IF USED)
NOTE 2 CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DOUBLE POLE HPS
CONTACTOR
BK DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
R W2 O Y
HPS-------------HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH FIELD LOW
DFT RVC HPS VOLTAGE
CHS RD
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY } CONNECTI
BK
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD INDOOR POWER SUPPLY ONS
CH LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
EQUIPMENT
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
GROUND
MAIN CONDUCTORS 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
BK ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
PU SA ------------- START ASSIST THERMOSTAT.
YL/PK AUX
AUX RD GR SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
BR EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
(OPTIONAL)
IO YL/PK LPS YL
C S
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOST AT IN 'OFF'
CM R
POSITION. 0140R00171-A
GSZ140[18-60]1AA
HIGH VOLTAGE!
NOTE 1
OR O
RD R
RD
DC BL/PK Y
DF1 R
BL C T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R 5 2
DF2 SR 1
CCR
C SC C
LVDR
C COLOR CODE
DFT
RD C BK --------------- BLACK
R-DF T H C
C X
R-PS1 BR --------------- BROWN AU S
IO RCCF
GR---------------- GREEN COMP
Y
Y
0
PS2
CNT
0-RV
WIRING DIAGRAMS
C-RV
AI F
N R
RD --------------- RED DF2
WH BK W H -------------- W HITE
BK OR SA
YL/PK BL/PK PU
RD NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WIRING CODE
FA CTORY WIRING X
SC IO AU
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/PK LOW VOLTAGE
BL BL M
BK
N
RD RD BL
T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE
T1
SR
5 C RD
BK
C --------------- CONTACTOR
BK RD
2 BL R-DFT DFT DFT
DC
RD
YL R-PS1 PS2 Y
C HERM R C-RV
RD F YL
BR RCCF
W C
SA CCR
DOUBLE POLE HPS
CONTACTOR BK IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
R W2 O Y
COMP
MAIN
PU
YL/PK AUX NOTES:
BR
CM R
0140R00171 - B
279
GSZ140[18-30/48-60]1AA; GSZ140[36-42]1AB
HIGH VOLTAGE!
280

SEE RATING PLATE
BL/PK Y NOTE 1
BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
IO H C
X S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
COLOR CODE
M
BK --------------- BLACK AI F
N R
BL --------------- BLUE
SC BR --------------- BROWN X SA
PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BL BK RD --------------- RED M
AI
BK BK
RD RD BL WH -------------- WHITE POLE CONTACTOR ONLY CM N
YL --------------- YELLOW
T2 RD
T1 YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
BK SR RD
L1 L2
5
C
WIRING CODE
1
2 BL FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
PU LOW VOLTAGE
C HERM
YL
RD F YL C
YL
BR RCCF
LPS
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
T1 T2 HPS
RD
L1 L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR Y C
BL/PK HPS BL/PK COMPONENT CODE

C --------------- CONTACTOR
COMP USE COPPER HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH NOTES:
RD THERMOSTAT.
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWIT CH 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
BK AUX
MAIN LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
BR YL/PK LPS YL/PK SA ------------- START ASSIST
BK S R ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
R
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THER MOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
CM 0140R00046
SSX140[18-60]1A*/B*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

BL/PK Y SEE RATING PLATE
NOTE 1
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
IO H C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE X S
C AU
BK --------------- BLACK RCCF
BL --------------- BLUE COMP
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIP M
SC AI F
N
BR --------------- BROWN R
OR --------------- ORANGE
BL BK PU --------------- PURPLE
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK RD --------------- RED AU
IO (IF USED)
WH -------------- WHITE
T2 RD
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
T1 YL --------------- YELLOW M
BL/PK
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
RD AIN
BK SR YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIP CM
L1 L2
YL/PK
5
C
YL/PK WIRING CODE
1
2 BL FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
C
PU LOW VOLTAGE
C HERM
YL
RD F YL
YL
BR RCCF
LPS
T1 T2
SA HPS
(IF USED)
L1 L2
NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE RD
POLE CONTACTOR
Y C
HPS BL/PK
BL/PK
C --------------- CONTACTOR 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
EQUIPMENT GROUND CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
USE COPPER THERMOSTAT.
COMP COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
CM RD IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
MAIN LPS ----------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
PU LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
AUX YL RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
BR LPS SA ------------- START ASSIST
YL/PK YL/PK
IO C S SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OP TIONAL)
BK
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTION AL)
R

0140R00046-A
SSX140[18-60]B*/C*
281
HIGH VOLTAGE!
282
CONTROL BOX LVJB

SEE NOTE 1
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
X S
BL --------------- BLUE C AU RCCF
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIP
COMP
SC BR --------------- BROW N
OR --------------- ORANGE MA
IN F
PU --------------- PURPLE R
RD --------------- RED
BL BK
RD RD BL W H -------------- W HITE
BK BK YL --------------- YELLOW
X SA
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIP
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU (IF USED)
T2 RD
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T1
BL/PK
BK SR RD MA
L1 L2 IN
YL/PK CM
5
C
WIRING CODE
YL/PK
1 FACTORY W IRING
2 BL HIGH VOLTAGE
RD LOW VOLTAGE
PU RD
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RCCF
H F C C
YL YL COMPONENT CODE
YL
C --------------- CONTACTOR LPS
T1 T2 BR HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SW ITCH HPS
SA IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
(IF USED) LPS ----------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
L1 L2
NOTE 2 LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNC TION BOX
ALTERNATE DOUBLE POLE RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESS OR & FAN
RD
CONTACTOR SA ------------- START ASSIST
Y C
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) SEE NOTE 1
CONTROLS SHOW N WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.

HPS BL/PK
BL/PK NOTES:
EQUIPMENT GROUND 1. TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &

COMP SEE NOTE 3 INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
MAIN 2. START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
CM RD 3. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
BK AUX
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR YL/PK LPS YL/PK
IO C S
BK
USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 W IRE
R
0140R00046-C
SSX140[18-60]B*/C*
HIGH VOLTAGE!

SEE RATING PLATE
BL/PK Y NOTE 1
BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
IO H C
X S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
COLOR CODE
M
BK --------------- BLACK AI F
N R
BL --------------- BLUE
SC BR --------------- BROWN X SA
PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BL BK RD --------------- RED M
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
AI
RD RD BL WH -------------- WHITE CM N
BK BK
YL --------------- YELLOW
T2 RD
BK SR RD
L1 L2
5
C
WIRING CODE
1
2 BL FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
PU LOW VOLTAGE
C HERM
YL
RD F YL C
YL
BR RCCF
LPS
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
T1 T2 HPS
RD
L1 L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR Y C

C --------------- CONTACTOR
COMP USE COPPER HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH NOTES:
RD THERMOSTAT.
LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
BK AUX
PU
BK S R ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
R
CM 0140R00046
SSX160[24-48]1A*/B*
283
HIGH VOLTAGE!
284
CONTROL BOX LVJB

NOTE 1
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
IO H C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE X S
C AU
BK --------------- BLACK RCCF
BL --------------- BLUE COMP
SC BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIP MA

IN F
BR --------------- BROWN R
OR --------------- ORANGE
BL BK PU --------------- PURPLE
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK RD --------------- RED AU
IO (IF USED)
W H -------------- WHITE
T1 YL --------------- YELLOW M
BL/PK
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
AI
BK SR RD YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIP CM N
L1 L2
YL/PK
5
C
YL/PK WIRING CODE
1
2 BL FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL
LOW VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
C
PU LOW VOLTAGE
C HERM
YL
RD F YL
YL
BR
RCCF LPS
T1 T2
SA HPS
(IF USED)
L1 L2
NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE RD
POLE CONTACTOR
Y C
HPS BL/PK
BL/PK
EQUIPMENT GROUND CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
USE COPPER THERMOSTAT.
COMP COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
CONDUCTORS ONLY 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
CM RD IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
MAIN LPS ----------- LOW PRESSURE SW ITCH
PU LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
AUX YL RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
IO C S SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OP TIONAL)
BK
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTION AL)
R

0140R00046-A
SSX160[24, 36, 60]1BB
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

SEE NOTE 1
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
X S
BL --------------- BLUE C AU RCCF
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIP
COMP
SC BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
M
AI F
N
PU --------------- PURPLE R
RD --------------- RED
BL BK
RD RD BL WH -------------- W HITE
BK BK YL --------------- YELLOW
X SA
YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIP AU
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
T2 RD IO (IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T1
BL/PK
BK RD M
SR
L1 L2 AIN
YL/PK CM
5
C
WIRING CODE
YL/PK
1 FACTORY WIRING
2 BL HIGH VOLTAGE
RD LOW VOLTAGE
PU RD
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RCCF
H F C C
YL YL COMPONENT CODE
YL
C --------------- CONTACTOR LPS
T1 T2 BR HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH HPS
SA IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
(IF USED) LPS ----------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
L1 L2
NOTE 2 LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNC TION BOX
ALTERNATE DOUBLE POLE RCCF --------- RUN CAPA CITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
RD
CONTACTOR SA ------------- START ASSIST
Y C
SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) SEE NOTE 1

HPS BL/PK
BL/PK NOTES:
EQUIPMENT GROUND 1. TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK &

COMP SEE NOTE 3 INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
MAIN 2. START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
CM RD 3. USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
BK AUX
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR YL/PK LPS YL/PK
IO C S
BK
R
0140R00046-C
SSX160[24-48]1A*/B*; SSX160591AA
285
HIGH VOLTAGE!
286

SEE RATING PLATE
BL/PK Y NOTE 1
BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
IO H C
X S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
COLOR CODE
M
BK --------------- BLACK AI F
N R
BL --------------- BLUE
SC BR --------------- BROWN X SA
IO AU (IF USED)
OR --------------- ORANGE
PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BL BK M
RD --------------- RED AI
RD RD BL POLE CONTACTOR ONLY CM N
BK BK
WH -------------- WHITE
T2 RD YL --------------- YELLOW
T1
BK RD YL/PK ---------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
SR
L1 L2
5
C
WIRING CODE
1
2 BL FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW V OLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
PU
C HERM LOW V OLTAGE
YL
F YL C
RD
YL
BR RCCF
LPS
SA
(IF USED)
NOTE 2
T1 T2 HPS
RD
L1 L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR Y C

C --------------- CONTACTOR
EQUIPMENT GROUND CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD THERMOSTAT.
BK AUX
MAIN BK 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
BR YL/PK LPS YL/PK RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
BK
R SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
CM CH CONTROLS SHOWN WI TH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION. 0140R00166 REV A

SSX160591A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!

BK SEE RATING PLATE
PU Y
BL C NOTE 1
T1 T2
YL Y2 L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
BL/PK 4
CMR
IO H C
X S
BK RD C AU
2 5 RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
YL COLOR CODE
BL 1 3 M
BK --------------- BLACK AI F
N R
BL BL --------------- BLUE
PU BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
SC BR --------------- BROWN X SA
(HIGH)
PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BK RD --------------- RED ) M
W A
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
RD RD BL WH -------------- WHITE O CM IN
BK BK (L
YL --------------- YELLOW
T2 RD 2
BK SR RD
BL L1 L2 CMR
5
C
YL/PK
WIRING CODE
BL/PK
1 4 5
2 BL FACTORY WIRING
RD HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW VOLTAGE
BL OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING CMR
YL/PK YL HIGH VOLTAGE 1 3
PU LOW VOLTAGE
C HERM
YL
F YL C
RD
YL
BR RCCF
LPS
SA
(IF USED)
Y2 C
NOTE 2
T1 T2 HPS
BL RD CS
L1 L2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR Y2 Y C
COMPONENT CODE
BL/PK HPS BL/PK C --------------- CONTACTOR
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY
RD
COMP USE COPPER CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID NOTES:
MAIN C
CONDUCTORS ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD THERMOSTAT.
BK AUX Y2 LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
CS LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
PU
AUX YL RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
IO C S
BK
(HIGH) R
RD CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.

(LOW)
SSX160601A*/BA
CM 0140R00115-A
287
HIGH VOLTAGE!
288
CONTROL BOX LVJB

WH W2
NOTE 1
OR O
BL/PK Y
DC T1 T2
BL C L1 L2
DF2 5 SR 2 1
H C SC C
BK
V
LVDR D
BK IO H C
R
DF1 X
C S
AU RCCF
COLOR CODE
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
W2 BK --------------- BLACK
O O R R DFT M
C Y BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE AI F
N R
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
BL OR WH RD
PU --------------- PURPLE SA
YL BK RD RD BL/PK RD --------------- RED
(IF USED)
WH -------------- WHITE
YL/PK YL --------------- YELLOW
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
YL/PK--------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
X
DF1 DF2 IO AU
SC WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE HVDR MA
LOW VOLTAGE CM IN
BK BK
BL BK BK RD RD BL OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
CH
FIELD WIRING
BL T2 RD
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE (IF USED)
BK SR RD LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 3
YL L1 L2
5 C
YL/PK BK BK
1
2 BL DFT
R
DC
DFT C
YL RD Y
YL LVDR
PU R W2
C HERM YL COMPONENT CODE
RD F YL RVC
YL C --------------- CONTACTOR O
BR RCCF
T1 T2 LPS C
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR O
SA
(IF USED)
L1 L2
NOTE 2 DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL HPS
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT C
POLE CONTACTOR
HPS-------------HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH O W2 Y
BK BK INDOOR POWER
RVC IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
COMP SUPPLY
BL/PK HPS BL/PK MAIN
RD
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BK AUX LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX NOTES:
USE COPPER
RD DFT RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
CONDUCTORS ONLY
YL RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL THERMOSTAT.
PU C S EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
AUX 3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
BR R SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED.
IO LPS YL/PK
YL/PK USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
BK
BK BK
CH CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
(IF USED) NOTE 3
CM
VENDOR : GOODMAN PRINT SHOP 01/06 0140R00029P
241AA-AH, 361AA-AG
SSZ140[18,30,42-60]1AA-AE,
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

OR O
RD R
DC
CCR BL/PK Y
DF2
HVDR BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
LVDR
DF1 CADM CADM
PS2 R-PS1 C IO H C
X S
WIRING DIAGRAMS
C AU
COLOR CODE RCCF
DFT R-DFT
COMP
BK R W Y O O-RV CNT C-RV C BK --------------- BLACK
BK DF1 M F
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE AI
N
HVDR R
BR --------------- BROWN
GR---------------- GREEN DF2
RD RD RD WH
CADM
YL/PK RD --------------- RED
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
WH -------------- WHITE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
YL/PK YL --------------- YELLOW X

SC YL/PK--------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE IO AU
BL BL WIRING CODE M
BK CM AI
N
FACTORY WIRING
BK BK RD RD BL
HIGH VOLTAGE
CH CH
T2 RD LOW VOLTAGE S
T1
BK SR
YL L1 L2 RD
5 FIELD WIRIN G
C
BK RD HIGH VOLTAGE
1
DC C
YL RD COMPONENT CODE
R-PS1 PS2 Y
C --------------- CONTRACTOR
YL CADM----------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE LVDR
PU CCR------------COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY LPS O-RV RVC
C HERM R C-RV
RD F YL
T1 T2 YL CHS ------------ CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH O
BR RCCF
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR CNT C
W
SA CCR
ALTERNATE (IF USED)
NOTE 2 CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
DOUBLE POLE HPS
CONTACTOR
BK DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
R W2 O Y
DFT RVC HPS VOLTAGE
CHS RD
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY } CONNECTI
BK
IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD INDOOR POWER SUPPLY ONS
CH LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
MAIN CONDUCTORS 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
BK ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
PU SA ------------- START ASSIST THERMOSTAT.
YL/PK AUX
AUX RD GR SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
BR EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
(OPTIONAL)
IO YL/PK LPS YL
C S
CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF'
CM R 0140R00171-A
POSITION.
289
SSZ140[18,30,42-60]1AF, 241AJ, 361AH
SSZ140361B*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
290
LVJB
CONTROL BOX SEE NOTE 1
OR O OUTDOOR POWER SUPPLY
RD R
BL/PK Y
RD BL C
DC
DF1 R
COLOR CODE T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R BK --------------- BLACK 5 2
DF2 SR 1
CCR
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE C SC C
LVDR
C
DFT BR --------------- BROWN
RD C GR---------------- GREEN
R-DFT H C
C
OR --------------- ORANGE X
R-PS1 AU S
PU --------------- PURPLE IO RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
RD --------------- RED COMP
0
0
Y
Y
W
PS2
CNT
0-RV
C-RV
BL DF1 C
BK WH -------------- WHITE
MA
IN F
HVDR R
YL --------------- YELLOW
YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE DF2
WH BK BK OR SA
YL/PK PU WIRING CODE (IF USED)
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BL/PK
RD FACTORY W IRING POLE CONTACTOR ONLY NOTE 2
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE X
SC AU
IO
FIELD WIRING
YL/PK HIGH VOLTAGE M
BL BL
BK LOW VOLTAGE CM AI
N
RD RD BL
BK BK
COMPONENT CODE CHS CH
T2 RD C --------------- CONTACTOR
T1
SEE NOTE 4
BK SR CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE
PU L1 L2
CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
5 C RD R-DFT DFT
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER DFT C
BK BK RD DC
1 CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
2 BL R-PS1 PS2 Y
RD CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
YL PU RD CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY LVDR
LPS O-RV RVC
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR R C-RV
H C F RCCF O
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT W CNT C
T1 T2 YL YL C
RD
YL CCR
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
L1 L2 BR HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
SA HPS
ALTERNATE (IF USED) IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
DOUBLE POLE BK RD NOTE 2 LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
CONTACTOR BL/PK BL/PK RD
LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY R
BK W2 O Y
LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX FIELD LOW
SEE NOTE 4 VOLTAGE
--------- RUN
RCCF CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN } CONNECTIONS
INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
RVC
HPS BK RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
SEE NOTE 5 & 6
DFT SA ------------- START ASSIST
BK
CHS SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
EQUIPMENT GROUND
SEE NOTE 3 CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
COMP CH
MAIN NOTES:
MAIN
PU AUX 1. TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
YL/PK
AUX BK RD 2. START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
BR
GR
3. USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
IO YL/PK YL 4. CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION.
LPS
C S CRANKCASE HEATER MAY NOT HAVE ADDITIONAL GROUND WIRE
5. 40VA MINIMUM TRANSFORMER IS REQUIRED.
CM R 6. COMMON SIDE OF TRANSFORMER MUST BE GROUNDED. USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 W IRE
0140R00171 - C
SSZ140[18-36]1B*
SSZ140381AA, SSZ140[18,30,42-60]1AG, 241AK, 361AH
HIGH VOLTAGE!
NOTE 1
CONTROL BOX LVJB
OR O
RD R
RD
DC BL/PK Y
DF1 R
BL C T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R 2
DF2 5 SR 1
CCR
C SC C
LVDR
C COLOR CODE
DFT
C BK --------------- BLACK
RD R-DF T H C
C X
R-PS1 BR --------------- BROWN AU S
WIRING DIAGRAMS
IO RCCF
GR---------------- GREEN COMP
Y
Y
0
PS2
CNT
0-RV
C-RV
AI F
N R
RD --------------- RED DF2
WH BK W H -------------- W HITE
BK OR SA
YL/PK BL/PK PU
RD NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WIRING CODE
FA CTORY WIRING X
SC IO AU
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/PK
LOW VOLTAGE
BL BL M
BK
N
RD RD BL
T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE
T1
SR
5 C RD
BK
C --------------- CONTACTOR
BK RD
2 BL R-DFT DFT DFT
DC
RD
YL R-PS1 PS2 Y
C HERM R C-RV
RD F YL
BR RCCF
W C
SA CCR
DOUBLE POLE HPS
CONTACTOR
R W2 O Y
COMP
MAIN
PU
YL/PK AUX NOTES:
BR
CM R
0140R00171 - B
SSZ140[19-37]1A*
291
HIGH VOLTAGE!
292
CONTROL BOX LVJB

WH W2
NOTE 1
OR O
BL/PK Y
DC T1 T2
BL C L1 L2
DF2 5 SR 2 1
H C SC C
BK
V
LVDR D
R BK IO H C
DF1 X
C S
AU RCCF
COLOR CODE COMP
WIRING DIAGRAMS
W2 BK --------------- BLACK
O O R R DFT F
MA
IN R
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
BL OR WH RD
PU --------------- PURPLE SA
YL BK RD RD BL/PK RD --------------- RED
(IF USED)
WH -------------- WHITE
YL/PK YL --------------- YELLOW
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
X
WIRING CODE DF1 DF2 IO AU
SC
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE HVDR MA
LOW VOLTAGE CM IN
BK BK
BL BK BK RD RD BL OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
CH
FIELD WIRING
BL T2 RD
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE (IF USED)
BK SR RD LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 3
YL L1 L2
5 C
YL/PK BK BK
1
2 BL DFT
R
DC
DFT C
YL RD Y
YL LVDR
PU R W2
C HERM YL COMPONENT CODE
RD F YL RVC
YL C --------------- CONTACTOR O
BR RCCF
T1 T2 LPS C
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR O
SA
(IF USED) COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
L1 L2
NOTE 2 DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL HPS
ALTERNATE DOUBLE RD R C
POLE CONTACTOR
HPS-------------HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH O W2 Y
BK BK INDOOR POWER
RVC IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
COMP SUPPLY
BL/PK HPS BL/PK MAIN
RD LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
EQUIPMENT GROUND
BK AUX LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX NOTES:
USE COPPER
RD DFT RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
CONDUCTORS ONLY
YL RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL THERMOSTAT.
PU C S EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
AUX 3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
BR R SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED.
IO YL/PK LPS YL/PK
BK BK
(IF USED) NOTE 3
CM
VENDOR : GOODMAN PRINT SHOP 01/06 0140R00029P
SSZ160[24]1AA-AF; SSZ160[36-48]1AA-AD
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

WH W2 NOTE 1
OR O
PU Y
DC BL C T1 T2
YL Y2 L1 L2
DF2 5 SR 2 1
H C SC C
BK
V
LVDR D 4
R BK CMR IO H C
DF1 X
BL/PK C S
AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
W2 2 5
O O R R DFT DF1 MA F
C Y COLOR CODE IN
1 3 HDVR R
BK --------------- BLACK
DF2
BL OR WH RD BL BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
PU BK RD RD BR --------------- BROWN SA
BL/PK
PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BK
RD --------------- RED
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WH -------------- WHITE X
YL --------------- YELLOW 2 (HIGH) IO AU
SC
YL/PK--------- YELLOW /PINK STRIPE
CMR
) M
OW CM AIN
BL BK 4 5 (L
BK BL BK BK RD RD BL WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING CH
BK T1 (IF USED)
BK RD LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 3
SR
PU L1 L2 OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
5 C
BL YL/PK BK BK FIELD WIRING DFT
1 R
2 BL HIGH VOLTAGE DC
DFT C
RD RD LOW VOLTAGE Y
YL RD
LVDR
R CMR
YL W2
PU 1 3
C HERM
YL
RD F YL RVC
YL COMPONENT CODE O
BR RCCF
T1 T2 C --------------- CONTACTOR
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER LPS C
O
L1 L2 SA CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
(IF USED) CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY Y2 C
ALTERNATE HPS
NOTE 2 COMP -------- COMPRESSOR CS
DOUBLE POLE RD R C
CONTACTOR O W2 Y DFT
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT INDOOR POWER
BK BK DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT Y2 SUPPLY
RVC
COMP HPS-------------HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
BL/PK HPS BL/PK MAIN C HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY
RD EQUIPMENT GROUND
BK Y2 USE COPPER IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD NOTES:
AUX
RD DFT LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
CS CONDUCTORS ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY THERMOSTAT.
BK DT
PU C S RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN 3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
AUX RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
BR R
LPS SA ------------- START ASSIST
IO
BK SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
(HIGH) YL/PK BK SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
BK BK
RD CH YL/PK
CM (LOW) (IF USED) NOTE 3 CONTROLS SHOWN WITH THERMOSTAT IN ’OFF’ POSITION.
0140R00064
SSZ160[60]1AA
293
HIGH VOLTAGE!
294
SSZ160[60]1AB/AC/AD/AE
HIGH VOLTAGE!
NOTE 1
CONTROL BOX LVJB
OR O
RD R
RD
DC BL/PK Y
DF1 R
BL C T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R 2
DF2 5 SR 1
CCR
C SC C
LVDR
C COLOR CODE
DFT
C BK --------------- BLACK
RD R-DF T H C
C X
R-PS1 BR --------------- BROWN AU S
IO RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
GR---------------- GREEN COMP
Y
Y
0
PS2
CNT
0-RV
C-RV
AI F
N R
RD --------------- RED DF2
WH BK W H -------------- W HITE
BK OR SA
YL/PK BL/PK PU
RD NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WIRING CODE
FA CTORY WIRING X
SC IO AU
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/PK
LOW VOLTAGE
BL BL M
BK
N
RD RD BL
T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE
T1
SR
5 C RD
BK
C --------------- CONTACTOR
BK RD
2 BL R-DFT DFT DFT
DC
RD
YL R-P S 1 P S2 Y
PU LPS O-RV RV C
HERM
CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY R
C YL C-RV
F YL COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
RD
BR RCCF
W C
SA CCR
DOUBLE POLE HPS
CONTACTOR
R W2 O Y
DFT RVC HPS BK VOLTAG E
EQ U IP M E NT SEE NOTE 5 & 6
COMP
MAIN
PU
YL/PK AUX NOTES:
BR
CM R
0140R00171 - B
295
SSZ160[24]1AG, SSZ160[36-48]1AE
HIGH VOLTAGE!
296

WH W2
RD R
BK CCR DC PU Y
DF2 T1 T2
HVDR BL BL C SEE NOTE 3
L1 L2
YL Y2 5 2
SR 1 SC C
BK C
LVDR
DF1
4 CMR
PS2 R-PS1 C BK IO H C
X S
C AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK RD COMP
DFT R-DFT R W Y O O-RV CNT C-RV C 2 5
BK YL DF1 M F
BL COLOR CODE AI
N
1 3 HVDR R
BK --------------- BLACK DF2
BL BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
RD RD RD SA
WH OR BK PU BK BL BR --------------- BROWN
PU
YL/PK PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
RD --------------- RED POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
YL/ WH -------------- WHITE X
PK 2 (HIGH) AU
SC YL --------------- YELLOW IO
YL/PK--------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE CMR
) M
W CM AI
BK LO N
BL 4 5 (
RD RD BL
BL/PK BK BK WIRING CODE CHS CH
BL T2 RD
FACTORY WIRING
T1 HIGH VOLTAGE
BK SR
PU L1 L2 LOW VOLTAGE
RD
5 C OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
BL BK RD
1 R-DFT DFT DFT C
2 BL
FIELD WIRING
DC
HIGH VOLTAGE Y
R-PS1 PS2 CMR
YL RD LOW VOLTAGE
COMPONENT CODE LVDR 1 3
YL LPS
C --------------- CONTACTOR O-RV RVC
PU R C-RV
C HERM CCR------------COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
YL
T1 T2 YL CHS ------------ CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH
BR RCCF
CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR W CN C
T C
L1 L2 CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY CCR
SA COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
ALTERNATE (IF USED) HPS
DOUBLE POLE NOTE 2 Y2 C
RD RD DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
CONTACTOR BK DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
BK CS DT
DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT R W2 O Y2 Y
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY VOLTAGE
RD DFT CHS
INDOOR POWER CONNECTI }
BL/PK RD IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD ONS
BK
RD BL/PK LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH SUPPLY
HPS
BK DT CH LVJB --- ------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX NOTES:
GROUND 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
RVC USE COPPER RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
BK COMP RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL
CONDUCTORS THERMOSTAT.
BK MAIN C GR SA ------------- START ASSIST 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
MAIN ONLY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU BK SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
YL/PK AUX Y2 3) THE COMMON SIDE OF LOW VOLTAGE
AUX RD SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) SHALL NOT BE GROUNDED.
CS
BR
IO YL/PK LPS YL CONTROLS SHOWN WIT H THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
BK USE N.E.C. CLASS 2
(HIGH) C S WIRE
RD R 0140R00172 -A
CM (LOW)
SSZ160[60]1BA
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB
CONTROL BOX
WH W2
RD R
SEE NOTE 1
DC
RD PU Y
BK DF1 R BL C T1 T2
YL Y2 L1 L2
HVDR
R 5 SR 2 1
DF2 BK C SC C
LVDR
C
RD DFT
4 CMR
C BK IO H C
CCR
RD R-DFT
X S
C C AU
R-PS1 RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK RD COLOR CODE COMP

BL 2 5
0
0
Y
Y
W
BK YL BK --------------- BLACK DF1 M
PS2
CNT
0-RV
F
C-RV
BL AI
N
1 3 BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE HVDR R
BR --------------- BROWN DF2
BL OR --------------- ORANGE
YL/PK PU WH BK BK OR PU SA
PU --------------- PURPLE
RD (IF USED)
RD RD --------------- RED
NOTE 2
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
WH -------------- WHITE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
YL/PK YL --------------- YELLOW

YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE X
2 (HIGH) IO AU
SC
YL/PK CMR
WIRING CODE ) M
W CM AI
O N
BK FACTORY WIRING 4 (L
BL RD RD BL 5
BL/PK
BK BK HIGH VOLTAGE
CHS CH
LOW VOLTAGE
BL T2 RD
SEE NOTE 6
BK
SR
PU L1 L2 RD FIELD WIRING
5 C HIGH VOLTAGE DFT DFT C
BK RD R-DFT
BL DC
1 LOW VOLTAGE
2 BL Y
R-PS1 PS2 CMR
RD
YL COMPONENT CODE LVDR 1 3
C --------------- CONTACTOR LPS O-RV RVC
R C-RV
H C F CCR------------ COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY
PU
RCCF
CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER O
W CN C
T1 T2 BR CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR C
YL T
YL CMR ---------- CONDENSER MOTOR RELAY CCR
L1 L2 YL COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
HPS
SA CS ------------- COMPRESSOR SOLENOID
ALTERNATE Y2 C
(IF USED) DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL
DOUBLE POLE NOTE 2
RD RD
CONTACTOR CS DT
BK BK DT ------------- DISCHARGE THERMOSTAT R
SEE NOTE 6 W2 O Y2 Y FIELD LOW
HPS------------ HIGH PRESSURE SWIT CH
VOLTAGE
HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY INDOOR POW ER SUPPLY } CONNECTIONS
EQUIPMENT
DFT
RD BL/PK CHS GROUND
RD RD LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
BK NOTE 4
RD HPS BL/PK LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY NOTES:
BK
LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE J UNCTION BOX
BK DT CH 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL
RVC BLOCK AND INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
YL
BK COMP 2) START ASSIST FACTORY EQUIPPED WHEN
SA ------------- START ASSIST REQUIRED.
BK MAIN C GR SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 3) THE COMMON SIDE OF LOW VOLTAGE SHALL
Y2 SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) NOT BE GROUNDED.
MAIN YL/PK AUX
PU 4) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
CS 5) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY NOT
AUX HAVE ADDITIONAL GROUND WIRE.
BR YL/PK
6) CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE
IO C S HEATER SWITCH ARE FACTORY
BK
(HIGH) INSTALLED OPTION.
LPS
R
CM RD USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE 0140R00172-B
(LOW)
SSZ160[60]1BA
297
HIGH VOLTAGE!
298
LVJB
O UT DOO R P OW ER S UP PLY
CONTRO L BOX
YL Y SEE R ATIN G PLATE
NOTE 1
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 2 1 L2
SR SC C
C
IO H C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE X S
C AU
BK --------------- BLACK RCCF
BL --------------- BLUE C OMP
SC BR --------------- BROWN MA
IN F
OR --------------- ORANGE R
PU --------------- PURPLE
BL BK RD --------------- RED
RD RD BL SA
BK BK WH -------------- WHITE UX
IO A (IF U SED)
YL ---------------- YELLOW
T1 M
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
RD AI
BK SR CM N
YL L1 L2
5
C
1
2 BL
YL
RD
WIRING CODE
YL FACTORY WIRING C
PU HIGH VOLTAGE
C HER M
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD F YL
BR
RCCF
FIELD WIRING
SA HIGH VOLTAGE
N OT E 2
L1 L2 RD
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
Y C
POLE CONTACTOR

MAIN
EQUIPMENT GROUND THERMOSTAT
RD COMP -------- COMPRESSOR
MAIN CONDUCTORS ONLY EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU
RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN USE N.E.C. C LA SS 2 W IRE
AUX YL
R
CM
0140R00015P-A
VSX130[18-48]1A* / VSX130[24/36, 42-60]1B*
VSX130[24-36]1D*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB

BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE IO H C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
BR --------------- BROWN RCCF
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE MA
F
IN
RD --------------- RED R
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU (IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY WIRING M
BK SR RD AI
N
HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
T1 T2 (IF USED)
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
NOTES:
COMP
AUX
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-B
299
VSX130[18-48]1A* / VSX13061]1A*VSX130[24/36, 42-60]1B*
VSX130[24-36]1D* VSX130361E*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
300
LVJB

CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
BR --------------- BROWN RCCF
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE M
AI F
RD --------------- RED N
R
W H -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU
(IF USED)
T2 RD WIRING CODE POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T1
FACTORY WIRING M
BK RD AIN
SR HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
T1 T2 (IF USED)
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
COMP
MAIN
BK SEE NOTE 3
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-C
VSX130[18-48/61]1A* / VSX130[24/36/42-60]1B*/1D*
VSX130[30]1D*/VSX130[36]1E*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
LVJB

BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE IO H C
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
BR --------------- BROWN RCCF
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE MA
F
IN
RD --------------- RED R
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU (IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY WIRING M
BK SR RD AI
N
HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
T1 T2 (IF USED)
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
NOTES:
COMP
MAIN
INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
RD EQUIPMENT GROUND
AUX
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-B
301
VSX130[18-48]1A* / VSX13061]1A*VSX130[24/36, 42-60]1B*
VSX130[24-36]1D* VSX130361E*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
302
LVJB

CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
COLOR CODE IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
WIRING DIAGRAMS
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
BR --------------- BROWN RCCF
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE M
AI F
RD --------------- RED N
R
WH -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
IO AU
(IF USED)
T2 RD POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T1 WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING M
BK RD AI
N
SR HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
T1 T2 (IF USED)
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
COMP
MAIN
BK SEE NOTE 3
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-C
VSX130[18-48/61]1A* / VSX130[24/36/42-60]1B*/1D*
VSX130[30]1D*/VSX130[36]1E*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WIRING DIAGRAMS
OT--------------OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT
0140R00165-A
303
VSX130181B* / D*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
304

SEE RATING PLATE
YL Y NOTE 1
BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
IO H C
X S
C AU RCCF
COMP
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE
M
BK --------------- BLACK AI F
N R
BL --------------- BLUE
BR --------------- BROWN
SC PU --------------- PURPLE X SA
IO AU (IF USED)
RD --------------- RED
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
BL BK
WH -------------- WHITE M
AIN
BK BK
RD RD BL YL --------------- YELLOW POLE CONTACTOR ONLY CM
GR/YL------------- GREEN / YELLOW
T2 RD
T1
BK SR RD
YL L1 L2
5
C CHS
WIRING CODE CH
1
2 BL FACTORY WIRING NOTE 3
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL LOW VOLTAGE
BK RD OPTIONAL HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
FIELD WIRING
YL HIGH VOLTAGE
PU
C HERM LOW VOLTAGE
YL
F YL C
RD
YL
BR RCCF
SA
T1 T2 (IF USED)
RD
NOTE 2
L1 L2
RD
ALTERNATE DOUBLE BK
POLE CONTACTOR Y C

CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR THERMOSTAT.
EQUIPMENT GROUND 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
NOTE 4
COMP IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
MAIN LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX 3) CRANKCASE HEATER & CRANKCASE HEATER
RD RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN SWITCH ARE FACTORY INSTALLED OPTION.
BK AUX 4) USE COPPER CONDUCTOR ONLY.
MAIN SA ------------- START ASSIST
PU CHS RD
BK SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
AUX
YL SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
BR IO
IO C S CH OT ------------- OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT
BK NOTE 3 CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
R GR
CM
0140R00165-B
VSX130181B* / D*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WIRING DIAGRAMS
305
VSX130[18-24]1E*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
306
LVJB

CONTROL BOX
SEE NO TE 1
BL C
T1 T2
BL/PK
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
SC C
IO C H
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE X S
C AU
BK --------------- BLACK RCCF
COMP
BL --------------- BLUE
M
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE AIN F
SC
R
BR --------------- BROWN
OR --------------- ORANGE
BL BK PU --------------- PURPLE SA
RD RD X
BL RD --------------- RED AU
BK BK IO (IF USED)
WH -------------- WHITE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
T2 RD
T1 YL ---------------- YELLOW M
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
AI
BK RD CM N
SR
L1 L2
5
C
1
2 BL
YL
RD
WIRING CODE C
YL FACTORY WIRING
PU HIGH VOLTAGE
C HERM
YL LOW VOLTAGE
RD F YL
BR RCCF
HPS
FIELD WIRING
SA HIGH VOLTAGE
BL/PK
NOTE 2
L1 L2 RD
BL/PK
Y C
ALTERNATE DOUBLE SEE NOTE 1
POLE CONTACTOR
NOTES:
COMPONENT CODE
TERMINAL BLOCK AND INDOOR
COMP C --------------- CONTACTOR THERMOSTAT
MAIN CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
RD EQUIPMENT GROUND COMP -------- COMPRESSOR EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
BK AUX HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH 3) USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY.
MAIN
PU IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD USE N.E.C. CLASS 2 WIRE
HPS LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
AUX YL
BR IO RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN
R

CM
0140R00258-C
VSX130[18-24]1E*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
WIRING DIAGRAMS
OT--------------OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT
0140R00165-A
307
VSX130181B*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
308
LVJB

CONTROL BOX
BL C
T1 T2
L1 5 SR 2 1 L2
C SC C
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE IO C H
BK --------------- BLACK
BL --------------- BLUE X S
C AU
BR --------------- BROWN RCCF
COMP
OR --------------- ORANGE
SC PU --------------- PURPLE M
AIN F
RD --------------- RED R
W H -------------- WHITE
YL ---------------- YELLOW
BL BK
RD RD BL X SA
BK BK ALTERNATE DOUBLE
AU
IO (IF USED)
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
T2 RD WIRING CODE
T1
FACTORY W IRING M
BK SR RD AI
N
HIGH VOLTAGE CM
YL L1 L2
5 LOW VOLTAGE
1
2 BL FIELD W IRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
RD
YL PU RD

C --------------- CONTACTOR
C
YL BR
T1 T2 (IF USED)
NOTE 2 CONTROLS SHOW N WITH THERMOSTAT IN 'OFF' POSITION.
L1 L2 RD

CONTACTOR Y C
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES:
COMP
MAIN
BK SEE NOTE 3
MAIN
PU
AUX YL
BR
IO C S
R
CM
0140R00015P-C
VSX140[18-60]1A*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
CONTROL BOX LVJB

WH W2
NOTE 1
OR O
BL/PK Y
DC BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
DF2 5 SR 2 1
H C SC C
BK
V
LVDR D
R BK IO H C
DF1 X
C S
AU RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COMP
W2
C Y O O R R DFT MA F
COLOR CODE IN
R
BK --------------- BLACK
BL OR WH RD BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE
YL BK RD RD BL/PK BR --------------- BROWN SA
PU --------------- PURPLE
ALTERNATE DOUBLE
YL/PK
RD --------------- RED
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WH -------------- WHITE X
YL --------------- YELLOW DF1 DF2 IO AU
SC
HVDR MA
CM IN
BK BK
BL BK BK RD RD BL WIRING CODE
FACTORY W IRING CH
T1 (IF USED)
BK RD LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 3
SR
YL L1 L2
5 C
YL/PK BK BK FIELD W IRING
1
2 BL HIGH VOLTAGE DFT
R
DC
LOW VOLTAGE DFT C
YL RD Y
YL LVDR
PU R W2
C HERM
YL
RD F YL RVC
BR YL O
RCCF
T1 T2 COMPONENT CODE LPS C
O
SA C --------------- CONTACTOR
L1 L2 (IF USED) CH ------------- CRANKCASE HEATER
NOTE 2 CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR HPS
COMP -------- COMPRESSOR C
POLE CONTACTOR
DC ------------- DEFROST CONTROL O W2 Y
BK BK HPS-------------HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH INDOOR POWER
RVC
COMP HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY SUPPLY
BL/PK HPS BL/PK MAIN IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD
RD EQUIPMENT GROUND
BK USE COPPER LPS ------------ LOW PRESSURE SWIT CH NOTES:
AUX
RD LVDR --------- LOW VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
DFT CONDUCTORS ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
RD LVJB ---------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX THERMOSTAT.
MAIN RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
PU C S RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL 3) CRANKCASE HEATER MAY BE
AUX SA ------------- START ASSIST
BR R SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL)
IO YL/PK LPS YL/PK
BK BK
(IF USED) NOTE 3
CM VENDOR: GOODMAN PRINT SHOP 01/06 0140R00029P
309
VSZ130[18-60]1[A/B]*
HIGH VOLTAGE!
310
CONTROL BOX LVJB

OR O
RD R
DC
CCR BL/PK Y
DF2
HVDR BL C T1 T2
L1 L2
5 SR 2 1
C SC C
LVDR
DF1
CADM CADM
PS2 R-PS1 C IO H C
X S
C AU
WIRING DIAGRAMS
COLOR CODE RCCF

COMP
BK DFT R-DFT R W Y O O-RV CNT C-RV C BK --------------- BLACK
BK DF1 MA F
BL/PK ---------- BLUE/PINK STRIPE IN
HVDR R
BR --------------- BROW N
DF2
GR---------------- GREEN
RD RD RD WH YL
OR BK BK BL OR --------------- ORANGE SA
CADM
YL/PK RD --------------- RED ALTERNATE DOUBLE
W H -------------- WHITE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
YL/PK YL --------------- YELLOW X

IO AU
SC YL/PK----------- YELLOW/PINK STRIPE
BL BL WIRING CODE M
BK CM AI
N
FACTORY WIRING
BK BK RD RD BL
HIGH VOLTAGE
CHS CH
T2 RD LOW VOLTAGE
T1
BK SR
YL L1 L2 RD
5 FIELD WI RING
C
BK RD HIGH VOLTAGE
1
DC C
COMPONENT CODE
YL RD R-PS1 PS2 Y
C --------------- CONTACTOR
YL CADM -------- COMFORT ALERT DIAGNOSTIC MODULE LVDR
PU CCR ----------- COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR RELAY LPS O-RV RVC
C HERM R C-RV
RD F YL
T1 T2 YL CHS ----------- CRANKCASE HEATER SWITCH O
BR RCCF CM ------------ OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR C
W CNT
SA COMP -------- COMPRESSOR CCR
ALTERNATE (IF USED)
DOUBLE POLE NOTE 2 HPS
CONTACTOR DFT ----------- DEFROST THERMOSTAT
BK
HPS ----------- HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH R W2 O Y
FIELD LOW
DFT RVC HPS VOLTAGE
CHS HVDR -------- HIGH VOLTAGE DEFROST RELAY CONNECTIONS
RD }
BK IO -------------- INTERNAL OVERLOAD INDOOR POWER SUPPLY
CH LPS ---------- LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
GROUND LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX
COMP USE COPPER RCCF --------- RUN CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR & FAN NOTES:
MAIN CONDUCTORS RVC ----------- REVERSING VALVE COIL 1) TO INDOOR UNIT LOW VOLTAGE
MAIN ONLY TERMINAL BLOCK & INDOOR
PU BK SA ------------- START ASSIST
YL/PK AUX THERMOSTAT.
AUX RD GR SC ------------- START CAPACITOR FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) 2) START ASSIST FACTORY
BR SR ------------- START RELAY FOR COMPRESSOR (OPTIONAL) EQUIPPED WHEN REQUIRED.
IO YL/PK LPS YL
CM R 0140R00171-A
VSZ130181AB, VSZ130241BB, VSZ130301AC, VSZ130361BB
VSZ130421A*, VSZ130481AB, VSZ130601AB
HIGH VOLTAGE!
NOT E 1
CONT ROL BO X LVJB
OR O
RD R
RD
DC BL/PK Y
DF1 R
BL C T1 T2
BK L1 L2
HVDR
R 2
DF2 5 SR 1
CCR
C SC C
LVDR
C COLOR CODE
DFT
C BK --------------- BLACK
RD R-DF T H C
C X
R-PS1 BR --------------- BROWN AU S
IO RCCF
WIRING DIAGRAMS
GR---------------- GREEN COMP
Y
Y
0
PS2
CNT
0- RV
C-RV
AI F
N R
RD --------------- RED DF2
WH BK WH -------------- WHITE
BK OR SA
YL/PK BL/PK PU
RD NOTE 2
ALTERNAT E DOUBLE
POLE CONTACTOR ONLY
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING X
SC IO AU
HIGH VOLTAGE
YL/PK
LOW VOLTAGE
BL BL M
BK
N
RD RD BL
T2 RD HIGH VOLTAGE
T1
SR
5 C RD
BK
C --------------- CONTACTOR
BK RD
2 BL R-DFT DFT DFT
DC
RD
YL R-P S1 PS2 Y
C HERM R C-RV
RD F YL
BR RCCF
W C
SA CCR
DOUBLE POLE HPS
CONTACTOR
R W2 O Y
CH S RD LVJB --------- LOW VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX } CONNECTIONS
EQ U IP M ENT SEE NOTE 5 & 6
COMP
MAIN
PU
YL/PK AUX NOTES:
BR
CM R
0140R00171 - B
311
VSZ130181A[C/D/E/F], VSZ130241B[B/C/D], VSZ130301A[D/E/F/G]
VSZ130361B[B/C/D], VSZ130421A[C/D/E/F/G],VSZ130481A[C/D],
VSZ130601AC

GR410 AACHPService

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GR410 AACHPService

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Instructions

ANX, SSX, ASX, GSX, DSX, ASXC, DSXC

IMPORTANT NOTICES FOR CONSUMERS AND SERVICERS

TO PREVENT THE RISK OF PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY, OR DEATH,

Outside the U.S., call 1-713-861-2500.

SKIN OR EYES, SEEK MEDICAL HELP IMMEDIATELY.

TO AVOID POSSIBLE EXPLOSION, USE ONLY RETURNABLE (NOT DISPOSABLE)

In either of these instances, an electrical short between the

Split System Heat Pumps R410A

Model # Descrip tion

VSZ130[18, 42, 48]1AB

VSZ130[24 & 36]1BC

Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 13 SEER R-

Deluxe Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage, 16

Deluxe Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Goodman 2-stage, 16 SEER

Deluxe Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Goodman 2-stage, 16 SEER

Deluxe Split X Condenser 18 Seer condensing units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage, 18

Split System Air C onditioners R410A

Split System Air Conditioners R410A

Split System Air Conditioners R410A

A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Introducation of new 13

A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Revision introduces new

A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Revision replaces all

A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator Introduction

A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater.Revision replaces the

A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater.Revision replaces the

A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted F lowrator. Introduces new A S P F A ir

A S ingle P iece S M ulti-P os ition E E M m otor P ainted tx v. Revision introduces new

Single Piece Air Handlers

AVPTC183014AA A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating

A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating

AVPTC42D14AB A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating

AVPTC183014AB A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating

A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating

AVPTC24B14AC A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T TXV Flowrator Communicating

A S ingle P iece A ir Handler W all M ount Unpainted F lowrator. Introduc tion of A W UF 37 A ir

Modular Blower E Multi-Position Variable-Speed. Introduces module blower with variable

Modular Blower E Multi-Position Variable-Speed.Revision introduces new models adding lower

MBVC1200AA1-AA Modular Blower V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Communicating ready w/4-wires. Introduction

Modular Blower V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Communicating ready w/4-wires.Module

MBVC1200AA1-AC Modular Blower V Multi-Position Variable-Speed C ommunicating ready w/4-wires.Module

C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow Uncased Flowrator. Introduces CAUF Dayton

C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted or Uncased] Flowrator. Revision redesigns for

C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted or Uncased] Flowrator. Revision replaces existing

C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted or Uncased] Flowrator. Drain pan material

NOMINAL CAPACITY RANGE

DESIGN S ERIES: FACTORY HEAT: DES IGN SERIES :

NOMINAL CAPACITY RANGE:

Multi-Position & Downflow Applications

Unit Application Refrigerant Charge

Cabinet Finish Cabinet Width

Expansion Device Nominal Capacity @ 13SEER

Split System Heat Pumps R410A - LIGHT COMMERCIAL

Single Piece Air Handlers - LIGHT COMMERCIAL

AR Nominal Cooling Capacity

0904 - 90,000 Btuh (7 1/2 Tons)

1204 - 120,000 Btuh (10 Tons)

For use with GSX/GSZ11 Light Commercial models only.

ELECTRIC HEATER KITS

ASX/GSX16 (Rev F or Later)

ABK-201 Anchor Bracket Kit X X X

CSR-U-1 Hard-start Kit X

CSR-U-2 Hard-start Kit X

DRAIN PAN INSULATION KITS - ARUF14, ARPT14, ASPT14 & ASUF14